(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "General catalog issue"



U B 




VOL. 1 



MAY 1, 1»4« 



GENERAL CATALOG 

ISSUE 

1948 - 1949 



AGRICULTURE 

• ARTS and SCIENCES 

• BUSINESS and PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

• EDUCATION 

• ENGINEERING 

• HOME ECONOMICS 

• MILITARY SCIENCE, PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION and RECREATION 

GRADUATE STUDIES 

• DENTISTRY 

• LAW 

• MEDICINE 

• PHARMACY 

• NURSING 

• EXTENSION 

• RESEARCH 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Page 

Map of Campus 2,3 

Calendar for 1948, 1949, and 1950 4 

University Calendar for 1948-1949 5 

Campus Picture 6 

Board of Regents 7 

Officers of Administration and Instructional Staff at 

College Park 8 

SECTION I— GENERAL 

Preliminary Information 27 

Organization of the University 28 

Physical Facilities 30 

Admission Procedure , 32 

Regulation of Studies 35 

Definition of Residence 38 

Fees and Expenses 38 

Student Health and Welfare 43 

Li\nng Arrangements 45 

Student Aid and Employment 47 

Honors and Awards 54 

Student Activities and Organizations 57 

SECTION II— RESIDENT "INSTRUCTION AT COLLEGE PARK 

College of Agriculture 61 

CQllege of Arts and Sciences 85 

College of Business and Public Administration 112 

College of Education 142 

College of Engineering 151 

College of Home E9onomics 174 

College of Military Science, Physical Education and Recreation.. 186 

Graduate School 200 

Summer Session 209 

College of Special and Continuation Studies 210 

SECTION III— DIVISIONS 211 

Cooperation With Graduate School, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. . . . 212 

SECTION IV— COURSE OFFERINGS AT COLLEGE PARK, 

LISTED ALPHABETICALLY BY DEPARTMENTS 213 

SECTION V— RESIDENT INSTRUCTION AT BALTIMORE 

School of Dentistry 386 

School of Law 392 

School of Medicine 397 

School of Pharmacy 419 

University Hospital 425 

School of Nursing 425 

SECION VI— AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION, RESEARCH, 

AND REGULATORY AGENCIES 433 

SECTION VII— RECORDS AND STATISTICS 447 

Degrees Conferred, Certificates and Honors Awarded, and Sum- 
mary of Enrollments for 1947-1948 447 

GENERAL INDEX 467 



• ^ u 
MA 

P U B L 




T I O N 



GENERAL CATALOG 

ISSUE 

1948 • 1949 



The provisions of this publication are not 
to be regarded as an irrevocable contract 
between the student and the University. 
The University reserves the right to change 
any provision or requirement at any time 
within the student's term of residence. The 
University further reserves the right at 
any time, to ask a student to withdraw 
when it considers such action to be in the 
best interests of the University. 



Volume 1 



May 1, 1948 



Number 4 



^ University of 

MARYLAND 

P UBLICATION 

is published three times during April, twice during May, once in August, October, and 
December, and three times in January, February and March. 

Entered at the Post Office in College Park, Maryland, as second class mail matter 
under the Act of Congress of August 24, 1912. 

Edited by Harvey L. Miller, Dircetor of Publications, University of Maryland. 




AA I 



QC^^Ohem Labs^lA 



■ vIKl ' 



||H;I Dormitory \ 
I ' l|sylv«*t«r 



Group I 

Ik , I h_gJ| 



Sigmo Alp^o EpiikxJB 
phi Koppo Sigh^^ VB-8 



CALENDAR 



1948 


1919 


1950 


JULY 


JANUARY 


JULY 


JANUARY 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 










12 3 














1 












1 


2 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


4 


b 


b 


7 


8 9 10 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


h. 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 1617 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 23|24 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


22 


23 


24 


25 


26 


27 


28 


25 


26 


2i 


28 


29 30j31 


23 
30 


24 
31 


25 


26 


27 


28 


21; 


24 
31 


25 


26 


27 


28 


29 


30 


29 


30 


31 










AUGUST 


FEBRUARY 


AUGUST 


FEBRUARY 


S M T W T F S 


S MT W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


1 2 


3 


4 


b 6 


7 






1 


2 


3 


4 


5 




1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 








1 


2 


3 


4 


8 9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 


7 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


11 


1516 


IV 


18 


19 


20 


21 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


22 23 


24 


2b 


26 


27 


28 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


25 


26 


21 


22 


23 


24 


25 


26 


27 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


25 


29 30 


31 










27 


28 






. . 






28 


29 


30 


31 








26 


27 


28 








.. 


SEPTEMBER 


MARCH 


SEPTEMBER 


MARCH 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


.... 




1 


2 


3 


4 






1 


2 


3 


4 


5 










1 


2 


3 








1 


2 


3 


4 


5 6 


'i 


8 


9 


10 


11 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 13 


14 


lb 


16 


17 


18 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


2b 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


25 


26 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


25 


26 27 


28 


29 


30 






27 


28 


29 


30 


31 






25 


26 


27 


28 


29 


30 




26 


27 


28 


29 


30 


31 




OCTOBER 


APRIL 


OCTOBER 


APRIL 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


1 
8 


2 
9 


'3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


1 

8 


2 

q 


'2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


1 


"2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


1 
8 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


lb 


16 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


1'/ 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


24 


2b 


2b 


27 


28 


29 


30 


24 


25 


26 


27 


28 


29 


30 


23 


24 


25 


26 


27 


28 


29 


23 


24 


25 


26 


27 


28 


29 


31 




























30 


31 












30 














NOVEMBER 


MAY 


NOVEMBER 


MAY 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


.. 1 


2 


3 


4 5 


6 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 






1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


• -1 


11 


21 3 


4 


b| 


6 


7 8 


9 


10 


1112 


13 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 


71 


«l 


9110 


11 


121 


13 


14 15 


16 


17 


18 19 


20 


151 


16 


17 


18 


191 


201 


21 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


14. 


15, 


16|17 


18| 


191 


20 


2122 


23 


24 


2b 26 


27 


22: 


23 


24 


25 


26 


27 i 


28 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


25 


26 


211 


22 


23|24 


251 


261 


27 


28 29 


30 




. . . . 




29 '301 


31! 




• -1 


• -1 




27 


28 


29 


30 








28, 


29 


30,31 


••1 


••1 




DECEMBER 


JUNE 


DECEMBER 


JUNE 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 








1 


2 


3 


4 




. . 11 2| 3i 4 




••1 


.. 


1 


2 '■' 




1 


2 3 


b 


6 


V 


8 


9 


10 


11 


5 6 


7 8| 9110111 


4 5 


6 


7 


8 


9 10 


4 5 6 7 


8 


9 


10 


12 13 


14 


lb 


16 


17 


18 


12113 


14 15116 


17 18 


11 12 


13 


14 


15 


16117 


11 12 13 14 


15 


16 


17 


1920 


21 


22 


23 


24 


25 


1920 


21 2223 


24 25 


18 19 


20 21 


22 


23124 


1819 20 21 


22 


23 


24 


26 27 


28 


29 


30 


31 




26i27 


28|29|30 


.. .. 


25|26| 


27128 


29 


30131 


25|26 27 28 


29|30| 





CALENDAR FOR 11) IS- 11) 
COLLEGE PARK 



1918 
September 20-24 
September 27 
October 21 

November 25 
December 22 

1949 

January 3 
January 20 
January 20 
January 18-25 



Jan. 31-Feb. 4 
February 7 
February 22 
March 25 
April 14 

April 20 
May 19 
May 29 
May 30 
May 25-June 1 

June 4 



First Semester 



June 27 
August 5 



June 13-18 
August 8-13 
September 6-9 



Monday-Friday 

Monday 

Thursday 

Thursday 

Wednesday after last 
class 

Monday, 8:00 A. M. 
Thursday 
Thursday 
Tuesday-Tuesday, inc. 



Registration for first semester 

Instruction begins 

General Convocation for faculty 

and students 
Thanksgiving, holiday 
Christmas recess begins 



Christmas recess ends 
Inauguration Day, holiday 
Charter Day, Alumni Banquet 
First semester examinations 



Second Seinester 



Registration for second semester 
Instruction begins 
Washington's Birthday, holiday 
Celebration of Maryland Day 
Easter recess begins 



Monday-Friday 

Monday 

Tuesday 

Friday 

Thursday after last 

class 
Wednesday, 8:00 A. M. Easter recess ends 
Thursday Military Day 

Sunday Baccalaureate exercises 

Monday Memorial Day, holiday 

Wednesday- Wednesday, Second semester examinations 

inclusive 
Saturday Commencement exercises 

Summer Session, 19^9 
Monday Summer session begins 

Friday Summer session ends 



Short Courses 



Monday-Saturday 
Monday-Saturday 
Tuesday-Friday 



Rural Women's Short Course 
4-H Club Week 
Firemen's Short Course 



NOTE: The academic calendars of the professional schools in Baltimore will be found in 
separate catalogs published by these schools. 



BOARD OF REGENTS 
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

AND 

MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE j,^^^ 

Expires 
William P. Cole, Jr., Chairman, 100 West University Parkway, 

Baltimore 1949 

Stanford Z. Rothschild, Secretary, 109 East Redwood Street, 

Baltimore 1952 

J. Milton Patterson, Treasurer, 120 West Redwood Street, Balti- 
more 1953 

E, Paul Knotts, Denton, Caroline County 1954 

Glenn L. Martin, Middle River, Baltimore 1951 

Harry H. Nuttle, Denton, Caroline County 1950 

Philip C. Turner, 2 East North Avenue, Baltimore 1950 

Mrs. John L. Whitehurst, 4101 Greenway, Baltimore 1956 

Charles P. McCormick, McCormick & Company, Baltimore 1948 

Millard E. Tydings, Senate Office Building, Washington, D. C 1951 

Edward F, Holter, Middletown, Md. 1952 

Members of the Board are appointed by the Governor of the State for 
terms of nine years each, beginning the first Monday in June. 

The President of the University of Maryland is, by law. Executive Officer 
of the Board. 

The State Law provides that the Board of Regents of the University of 
Maryland shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture. 

A regular meeting of the Board is held the last Friday in each month, 
except during the months of July and August. 

GENERAL ADMINISTRATIVE BOARD 

President Byrd, Chairman 

Miss Preinkert, Secretary 

Dean Appleman Dean DuMez Dean Mount 

Dr. Bamford Dean Eppley Miss Preinkert 

Dean Benjamin Mr, Fogg Dean Pyle 

Mr. Benton Mr, Haszard Dean Robinson 

Mr. Brigham Dean Howell Dean Stamp 

Mr. Brown Dr. Huff Dean Steinberg 

Dr. Brueckner Dr. Hoffsommer Dean Symons 

Dr. Burnett Colonel Johnson Mr. Weber 

President Byrd Dr. Kabat Dr. White 

Mr, Cobey Miss Kellar Dean Wylie 

Dr. Corbett Director Kemp Dr. Zucker 

Dean Cotterman Dr. Long 

EDUCATIONAL [COUNCIL 

The President The Registrar Deans of Colleges 

Heads of Educational Departments 

7 



8 THE UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION 

H. C. Byrd, LL.D., D.Sc, President of the University 
H. F. COTTERMAN, Ph.D., Dean of the Faculty 

T. B. Symons, M.S., D.Agri., Director of Extension Service, Dean of Col- 
lege of Agriculture 
J. Freeman Pyle, Ph.D., Dean of College of Business and Public Admin- 
istration and Acting Dean of College of Arts and Sciences 
J. Ben Robinson, D.D.S., F.A.C.D., Dean of School of Dentistry 
Harold Benjamin, Ph.D., Dean of College of Education, Director of Sum- 
mer School 
S. S. Steinberg, B.E., C.E., Dean of College of Engineering 
C. O. Appleman, Ph.D., Dean of Graduate School 
M. Marie Mount, M.A., Dean of College of Home Economics 
Roger Howell, LL.B., Ph.D., Dean of School of Law 
H. Boyd Wylie, M.D,, Acting Dean of School of Medicine 
Florence M. Gipe, M.S., R.N., Superintendent of Nurses, Director of 

School of Nursing 
Andrew G. DuMez, Ph.G., Ph.D., Dean of School of Pharmacy 
W. B. Kemp, Ph.D., Director of the Agricultural Experiment Station 
G. J. Kabat, Ph.D., Director of College of Special and Continuation Studies 
W. J. Huff, Ph.D., D.Sci., Director of the Engineering Experiment Station 
R. B. CoRBETT, Ph.D., Associate Dean of College of Agriculture and Associate 

Director of Extension Service 
Geary F. Eppley, M.S., Dean of Men 
Adele H. Stamp, M.A., Dean of Women 
James M. Tatum, B.S., Director of Athletics 

Charles S. Johnson, Col., Inf.. U. S. Army,, Acting Dean, College of Mili- 
tary Science, Physical Education and Recreation, and Commandant 
Alma H. Preinkert, M.A., Registrar 
Edgar F. Long, Ph.D., Director of Admissions 
Charles L. Benton, M.S., C.P.A., Comptroller 
Howard Rovelstad, M.A., B.S.L.S., Acting Director of Libraries 
Harold A. Sayles, A.B., Assistant Superintendent of University Hospital 
Louis R. Burnett, M.D., Medical Director 
George W. Fogg, M.A., Director of Personnel 
George 0. Weber, B.S., Business Manager 
Frank K. Haszard, B.F.S., Director of Procurement and Supply 

OTHER ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS 
OflSce of the President 

Jean H. Faught, B.A. Secretary to the Pre.sident 

OflBce of the Director of Admissions 

Mary Burke Assistant, Baltimore Division Office 



ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS 9 

OflSce of the Registrar 

Mary Spence, B.A., Assistant Registrar 

LiSETTE Thompson Assistant, Records 

Florence Stafford Assistant, Baltimore Division Office 

Dean of Women's Office 

Rosalie Leslie, M.A Assistant Dean of Women 

Marian Johnson, M.A Assistant Dean of Women 

Jane Caton, M.S Assistant Counselor 

Office of Financial Administration and Control 

C. L. Benton, M.S., C.P.A Comptroller 

James W, Rountree, Jr., C.P.A Chief Auditor 

W. W. COBEY, A.B Cashier 

Robert Morris Chief, Statistical Services 

Edith M. Frothingham Administrative Assistant 

W. V. Maconachy Assistant Comptroller (Baltimore) 

Charles W. Spicer Chief Accountant (Baltimore) 

J. H. Tucker Chief Clerk (Baltimore) 

Frank K. Haszard, B.F.S Director of Procurement and Supply 

Military Property Custodian 

C, Wilbur Cissel, M.A., C.P.A Assistant to the Comptroller 

Ernest A. Berger Chief Accountant (Baltimore) 

Office of Business Management 

George 0. Weber, B.S Business Manager 

Harry Gallogly, B.S Maintenance Engineer 

William Wood Service Supervisor 

Grace Hale, B.A Administrative Assistant II 

C. A. Speake Superintendent of New Construction 

Nelson 0. Rima Superintendent of Veterans Housing 

Alvin W, Jewell, B.S Manager, Students' Supply Store 

Dining Hall 

Robinson Lappin General Manager 

Student Health Service 

Louis R. Burnett, M.D Medical Director 

W. Allen Griffith, M.D. Physician Consultant 

Estella C. Baldwin, R.N Supervisor of Nurses 

Publications and Publicity 

Harvey L. Miller Director of Publications and Publicity 

Alumni Office 

David L. Brigham General Secretary 

THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES 

Howard Rovelstad, M.A., B.S.L.S Acting Director of Libraries 



10 LIBRARIES: FACULTY COMMITTEES 

College Park 

Betty B. Baehr, A.B., B.S.L.S Acting Loan Librarian 

Velma L. Charlesworth, B.S.E. in L.S Assistant Catalog Librarian 

Lois IIolladay, A.B., B.L.S Catalog Librarian 

Emerson D. Jacob, B.A., B.S.L.S Order Librarian 

Virginia Phillips, A.B., A. B.L.S Assistant Reference Librarian 

Merilyn Poiter, A.B Assistant Loan Librarian 

Anna Mary Urban, A.B., A.B. L.S Reference Librarian 

Theresa \'everka Assistant Catalog Librarian 

Kate White Periodicals Librarian 

Baltimore 

Dental-Medical-Pharmacy and School of Nursing Libraries 

Ida M. Robinson, A.B., B.S.L.S Librarian 

Elizabeth Anna Crouse Assistant Librarian (Dentistry) 

Rebecca Elam, B.A., B.S.L.S Catalog Librarian (Dentistry) 

Mary E. Hicks, A.B., B.L.S Assistant Librarian (Medicine) 

Simone C. Hurst Librarian in Charge (School of Nursing) 

Edith R. McIntosh, A.M., A. B.L.S Catalog Librarian (Medicine) 

Beatrice Marriott, B.S Assistant Librarian (Dentistry) 

Hilda E. Moore, A.B., A.B.L.S Assitant Librarian (Pharmacy) 

Florence R. Kirk Assistant Librarian (Medicine) 

Law Library 

Anne C. Bagby, A.B., B.L.S Librarian 

FACULTY COMMITTEES 
Admission, Guidance, and Adjustment 

Professor Bamford, Chairman; Deans Eppley, Stamp; Miss Prein- 
kert; Professors Curtiss, Hodgins, Long, Quigley, Reid, Schindler, 
D. D. Smith, White. 

Coordination of Agricultural Activities 

Director Symons, Chairman; Director Kemp; Dean Corbett; Assist- 
ant Directors Cory, Oswald; State Chemist Bopst; Professors Ahalt, 
Bamford, Brueckner, Cairns, Carpenter, DeVault, Foster, Haut, 
Holmes, Jull. 

Council on Intercollegiate Athletics 

Dean Eppley, Chairman; Colonel Johnson; Directors Kemp, Tatum; 
Assistant Director Cory; Professor Supplee, the President of the Student 
Government Association, and the Chairman of the Alumni Council, ex-officio. 

Educational Standards, Policies and Coordination 

Dr. Denzel Smith, Chairman; Professors Bamford, Drake, Cairns, 
DbVault, Hartung, Hoffsommer, Martin, H. B. McCarthy, McNaughton, 
Shreeve, Strathorn, J. Boyd, Wylie. 



FACULTY COMMITTEES; INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 11 

Elxtension and Adult Education 

Associate Director and Dean Corbett, Chairman; Assistant Dean 
Brechbill; Assistant Directors Kellar, Oswald; Professors Baker, 
G. D. Brown, Corcoran, DeVault, Ehrensberger, Kabat, Martin, 
Phillips, Steinmeyer. 

Libraries 

Professor Cardwell, Chairman; Professors Aisenberg, Russell 
Brown, Corcoran, Dillard, Hackman, Harman, Parsons, Reeve, Rovel- 
STAD, Spencer, Steinmeyer, Strahorn, Taylor, Wiggin. 

Publications and Catalog 

Dean Cotterman, Chairman; Dean Benjamin, Director Kemp; Assistant 
Director Oswald; Professors Baker, Ball, Bryan, Zucker; Mr. Brig- 
ham; Miss E, Frothingham; Colonel Miller; Miss Preinkert. 

Public Functions and Public Relations 

Director Symons, Chairman; Deans DuMez, Eppley, Mount, Robinson, 
Stamp; Mr. Fogg; Colonel Johnson; Mr. Brigham; Colonel Miller; 
Miss Preinkert; Professors Bopst, Cory, Gewehr, Randall, Reid, 
Shreeve, Snyder, Steinmeyer, Weber. 

Religious Life Committee 

Assistant Dean Rosalie Leslie, Chairman; Professors Gewehr, 
Hamilton, McNaughton, Randall, Reid, White, Shreeve. 

Scholarships and Student Aid 

Dean Cotterman, Chairman; Deans Eppley, Mount, Stamp; Director 
Long,' Professors Reid, Steinmeyer. 

Student Life 

Professor James H. Reid, Chairman; Deans Eppley, Stamp; Colonel 
Johnson; Miss Preinkert; Professors Russell Allen, Rachel Benton, 
Burnett, Ehrensberger, Harman, Kramer, Lejins, Outhouse, Phillips, 
Rbid, Sanford, Charles White; Miss Leslie. 

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF, COLLEGE PARK 

George J. Abrams, M.S., Assistant Professor of Apiculture. 

Francis R. Adams, M.A., Instructor in English, 

Arthur M. Ahalt, M.S., Professor of Agricultural Education. 

William R. Ahrendt, S.M., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering. 

Emily W, Akin, M.S., Assistant Professor of Textiles and Clothing. 

Alfred 0. Aldridge, Ph.D., Professor of English. 

Mary H. Aldridge, M.A., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

Redfield W. Allen, B.S., Instructor in Engineering Drawing. 

Russell B. Allen, B.S., Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Mary E. Ambrose, M.S., Instructor in Chemistry. 



12 INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 

James R. Anderson, M.A., Instructor in Geography. 

Mary L. Andrews, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English. 

Samubx Arbes, Instructor in Physical Education. 

Gordon L. Arbogast, B.E., Instructor in Engineering Drawing. 

WiLLARD O. Ash, M.A., Instructor in Statistics. 

John Harold Axley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Agronomy. 

James J. Aylward, Jr., M/Sgt., Instructor in Military Science. 

Betty B. Baehr, B.S.L.S., Instructor in Libraray Science. 

Oliver E. Baker, Ph.D., Professor of Economic Geography. 

Cecil R. Ball, M.A., Associate Professor of English. 

Roland Bamford, Ph.D., Professor of Botany. 

Edward S. Barber, B.S., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

George Barclay, A.B., Assistant Professor of Physical Education. 

Charles B. Barker, II, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics. 

Elmer Barraclough, B.A., Instructor in Speech. 

James L. Bates, B.A., Instructor in History. 

Richard H. Bauer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History. 

Jack L. Baxter, B.S., Instructor in Electrical Engineering. 

George M. Beal, Ph.D., Professor of Agricultural Economics & Marketing. 

Otho T. Beall, Jr., M.A., Instructor in English. 

Walter R. Beam, Jr., B.S., Instructor in Electrical Engineering. 

Madge Beauman, R.N., Assistant in Physical Education. 

Rachel J. Benton, Ph.D., Professor of Physical Education. 

John Bettendender, Instructor in Speech. 

Warren Bezanson, A.M., Instructor in English. 

Joseph H. Bilbrey, Jr., B.S., Instructor in Chemical Engineering. 

Alfred J. Bingham, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. 

Henry Birnbaum, M.A,, Instructor in English. 

Marie Boborykine, M.A., Instructor in Foreign Languages. 

Carl Bode, Ph.D., Professor of English. 

Donald T. Bonney, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

Charles F. Bopes, M.A., Instructor in English. 

Thomas E. Bourne, Jr., B.S., Instructor in Business Administration. 

Romald E. Bowles, B.S., Assistant in Engineering Drawing. 

Robert D. Boyce, B.S., Instructor in Agronomy. 

Jean M. Boyer, M.A., Instructor in Mathematics. 

Hugo Brandt, B.A., Instructor in Mathematics. 

Henry H. Brechbill, Ph.D., Professor of Education; Assistant Dean. 

George P. Brewster, Jr., B.S., Instructor in Mathematics. 

Ferdinand G. Brickwedde, Ph.D., Professor of Physics. 

George H. Broadley, A.B., Instructor in English. 

Allan A. Brockman, M.A., Instructor in English. 

Verna I. Brooks, M.Ed., Instructor in Office Management. 

Allison T. Brown, Instructor of Interior Design. 

Donald P. Brown, M.A., Instructor in Government and Politics. 

George M. Brown, M.S., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

Glen D. Brown, M.A., Professor of Industrial Education. 



INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 13 

John H. Brown, Capt., U.S.A., Assistant Professor of Military Science 
and Tactics. 

Russell G. Brown, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Plant Physiology. 

Samuel A. Brown, B.A., Instructor in Foreign Languages. 

Jack Y. Bryan, Ph.D., Professor of English. 

Marie D. Bryan, M.A., Assistant Professor in English and Education. 

William Buckley, M/Sgt., U.S.A., Instructor in Military Science and 
Tactics. 

Eleanor W. Bulatkin, M.A., Insrtuctor in Foreign Languages. 

Franklin L. Burdette, Ph.D., Professor of Government and Politics. 

Sumner 0. Burhoe, Ph.D., Professor of Zoology. 

Richard J. Burke, Assistant in Chemistry. 

Louis R. Burnett, M.D., Professor of Physical Education. 

Virginia B. Burton, Instructor in Music. 

Martha E. Byers, M.A., Instructor in English. 

Gordon M. Cairns, Ph.D., Professor of Dairy Husbandry. 

Charles E. Calhoun, M.B.A., Professor of Finance. 

Catherine L. Callegary, B.A., Instructor in Mathematics. 

Guy a. Cardwell, Ph.D., Professor of English. 

Ray W. Carpenter, A.B., LL.B., Professor of Agricultural Engineering. 

SUSANNE Cassels, B.A., Instructor in Art. 

Lenore T. Cervantes, M.A., Instructor in English. 

George H. Charlesworth, M.A., Assistant in College of Special and Con- 
tinuation Studies. 

Verne E. Chatelain, Ph.D., Professor of History. 

Harvey J. Cheston, Jr., M.A., Instructor in Mathematics. 

C. Wilbur Cissel, M.A., C.P.A., Associate Professor of Accounting. 

James A. Clark, B.S., Instructor in Shop Practice. 

Weston R. Clark, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology. 

Eli W. Clemens, Ph.D., Professor of Economics. 

Charles N. Coper, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology. 

John M. Coffin, V.M.D., Associate Professor of Veterinary Science. 

David M. Cole, M.B.A., Instructor in Economics. 

Charles R. Conklin, Jr., B.S., Instructor in Engineering Drawing. 

Franklin D. Cooley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English. 

Densil M. Cooper, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics. 

George F. Corcoran, M.S., Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Eddie M. Cornell, M.A., Instructor in Foods and Nutrition. 

Ernest N. Cory, Ph.D., Professor of Entomology. 

John L. Coulter, M.A., Assistant Professor of English. 

John H. Cover, Ph.D., Professor of Business Policies, 

Carroll E. Cox, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Audrey Crafts, A.M., Instructor in English. 

George Cress, B.F.A., Instructor in Art. 

Robert B. Crichton, B.S., Instructor in Engineering Drawing. 

Raymond E. Crist, Litt.D., Professor of Human and Natural Resources. 

Charles F. Cronin, B.S., C.P.A., Instructor in Accounting. 



14 INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 

F. Harford Cronin, B.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education. 

Herbert A. Crosman, A.M., Assistant Professor of History. 

Jane H. Crow, M.S., Assistant Professor of Home Economics. 

W1U.1AM E. Crow, B.S., Instructor in Animal Husbandry. 

John H. Cudmore, B.S., Instructor in Physical Education. 

George H. Cuneo, B.S., Assistant Professor of Art. 

Dieter Cunz, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. 

Vienna Curtiss, M.A., Professor of Art. 

Margaret Cussler, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology. 

John A. Daiker, B.S., Assistant in Accounting. 

Henry P. Dantzig, B.S., Instructor in Mathematics. 

Dorothy S. Dare, B.S., Instructor in Mathematics. 

GoMER L. Davies, B.S., Lecturer on Radio Communications. 

Nancy E. Davis, M.S., Instructor in Physical Education. 

Sidney S. Davis, Lt. Col., U.S.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education. 

Jules deLauncey, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics. 

Henri DeMarne, B.A., Instructor in Foreign Languages. 

Samuel H. DeVault, Ph.D., Professor of Agricultural Economics and Farm 

Management. 
Harold M. DeVolt, D.V.M., Professor of Animal Pathology. 
Charles S. Dewbtv', Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 
Dudley Dillard, Ph.D., Professor of Economics. 
Louisa Dillard, M.A., Instructor in Geography. 
Robert G. Dixon, B.A., Instructor in Government and Politics. 
Eitel W. Dobert, B.A., Instructor in Foreign Languages. 
Charles H. Dodson, M/Sgt., U.S.A., Instructor in Military Science and 

Tactics. 
Raymond N. Doetsch, M.A., Instructor in Bacteriology. 
Audrey C. Dooling, Assistant in Chemistry. 
Donald G. Doran, Instructor in Military Science and Tactics. 
Nathan L. Drake, Ph.D., Professor of Organic Chemistry. 
Stanley J. Drazek, Instructor in Education. 
Joseph G. Dubuque, M.A., Instructor in Economics. 
P. W. Durkee, M.S., Visiting Professor of Physics. 
Luke E. Ebersole, M.A., Instructor in Sociology and Education. 
Barbara Edwards, B.S., Instructor in English. 
Ray Ehrensberger, Ph.D., Professor of Speech. 
Thaddeus Elder, Jr., Assistant in Chemistry. 
Matthew F. Ellmore, B.S., Instructor in Dairy Husbandry. 
Rachel Emmett, M.A., Assistant Professor in Physical Education. 
Mary T. Ewald, Instructor in English. 
William B. Ewald, M.A., Instructor in English. 
Robert L. Eyler, Instructor in Military Science and Tactics. 
John E. Faber, Ph.D., Professor of Bacteriology. 
William F. Falls, Ph.D., Professor of Foreign Languages. 
Stephen Felber, 1st Sgt., U.S.A., Instructor in Military Science and Tactics. 



. INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF IB 

E. James Ferguson, M.A., Instructor in History. 
David A. Field, B.S., Instructor in Physical Education. 
Louis Fink, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry. 

John G. Fischer, M.A., Instructor in English. 

James E. Fleming, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology. 

Lessib T. Fleming, M.A., Instructor in Sociology. 

Mary W. Fleming, M.A., Instructor in English. 

RUDD Fleming, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English. 

Elizabeth Flinchbaugh, M.A., Instructor in Physical Education. 

John Flodin, M.S., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

George A. Foelker, S/Sgt., U.S.A., Instructor in Military Science and 
Tactics. 

John E. Foster, Ph.D., Professor of Animal Husbandry. 

Rachel Frank, M.A., Instructor in Foreign Languages. 

John H. Frederick, Ph.D., Professor of Transportation and Foreign Trade. 

Salvatore Gagliemo, Instructor in Military Science and Tactics. 

Edmund C. Gass, M.A., Instructor in Government and Politics. 

Hugh G. Gauch, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Plant Physiology. 

Wesley M. Gewehr, Ph.D., Professor of History. 

Guy W. Gienger, M.S., Associate Professor of Agricultural Engineering. 

Leon Gilbert, Jr., B.A., Instructor in Foreign Languages. 

George M. Gloss, Ed.D., Professor of Physical Education. 

Carl W. Gohr, B.S., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Richard A. Good, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 

Donald C. Gordon, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History. 

Ira a. Gould, Ph.D., Professor of Dairy Manufacturing. 

William H. Gravely, Jr., M.A., Assistant Professor of English. 

Meyer Greenberg, B.A., M.H.L., Instructor in Hebrew. 

Kenneth, A. Grubb, M.B.A., Professor of Advertising. 

Allan G. Gruchy, Ph.D., Professor of Economics. 

Joseph A. Guard, M.S., Instructor in Engineering Drawing. 

James M. Gwin, M.A., Associate Professor of Poultry Production and Mar- 
keting. 

Ray C. Hackman, Ph.D., Assistant Professor in Psychology. 

F. Louise Hagel, B.S., Instructor in Foods and Nutrition. 
Dick W. Hall, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics. 

RoscOE W. Hall, Ph.D., Lecturer in Psychology. 

Arthur B. Hamilton, M.S., Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics. 

LUDWIG Hammerschlag, Ph.D., Assistant Professor in Foreign Languages. 

Richard W. Hanford, B.A., Instructor in Physics. 

Jean O. Hannon, B.A., Assistant in Speech. 

Herbert W. Harden, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering. 

Susan E. Harman, Ph.D., Professor of English. 

Earl L. Harper, Capt., U.S.A., Assistant Professor of Military Science and 

Tactics. 
Mary R. Harrison, B.A., Instructor in English. 



16 INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 

Constance A. Hartman, M.A., Instructor in Speech. 

Charles A. Haslup, M.Ed., Instructor in Music. 

Frederick E. Haun, M.A., Instructor in English. 

IRVIN C. Haut, Ph.D., Professor of Horticulture. 

Elizabeth E. Haviland, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Entomology. 

Charles R. Hayleck, Jr., B.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering. 

Everett B. Heins, Sgt., Instructor Military Science and Tactics. 

John K. Hemphill, M.A., Res. Assistant in Psychology. 

Richard Hendricks, M.A., Instructor in Speech. 

Donald C. Hbnnick, B.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering. 

Roy T. Hickman, B.S., Instructor in Geography. 

Robert B. Hill, Jr., B.S., Assistant in Horticulture. 

David R. Hinton, Instructor in Mechanical Arts. 

Lawrence J. Hodgins, B.S., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Raymond W. Hoecker, Ph.D., Professor of Agricultural Marketing. 

Harold Hoffsommer, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology. 

Harry J. Hofmeister, Jr., B.S., Assistant Professor of Agricultural 
Engineering. 

Lois Holladay, B.L.S., Instructor in Library Science. 

Willis D. Holland, B.S., Instructor in Mathematics. 

James C. Hollingsworth, Major, Assistant Professor of Military Science. 

R. Lee Hornbake, Ph.D., Professor of Industrial Education. 

Harry B. Hoshall, B.S., M.E., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engi- 
neering. 

William Hottel, Lecturer in English. 

Leah Houser, M.A., Instructor in Sociology. 

Paul M. Houser, M.A., Assistant Professor of Sociology. 

John R. Howe, M.A., Instructor in Foreign Languages. 

C. Y. Hu, Ph.D., Professor of Human and Natural Resources. 

Raymond Huck, M.S., Instructor in Mathematics. 

Wilbert J. Huff, Ph.D., D.Sc, Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

Charles E. Hutchinson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology. 

Robert T. Hyde, B.S., Instructor in English. 

Thomas P. Imse, M.A., Instructor in Sociology. 

Richard W. Iskraut, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics. 

John W. Jackson, M.S., M.E., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engi- 
neering. 

Stanley B. Jackson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics. 

Emerson D. Jacob, B.S.L.S., Instructor in Library Science. 

Mary F. Jameson, B.A., Instructor in Mathematics. 

Wilhelmina Jashemski, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History. 

Walter F. Jeffers, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Clay L. Jennison, Instructor in Mathematics. 

Juan R. Jimenez, Lecturer in Foreign Languages. 

Zenobla Jimenez, Instructor in Foreign Languages. 

Montgomery H. Johnson, Ph.D., Professor of Physics. 



INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 17 

MORLEY A. JULL, Ph.D., Professor of Poultry Husbandry. 

Helen R, Kahn, M.A., Instructor in English. 

Morris L. Kales, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics. 

Martin Katzin, M.S.E., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering. 

James H. Kehoe, B.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education. 

Earle H. Kennard, Ph.D., Professor of Physics. 

Nelson K. Klose, Ph.D., Instructor in History. 

Evelyn Kossoff, M.A., Instructor in English. 

Charles F. Kramer, M.A., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. 

William Krouse, B.S., Instructor in Physical Education. 

Albin 0. Kuhn, M.S., Associate Professor of Agronomy. 

John J. Kurtz, M.A., Instructor in Education. 

Norman C. Laffer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Bacteriology. 

George L. LaFuze, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics. 

George S. Langford, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Entomology. 

Paul B. Larsen, M.S., Assistant Professor of Dairy Husbandry. 

OR\nLLE K. Larson, M.A., Instructor in Speech. 

Gordon C. Lawson, B.S., Assistant Professor of Art. 

Xeal G. LeBert, M.A., Instructor in English. 

Dorothy L. LeGrand, M.S., Instructor in Foods and Nutrition. 

Peter P. Lejins, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology. 

Daniel C. Lewis, Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics. 

Conrad H. Liden, B.S., Instructor in Agronomy. 

Charles Lightner, 1st Sgt., Instructor in Military Science and Tactics. 

Robert A. Littleford, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Zoology, 

Tolland O. Livesay, Assistant Professor in Military Science and Tactics. 

Russell A. Lombardy, B.S., Instructor in Physical Education for Men. 

Louis P. Loomis, B.S., Instructor in Mathematics. 

Marvin R. Lowe, B.A., Assistant in Foreign Languages. 

Martha Machlin, B.S., Research Assistant in Geography. 

Donald E. Maley, Instructor in Education. 

Charlotte W. Mangold, B.A., Instructor in English. 

Robert T. Mann, B.S., Instructor in Business Administration. 

Charles Manning, M.A., Assistant Professor of English. 

Herman Maril, Instructor in Art. 

Donald 0. Markham, Captain, U.S.A., Assistant Professor of Military 

Science and Tactics. 
Edward Mars, C.W.O., Assistant Professor in Military Science and Tactics. 
Arthur E. Marston, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics. 

Harold R. Martin, M.S., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 
Minerva L. Martin, Ph.D., Instructor in English. 
Monroe H. Martin, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics. 
Frank J. Massey, Jr., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 
Elwyn a. Mauck, Ph.D., Professor of Government and Politics. 
Harold V, Maull, Lt. Col., U.S.A., Assistant Professor of Military Science 

and Tactics. 



18 INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 

Lyle V. Mayer, M.A., Instructor in Speech. 

Harold S. McConnell, M.S., Associate Professor of Entomology. 

Dorothy McDonald, B.A., As.sistant in Speech. 

Frbida W. McFarland, M.A., Professor of Textiles and Clothing. 

Robert J. McFarland, M.Sgt., Instructor in Military Science and Tactics. 

William J. McLarney, M.A., Associate Professor of Industrial Manage- 
ment. 

Hugh B. McLean, B.S., Instructor in Mathematics. 

James G. McManaway, Ph.D., Lecturer in English. 

J. Howard McMillen, Ph.D., Professor of Physics. 

Edna B. McNaughton, M.A., Professor of Nursery School Education. 

Floyd D. McNaughton, M.A., Instructor in Economics. 

James G. Meade, B.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education. 

Mary E. Meade, M.A., Instructor in Mathematics. 

L. Kenton Meals, A.M., Instructor in Mathematics. 

Jessie W. Menneken, M.S., Instructor in Mathematics. 

Horace S. Merrill, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History. 

Madeline Mershon, Assistant Professor of Education. 

Edna Meshke, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Home Economics Education. 

Jean F. Messer, M.A., Instructor in Business Organization. 

Edmund E. Miller, Ph.D., Professor of Foreign Languages. 

Frances H. Miller, M.A., Instructor in English. 

Harvey L. Miller, Professor of Journalism. (Associate Professor of Physi- 
cal Education) 

Walter L. Miller, Major, U.S.A., Assistant Professor in Military Science 
and Tactics. 

James I. Mills, M.A., Assistant Professor of Business Administration. 

Edward M. Minion, Lt. Col., U.S.A., Assistant Professor in Military Sci- 
ence and Tactics. 

Edward G. Misey, M.A., Instructor in Government and Politics. 

Alfred K. Mitchell, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics. 

Earl H. Mitchell, B.S., Assistant in Speech. 

T. Faye Mitchell, M.A., Associate Professor of Textiles and Clothing. 

Emory A. Mooney, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English. 

Delbert T. Morgan, M.A., Assistant Professor of Botany. 

H. Gerthon Morgan,, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education. 

Raymond Morgan, Ph.D., Professor of Physics. 

Jane V. Moriarity, M.A., Instructor in English. 

Marian F. Morris, M.A., Instructor in English. 

Earl W. Mounce, M.A., LL.M., Associate Professor of Law and Labor. 

M. Marie Mount, M.A., Professor of Home and Institution Management. 

Charles D. Murphy, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English. 

Ralph D. Myers, Ph.D., Professor of Physics. 

William O. Negherbon, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Zoology. 

Graciela p. Nemes, B.S., Instructor in Foreign Languages. 

Mary H. Nethkbn, M.A., Instructor in English. 



INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 19 

Robert H. Newall, B.A., Instructor in English. 

Clarence A. Newell, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Educational Admin- 
istration. 

Grover C. Niemeyer, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Speech. 

Fay J. NORRis, M/Sgt., U.S.A., Instructor in Military Science and Tactics. 

Ann E. Norton, M.A., Instructor in Foreign Languages. 

Arthur T. Olsen, S/Sgt., Instructor in Military Science and Tactics. 

Eugene J. O'Sullivan, Jr., M.A., Instructor in Speech. 

Louis E. Otts, M.S., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

James B. Outhouse, M.S., Associate Professor of Animal Husbandry, 

Jeanne Palmer, Instructor in Home Economics. 

Jesse T. Palmer, Ph.D., Instructor in Economics, 

Edwin H. Park, M.A., Instructor in Business Administration. 

Arthur C. Parsons, M.A., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 

Arthur S. Patrick, M.A., Associate Professor of Secretarial Training. 

Michael J. Pelczar, Jr., Ph.D., Associate Professor in Bacteriology. 

Norman E. Phillips, Ph.D., Professor of Zoology. 

Hugh B. Pickard, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

H. Phillip Pickering, B.S., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Paul R. Poffenberger, M.S., Associate Professor of Agricultural Eco- 
nomics. 

John Portz, M.A., Instructor in English. 

Joseph M. Power, Assistant in Music. 

Augustus J. Prahl, Ph.D., Professor of Foreign Languages. 

Ernest F. Pratt, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Daniel A. Prescott, Ed.D., Professor of Child Study. 

Edward H. Price, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry. 

Hester B. Provenson, LL.B., Assistant Professor of Speech. 

James V. Quagliano, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

George D. Quigley, B.S., Associate Professor of Poultry Husbandry. 

William R. Quynn, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. 

Marguerite C. Rand, M.A., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 

B. Harlan Randall, B.Mus., Professor of Music. 

Charles J. Ratzlaff, Ph.D., Professor of International Economics. 

Joseph M. Ray, Ph.D., Professor of Government and Politics. 

Walton R. Read, M.S., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

William M. Redd, Jr., B.S., Assistant in Engineering Drawing. 

Henry R. Reed, Ph.D., Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

E. WiLKiNS Reeve, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

James H. Reid, M.A., Professor of Economics. 

Jacqueline M. Richards, B.S., Instructor in Physical Education. 

Victor G. Rinker, Assistant in Engineering. 

Robert M. Rivello, B.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering, 

Marguerite E. Robison, M.A., Instructor in English. 

Carl L. Rollinson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Mary C. Rose, M.A., Instructor in English. 



20 INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 

Lenora C. Rosenfield, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 

HowAiU) RoVELSTAD, B.S.L.S., M.A., Associate Professor of Library Science. 

Fillmore H. Sanford, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology. 

Willis C. Schaefer, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology. 

Herbert Schaumann, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English. 

Virginia L. M. Schermerhorn, B.S., Assistant in Physics. 

Alvin W. Sciiindler, Ph.D., Professor of Education. 

Albert L. Schrader, Ph.D., Professor of Pomology. 

Mark Schweizer, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 

Leland E. Scott, M.S., Professor of Horticulture. 

B. Frank Sedwick, M.A., Instructor in Foreign Languages. 

Crawford Sensenig, M.A., Instructor in History. 

Mary G. Sesson, M.S., Instructor in Foods and Nutrition. 

Clyne S. Shaffner, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Poultry Husbandry. 

Paul W. Shankweiler, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Sociology. 

Joseph C. Shaw, Ph.D., Professor of Dairy Hu.sbandry. 

Julius C. Shepherd, M.A., Instructor in Mathematics. 

Aaron W. SiiBytwooo, M.S., Professor of Aerodynamics. 

H. Burton Shipley, B.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education. 

Mark M. Shoemaker, M.L.D., Associate Professor of Landscaping. 

Charles A. Shreeve, Jr., M.S., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engi- 
neering. 

Stanley C. Shull, M.A., Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics 
and Marketing. 

Maurice R. Siegler, B.S., Associate Professor of Art. 

Jean Sinclair, B.A., In.structor in English. 

Thomas C. Slingluff, B.S., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Eric H. Small, M.E.E., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Denzel D. Smith, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology. 

Jesse E. Smith, M.A., Instructor in Speech. ' 

Catherine Snell, Assistant Professor of Physical Education. 

Robert E. Snodgrass, B.A., Lecturer of Entomology. 

Barbara M. Snow, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education. 

Ethel Snyder, M.E., Instructor in Mathematics. 

James S. Spamer, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering. 

David S. Sparks, A.M., Instructor in History. 

Jesse W. Sprowls, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology. 

James M. Stamper, M.A., Instructor in English. 

Francis C. Stark, Jr., M.S., Assistant Professor of Vegetable Crops. 

S. Sidney Steinberg, B.E., C.E., Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Rbuben G. Steinmeyer, Ph.D., Professor of Government and Politics. 

Lisbeth Stevens, Instructor in Foreign Languages. 

Barbara H. Stevenson, M.A., Instructor in English. 

Alfred L. Stewart, M.S., Associate Professor of Physical Education. 

Enoch F. Story, Jr., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

Warren L. Strausbaugh, M.A., Assistant Professor of Speech. 



INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 21 

Roland N. Strombf.rg, M.A., Assistant in History. 

Calvin F. Stuntz, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

John W. Sti'ntz, B.S., Instructor in Electrical Engineering. 

Emile H. Sunier, B.S., Instructor in Surveying. 

Draper K. Sutcliffe, Assistant in Surveying. 

William J. Svirbely, D.Sc, Professor of Chemistry. 

Frank V. Sykora, M.A., Instructor in Music. 

John K. Sylvester, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Business and Public 

Administration. 
James M. Tatum, B.S., Professor of Physical Education. 
Esther T. Taylor, M.S., Assistant Professor of Foods and Nutrition. 
Margaret E. Teeter, A.B., Instructor in English. 
Evelyn K. Tenney, A.M., Instructor in English. 
ROYLE P. Thomas, Ph.D., Professor of Soils. 
Charles W. Thornthwaite, Ph.D., Professor of Human and Natural 

Resources. 
Richard E. Tiller, Ph.D., Instructor in Zoology. 
Adele Tingey, M.A., Instructor in Physical Education. 
Isabelle Tomberlin, B.S., Instructor in Foods and Nutrition. 
Theron a. Tompkins, M.A., Associate Professor of Physical Education. 
Horace M. Trent, Ph.D., Lecturer on Operational Circuit Analysis, 
Emil S. Troelston, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics. 
Gilbert W. Tuck, M.A., Instructor in Foreign Languages. 
Peter J. Turano, M.A., Instructor in Government and Politics. 
William E. Ulrich, A.M., Assistant in Education. 
John F. Upson, A.M., Instructor in English. 

Anna Mary Urban, B.A., B.A.L.S., Instructor in Library Science. 
John L. Vanderslice, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 
William VanRoyen, Ph.D., Professor of Geography. 
Fletcher P. Veitch, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry. 
J. Manuel Velasco, Instructor in Foreign Languages. 
Peter F. Vial, B.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering. 
George B. Vogt, B.S., Assistant Professor of Entomology. 
Ruby C. Wagner, B.S., Instructor in Secretarial Training. 
T. C. Gordon Wagner, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics. 
Robert Y. Walker, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology. 
W. Paul Walker, M.S., Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics. 
Gustave S. Wall, M.A., Associate Professor of Industrial Education. 
Edgar P. Walls, Ph.D., Professor of Canning Corps. 
Kathryn M. p. Ward, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English. 
Verna Z. Waters, M.A., Instructor in Mathematics, 

Dorothy M. Watson, M.S., Instructor in Natural and Human Resources, 
J, Donald Watson, Ph.D., Professor of Finance. 
Joseph Weber, B.S., Instructor in Electrical Engineering. 
Kurt G. Weber, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English. 
SiVERT M, Wedeberg, M.A., C.P.A., Professor of Accounting. 



22 INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 

Presley A. Wedding, B.S., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering. 
John V. Wehausen, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics. 
Alfred Weissler, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 
Fred W. Wellborn, Ph.D., Professor of History. 
Henry J. Werner, M.S., Instructor in Zoology. 
Charles E. White, Ph.D., Professor of Inorganic Chemistry. 
Ira U. White, B.S., Assistant in Zoology. 
Melvin R. White, M.A., Assistant Professor of Speech, 
Vesta A. White, B.A., Assistant in Speech, 
Elizabeth Whitney, A.B., Instructor in Education. 
Gladys A. Wiggin, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education. 
Milton J. Wiksell, M.A., Assistant Professor of Speech, 
June C, Wilbur, M.S., Assistant Professor of Textiles and Clothing. 
Julius Wildstosser, J.U.D., Instructor in Foreign Languages. 
Raymond C. Wiley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Analytical Chemistry. 
Dorothy K. Willner, M.A,, Instructor in Sociology. 
Howard Winant, M.S., Assistant Professor of Agronomy. 
Columbia Winn, M.A., Assistant Professor of Education. 
Thomas T. Witkowski, M.S., Assistant Professor in Electrical Engineering. 
Edgar S. Wood, M.A., Instructor in Speech. 
WILLLA.M H. Wood, Assistant in Horticulture. 

Maynard B, Woodbury, M.A., Instructor in Business Organization. 
Albert W. Woods, B.S., Associate Professor of Physical Education, 
G. Forrest Woods, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry. 
Howard W, Wright, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Business Administra- 
tion. 
IRVIN G. Wyllie, M.A., Instructor in History. 
Charles W. Yantis, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering, 
James F, Yeager, Ph.D., Lecturer in Entomology, 
Willis H. Young, Jr., B.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering. 
W. Gordon Zeeveld, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English. 
R. Yvonne Zenn, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education. 
Adolph E. Zucker, Ph.D., Professor of Foreign Languages. 

GRADUATE ASSISTANTS AND FELLOWS 
^<*^« Department 

Ruth Adams, B.A. English 

J, Francis Allen, B.S Zoology 

Jay 0. Anderson, B.S Poultry Husbandry 

Julian B, Anderson, B.S Animal Husbandry 

Charles W, Anthony, B.A English 

Bernard H, Armbrecht, B.A Chemistry 

Delbert D. Arnold, M.A History 

Thomas E. Arther, B.S ,,.,, .Chemistry 

Harry A. Bacas, B.A Special and Continuation Studies 

Graeme L. Baker, B.S Chemistry 



GRADUATE ASSISTANTS 23 

Jack C. Barnes, M. A English 

Annabelle a. Barnett, B.A Chemistry 

RoscoE G. Bartlett, B.A Zoology 

Kenneth Battersby, B.A Geography 

Thomas E. Beatty, B.S Agronomy 

Frank L. Bentz, Jr., B.S Agronomy 

David I. Blumenthal, B.A Chemistry 

Robert A. Booth, A.B English 

Louise A. Bradley, M.A English 

Sydney S. Breese, B.S :. .Physics 

Arthur E. Brown, A.B Chemistry 

Emily M. Brunk, B.A Sociology 

Charles Caldwell, M.A Education 

Robert L. Campbell, B.S Chemistry 

Eileen A. Carbery, B.S Foods and Nutrition 

Jane D. Carman, B.A English 

David H. Chambers, B.S Chemistry 

June E. Chance, A.B Psychology 

Margaret S. Cl.\rke, B.S., R.N Chemistry 

Robert C. Cleverdon, M.S Bacteriology 

Jerry M. Cohen, B.S Chemistry 

Irene M. Cooney, B.A Physics 

Virginia H. Corp, B.S Botany 

Lucille A. Cosby, B.S Zoology 

Robert M. Creamer, B.S Chemistry 

Ruth N. Cromie, B.A Mathematics 

DURANT H. DaPonte, M.A English 

Frank Davis, M.S Poultry Husbandry 

Harriet J. Davis, B.A Mathematics 

Ray F. Deck, B.S Chemistry 

Harry M. Doukas, B.S Chemistry 

Charles W. Dulin, B.S Chemistry 

Willl/vm M. Eareckson, III, B.S Chemistry 

Richard Van D. Eck, B.S Botany 

Miriam B. Eckard, B.S Economics 

Raymond L. Erickson, B.S English 

Herbert M. Ezekiel, B.S Chemistry 

John W. Foster, B.S Bacteriology 

Margaret Frye, A.B Physics 

Sidney R. Galler, M.S. . . : Zoology 

Rocco L. Gentilcore, B.A Geography 

Engel L. R. Gilbert, B.S Entomology 

Margaret M. Gillespie, B.S Zoology 

Lex B. Golden, B.S Chemistry 

Samuel Goldhagen, B.S Chemistry 

Leon Gonsherry, B.S Bacteriology 

Frederick H. Grannis, B.A Physics 



24 an A DC A rt: a ssista n ts 

Sheldon B. Gkeenijaum, M.S i Chemistry 

SiDNKY Grolman, B.S Zoology 

Howard M. Gaoss, B.S Agronomy 

Charles Haber, M.S Chemistry 

Milton D. Havron, B.A Psychology 

Stuart Haywood, B.S Mathematics 

Mary F. Helms, B.A Government and Politics 

Cecil G. Hewes, B.A Zoology 

Edward C. Higgison, B.A Mathematics 

William M. Hoffman, B.S Chemistry 

Norman L. Horn, B.S ; Botany 

Harry F. Howden, Jr., B.S Zoology 

John B. Howes, B.A Sociology 

John H. Hoyekt, B.S Agronomy 

Chien Chun Hsiao, M.A Geography 

Betty M. Jones, A.B Geography 

Flora M. Kearney, M.A English 

Edwin J. Kelley, Jr., B.S Horticulture 

Hamill T. Kenny, A.M English 

Charles \V. J. Kissinger, B.S Physics 

William I. C. Knight, B.S Chemistry 

Florence Korn, B.A Geography 

Norman Kramer, B.S Bacteriology 

Raymond Kray, B.S Chemistry 

Ivonne Lastra, M.A Zoology 

Leo W. Lathroum, B.S Mathematics 

Emory C. Leffel, M.S Dairy 

Kenneth Levenberg, B.S Mathematics 

Maximo Levin, B.S Zoology 

Judith M. Margaretten, B.A Foreign Languages 

Patricia E. Marks, B.S Chemistry 

Salvatore F. Martino, B.S Physics 

Aaron H. Maser, B.S Zoology 

Ken Matsuda, B.S Chemistry 

Martha J. Maxwell, B.A Psychology 

Morley G. McCartney, M.S Poultry 

Herbert Meyers, B.S Chemistry 

John L. Milligan, B.S Poultry Husbandry 

Robert E. Moreng, B.S Poultry Husbandry 

Cornelius F. Moxley, A.B .• English 

William H. Myers, B.S Zoology 

Vishwamrhar Nath, M.A Geography 

John L. Nemes, M.S Bacteriology 

George W. Newell, M.S ; Poultry Husbandry 

Betty Ott, B.A Business 

Anna B. Owens, B.S Botany 

George R. Pappas, B.A Geography 



FELLOWS 25 

Maurice J. Peterson, M.S Chemistry 

Charles W. Porter, B. A Geography 

Frank E. Potter, B.S Dairy 

Claudia S. Prickett, B.S Chemistry 

Reuben Proper. B.S Chemistry 

Betty L, Pugh, B.S Chemistry 

Harold J. Quinn, B.S Physics 

Jean E. Rahauser, B.S Chemistry 

Robert D. Rappleye, M.S Botany 

Arnold G. Rawling, B.S Mathematics 

Fred T. Reed, B.A. Chemistry 

Andress 0. Ridgway, B.S Mathematics 

William A. Rogers, B.A. Physics 

James F. Roth, B.A. Chemistry 

Helen J. Ruth, B.S. Zoology 

Marjorie B. Rutherford, B.S Zoology 

Harriet Sachs, B.A. \ English 

Wallace G. Sanford, B.A. Botany 

Charles H. Schafer, M.A English 

Carolyn Smith, B.A. Zoology 

John J. Smoot, B.S. Botany 

Frank N. Snyder, B.S Chemistry 

Siu-Chi Song, B.S. Geography 

Franklin B. Stewart, M.S. Agronomy 

Kenneth Stringer, B.S Zoology 

Dorothy M. Svirbely, B.S Chemistry 

Donald L. Sweetman, B.A Business Research 

Armen C. Tarjan, B.S. Botany 

Samuel C. Temin, M.S. Chemistry 

Beatrice J. Thearle, M.A English 

Howard M. Trussell, B.S. Chemistry 

Irwin W. Tucker, B.S. Chemistry 

Joseph G. Tuono, B.S. Chemistry 

Anna Lee Van Artsdale, B.S Chemistry 

NoRBERT B. Wagner, B.S. Physics 

Shirley Wagner, B.A English 

Willis H. Waldo, B.S Chemistry 

George S. Warner, B.S Bacteriology 

Donald V. Weick, B.A Psychology 

Samuel Weiss, B.S. Chemistry 

Roy G. Weston, B.A Chemistry 

Mildred M. Wiker, B.S. Mathematics 

David Winfrey, B.A. Physics 

Earl G. Wohlford, B.S Mathematics 

Alden E. Yelmgren Chemistry 

Kathryn Young, B.S. Zoology 



26 FELLOWS 

Robert 0. Zeller, B.A. Zoology 

Joshua E. ZiA, B.S. Mathematics 

Ralph Zirkind, M.S. Physics 

Fellows 

Rowland K. Adams, B.S Chemistry 

Barbara II. Caminita, B.S Bacteriology 

Phyllis Everhart, M.A Geography 

Jack E. Gray, B.S English 

Larry Q. Green, M.S Chemistry 

George W. Harmon, B.S Chemical Engineering 

Russell L. Hawes, B.S Agricultural Economics 

William F. Jenkins, M.S Horticulture 

Frank L. Keller, A.B Geography 

Ruth A. Keyes, B.A History 

William E. Lusby, Jr., B.S Chemical Engineering 

Malvin McGaha, B.S Agricultural Economics 

Hugh V. Perkins, A.M Education 

Robert K. Preston, B.S Chemistry 

Margaret M. Reinke, B.S English 

Benjamin A. Ring, B.A History 

Jerome F. Sagin, M.S Fisheries and Wildlife 

H. Murray Schere, B.S History 

Eleanor W^erble, B.S Chemistry 



SECTION I— General 



PRELIMINARY INFORMATION 

The University of Maryland, in addition to being a State University, is 
the "Land-Grant" institution of Maryland. The University is co-educational 
in all of its branches. 

College Park 

The undergraduate colleges and the Graduate School of the University 
of Maryland are located at College Park, Prince George's County, Mary- 
land, on a beautiful tract of rolling, wooded land, less than eight miles from 
the heart of the Nation's capital, Washington, D. C. This nearness to 
Washington, naturally, is of immeasurable advantage to students because 
of the unusual library facilities afforded by the Library of Congress and 
the libraries of Government Departments; the privilege of observing at 
close range sessions of the United States Supreme Court, the United States 
Senate and the House of Representatives; the opportunity of obtaining 
almost without effort an abundance of factual data which is constantly 
being assembled by the numerous agencies of the Federal Government. 

The University is served by excellent transportation facilities, including 
the main line of the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad, by the Washington street 
car system, and by several bus lines. The campus fronts on the Baltimore- 
Washington Boulevard, a section of U. S. Route No. 1, which makes the 
University easily accessible by private automobile travel. 

College Park, and the adjacent Calvert Hills and College Heights, con- 
stitute a group of fine residential communities close to the University 
campus, where are located the homes of many of the members of the faculty 
and staff, and where students who prefer to live off campus may find de- 
sirable living accommodations at reasonable rates. 

Baltimore 

The professional schools of the University — Dentistry, Law, Medicine, 
Nursing, and Phai-macy — the University Hospital, and the Baltimore Pro- 
gram of the College of Special and Continuation Studies are located in a 
group of splendid buildings, most of them erected in recent years, at or 
near the adjacent corners of Lombard and Greene Streets and Lombard 
and Redwood Streets, Baltimore, Maryland. 

Baltimore, a thriving, modern industrial city of more than a million in- 
habitants, has an old established culture represented by outstanding educa- 
tional institutions, libraries, museums, parks, public buildings, and places 
of historical interest. 

Baltimore is justly proud of its well earned reputation as a center of the 
highest type of professional education, and no finer location could be chosen 
by a young man or young woman desiring to prepare for a professional 
career. 

27 



28 HISTORY OF THE UNIVERSITY 

BRIEF HISTORY OF THE UNIVERSITY 

While its advancement in recent years, both in the matter of physical 
plant facilities and educational standards has been especially rapid, the 
University has behind it a long and honorable history. 

The history of the present University is the history of two institutions; 
the old privately-owned and operated University of Maryland in Baltimore 
and the Maryland State College (formerly Maryland Agricultural College) 
at College Park. These institutions were merged in 1920. 

In 1807 the College of Medicine of Maryland was organized, the fifth 
medical school in the United States. The first class was graduated in 1810 
A permanent home was established in 1814-1815 by the erection of the 
building at Lombard and Greene Streets in Baltimore, the oldest struc- 
ture in America devoted to medical teaching. Here was founded one of the 
first medical libraries (and the first medical school library) in the United 
States. In 1812 the General Assembly of Maryland authorized the College 
of Medicine of Maryland to "annex or constitute faculties of divinity, law, 
and arts and sciences," and by the same act declared that the "colleges or 
faculties thus united should be constituted an university by the name and 
under the title of the University of Maryland." By authority of this act, 
steps were taken in 1813 to establish "a faculty of law," and in 1823 a 
regular school of instruction in law was opened. Subsequently there were 
added: in 1882 a Department of Dentistry which was absorbed in 1923 by 
the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery (founded in 1840, the first dental 
school in the world) ; in 1889 a School of Nursing; and in 1904 the Mary- 
land College of Pharmacy (founded in 1841, the third oldest pharmacy 
college in the United States). 

The Maryland State College was chartered in 1856 under the name of 
the Maryland Agricultural College, the second agricultural college in the 
Western Hemisphere. For three years the College was under private man- 
agement. In 1862 the Congress of the United States passed the Land Grant 
Act. This act granted each State and Territory that should claim its bene- 
fits a proportionate amount of unclaimed western lands, in place of scrip, 
the proceeds from the sale of which should apply under certain conditions 
to the "endowment, support, and maintenance of at least one college where 
the leading object shall be, without excluding other scientific and classical 
studies, and including military tactics, to teach such branches of learning 
as are related to agriculture and the mechanic arts, in such a manner as 
the Legislatures of the States may respectively prescribe, in order to pro- 
mote the liberal and practical education of the industrial classes in the 
several pursuits and professions of life." This grant was accepted by the 
General Assembly of Maryland, and the Maryland Agricultural College was 
named as the beneficiary of the grant. Thus the College became, at least 
in part, a State institution. In the fall of 1914 control was taken over 
entirely by the State. In 1916 the General Assembly granted a new charter 
to the College, and made it the Maryland State College. 



ORGANIZATION 29 

In 1920, by an act of the State Legislature, the University of Maryland 
was merged with the Maryland State College, and the resultant institution 
was given the name University of Maryland. 

THE UNIVERSITY YEAR 

The University year is divided into two semesters of approximately seven- 
teen weeks each, and a summer session of six weeks. 

ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION OF THE UNIVERSITY 

The government of the University is, by law, vested in a Board of 
Regents, consisting of eleven members appointed by the governor of the 
State, each for a term of nine years. The administration of the University 
is vested in the president. The deans, directors and other principal officers 
of the University form the Administrative Board. This group serves in an 
advisory capacity to the president. 

Following is a list of the administrative divisions of the University: 
At College Park At Baltimore 

College of Agriculture School of Dentistry 

College of Arts and Sciences School of Law 

College of Business and Public School of Medicine 
Administration School of Nursing 

College of Education School of Pharmacy 

College of Engineering University Hospital 

College of Home Economics Maryland State Board of Agricul- 

College of Military Science, Physi- ture 

cal Education and Recreation 
College of Special and 
Continuation Studies 
Graduate School 
Summer Session 



Agricultural Experiment Station 
Agricultural and Home Economics 
Extension Service 

State-Wide Activities 

The Agricultural and Home Economics Extension Service maintains local 
representatives in every county of the State. These representatives, County 
Agents and Home Demonstration Agents, provide expert assistance to 
farmers and farm families in their areas and, when necessary, call upon 
the large staff of specialists at the headquarters of the Extension Service 
at College Park. 

The Live Stock Sanitary Service, which is charged with responsibility for 
the control and eradication of diseases of live stock and poultry, maintains 
local veterinary inspectors throughout the State, in addition to specialists 
and laboratory technicians at the main laboratory at College Park and the 
branch laboratories in Salisbury, Centerville and Baltimore. 



30 FACILITIES AND GROUNDS 

PHYSICAL FACILITIES— GROUNDS, BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT 

College Park 

Grounds. The University grounds at College Park comprise over six 
hundred acres. A broad rolling campus is surmounted by a commanding 
hill which overlooks a wide area and insures excellent drainage. Most of 
the buildings are located on this eminence and the adjacent grounds are 
laid out attractively in lawns and terraces ornamented with trees, shrub- 
bery and flower beds. Below the hill and along either side of the Wash- 
ington-Baltimore Boulevard lie the drill grounds and athletic fields. 

Approximately 300 acres are used for research and teaching in horticul- 
ture, agriculture, dairying, livestock and poultry. An additional five hun- 
dred acres of land provided for plant research work are located at the 
Hopkins and Nash farms, five miles northwest of College Park and in various 
other localities. 

Buildings. The buildings of beautifully designed Georgian colonial motif 
comprise about fifty principal structures and an additional fifty for 
supplemental utility, providing facilities for the varied activities carried on 
at College Park. 

Administration and Instruction. This group consists of the following: 
Administration Building, which accommodates the offices of the President, 
Dean of Men, Business Manager, Comptroller, Director of Personnel, Regis- 
trar, Director of Admissions, Publications, Alumni Secretary, Director of 
Procurement and Supply, and Cashier, as well as Student Supply Store and 
University Post Office. 

Agriculture Building, which houses the College of Agriculture, the Agri- 
cultural and Home Economics Extension Service and the Director of the 
Agricultural Experiment Station. 

Other buildings, whose space is principally devoted to the College of Agri- 
culture are: Poultry Building, Horticulture Building, and Dairy Building. 

The Arts and Science Building, Engineering Building, Education Build- 
ing, Business and Public Administration and Home Economics Building, as 
the names imply, house the various colleges. 

The Armory, one of the finest structures of its kind in the country; the 
Ritchie Coliseum, seating 4,500, used for indoor sports events; the Gym- 
nasium; the Women's Field House and the Byrd Stadium providing for 
8,000 spectators are utilized principally by the College of Military Science 
and Physical Education. The Chemistry Building, Science Building (for- 
merly Agriculture Building), Classroom Building, Dean of Women's Build- 
ing, Library, MoitHI Hall, and the Home Economics Practice House, com- 
plete the principal structures in this group. 

Ten temporary frame classroom buildings serve the overflow from Chem- 
istry, Physics and Zoology as well as the entire Psychology and Mathe- 
matics departments and provide a Recreation building for day students and 
headquarters for all student publications. * 



FACILITIES AND GROUNDS 31 

A Shop building is being jointly used by the Engineering College, Indus- 
trial Education and Agricultural Engineering departments until new build- 
ings, planned as part of the Glenn L. Martin College of Engineering and 
Aeronautical Sciences, are constructed. The experimental Wind Tunnel 
Building, the first unit of this group, is located near the Paint Branch 
bridge on the north side of the campus. 

Housing. The Women's Dormitories are Anne Arundel Hall and Mar- 
garet Brent Hall. In addition, there are four smaller units at present 
providing housing for sorority groups. Two new women's dormitories are 
to be completed late in 1948. 

Men's Dormitories. Calvert and Silvester Halls are the only two named 
dormitories of a group of ten separate buildings housing men students. 

A Veterans' Housing Project provides facilities for 1,100 male students 
in nine dormitories and 104 veteran families in thirteen family units. 

Experiment Station. The headquarters for the Agricultural Experi- 
ment Station are in the new Agricultural building. The laboratories and 
greenhouses for this research work are located in several buildings on the 
campus. 

The Live Stock Sanitary Service is located in a group of buildings about 
a mile east of the main campus, near the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad 
Station. 

Service Buildings. This group includes the Central Heating Plant, Ser- 
vice Building, the Infirmary, and the Dialing Hall. 

The Fi7'e Service Extension Building, completed in 1946, is located south of 
the Byrd Stadium on the boulevard. It houses the Fire Extension Service 
offices as well as the College Park Volunteer Fire Department. 

Historical Building. Rossborough Inn. This historic Inn, built in 1798, 
is the oldest building on the campus and for many years housed the Agri- 
cultural Experiment Station. Entirely restored, it is now one of the most 
beautiful and interesting buildings on the campus. 

U. S. Government Buildings. United States Bureau of Mines. The 
Eastern Experiment Station of the United States Bureau of Mines is lo- 
cated on the University grounds. The general laboratories are used for 
instruction purposes in College of Engineering as well as by the United 
States Government for Experimental work. The building contains a geo- 
logical museum and a technical library. United States Fish and Wildlife 
Service Laboratory. The technological research laboratory building of the 
U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service is located on the University campus. It 
contains laboratories for research in fisheries dealing with chemical, chem- 
ical engineering, bacteriological, nutritional, and biological subjects. 
Through a cooperative arrangement with the University it is possible for 
students to do graduate work using the facilities of these laboratories. 



32 LIBRARY FACILITIES; ADMISSION 

Baltimore 

The group of buildings located in the vicinity of Lombard and Greene 
Streets provides available housing for the Baltimore division of the Uni- 
versity. The group comprises the original Medical School Building, erected 
in 1814; the Old Hospital now used as a dispensary; the New University 
Hospital with approximately 450 beds; the Frank C. Bressler Research 
Laboratory; the Dental and Pharmacy Building; the Nurses' Home; the 
Law School Building; Davidge Hall, which houses the Medical library; and 
the Administration Building. 

LIBRARY FACILITIES 

Libraries are located at both the College Park and Baltimore divisions 
of the University. 

The General Library at College Park, completed in 1931, is an attractive 
and well equipped structure. The main reading room on the second floor 
seats 250 and has about 5,000 reference books and bound periodicals on 
open shelves. The five-tier stack room and basement are equipped with 
carrels and desks for use of advanced students. About 20,000 of the 
132,000 volumes on the campus are shelved in the Chemistry, Entomology 
and Mathematics Departments, the Graduate School, and other units. 
Over 1,000 periodicals are currently received. 

Facilities in Baltimore consist of the libraries of the School of Dentistry, 
containing 13,000 volumes; the School of Law, 20,000 volumes; the School 
of Medicine, 27,000 volumes; the School of Nursing, 1,000 volumes; and 
the School of Pharmacy, 11,000 volumes. The Medical Library is housed 
in Davidge Hall; the remaining four libraries have adequate quarters in 
the buildings of their respective schools, whej-e they are readily available 
for use. Facilities for the courses in Arts and Sciences are offered jointly 
by the libraries of the Schools of Dentistry and Pharmacy. 

The libraries of the University total in the aggregate over 200,000 bound 
volumes. The General Library is a depository for publications of the 
United States Government and numbers some 75,000 documents in its 
collection. 

The University Library System is able to supplement its reference ser- 
vice by borrowing material from other libraries through Inter-Library Loan 
or Bibliofilm Service, or by arranging for personal work in the Library of 
Congress, the United States Department of Agriculture Library, and other 
agencies in Washington. 

ADMISSION PROCEDURE 

Undergraduate Schools: Applicants for admission to the College of Agri- 
culture, Arts and Sciences, Business and Public Administration, Edncation, 
Engineering, and Home Economics should communicate with the Director of 
Admissions, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland. 



ADMISSION, FRESHMAN 38 

Graduate School: Those seeking admission to the Graduate School should 
address the Dean of the Graduate School, University of Maryland, College 
Park. 

Professional Schools: Information about admission to the professional 
schools in Baltimore may be had by writing to the dean of the college 
concerned or to the Director of Admissions of the University. 

Applicants from Secondary Schools: Procure an application blank from 
the Director of Admissions. Fill in personal data requested and ask your 
principal or headmaster to enter your secondary school record and mail 
the blank to the Director of Admissions. 

To avoid delay, it is suggested that applications be filed not later than 
July 1 for the fall semester, and January 1 for the spring semester. 
Applications from students completing their last semester of secondary 
work are encouraged. If acceptable, supplementary records will be sent 
upon graduation. 

Applicants from Other Colleges and Universities: Secure an application 

blank from the Director of Admissions. Fill in personal data requested 
and ask secondary school principal or headmaster to enter secondary school 
record and send the blank to the Director of Admissions. Request the 
Registrar of the College or University attended to send a transcript to 
the Director of Admissions, College Park, Maryland. 

Time of Admission: New students should plan to enter the University at 
the beginning of the fall semester if possible. Students, however, will 
be admitted at the beginning of either semester. 

ADMISSION OF FRESHMEN 
Admission by Certificate: Graduates of accredited secondary schools of 
Maryland or the District of Columbia will be admitted by certificate upon 
the recommendation of the principal. Graduates of out-of-state schools 
should have attained college certification marks, such marks to be not less 
than one letter or ten points higher than the passing mark. 

Veterans and other mature persons who are not high school graduates 
may qualify for admission to the freshman class by passing prescribed tests 
comparable to those employed by state authorities to establish high school 
equivalence. 

SUBJECT REQUIREMENTS 
In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and 
other indications of probable success in college rather than upon a fixed 
pattern of subject matter. 

English 4 units required for all divisions of the University. 

Mathematics 3I2 units, including Solid Geometry, required for 

Engineering, Mathematics and Physics. 

For all colleges one unit each of Algebra and 
Plane Geomelry is desirable. Deviation may be 
allo\*ed for certain curricula. 



34 REQUIREMENTS 

Social Science; Natural 

and Biological Science .. 1 unit from each group is required; two are 
desirable. 

Foreign Languages Those who will follow the professions, enter 

journalism, foreign trade or service, study the 
humanities or do research, should have a good 
foundation in one or more, but none is required. 

Electives Fine Arts, trade and vocational subjects are 

acceptable. 
Transfer Students: Only students in good standing as to scholarship and 

conduct are eligible to transfer. Advanced standing is assigned to transfer 

students from accredited institutions under the following conditions: 

1. A minimum of one year of resident work of not less than 30 semester 
hours is necessary for a degree. 

2. The University reserves the right at any time to revoke advanced 
standing if the ti'ansfer student's progress is unsatisfactory. 

Special Students: Applicants who are at least twenty-one years of age, 
and who have not completed the usual preparatory course, may be admitted 
to such courses as they seem fitted to take. Special students are ineligible 
to matriculate for a degree until entrance requirements have been satisfied. 

Unclassified Students: Applicants who meet entrance requirements but 
who do not wish to pursue a program of study leading to a degree are 
eligible for admission to pursue courses for which , they have met 
prerequisites. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS FOR MEN AND WOMEN 

All undergraduate students cla.'^sified academically as freshmen or sopho- 
mores who are registered for more than six semester hours are required 
to carry physical activities three hours per week until they have success- 
fully completed four semesters. The successful completion of this course 
is a prerequisite for graduation, but it must be taken by all eligible stu- 
dents during the first two years of attendance at the University, whether 
they intend to graduate or not. Students not qualified to take the regular 
activities program will be given adaptive work suitable to their physical 
capacities. 

REQUIREMENTS IN MILITARY INSTRUCTION 

All male students unless specifically exempted under University rules are 
required to take elementary military training for a period of two years. 
The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation 
but it must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of 
attendance at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. 
Transfer students who do not have the required two years of military train- 
ing will be required to complete th'e course or take it until graduation, 
whichever occurs first. 



EXEMI'TIOXS; REGULATION OF STUDIES 35 

EXEMPTIONS: 

1. Students who arc not citizens of the United States. 

2. Students who have completed the course in other senior units of the 
R. 0. T. C. 

3. Students holding commissions in the Reserve Corps of the Army, Navy, 
Marines or Coast Guard. 

4. Students who have served in the Army, Navy, Marine Corps, or Coast 
Guard for a period of time long enough to be considered equivalent to the 
training received in the R. O. T. C. Short periods of service in any of the 
branches named above will be evaluated and allowed as credit toward 
completion of the course. 

5. Gx'aduate students. 

6. Students classified as "Special Students" who are registered for less 
than seven semester credits. 

7. Students who have passed their thirtieth birthday before starting 
the course. 

Students excused from basic military training are required to take an 
equivalent number of credits in other subjects, which substitution must be 
approved by the dean of the college concerned. 

THE PROGRAM IN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 

Work in American Civilization is offered at three distinct academic levels. 
Work at the first level is described below. For a description of work at the 
second level, see "American Civilization," pages 89-90, and for details con- 
cerning the degree of Master of Arts in American Civilization, see "Re- 
quirements for the degree of Master of Arts in American Civilization," 
page 204. For information concerning requirements for the doctorate in 
American Civilization, consult the Chairman of the Program in American 
Civilization. 

Required Courses in the American Civilization Program 

All students (unless specific exceptions are noted in printed curricula) 
are required to take twelve semester hours of English (for sequence and 
descriptions, see the offerings of the Department of English), three s'tmester 
hours of sociology (Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life), three semester 
hours of government (G. & P. 1 — American Government), and six semes- 
ter hours of history (H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization). 

These several courses are planned as parts of a whole that is designed 
to acquaint students with the basic facts of American history, with the 
fundamental patterns of our social, economic, political, and intellectual de- 
velopment, and with the riches of our cultural heritage. 

REGULATION OF STUDIES 

Course Numbers. Courses for undergraduates are designated by numbers 
1 — 99; courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates, by numbers 
100 — 199*; and courses for graduates, by numbers 200 — 299. 



But not all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit. 



86 REGULATION OF STUDIES 

A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course 
with a double number extends through two semesters. 

Schedule of Courses. A semester time schedule of courses, giving days, 
hours, and rooms, is issued as a separate pamphlet at the beginning of each 
semester. Classes are scheduled beginning at 8:00 A. M. 

Definition of Credit Unit. The semester hour, which is the unit of credit 
in the University, is the equivalent of a subject pursued one period a week 
for one semester. Two or three periods of laboratory or field work are equiva- 
lent to one lecture or recitation period. The student is expected to devote 
three hours a week in classroom or laboratory, including outside preparation 
for each credit hour in any course. 

Examinations. Examinations are held at the end of each semester in 
accordance with the official schedule of examinations. Students are required 
to use the prescribed type of examination book in final examinations; and, 
also, when requested to do so by the instructor, in tests given during the 
semester. 

Final examinations are held in all courses except in classes where the 
character of the work will permit the instructor to note frequently the 
progress and proficiency of the student — in which case they may be omitted 
upon approval of the head of the department and dean of the college. 
Periodic examinations and tests are given during regiilarly scheduled class 
periods. Final examinations, where required, are given according to schedule 
and are of not more than two hours' duration. 

Final examinations for undergraduate candidates for degrees are waived 
in the semester immediately preceding their June graduation exercises, and 
final grades are based on daily grades and tests given during the semester. 

Marking System: The following symbols are used for marks: A, B, C, 
and D, passing; F, Failure; I, Incomplete. 

Mark A denotes superior scholarship; mark B, good scholarship; mark C, 
fair scholarship; and mark D, passing scholarship. 

In computing scholastic averages, numerical values are assigned as fol- 
lows: A— 4; B— 3; C— 2; D— 1; F— 0. 

A scholastic average of C is required for graduation and for junior 
standing. At least three-fourths of the credits required for graduation must 
be earned with marks of A, B, or C. A student who receives the mark of D 
in more than one-fourth of his credits must take additional courses or repeat 
courses until he has met these requirements. 

Academic Regulations. A separate pamphlet is published each year list- 
ing the regulations which govern the academic work and other activtities 
of students. 

REPORTS 

Written reports of grades are sent by the Registrar to parents or 
guardians of minor students who are not veterans at the close of each 
semester. 



DELINQUENT STUDENTS; DEGREES 37 

DELINQUENT STUDENTS 

A student must attain passing marks in fifty per cent of the semester 
hours for which he is registered, or he is automatically dropped from the 
University. The Registrar notifies the student, his parent or guardian, 
and the student's dean of this action. A student who has been dropped 
for scholastic reasons may appeal in writing to the Committee on Admis- 
sion, Guidance, and Adjustment for reinstatement. The Committee is em- 
powered to grant relief for just cause. A student who has been dropped 
from the University for scholastic reasons, and whose petition for reinstate- 
ment is denied, may again petition after a lapse of at least one semester. 

The University reserves the right to request at any time the withdrawal 
of a student who cannot or does not maintain the required standard of 
scholarship, or whose continuance in the University would be detrimental 
to his or her health, or to the health of others, or whose conduct is not 
satisfactory to the authorities of the University. Students of the last class 
may be asked to withdraw even though no specific charge be made against 
them. 

According to University regulations, excessive absence from any course 
is penalized by failure in that course. Students who are gruilty of per- 
sistent absence from any course will be reported to the President or to his 
appointed representative for final disciplinary action. 

JUNIOR STANDING 

No student will be certified as a junior, or be permitted to select a major 
or minor, or to continue in a fixed curriculum until he or she shall have 
passed with an average grade as high as C (2.0) the minimum number of 
semester credits required for junior standing in any curriculum. 

DEGREES AND CERTIFICATES 

The University confers the following degrees: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor 
of Science, Master of Education, Master of Arts, Master of Science, Master 
of Business Administration, Doctor of Philosophy, Civil Engineer, Mechan- 
ical Engineer, Electrical Engineer, Chemical Engineer, Bachelor of Laws, 
Doctor of Medicine, Doctor of Dental Surgery, and Bachelor of Science in 
Pharmacy. 

Students in the two-year and three-year curricula are awarded certificates. 

No baccalaureate degree will be awarded to a student who has had less 
than one year of resident work in this University. The last thirty semester 
credits of any curriculum leading to a baccalaureate degree must be taken 
in residence at the University of Maryland. Candidates for the bacca- 
laureate degree in combined curriculums at College Park and Baltimore 
must complete a minimum of thirty semester credits at College Park. 

An average mark of C is required for graduation. In addition, at least 
three-fourths of the credits required for graduation must be earned with 
marks of A, B, or C. In the case of a candidate for a combined deg^'ee 



L 



38 RESIDENTS; FEES; EXPENSES 

or of a transfer student with advanced standing, a grade of D will not be 
recogniz;ed for credit towards a degree in more than one-fourth of the 
credits earned at this institution. 

The requirements for graduation vary according to the character of work 
in the different colleges and schools. Full information regarding specific 
college requirements for graduation will be found in the college sections 
of the catalog. 

Each candidate for a degree must file in the office of the Registrar three 
months prior to the date he expects to graduate, a formal application for a 
degree. Candidates for degrees must attend a convocation at which degrees 
are conferred and diplomas are awarded. Degrees are conferred in absentia 
only in exceptional cases. 

DEFINITION OF RESIDENCE AND NON-RESIDENCE 

Students who are minors are considered to be resident students, if at 
the time of their registration their parents have been residents of this 
State for at least one year, or upon their return to the State, if they have 
resided in the State for one full year during the five years immediately 
preceding their return. 

Adult students are considered to be residents, if at the time of their 
registration they have been residents of this State for at least one year, or 
upon their return to the State, if they have resided in the State for one 
full year during the five years immediately preceding their return; pro- 
vided such residence has not been acquired while attending any school or 
college in Maryland. 

The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of his 
first registration in the University, and may not thereafter be changed by 
him unless, in the case of a minor, his parents move to and become legal 
residents of this State, by maintaining such residence for at least one full 
calendar year. However, the right of the student (minor) to change from 
a non-resident to a resident status must be established by him prior to 
registration for a semester in any academic year. 

FEES AND EXPENSES 
General 

All checks or money orders should be made payable to the University of 
Maryland for the exact amount of the charges. 

In cases where students have been awarded Legislative Scholarships or 
University Grants, the amount of such scholarship or grant will be deducted 
from the bill. 

All fees are due and payable at the time of registration, and students 
should come prepared to pay the full amount of the charges. No student 
will be admitted to classes until such payment has been made. Veterans are 



FEES 39 

required to comply with these conditions if the University does not have in 
its possession at the time of registration an approved Certificate of Eligi- 
bility and Entitlement from the Veterans Administration. 

The University reserves the right to make such changes in fees and other 
charges as may be found necessary, although every effort will be made to 
keep the costs to the student as low as possible. 

No degree will be conferred, nor any diploma, certificate, or transcript 
of a record issued to a student who has not made satisfactory settlement 
of his account. 

The University will award to all World War II Veteran Students ap- 
proved by the Veterans Administration for the educational benefits under 
Public jLaws 16 or 346, a scholarship whenever the total charges excluding 
room and board, but including textbooks and supplies, exceeds the $500 
allotment per academic year payable to the University by the Federal Gov- 
ernment. The amount of such scholarship shall be the difference between 
such total charges as above defined and the maximum amount payable by 
the Veterans Administration during the veteran student's period of eligi- 
bility. 



f 



40 



FEES 



RESIDENTS, NON-RESIDENTS 

Fees for Undergraduate Students 

First 

Maryland Residents Semester 

Fixed Charges $82.00 

Athletic Fee 15.00 

Special Fee 10.00 

Student Activities Fee 10.00 

Infirmary Fee 5.00 

Post Office Fee 2.00 

Advisory and Testing Fee 1.00 

Total for Maryland Residents $125.00 



Second 




Semester 


Total 


$83.00 


$165.00 




15.00 




10.00 




10.00 




5.00 




2.00 




LOO 



$83.00 $208.00 



Residents of the District of Columbia, 
Other States and Countries 

Tuition Fee for Non-Resident Students. $G3.00 

Total for Non-Resident Students $188.00 

Board and Lodging 

Board $170.00 

Dormitory Room $40 — $45 

Total for Board and Room $210 — 215 



$62.00 $125.00 



*$145.00 $333.00 



$170.00 $340.00 
$40— $45 $80— $90 



$210—215 $420—430 



The Fixed Charges Fee is not a charge for tuition. It is a charge to help defray the 
cost of operating the University's physical plant and other various services which ordinarily 
would not be included as a cost of teaching personnel and teaching supplies. Included in 
these costs would be janitorial services, cost of heat, electricity, water, etc., administrative 
and clerical cost, maintenance of buildings and grounds, maintenance of libraries, cost of 
University publications. Alumni Office, the University Business and Financial Offices, the 
Registrar's Office, the Admissions Office, and any other such services as are supplemental 
and necessary to teaching and research are supported by this fee. 

The Athletic Fee is charged for the support of the Department of Intercollegiate 
Athletics. All students are eligible and encouraged to participate in all of the activities of 
this department and to attend all contests in which they do not participate. 

The Special Fee is used for improving physical training facilities and for other Uni- 
versity projects that have direct relationship to student welfare, especially athletics and 
recreation. This fee now is allocated to a fund for construction of a stadium, a new 
combination coliseum and auditorium, and to constructing a new swimming pool, as soon 
as the fund is sufficient and materials are available. 

The Students Activities Fee is a mandatory fee included at the request of the Student 
Government Association. It covers subscriptions to the Diamondback, student paper, of 
$1.50 per year, the Old Line, literary magazine, of $.75 per year, and the yearbook ; class 
dues, including financial support for the musical and dramatic clubs. 

• Students entering the University for the second semester will pay the following addi- 
tional fees: Athletic, $7.50; Special, $5.00; Student Activities, $8.00; Infirmary, $2.50; 
Post Office Fees, $1.00 ; Advisory and Testing Fee. $.50. 



FEES 41 

LABORATORY AND OTHER FEES 
Special Fees 

Matriculation Fee for undergraduates, payable at time of first 

registration in the University $10.00 

Diploma Fee for Bachelor's degree, payable just prior to graduation . 10.00 

Cap and Gown fee, Bachelor of Arts degree 2.50 

Engineering College Fee, Per SeVnester 3.00 

Home Economics College Fee, Per Semester 10.00 

Fees for Auditors are exactly the same as fees charged to students 

registered for credit. 

Laboratory Fees Per Semester Course 

Bacteriology $10.00 Education $1.00 

Botany 5.00 Industrial Education 3.00 

Chemical Engineering 8.00 Physics — 

Chemistry — Introductory 3.00 

Introductory 4.00 All Other 6.00 

All Other 10.00 Psychology 4.00 

Dairy 3.00 (Psych. 150, 151, 152) 

Electrical Engineering... 4.00 Secretarial Training 7.50 

Entomology 3.00 Speech — 

Home Economics — Radio and Stagecraft... 2.00 

(Non-Home Students) All Other 1.00 

Art Textiles and Clothing 3.00 Zoology- 
Foods and Practice House Introductory 3.00 

(each) 7.00 All Other 6.00 

Miscellaneous Fees and Charges 

Fee for part-time students per credit hour 8.00 

(The term "part-time students" is interpreted to mean under- 
graduate students taking 6 semester credit hours or less. 
Students carrying more than 6 semester hours pay the regular 
fees.) 

Late Registration Fee 5.00 

(All students are expected to complete their registration, includ- 
ing the filing of class cards and payment of bills, on the regular 
registration days.) Those who do not complete their registra- 
tion during the prescribed days will be charged a fee of 5.00 

Fee for change in registration 3.00 

Fee for failure to report for medical examination appointment 2.00 

Special Examination Fee — to establish college credit — per semester 

hour 5.00 

Makeup Examination Fee — (for students who are absent during 
any class period when tests or examinations are given) 1.00 



42 FEES 

Miscellaneous Fees and Charges (Continued) 

Transcript of Record Fee 1.00 

"Propei-ty Damage Charge — Students will be charged for damage 
to property or equipment. Where responsibility for the damage 
can be fixed, the individual student will be billed for it; where 
responsibility cannot be fixed, the cost of repairing the damage 
or replacing equipment will be pro-rated. 
Library Charges: 

Fine for failure to return book from general library before ex- 
piration of loan period 05 per day 

Fine for failure to return book from Reserve Shelf before expira- 
tion of loan period — 

First hour overdue 25 

Each additional hour overdue 05 

In case of loss or mutilation of a book, satisfactory restitution 
must be made. 

Text Books and Supplies 

Text books and classroom supplies — These costs vary with the course 

pursued, but will average per semester 35.00 

Fees for Graduate Students 

Tuition charge for students carrying more than 8 semester credit 

hours 65.00 

Tuition chai'ge per semester hour for students carrying 8 semester 

credit hours or less 8.00 

Matriculation Fee, payable only once, at time of first registration. 10.00 

Diploma Fee (For Master's Degree) 10.00 

Cap and Gown fee. Master's degree 2.75 

Graduation Fee (For Doctor's Degree) 25.00 

Cap and Gown fee, Doctor's degree 3.75 

Notes: Fees in the Graduate School are the same for all students, 
whether residents of the State of Maryland or not. 
All fees, except Diploma Fee and Graduation Fee, are pay- 
able at the time of registration for each semester. 
Diploma Fee and Graduation Fee must be paid prior to 
graduation. 

Fees for Evening Courses 

Matriculation Fee (Payable once, at time of first registration by all 
students — full time and part time; candidates for degrees, and 
non-candidates). 

For Undergraduates 10.00 

For Graduates 10.00 

Tuition Charge (same for all students) — Limit six hours. Charge 
per credit hour 8.00 



FEES AND RECORDS 43 

Laboratory Fees — A laboratory fee, to cover cost of materials 
used, is charged in laboratory courses. These fees vary with the 
course and can be ascertained in any case by inquiry of the 
Director of Evening Courses, or the instructor in charge of the 
course. 

WITHDRAWAL AND REFUND OF FEES 
Any student compelled to leave the University at any time during the 
academic year, should file an application for withdrawal, bearing the proper 
signatures, in the office of the Registrar. If this is not done, the student 
will not be entitled, as a matter of course, to a certificate of honorable dis- 
missal, and will forfeit his right to any refund to which he would other- 
wise be entitled. The date used in computing refunds is the date the appli- 
cation for withdrawal is filed in the office of the Registrar. 

In the case of a minor, withdrawal will be permitted only with the written 
consent of the student's parent or guardian. 

Students withdrawing from the University will receive a refund of all 
charges, except board, lodging, deposits for room reservation and advanced 
registration, less the matriculation fee in accordance with the following 
schedule : 

Percentage 
Period from Date Instruction Begins Refundable 

Two weeks or less 80% 

Between two and three weeks 60% 

Between three and four weeks 40% 

Between four and five weeks 20% 

Over five weeks 

Board and lodging are refunded only in the event the student withdraws 
from the University. Refunds of board and lodging are made on a pro-rata, 
weekly basis. Dining Hall cards issued to boarding students must be sur- 
rendered at the Dining Hall office the day of withdrawal. 

TRANSCRIPTS OF RECORDS 

Any student or alumnus may secure a transcript of his scholastic record 
from the Registrar. No charge is made for the first copy, but, for each 
additional copy, there is a charge of $1.00. Make checks payable to the 
University of Maryland. 

Transcripts of records should be requested at least one week in advance 
of the date when the records are actually needed. 

No transcript of a student's record will be furnished any student or 
alumnus whose financial obligations to the University have not be satisfied. 

STUDENT HEALTH AND WELFARE 

The University recognizes its responsibility for safeguarding the health 
of its student body and takes every reasonable precaution toward this end. 



44 HEALTH ^ 

All freshman students will be given a thorough physical examination at 
the time of their entrance to the University. A modern, well-equipped 
infirmary is available for the care of the sick or injured students. A small 
fee is charged undergraduate students for this infirmary service. 

Infirmary Service 

1. All undergraduate students may receive dispensary service and medi- 
cal advice at the Infirmary during regular office hours established by the 
physician in charge. Nurses' office hours are 8 A. M. to 5 P. M. daily except 
Sunday. On Sunday 10 A. M. to 12 Noon. In the evening for emergency 
only. Doctors' office hours are 10 A. M. to 1 P. M. daily except Sunday. 
Other times by appointment only. 

2. A registered nurse is on duty at all hours in the Infirmary. Students 
are requested to report illnesses during office hours unless the case is an 
emergency. 

3. Students not residing in their own homes may, upon order of the 
University physician, be cared for in the Infirmary to the extent of the 
facilities available. Students living off the campus will be charged a sub- 
sistence fee of $1.75 a day. In case of illness requiring a special nurse or 
special medical attention the expense must be borne by the student. 

4. Students living in the dormitories or "off campus" houses who are ill 
and unable to attend classes must report to the Infirmary at 8 A. M. If 
they are too ill to go to the Infirmary, they must notify the housemother 
or householder who in turn will notify the Infirmary, so that a physician 
may visit the residence. After the first visit the physician will make his 
usual charge for visits to the dormitories and "off campus" houses. 

5. When a student is admitted to the Infirmary and the illness is of a 
serious nature, parents will be promptly informed of the admission and of 
the progress of the student's condition. Visiting hours are 10 A. M. to 11 
A. M. and 7 P. M. to 7:30 P. M. daily. Each patient is allowed only three 
visitors at one time. No visitor may see any patient until permission is 
granted by the nurse in charge. 

6. Hospitalization is not available at the Infirmary for graduate stu- 
dents, faculty and employees. Dispensary service, however, is available for 
graduate students, faculty and employees who are injured in University 
service or University activities. 

Public Health 

All dormitories, "off campus" houses, sorority and fraternity houses are 
inspected periodically by the Student Health Service to insure that proper 
sanitary conditions are maintained and that kitchens meet the prescribed 
standards for cleanliness and sanitation. All food handlers will be exam- 
ined in accordance with directives issued by the Student Health Service. 



LIVING ARRANGEMENTS 46 

LIVING ARRANGEMENTS 
Dormitories 

Room Reservations. All new students desiring to room in the dormi- 
tories should request room application cards by carefully checking the 
admission blanks. The Director of Admissions will refer these to the offices 
of the Dean of Men or the Dean of Women. Application cards or blanks 
will be sent to applicants and should be returned promptly. A fee of 
$15.00 will be requested which will be deducted from the first semester 
charges when the student registers. A room is not assured until notice is 
received from the Dean concerned. Room reservations not claimed by 
freshmen or upper-classmen on their respective registration days will be 
cancelled. A room will be held by special request until after classes begin 
providing the dormitory office is notified by the first day of registration. 
Room reservation fees will not be refunded if the request is received later 
than September 1 for the first semester or January 15 for the second 
semester. 

Applications for rooms are considered only when a student has been 
fully admitted academically to the University. 

Reservations by students in attendance at the University should be made 
at least two weeks before the close of the preceding semester. New students 
are urged to attend to their housing arrangements about three months in 
advance of registration. 

It is understood that all housing and board arrangements which are made 
for the fall semester are binding for the spring semester. Room and board 
chai'ges begin with the evening meal prior to the first day of registration 
and include the last day of classes for each semester with the exception of 
the Christmas recess and the Easter recess. Students unable to make other 
arrangements for the holidays may consult with the Dean of Men or the 
Dean of Women for assistance. 

All freshmen except those who live at home, are required to room in the 
dormitories when accommodations are available. 

Equipment 

Students assigned to dormitories should provide themselves with sufficient 
single blankets, at least two pairs of sheets, a pillow, pillow cases, towels, 
a laundry bag, and a waste paper basket. 

The individual student must assume responsibility for all dormitory 
property assigned to him. Any damage done to the property other than 
that which would result from ordinary wear and tear will be charged to 
the student concerned. 

Each student will be furnished a key for his room for which a deposit 
of $1.00 will be made. This deposit will be returned in exchange for the 
key at the end of the year. 

Laundry. The University does not provide laundry service and each 
student is responsible for his or her own laundry. There are several 



46 HOUSING 

reliable laundry concerns in College Park; or if a student prefers, he may 
send his laundry home. Women students may, if they wish, do their own 
laundry in the laundry room in each dormitory, not including bed linen. 
Personal baggage sent via the American Express and marked with a 
dormitory address will be delivered when the student concerned notifies 
the College Park express office of his arrival. 

VETERANS' HOUSING 

A Veterans' Housing project has been established on the campus in co- 
operation with the Federal Government. This project is governed by 
regulations established in accordance with Federal directives. The dormi- 
tories in the project are under the same regulations as the other University 
dormitories, except that the residents are not required to board at the 
University Dining Hall. 

OFF-CAMPUS HOUSES 

Men: Only upper-classmen, veterans and those freshmen who cannot be 
accommodated are allowed to live in houses off the campus. A list of "off- 
campus" rooms is available in the Office of the Dean of Men. 

Women: All housing arrangements for women students must be ap- 
proved by the Office of the Dean of Women. 

Undergraduate women students who cannot be accommodated in the 
women's dormitories are referred to private homes which are registered 
in the Office of the Dean of Women as "Off-Campus Houses for Under- 
graduate Women." The householders in these homes agree to maintain 
the same rules and regulations as in the dormitories but business arrange- 
ments are made entirely between the student and the householder. Students 
and their parents should plan to see these accommodations personally and 
talk with the householder before making final arrangements. No woman 
student should enter into an agreement with a householder without first 
ascertaining at the Office of the Dean of Women that the house is on the 
approved list. 

Meals 

All students who live in permanent University dormitories must board at 
the University Dining Hall. 

Students not living in the dormitories may make arrangements to board 
by the semester at the Dining Hall, eat at the University cafeteria, or at 
eating establishments in College Park. A few "off-campus" houses provide 
board as well as room. 

Estimated Expenses of "Off-Campus" Residence 

Most of these houses have only double rooms with twin beds. The stu- 
dents provide their own linens as in the dormitory. Price per person for 
room is about $18.00 a month, all rooms being registered with the room 
control board. 



DEAN OF WOMEN, MEN; STUDENT AID 47 

No rebate is made for meals not eaten at the University Dining Hall 
or in other places where board is paid in advance. Therefore, with care, 
students may save enough money on their meals to make up for the differ- 
ence in rent between the off-campus houses and the dormitory. Some even 
find this less expensive. 

Girls may find desirable rooms in good homes where they can earn their 
room and board by applying to the Office of the Dean of Women. 

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF WOMEN 

The Office of the Dean of Women exists for the purpose of furnishing 
friendly counsel and helpful guidance to women students in connection 
with any of their personal problems, especially those relating to financial 
need, employment, housing, etc. In addition, it coordinates the interests 
of women students, handles matters of chaperonage at social functions, 
regulation of sorority rushing in cooperation with Panhellenic Association, 
and so forth. It has supervision over all housing accommodations for 
women students, whether on or off campus. A personal interview with one 
of the Deans of Women is required of every woman student on entering 
and on leaving the University. Any woman student is invited to avail 
herself of all of the services of this department. 

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF MEN 

The Office of the Dean of Men exists for the purpose of furnishing 
friendly counsel and helpful guidance to male students in connection with 
any of their personal problems, especially those relating to financial need, 
employment, housing, etc. This office also handles for male students mat- 
ters of discipline and infringement of University regulations. 

ADDITIONAL PERSONAL SERVICES 

The above services are closely coordinated with the activities of the Uni- 
versity Counseling Bureau, maintained by the Department of Psychology. 
This Bureau is provided with a well-trained technical staff and is equipped 
with an extensive stock of standardized tests of aptitude, ability, and in- 
terest. By virtue of payment of the annual "Advisory and Testing Fee," 
students are entitled to the services of the University Counseling Bureau 
without further charge. 

SCHOLARSHIPS AND STUDENT AID 

Under an act of the Legislature, the University may award such scholar- 
ships, and accept gifts for scholarships, as it may deem wise, and consistent 
with prudent financial operation. 

All scholarships for the undergraduate departments of the University at 
College Park are awarded by the Faculty Committee on Scholarships. All 
scholarship applicants are subject to the approval of the Director of Ad- 
missions insofar a.s qualifications for admission to the University are con- 
cerned. All holders of scholarships are subject to the educational standards 
of the University, and to deportment regulations and standards. 



48 SCHOLARSHIPS 

Scholarships are awarded on the basis of apparent qualifications for 
leadership. In making scholarship awards, consideration is given to parti- 
cipation in the various student activities, and to other outstanding attributes 
that indicate future possibilities as a leader, as well as to scholastic achieve- 
ment, character, and all other factors which distinguish the most worthwhile 
students. It is the intention that scholarships shall be provided for young 
men and women who have characteristics which make them outstanding 
among their fellows, who might not otherwise be able to provide for them- 
selves an opportunity for advanced education. 

The types of scholarships and loan funds available are as follows: 

Full Scholarships 

The University awards 36 full scholarships, 24 for men and 12 for 
women, covering board, lodging, fixed charges, and fees for which graduates 
of Maryland high and preparatory schools only are eligible. These scholar- 
ships are similar to tho.se which the State provides and pays for at private 
colleges in the State, except that the State makes no special appropriation 
therefor. 

General Assembly Scholarships 

These scholarships are for fixed charges only and are awarded by mem- 
bers of the Legislature, three for each Senator and one for each member 
of the House of Delegates. These scholarships may be awarded by a mem- 
ber of the House of Delegates or a senator only to persons in the county or 
Legislative district of Baltimore City which the Delegate or Senator repre- 
sents. Awards of such scholarships are subject to approval by the Faculty 
Committee on Scholarships and by the Director of Admissions as to quali- 
fications for admission. 

University Grants 

The University awards to deserving and outstanding secondary school 
graduates a limited number of scholarships covering fixed charges only. 

District of Columbia Scholarships 

District of Columbia students for many years have been granted a favored 
position with regard to non-resident tuition charges. This favored posi- 
tion has been discontinued, which means that District of Columbia students 
now pay considerably higher costs to attend the University. In view of this, 
and in further view of the increased costs to students from other localities, 
and in line with action by several other universities and colleges which 
have increased tuition costs, the University has established 20 scholarships 
for the students from the District of Columbia and other states. 

Endowed Scholarships 

The University has a few endowed scholarships and special awards. These 
are paid for by income from funds especially established for this purpose. 
Brief descriptions of these awards follow: 



SCHOLARSHIPS 49 

Albrig;ht Scholarship 

A scholarship, known as the Victor E. Albright Scholarship, is open to 
graduates of Garrett County High Schools who were born and reared in 
that County. Application should be made to the high school principals. 

Alumni Scholarships 

The alumni have established a limited number of scholarships. These 
scholarships are awarded by the Faculty Committee to the most outstand- 
ing applicants. 

Scholarships by Baltimore Merchants 

Baltimore merchants, through the Retail Merchants Association of Balti- 
more, have provided two scholarships of $300 each for residents of the State 
of Maryland who have completed the junior year of the Practical Art cur- 
riculum. Each recipient must have shown proficiency and interest in mer- 
chandising. 

Borden Agricultural and Home Economics Scholarships 

A Borden Agricultural Scholarship of $300 is granted to that student in 
the College of Agriculture who has had two or more of the regularly listed 
courses in dairying and, who, upon entering the senior year of study, has 
achieved the highest average grade and other requirements of all other 
similar eligible students in all preceding college work. 

A Borden Home Economics Scholarship of $300 is granted to that student 
in the College of Home Economics who has had two or more of the regu- 
larly listed courses in food and nutrition and, who, upon entering the senior 
year of study, has achieved the highest average grade and other require- 
ments of all other similar eligible students in all preceding college work. 

W. Atlee Burpee Company Scholarship Award in Horticulture 

A scholarship award of $100, open to upper class students in Horticulture 
at the University of Maryland, has been established by the W. Atlee Burpee 
Company, Seed Growers, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, and Clinton, Iowa. 
Its purpose is to encourage and stimulate interest in flower and vegetable 
growing. The award is made on the basis of scholarship, experience, and 
interest in research. 

The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Scholarships 

The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Company of St. Louis 
offer two summer scholarships to outstanding students in the College of 
Agriculture, one for a student who has successfully completed his Junior 
year; the other for a student who has successfully completed his Freshman 
year. The purpose of these scholarships is to bring together outstanding 
young men for leadership training. 

The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Company of St. Louis 
offer four summer scholarships to outstanding Home Economics Students, 
two to Juniors and two to Freshmen. The purpose of these scholarships 
is to bring together outstanding young women for leadership training. 



50 SCHOLARSHIPS 

Exel Scholarships 

The largest R-rant for endowed scholarships was made by Deborah B. 
Exel. These scholarships are awarded hy the Faculty Committee in accord- 
ance with the general principles underlying the award of all other scholar- 
ships. 

William Randolph Hearst Scholarships 

These scholarships have been established through a gift of the Baltimore 
News-Post, one of the Hearst newspapers, in honor of William Randolph 
Hearst. The undergraduate scholaiship of $400 annually is open to the 
graduate of any high school in America. The graduate scholarship of $G00 
annually is open to the graduate of any college or university in America. 
These scholarships are awarded for special work in the University's pro- 
gram of Americanization. 

The Hecht Company Merchandising Award 

Three hundred dollars is offered by The Hecht Company of Washington 
to a resident of Maryland, or the District of Columbia, who is interested 
in merchandising as a career. The student must have completed the junior 
year of the Practical Arts curriculum and have met other specific require- 
ments. 

Home Economics Scholarships 

Two thousand dollars has been made available for Home Economics 
Scholarships by Marie Mount. 

Edward L. Israel Inter-faith Scholarship 

The sum of $300 is given to the student, who, upon entering the senior 
year, is adjudged to have contributed most to fostering inter-faith under- 
standing and relations. This scholarship is in honor of the late Edward L. 
Israel and is sponsored by the National Hillel Foundation. The funds are 
given by the B'nai B'rith Federation of Maryland and the District of 
Columbia. 

Kiwanis Scholarship 

A Kiwanis Memorial Scholarship of $200 per year is awarded by the 
Prince George County Kiwanis Club to a resident of Prince Georges County, 
Maryland, who in addition to possessing the necessary qualifications for 
maintaining a satisfactory scholarship record, must have a reputation for 
high character and attainment in general all-around citizenship. 

Helen Aletta Linthicum Scholarships 

These scholarships, several in number, have been established through the 
benefaction of the late Mrs. Helen Aletta Linthicum, widow of the late 
Congressman Charles J. Linthicum, who served in Congress from the 
Fourth District of Maryland for many years. These scholarships are known 
as the Helen Aletta Linthicum scholarships. They are granted only to 



STUDENT LOAN FUNDS 51 

worthy youiiR; men and women who are residents of the State of Maryland 
and who have satisfactory high school records, forceful personality, a 
reputation for splendid character and citizenship, and the determination to 
get ahead. 

Maryland Distillers' Association Scholarships 

The Maryland Distillers' Association makes an annual grant of $3,000 
to create a limited number of scholarships. These scholarships will be 
available in acconiance with vacancies, and as long as the Association pro- 
vides the funds. 

Maryland Educational Foundation Scholarships 

The Maryland Educational Foundation provides funds each year for the 
education of several outstanding young men. These scholarships are 
awarded by the Faculty Committee to the most outstanding applicants. 

The Sears Roebuck Foundation Scholarships 

Ten scholarships of $165 each are granted by the Sears Roebuck Founda- 
tion to the sons of farmers in the State of Maryland who enroll in the 
freshman class of the College of Agriculture of this University. One $200 
scholarship is granted each year to the sophomore student in the College 
of Agriculture who proved to be the outstanding student on a Sears Roe- 
buck scholarship the previous year. These scholarships are .awarded by 
the Faculty Committee in accordance with the terms of the grant. 

Loan Funds 

A. A. U. W. Loan. The College Park Branch of the American Associa- 
tion of University Women maintains a fund from which loans are made to 
women students of junior or senior standing who have been in attendance 
at the University of Maryland for at least one year. 

American Bankers Association Scholarship Loan Fund. A loan fund of 
$250 for one year only limited to students in the senior year or in graduate 
work in banking, economics, or related subjects in classes of senior grade 
or above. 

Catherine Moore Brinkley Loan Fund. Under the provisions of the will 
of Catherine Moore Brinkley, a loan fund has been established, available 
for worthy students who are natives and residents of the State of Mary- 
land, studying mechanical engineering or agriculture at the University of 
Maryland. 

Home Economics Loan Fund. A loan fund, established by the District of 
Columbia Home Economics Association, is available for students majoring 
in Home Economics. 

The Kappa Kappa Gamma Sorority Loan. Annually a Sigma Delta loan 
of one hundred dollars, without interest, is made to a woman student regis- 
tered in the University of Maryland. 



52 ATHLETICS AND RECREATION 

Student Employment 

A considerable number of students earn some money through employ- 
ment while in attendance at the University. No student should expect, 
however, to earn enough to pay all of his expenses. The amounts vary, 
but some earn from one-fourth to three-fourths of all the required funds. 

Generally the first year is the hardest for those desiring employment. 
After one has demonstrated that he is worthy and capable, there is much 
less difficulty in finding work. 

The University assumes no responsibility in connection with employment. 
It does, however, make every effort to aid needy students. The nearby 
towns and the University are canvassed, and a list of available positions 
is placed at the disposal of students. Applications for employment should 
be made to the Dean of Men. 

Procedures in Applying for Scholarships and Student Aid 

All requests for information concerning scholarships and student aid 
should be addressed to the Chairman of the Scholarship Committee, Uni- 
versity of Maryland, College Park, Maryland. Regulations and procedures 
for the award of scholarships are formulated by this committee. 

ATHLETICS AND RECREATION 

The University recognizes the importance of the physical development 
of all students, and besides the required physical education for freshmen 
and sophomores sponsors a comprehensive intercollegiate and intramural 
program. Students are encouraged to participate in competitive athletics 
and to learn the skill of games that may be carried on after leaving college. 
The intramural program which covers a large variety of sports is conducted 
by the Physical Education Department for both men and women. 

A full program in intercollegiate athletics is sponsored under the super- 
vision of the Council on Intercollegiate Athletics. The University is a 
member of the Southern Conference, the National Collegiate Athletic 
Association, the United States Intercollegiate Lacrosse Association, Inter- 
collegiate Amateur Athletic Association of America, and cooperates with 
other national organizations in the promotion of amateur athletics. 

Excellent facilities are available for carrying on the activities of the pro- 
gram in physical development. The University has two modern gymnasia, 
a coliseum, a large armory, a number of athletic fields, tennis courts, base- 
ball diamonds, running tracks and the like constituting the major portion 
of the equipment. 

EXTRA-CURRICULAR STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

The following description of student activities covers those of the under- 
graduate divisions of College Park. The descriptions of those in the Balti- 
more divisions are included elsewhere. 



STUDENT GOVERNMENT 53 

STUDENT GOVERNMENT 
Kegulution of Student Activities. The association of students in organ- 
ized bodies for the purpose of carrying on voluntary student activities in 
orderly and productive ways, is recognized and encouraged. All organized 
student activities are under the supervision of the Student Life Committee. 
Such organizations are formed only with the consent of the Student Life 
Committee and the approval of the President. Without such consent and 
approval no student organization which in any way represents the Univer- 
sity before the public, or which purports to be a University organization 
or an organization of University students, may use the name of the Uni- 
versity in connection with its own name, or in connection with its members 
as students. 

Student Government. The Student Government Association consists of 
the Executive Council, the Women's League, and the Men's League, and 
operates under its o.wn constitution. Its officers are a president, a vice- 
president, a secretary, a treasurer, president of Women's League, and presi- 
dent of Men's League. 

The Executive Council is the over-all student governing body and performs 
the executive duties incident to managing student affairs and works in co- 
operation w'ith the Student Life Committee. 

The Women's League, in cooperation with the Office of the Dean of Women, 
handles all matters pertaining to women students. 

The Men's League, in cooperation with the Office of the Dean of Men, 
handles all matters pertaining to men students. 

The Student Life Committee, a faculty committee appointed by the Presi- 
dent, keeps in close touch with all activities and conditions, excepting class- 
room work, that affect the student, and, acting in an advisory capacity, 
endeavors to improve any unsatisfactory conditions that may exist. 

A pamphlet entitled Academic Regulations, issued annually and dis- 
tributed to the students in the fall, contains full information concerning 
student matters as well as a statement of the rules of the University. 

Eligibility to Represent the University. Only students in good standing 
are eligible to represent the University in extra-curricular contests. In 
addition, various student organizations have established certain other re- 
quirements. To compete in varsity athletics a student must pass the 
required number of hours as determined by the Athletic Board. 

Discipline. In the government of the University, the President and 
faculty rely chiefly upon the sense of responsibility of the students. The 
student who pursues his studies diligently, attends classes regularly, lives 
honorably and maintains good behavior meets this responsibility. In the 
interest of the general welfare of the University, those who fail to main- 
tain these standards are asked to withdraw. Students are under the direct 
supervision of the University only when on the campus, attending an ap- 



54 HONORS AND AWARDS 

proved function or representing the University, but they are responsible to 
the University for their conduct wherever they may be. 

HONORS AND AWARDS 
Scholarship Honors. Final honors for excellence in scholarship are 
awarded to one-fifth of the graduating class in each college. First honors 
are awarded to the upper half of this group ; second honors to the lower 
half. To be eligible for honors, at least two years of resident work must 
be completed, and the average must be B (3.00) or higher. 

The Goddard Medal. The James Douglas Goddard Memorial Medal is 
awarded annually to the resident of Prince Georges County, born therein, 
who makes the highest average in his studies and who at the same time 
embodies the most manly attributes. The medal is given by Mrs. Anne K. 
Goddard James, of Washington, D. C. 

Sigma Chi Medal. Sigma Chi Fraternity offers annually a gold medal 
to the man in the freshman class who makes the highest scholastic average 
during the first semester. 

Alpha Zeta Medal. The Honorary Agricultural Fraternity of Alpha Zeta 
awards annually a medal to the agricultural student in the freshman class 
who attains the highest average record in academic work. The mere pre- 
sentation of the medal does not elect the student to the fraternity, but 
simply indicates recognition of high scholarship. 

Dinah Berman Memorial Medal. The Dinah Berman Memorial Medal is 
awarded annually to the sophomore who has attained the highest scholastic 
average of his class in the College of Engineering. The medal is given by 
Benjamin Berman. 

Delta Delta Delta Medal. This sorority awards a medal annually to the 
girl who attains the highest average in academic work during the sopho- 
more year. 

Omicron Nu Sorority Medal. This sorority awards a medal annually to 
the freshman girl in the College of Home Economics who attains the high- 
est scholastic average during the first semester. 

Bernard L. Crozier Award. The Maryland Association of Engineers 
awards a cash prize of $25.00 annually to the senior in the College of 
Engineering who, in the opinion of the faculty, has made the greatest 
improvement in scholarship during his stay at the University. 

Alpha Lambda Delta Award. The Alpha Lambda Delta Award is given 
to the senior member of the group who has maintained the highest average 
for the past three and one-half years. She must have been in attendance 
in the institution for the entire time. 

American Society of Civil Engineers Award. The Maryland Section of 
the American Society of Civil Engineers awards annually a junior mem- 
bership in the American Society of Civil Engineers to the senior in the 
Department of Civil Engineering who has the highest scholastic standing. 



AWARDS 55 

Tau Beta Pi Award. The Maryland Beta Chapter of Tau Beta Pi awards 
annually an cnf?inocrs' handbook to the junior in the College of Engineering 
wlio, during liis sophomore year, has made the greatest improvement in 
scholarship over that of his freshman year, 

Sigma Alpha Omicron Award. This is awarded to the senior student 
majoring in Bacteriology for high scholarship, character and leadership. 

Delta Gamma Scholarship Award is offered to the woman member of the 
graduating class who has achieved the highest scholastic average for her 
entire course. 

The Charles B. Hale Dramatic Awards. The Footlight Club recognizes 
annually the man and woman members of the senior class who have done 
most for the advancement of dramatics at the University. 

The Philip W. Pillsbury Shelf of Home Economics Books is awarded to the 
highest ranking student in the graduating class of the College of Home 
Economics. 

Rabbi Edward L. Israel Interfaith Scholarship of $300 is awarded by the 
B'nai B'rith Lodges of Maryland and Washington, D. C, to the student in 
the junior class who has done most to improve interfaith relations on the 
campus. 

CITIZENSHIP AWARDS 

Citizenship Prize for Men. An award is presented annually by President 
H. C. Byrd, a graduate of the Class of 1908, to the member of the senior 
class who, during his collegiate career, has most nearly typified the model 
citizen, and has done most for the general advancement of the interests 
of the University. 

Citizenship Prize for Women. The Citizenship Prize is offered by Mrs. 
Albert F. Woods, wife of a former president of the University of Maryland, 
to the woman member of the senior class who, during her collegiate career, 
has most nearly typified the model citizen, and has done most for the 
general advancement of the interests of the University. 

MILITARY AWARDS 

Mahlon N. Haines *94 Trophy. This is offered to the major of the win- 
ning battalion. 

Military Department Award. Gold second lieutenant's insignia to the 
major of the winning battalion. 

The Governor's Cup. This is offered each year by His Excellency, the 
Governor of Maryland, to the best drilled company. 

Company Award. The Reserve Officers' Association, Montgomery County 
Chapter, awards annually to the captain of the best drilled company of the 
University, gold second lieutenant's insignia. 

The Alumni Cup. The Alumni offer each year a cup to the commanding 
ofl!icer of the best drilled platoon. 



56 RELIGIOUS INFLUENCES 

Scabbard and Blade Cup. This cup is offered to the commander of the 
winning platoon. 

Class of '99 Gold Medal. The class of 1899 offers each year a gold medal 
to the member of the battalion who proves himself the best drilled soldier. 

The Meeks Trophy is awarded to the member of the varsity R. 0. T. C. 
Rifle Team who fired the high score of each season. 

A Gold Medal is awarded to the members of the Freshman Rifle Team who 
fired the high score of each season. 

Pershing Rifle Medals are awarded to each member of the winning squad 
in the squad drill competition. 

Pershing Rifle Medals are awarded to the three best drilled students in 
Pershing Rifles. 

Mehring Trophy Rifle Competition. A Gold Medal is awarded to the 
student firing highest score in this competition. A Silver Medal is given 
to the student showing greatest improvement during the year in this com- 
petition. 

Air Force Association Medal. A silver medal awarded to the outstanding 
first-year student in the advanced Air R. O. T. C. course based on scholastic 
grades, both general and military, individual characteristics and the per- 
formance during the period of summer camp. 

ATHLETIC AWARDS 
Silvester Watch for Excellence in Athletics. A gold watch is offered 
annually to "the man who tj-pified the best in college athletics." The 
watch is given in honor of a former President of the University, R. Wf 
Silvester. 

Maryland Ring. The Maryland Ring is offered by Charles L. Linhardt 
to the Maryland man who is adjudged the best athlete of the year. 

Edward Powell Trophy. This trophy is offered by the class of 1913 to 
the player who has rendered the greatest service to lacrosse during the year. 

Louis W. Berger Trophy. This trophy is awarded to the outstanding 
senior baseball player. 

STUDENT GOVERNMENT AWARDS 

Medals are awarded to members of the Executive Committee of the Stu- 
dent Government Association who faithfully perform their duties through- 
out the year. 

RELIGIOUS INFLUENCES 

The University recognizes its responsibility for the welfare of the stu- 
dents, not solely in their intellectual growth, but as human personalities 
whose development along all lines, including the moral and religious, is in- 
cluded in the educational process. Pastors representing the major denomi- 
national bodies assume responsibility for work with the students of their 
respective faiths. Church attendance is encouraged. 



FRATERNITIES, SORORITIES 57 

Religious Life Committee. A faculty committee on Religious Affairs and 
Sociay Service has as its principal function the stimulation of religious 
thought and activity on the campus. It brings noted speakers on religious 
subjects to the campus from time to time. The committee cooperates with 
the Student Religious Activities Council and the student pastors and assists 
the student denominational clubs in every way that it can. Opportunities 
are provided for students to consult with pastors representing the denomina- 
tions of their choice. 

While there is no attempt to interfere with anyone's religious beliefs, 
the importance of religion is recognized officially and religious activities 
are encouraged. 

Denominational Clubs. Several religious clubs have been organized among 
the students for their mutual benefit and to undertake certain types of ser- 
vice. This year the list includes the Baptist Student Union, the Canterbury 
Club (Episcopal), the Albright-Otterbein Club (Evangelical United Breth- 
ren), Epsilon Phi Sigma (Greek Orthodox), the Christian Science Club, the 
Friends' University Group, the Hillel Foundation (Jewish), the Lutheran 
Club, the Newman Club (Catholic), the Pre-theological Group, the Religious 
Philosophy Study Group, the Wesley Foundation (Methodist), and the West- 
minster Foundation (Presbyterian). These clubs meet regularly for worship 
and discussion, and occasionally for social purposes. A pastor or a member 
of the faculty serves as adviser. 

FRATERNITIES, SORORITIES, SOCIETIES AND CLUBS 
General Statement 

Fraternities and sororities, as well as all other clubs and organizations 
recognized by the University, are expected to conduct their social and 
financial activities in accordance with the rules of good conduct and upon 
sound business principles. Where such rules and principles are observed, 
individual members will profit by the experience of the whole group, and 
thereby become better fitted for their life's work after graduation. Rules 
governing the different activities will be found in the list of Academic 
Regulations. 

Honorary Fraternities. Honorary fraternities and societies in the Uni- 
versity at College Park are organized to uphold scholastic and cultural 
standards. These are Phi Kappa Phi, a national honorary fraternity open 
to honor students, both men and women, in all branches of learning; Sigma 
Xi, an honorary scientific fraternity; Omicron Delta Kappa, men's national 
honor society, recognizing conspicuous attainment in non-curricular activi- 
ties and general leadership; Mortar Board, the national senior honor society 
for women recognizing service, leadership and scholarship; Alpha Lambda 
Delta, a national freshmen women's scholastic society requiring a 3.5 aver- 
age; Phi Eta Sigma, national freshmen honor society for men. A group 
of honorary fraternities encourage development in specialized endeavor. 
These are Alpha Zeta, a national honorary agriculture fraternity recog- 



68 FRATERNITIES AND SORORITIES 

nizing scholarship and student leadership; Tau Beta Pi, a national honorary 
engineering fraternity; Phi Delta Kappa, a professional educational fra- 
ternity; Scabbard and Blade, a national military society; Pershing Rifles, 
a national military society for basic course R. O. T. C. students; Pi Delta 
Epsilon, a national journalistic fraternity; Omicron Nu, a national home 
economics society; Beta Alpha Psi, a national accounting honorary fra- 
ternity; Beta Gamma Sigma, a national honorary commerce fraternity; 
Alpha Kappa Delta, a national honorary sociology fraternity; Sigma Alpha 
Omicron, a national honorary bacteriology fraternity; Pi Sigma Alpha, an 
honorary political science fraternity; Sigma Tau Epsilon, honorary for the 
Women's Recreation Association; Iota Lambda Sigma, a national profes- 
sional education fraternity; National Collegiate Players, a national honorary 
dramatic fraternity; and "M" Club, honorary athletic organization. 

Fraternities and Sororities. There are eighteen national fraternities, 
two local fraternities and thirteen national sororities at College Park. 
These in the order of their establishment at the University are: Kappa 
Alpha, Sigma Nu, Phi Sigma Kappa, Delta Sigma Phi, Alpha Gamma Rho, 
Theta Chi, Phi Alpha, Tau Epsilon Phi, Alpha Tau Omega, Phi Delta Theta, 
Lambda Chi Alpha, Alpha Chi Sigma (chemical), Sigma Alpha Mu, Alpha 
Epsilon Pi, Phi Kappa Sigma, Sigma Chi, Sigma Alpha Epsilon, and Tau 
Kappa Epsilon national fraternities; Alpha Omicron Pi, Kappa Kappa 
Gamma, Kappa Delta, Delta Delta Delta, Alpha Xi Delta, Phi Sigma Sigma, 
Alpha Delta Pi, Sigma Kappa, Gamma Phi Beta, Alpha Epsilon Phi, Pi 
Beta Phi, Delta Gamma, Kappa Alpha Theta, and Alpha Gamma Delta, 
national sororities; Beta Tau and Kappa Sigma IJ^appa, local fraternities. 

Clubs and Societies. Many clubs and societies, with literary, art, cultural, 
scientific, social and other special objectives are maintained in the Univer- 
sity. Some of these are purely student organizations; others are conducted 
jointly by students and members of the factulty. The list follows: 

Civic and Service Organizations. Interfraternity Council, Panhellenic 
Council, Independent Students' Association, Daydodgers' Club, Association 
of Veterans, Student Unit of the American Red Cross, Latch Key, Alpha 
Phi Omega (national service fraternity), Chinese Student Club, and Gradu- 
ate Club. 

Sub ject-M alter Organizations. Argicultural Council, Engineering Coun- 
cil, American Society of Mechanical Engineers, American Society of Civil 
Engineers, American Institute of Electrical Engineers, Student Affiliate 
of the American Chemical Society, Farm Economics Club, Block and Bridle 
Club, Student Port t)f Propeller Club, Plant Industry Club, and Home Eco- 
nomics Club. 

General Organizations. Student Grange, International Relations Club, 
Future Farmers of America, Psychology Club, Sociology Club, French Club, 
German Club, Spanish Club, Collegiate 4-H Club, Women's Recreation Asso- 
ciation, Collegiate Chamber of Commerce, Cosmopolitan Club, and Round- 
table Club. 



POST OFFICE 59 

Recreational Organizations. Rossborougfh Club (large campus dances), 
Footlight Club, Men's Glee Club, Women's Chorus, Clef and Key, Riding 
Club, Terrapin Trail Club, Gymkana Club, Swimming. Club, Camera Club, 
Ballroom Dance Club (instructional group), Radio Club, Chess Club, Art 
Club, Authorship Club, University Orchestra, Sailing Club, and Judo Club. 

UNIVERSITY AND R. O. T. C. BANDS 

The University of Maryland Student Band and the R. 0. T. C. Band are 
two separate musical organizations at the University, existing for the pur- 
pose of furthering the musical knowledge of interested students. The 
R. 0. T. C. Band functions under the Military Department. The Student 
Band is under the direction of the Music Department and is assisted by the 
Military Department. The instruction of both bands is conducted by an 
experienced bandmaster. For details see pages 59 and 190. 

STUDENT PUBLICATIONS 

Four student publications are conducted under the general supervision of 
the Student Publications Board. 

The Diamondback, a newspaper, summai-izes the University news, and 
provides a medium for the discussion of matters of interest to the students 
and the faculty. 

The Terrapin, the annual, is a reflection of campus activities, serving to 
commemorate the principal events of the college year. 

The Old Line, a literary, humorous and art magazine, published period- 
ically. 

The "M" Book, a handbook issued for the benefit of incoming students, 
is designed to acquaint them with general University life. 

UNIVERSITY POST OFFICE 

The University operates an office for the reception, dispatch and delivery 
of United States mail, including Parcel Post packages, and for inter-office 
communications. This office is located in the basement of the Administra- 
tion Building. The campus post office is not a j)art of the United States 
Postal System and no facilities are available for sending or receiving postal 
money orders. Postage stamps, however, may be purchased. United States 
mail is received at 8:30 A. M. and 2:00 P. M. and dispatched at 11:15 A. M. 
and 4:15 P. M. daily. 

Each student in the University is assigned a Post Office box at the time 
of registration, for which a small fee is charged. Also, boxes are provided 
for the various University offices. 

One of the major reasons for the operation of the Post Office is to provide 
a convenient method by which Deans, teachers and University officials may 
communicate with students, therefore students are expected to call for their 
mail daily, if possible, in order that such communications may come to their 
attention promptly. 



60 ALUMNI ACTIVITIES 

STUDENTS' SUPPLY STORE 

For the convenience of students, the University maintains a Students' 
Supply Store, located in the basement of the Administration Building, 
where students may obtain at reasonable prices text books, classroom mate- 
rials and equipment. The store also carries jcweh'y, stationery, fountain 
pens and novelty items. 

This store is operated on a basis of furnishing students needed books 
and supplies at as low a cost as practicable, and profits, if any, are turned 
into the general University treasury to be used for promoting general stu- 
dent welfare. 

Because of heavy demand for text books at the beginning of each semester 
the Students' Supply Store operates a temporary annex on the campus. 
Location of this annex is posted at registration. 

ALUMNI 

The Alumni Council, which is composed of representatives of each school 
and college in the University, coordinates all general Alumni interests. 
Alumni activities are further unified in two ways. There are organized 
alumni associations in the Schools of Medicine, Law, Pharmacy, Dentistry, 
and Nursing located in Baltimore. Organization of similar groups in the 
Colleges of Agriculture, Arts and Sciences, Business and Public Administra- 
tion, Education, Engineering, and Home Economics, located at College Park 
took place in the past year. Each school and college Alumni organization 
exerts an active interest in the welfare of its respective graduates. 

An Alumni Office is maintained at College Park, in the Rossborough Inn, 
to direct the work of the association and to form a point of contact between 
the University and its graduates. 

"Maryland" Magazine 

Maryland, a bi-monthly magazine issued jointly by the Alumni Association 
and the University, is primarily an alumni publication. However, it pub- 
lishes also articles of general interest, feature articles written by faculty 
members and alumni, campus news, and sports news. It is a general Uni- 
versity of Maryland publication of reader interest to the alumni as well as 
the student body, next of kin of students, faculty members and Maryland 
residents generally. 



SECTION II 
Resident Instruction — College Park 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 

Thomas B. Symons, Dean 

Roger B. Corbett, Associate Dean 

The College of Agriculture offers both general and specialized training 
for students who wish to prepare for professional work in the broad field 
of agricultural endeavor. Student programs are arranged with a view to 
correlating technical work with related sciences and cultural subjects. 
Education in fundamentals receives special attention. Accordingly, young 
men and women are given a basic general education while they are being 
instructed in the various branches of agriculture. In addition to offering 
this opportunity for thorough grounding in the related basic natural and 
social sciences, it is an objective of the College to provide trained personnel 
for agricultural and allied industries. This personnel is recruited from 
rural and urban areas. Farm-reared students enter either general or spe- 
cialized curricula; city-reared students tend to follow the specialized pro- 
grams. 

General 

The College provides curricula for those who wish to engage in general 
farming, livestock production, dairying, poultry husbandry, fruit or vege- 
table growing, floriculture or ornamental horticulture, field crop produc- 
tion, or in the highly specialized scientific activities connected with these 
industries. It prepares men to serve as farm managers, for positions with 
commercial concerns related to agriculture, for responsible positions as 
teachers in agricultural colleges and in departments of vocational agricul- 
ture in high schools or as investigators in experiment stations, for extension 
work, for regulatory activities, and for service in the United States Depart- 
ment of Agriculture. Its curricula in Animal Science, Botany (including 
Plant Physiology and Plant Pathology), Dairy Science, Entomology, Horti- 
cultural Science, Poultry Science, and Soil Technology offer rich oppor- 
tunities to students with a scientific bent of mind, and lead to positions with 
many ramifications in teaching, research, extension, and regulatory work. 

Through research the frontiers of knowledge relating to agriculture and 
the fundamental sciences underlying it are constantly being extended and 
solutions for important problems are being found. Research projects in 
many fields are in progress. Students taking courses in agriculture from 
instructors who devote part time to research, or are closely associated with 
it, are kept in close touch with the latest discoveries and developments in 
the investigations under way. The findings of these research scientists 

61 



62 COORDINATION, AGRICULTURE 

provide valuable information for use in classrooms, and make instruction 
virile and authentic. The results of the most recent scientific investigations 
are constantly before the student. 

Close contact of workers in the College with the problems of farmers 
and their families in all parts of the State, through the county agents, 
home demonstratipn agents, and specialists brings additional life to resident 
instruction in the College of Agriculture. These contacts operate in two 
ways: problems confronting rural people are brought to the attention of 
research workers and the instructional staff, and results of research are 
taken to farmers and their families in their home communities through 
practical demonstrations. Hence the problems of the people of the State 
contribute to the strength of the College of Agriculture, and the College 
helps them in the improvement of agriculture and rural life. 

Through their regulatory functions, certain trained workers in the Col- 
lege of Agriculture are continually dealing with the actual problems asso- 
ciated with the improvement and maintenance of the standards of farm 
products and animals. Regulatory and control work extends over a wide 
range of activities and is concerned with reducing the losses due to insect 
pests and diseases; preventing and controlling serious outbreaks of diseases 
and pests of animals and plants; analyzing fertilizers, feed, and limes for 
guaranteed quality; and analyzing and testing germination quality of seeds 
to insure better seeds for farm planting. 

These fields contribute largely to agricultural education, as standardiza- 
tion and education go hand in hand in the development of an industry. 
Direct contact on the part of professors in their respective departments 
with the problems and methods involved makes for effective instruction. 

Special Advantages 

The University of Maryland is within a few miles of the Beltsville Re- 
search Center of the U. S. Department of Agriculture. This is the largest, 
best manned, and best equipped agriculture research agency in the world. 
Also, the University of Maryland, is within a few miles of the Washing- 
ton, D. C, offices of the U. S. Department of Agriculture and other govern- 
ment departments, including the Library of Congress. Students can easily 
visit these agencies and become acquainted with their work and the men 
who conduct this work. Such contacts have already proved valuable to 
many University of Maryland graduates. 

Also, it is not uncommon for men from these agencies to speak before 
classes at the University and to be guest speakers at student club meet- 
ings and otherwise take part in student activities. No other college of agri- 
culture in the United States is physically located to offer like opportunities 
to its students. 

Coordination of Agricultural Work 

The strength of the College of Agriculture of the University of Maryland 
lies in the close coordination of the instructional, research, extension, and 



AGRICULTURE DEPARTMENTS 63 

regulatory functions within the individual departments, between the several 
departments, and in the institution as a whole. Instructors in the several 
departments are closely associated with the research, extension and regula- 
tory work being carried on in their respective fields, and in many cases, 
devote a portion of their time to one or more of these types of activities. 
Close coordination of these four types of work enables the University to 
provide a stronger faculty in the College of Agriculture, and affords a 
higher degree of specialization than would otherwise be possible. It in- 
sures instructors an opportunity to keep informed on the latest results 
of research, and to be constantly in touch with current trends and problems 
which are revealed in extension and regulatory activities. Heads of de- 
partments hold staff confeiences to this end, so that the student at all times 
is as close to the developments in the frontiers of the several fields of 
knowledge as it is possible for organization to put him. 

In order that the work of the College shall be responsive to agricultural 
interests and shall adequately meet the needs of the several agricultural 
industries in the State, and that the courses of instruction shall at all times 
be made most helpful for students who pursue them, Advisory Councils 
have been constituted in the major industries of agriculture. These Coun- 
cils are composed of leaders in the respective lines of agriculture in Mary- 
land, and the instructional staff of the College of Agriculture has the benefit 
of their counsel and advice. By this means the College, the industries, and 
the students are kept abreast of developments. 

Facilities and Equipment 

In addition to buildings, laboratories, libraries, and equipment for effec- 
tive instruction in the related basic sciences and in the cultural subjects, 
the University of Maryland is provided with excellent facilities for research 
and instruction in agriculture. University farms, totaling more than 1,500 
acres, are operated for instructional and investigational purposes. One of 
the most complete and modern plants for dairy and animal husbandry work 
in the country, together with herds of the principal breeds of dairy and 
beef cattle, and other livestock, provides facilities and materials for instruc- 
tion and research in these industries. Excellent laboratory and field facili- 
ties are available in the Agronomy Department for breeding and selection 
in farm crops, and for soils research. The Poultry Department has a build- 
ing for laboratories and classrooms, a plant comprising thirty-four acres, 
and flocks of all the important breeds of poultry. The Horticulture Depart- 
ment is housed in a separate building, and has ample orchards and gardens 
for its various lines of work. 

Departments ^ 

The College of Agriculture includes the following departments: Agricul- 
tural Chemistry; Agricultural Economics and Marketing; Agricultural 
Education and Rural Life; Agricultural Engineering; Agronomy (including 
Crops and Soils) ; Animal Husbandry; Botany (including Morphology, 
Plant Physiology and Plant Pathology) ; Dairy (incljiding Dairy Husbandry 



64 STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS 

and Dairy Products Technology) ; Entomology (including Bee Culture) ; 
Horticulture (including Pomology, Olericulture, Floriculture, Ornamental 
Horticulture and Commercial Processing) ; Poultry Husbandry; Veterinary 
Science. 

Admission 

The requirements for admission are given under Admission requirements 
to the University. 

Junior Standing 

To attain junior standing in the College of Agriculture, a student must 
have an average grade of C in not less than 70 semester hours. 

Requirements for Graduation 

Each student must acquire a minimum of 124 semester hour credits in 
academic subjects other than military science and physical activities. Men 
must acquii-e in addition 12 hours in military science and 4 hours in physical 
activities. Women must acquire in addition 4 hours in hygiene, and 4 hours 
in physical activities. 

Farm and Laboratory Practice 

The head of each department will help to make available opportunities 
for practical or technical experience along his major line of study for e^h 
student whose major is in that department and who is in need of such 
experience. For inexperienced students in many departments this need 
may be met by one or more summers spent on a farm. 

Student Organizations 

Students find opportunity for varied expression and growth in the several 
voluntary organizations sponsored by the College. These organizations 
are as follows: Student Grange, Block and Bridle Club, Future Farmers of 
America, Alpha Zeta, Collegiate 4-H Club, Plant Industry Club and the 
Agricultural Student Council. 

Membership in these organizations is voluntary, and no college credits 
are given; yet much of the training obtained is fully as valuable as that 
acquired from regularly prescribed courses. 

The Student Grange represents the Great National Farmers' fraternity 
of the Order of Patrons of Husbandry, and emphasizes training for rural 
leadership. The Livestock Club conducts the Students' Fitting and Showing 
Contest held on the campus in the Spring. The Future Farmers of America 
foster interest in vocational agriculture, and the Collegiate Chapter serves 
as host Chapter in connection with high school judging contests held at 
the University. The Agricultural Economics group conducts special studies 
in the field of Agricultural Economics. All these organizations have regular 
meetings, arrange special programs, and contribute to the extra-curricular 
life of students. 



AGRICULTURE CURRICULA 65 

Membership in Alpha Zeta, national agricultural honor fraternity, is 
chosen from students in the College of Agriculture who have displayed agri- 
cultural and executive ability. 

The Agricultural Student Council is made up of representatives from 
the various student organizations in the College of Agriculture. Its pur- 
pose is to coordinate activities of these students and to promote work which 
is beneficial to the College. 

ClIRKICULA IN AGRICULTURE 

Curricula within the College of Agriculture divide into three general 
classes: Technical, Scientific, and Special. 

(1) Technical curricula are designed to prepare students for farming as 
owners, tenants, managers, or specialists; for positions as county agricul- 
tural agents, or teachers of agriculture in high schools; as executives, 
salesmen, or other employees in commercial businesses with close agricul- 
tural contact and point of view. 

(2) Scientific curricula are designed to prepare students for positions as 
technicians, teachers, or investigators. These positions are usually in the 
various scientific and educational departments, or bureaus of the Federal, 
State, or Municipal governments; in the various schools or experiment 
stations; or in the laboratories of private corporations. 

(3) Courses of study may be arranged for any who desire to return to 
the farm after one or more years of training in practical agricultural 
subjects. 

Student Advisers 

Each student in the College of Agriculture is assigned to a faculty 
adviser, either departmental or general. Departmental advisers consist of 
heads of departments or persons selected by them to advise students with 
curricula in their respective departments. General advisers are selected for 
students who have no definite choice of curriculum in mind, or who wish 
to pursue the general curriculum in agriculture. 

Electives 

The electives in the suggested curricula which follow afford opportunity 
for those who so desire to supplement major and minor fields of study or 
to add to their general training. 

With the advice and consent of those in charge of his registration, a 
student may make such modifications in his curriculum as are deemed 
advisable to meet the requirements of his particular need. 

Freshman Year 

The program of the freshman year in the College of Agriculture is the 
same for all curricula of the College. Its purpose is to afford the student 
an opportunity to lay a broad foundation in subjects basic to agriculture 
and the related sciences, to articulate beginning work in college with that 
pursued in high or preparatory schools, to provide opportunity for wise 



66 GENERAL CURRICULUM, AGRICULTURE 

choice of programs in succeeding years, and to make it possible for a student 
before the end of the year to change from one curriculum to another, 
or from the College of Agriculture to the curriculum in some other 
college of the University with little or no loss of credit. 

Students entering the freshman year with a definite choice of curriculum 
in mind are sent to departmental advisers for counsel as to the wisest 
selection of freshman electives from the standpoint of their special interests 
and their probable future programs. Students entering the freshman year 
with no definite curriculum in mind, are assigned to general advisers, who 
assist with the choice of freshman electives and during the course of the 
year acquaint the students with the opportunities in the upper curricula 
in the College of Agriculture and in the other divisions of the University. 
If by the close of the freshman year a student makes no definite choice of 
a specialized curriculum, he continues under the guidance of his general 
adviser in the General Agriculture Curriculum. 

Agriculture Curriculum Semester 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 8 8 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

M. S. 1, 2— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

R. Ed. 1 — Introduction to Agriculture 1 .... 

•Elect either of the following pairs of courses : 

Bot. 1, General Botany and Zool. 1, General Zoology 4 4 

Chem. 1, 3, General Chemistry 4 4 

Elect one of the following each semester : 

Modern Language 3 8 

tMath. 5, 6 or 10, 11. or 10. 13 8 8 

Physics 1. 2 — Elements of Physics 8 8 

A. H. 1 — P\indamentals of Animal Husbandry 3 .... 

Asrron. 1 — Crop Production .... 3 

Agriculture — General 

This curriculum is designed for persons wishing to return to the farm, 
enter work allied to farming, for those seeking a general rather than a 
specialized knowledge of the field of agriculture and for those preparing to 
be county agents, teachers, etc. 

By proper use of the electives allowed in this curriculum, a student may 
choose a field of concentration in agriculture and at the same time elect 
courses that contribute to liberal education. 



• Both pairs of courses are required for graduation from the College of Agriculture. 

t Students who expect to pursue the curriculum in Agricultural Chemistry must be 
prepared to elect Math. 15. 11 or 14, 15 and 17 ; students in Agricultural Engineering 14. 
16 and 17. 



AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY 67 

General Agriculture Curriculum^ ^ Semester ^ 

Sophomore Year I 11 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5. 6 3 3 

H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4 

P. H. 1— Poultry Production 3 

Dairy 1— Fundamentals of Dairying .... 3 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2 

M. S. 3. 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men ) I? 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Totel 19 19 

Junior Year 

Zool. 104 — Genetics 3 .... 

Hort. B — Fruit Production, or Hort. 58 — Vegetable Production .... 3 

Ent. 1 — Introductory Entomology .... 3 

Soils 1 — General Soils 3 

Agr. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery 3 .... 

Agr. Engr. 102 — Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles .... 3 

A. E. 100 — Farm Economics 3 

Econ. 87 — Fundamentals of Economics .... 3 

Biological or Physical Science Sequence 3 3 

Electives 3 3 

Total 18 18 

Senior Year 

A. E. 107 — Analysis of the Farm Business 3 .... 

A. E. 108 — Farm Management 3 

Agron. 151 — Cropping Systems 2 

R. Ed. 114— Rural Life and Education 8 

Electives 12 9 

Total 15 17 

AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY 

This curriculum insures adequate instruction in the fundamentals of both 
the physical and biological sciences. It may be adjusted through the selection 
of electives to fit the student for work in agricultural experiment stations, 
soil bureaus, geological surveys, food laboratories, fertilizer industries and 
those handling food products. 

Agricultural Chemistry Curriculum ^ — Semester — \ 

Sophomore Year 1 11 

Eng. 8, 4 or 6, 6 3 3 

Chem. IB, 17 — Qualitative Analysis 8 8 

Math. 20. 21— Calculus 4 4 

Bot. 1 — General Botany 4 .... 

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men ) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Totel 19 19 

t If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman year they must be elected 
in •nbaequcnt years. * 



68 ECOXOMICS, MARKETING 

I — Semester — • 
Junior Year I II 

Chem. 35, 37 — Elementary Organic Lecture 2 X 

Chem. 36, 38 — Elementary Organic Laboratory 2 2 

Chem. 21. 22 — Quantitative Analysis 4 4 

Modern Language S t 

Geol. 1 — Geology S .... 

Soils 1 — General Soils ... 8 

Electives in Biology 8 8 

Total 17 17 

Senior Year 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 S 

Modern Language 3 3 

Phys. 20, 21 — General Physics 6 6 

Electives in Agricultural Chemistry 6 6 

Total 17 17 

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING 

The curriculum in agricultural economics and marketing is designed to 
prepare students for the following types of positions: On the farm as farm 
operators and farm managers; with farm organizations, such as the 
Farm Bureau and farmers' cooperatives; with private and corporate busi- 
ness concerns; and positions with state and federal agencies, such as col- 
lege teachers, agricultural extension workers, and research with federal 
and state agencies. 

The courses in this department are designed to provide fundamental 
training in the basic economic principles underlying farming. The curricu- 
lum includes courses in farm management, general agricultural economics, 
marketing, finance, prices, taxation, and land economics to give the student 
the foundation needed to meet the production and distribution problems 
confronting the individual farmer in a progressive rural community. 

Farming is a business, as well as a way of life, and as such demands for 
its successful conduct the use of business methods; the keeping of farm 
business records, analyzing the farm business, and of organizing and 
operating the farm as a business enterprise. It requires knowledge of farm 
resources and taxation, methods of financing agricultural production and 
marketing, including agencies involved, services rendered and the cost of 
getting products from the producer to the consumer through cooperative 
and private types of organization. 



EDUCATION, RURAL LIFE 



69 



Agricultural Economics and Marketing Curriculum* 

!■ — Semester — \ 

Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 3 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4 

Math. 6 — General Mathematics 3 .... 

Econ. 37^Fundamcntals of Economics .... 3 

M. S. 3, 4— Elementary K. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 17 17 

Junior Year 

A. E. 100 — Farm Economics 3 .... 

A. E. 101 — Marketing of Farm Products .... 3 

A. E. 107 — Analysis of the Farm Business 3 .... 

A. E. 104— Farm Finance .... 3 

B. A. 130— Statistics 3 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

P. H. 1— Poultry Production 3 

Soils 1— General Soils 3 

Electives 4 7 

Total 18 18 

Senior Year 

A. E. 103 — Cooperation in Agriculture 3 - .... 

A. E. 106— Prices of Farm Products 3 

Agr. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery 3 .... 

A. E. 108 — Farm Management .... 3 

Soc. 13 — Rural Sociology 3 .... 

A. H. 110— Feeds and Feeding 3 

A. E. Ill — Land Economics 3 

A. E. 110— Seminar 1 1 

Electives 2 11 

Total 18 18 

AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION AND RURAL LIFE 

The primary objective of this curriculum is to prepare for teaching 

secondary vocational agriculture, work as county agents and allied lines of 

the rui'al education services. Graduates from this curriculum are in demand 

in rural businesses, particularly of the cooperative type. A number have 
entered the Federal service. Others are engaged in teaching and research in 
agricultural colleges. Quite a few have returned to the farm as owner- 
managers. 



• If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman Year, they must be elected 
in subsequent years. 



70 



AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM 



In addition to the regular entrance requirements of the University, involv- 
ing graduation from a standard four-year high school, students electing 
the agricultural education curriculum must present evidence of having 
acquired adequate farm experience after reaching the age of fourteen years. 

Students with high average may upon petition be relieved of certain 
requirements in this curriculum, when evidence is presented that either 
through experience or previous training a prescribed course is non-essential. 
Or they may be allowed to carry an additional load. 

Agricultural Education Curriculum* 

Sophomore Year 



Eng. 8, 4 or 5, 6 

H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization... 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 

P. H. 1— Poultry Production 

Dairy 1 — Fundamentals of Dairy Husbandry. 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 

M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men)... 
Physical Activities 



Semester 




I 


II 


3 


S 


8 


8 


4 


4 


3 






8 


2 


2 


3 


3 


1 


1 



Total 



Junior Year 

Phys. 1, 2 — Elements of Physics 

Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants 

Ent. 1 — Introductory Entomology 

A. H. 110— Feeds and Feeding 

Soils 1 — General Soils 

Hort. 58 — Vegetable Production 

A. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery 

R. Ed. 107 — Observation and Analysis of T<?aching. 

A. E. 108 — Farm Management 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 

Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology 



Total 

Senior Year 

A. Engr. 102 — Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles 

R. Ed. 109 — Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculture 

R. Ed. Ill — Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups 

R. Ed. 103— Practice Teaching 

R. Ed. 101 — Teaching Farm Practicums and Demonstrations. 

A. Engr. 104 — Farm Mechanics 

Agron. 151 — Cropping Systems 

Dairy 101 — Dairy Production 

R. Ed. 112 — Departmental Management 

R. Ed. 114— Rural Life and Education 

Ed. 131 — Theory of Senior High School 

Agricultural Electives 



18 



18 



Total 



16 



16 



• If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman Year, they must be elected 
in subsequent yean. 



AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 71 

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

The department offers to students of agriculture training in those agri- 
cultural subjects which are based upon engineering principles. These sub- 
jects may be grouped under three heads: farm machinery and farm power, 
farm buildings, and farm drainage. 

Five-Year Program in Agriculture — Engineering 

For those students who wish to specialize in the application of engineering 
principles to the physical and biological problems of agriculture there is 
offered a combined program, extending over a five-year period, arranged 
jointly by the College of Agriculture and the College of Engineering, and 
leading to a degree from each of these colleges. 

This program prepares graduates to enter state, federal or commercial 
fields of activity in such work as soil and water conservation, rural electri- 
fication, design and sale of farm machinery and structures, and in the 
development of new uses for farm products and the profitable utilization 
of farm wastes and by-products. 

To be properly trained in these fields a student needs a broader knowledge 
of basic and applied engineering principles than could be provided in a 
four-year course in agriculture. He also needs a broader training in the 
fundamentals of agriculture than a standard four-year course in engineer- 
ing could furnish. 

Upon completion of the normal four year course of study the degree of 
Bachelor of Science in Agriculture is granted. For the fifth year the student 
registers in the College of Engineering, and at the end of that year, upon 
satisfactory completion of the required course of study, receives a degree 
in civil, electrical, mechanical or chemical engineering. 

Curriculum in Agriculture-Engineering ^ Semester ^ 

Freshman Year I II 

Engr- 1. 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 8 8 

Speech 7 — Public Speaking .... 2 

•Math. 14 — Plane Trigonometry 2 

•Math. 15— College Algebra 3 

Math. 17 — Analytic Geometry .... 4 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4 

Dr. 1, 2 — Engineering Drawing 2 2 

Engr. 1 — Introduction to Engineering 1 .... 

R. Ed. 1 — Introduction to Agriculture 1 

M. S. 1, 2— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 20 19 

The balance of this curriculum is for the student whose final objective is 
a degree in Civil Engineering. Corresponding curricula will be arranged for 
options in Electrical, Mechanical and Chemical Engineering. 

* A qualifying test is given during registration to determine whether the student is ade- 
quately prepared for Math. 14 and 15. A student failing this test is required to take Math. 1, 
Introductory Algebra, without credit, and is not eligible to take Math. 14 concurrently. 





3 


4 


4 


6 


6 


2 






Z 


2 


2 


3 


3 


1 


1 



72 AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

, — Semester — > 

Sophomore Year (Civil Engineering Option) I II 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 

Dr. 3 — Advanced Engineering Drawing 

Mech. 1 — Statics and Dynamics 

Surv. 1, 2 — Plane Surveying 

M. S. 3, 4— Elomcntary K. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total 20 21 

Junior Year (Civil Engineering Option) 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or 3 3 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Speech 108— Public Speaking 2 

Math. 16 — Spherical Trigonometry 2 .... 

Geol. 2 — Engineering Geology .... 2 

Mech. 50— Strength of Materials 4 .... 

Mech. 53 — Materials of Enfiineering .... 2 

Bot. 1 — General Botany 4 .... 

Zool. 1 — General Zoology .... 4 

Agr. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery 3 .... 

Agr. Engr. 107 — Farm Drainage .... 2 

Agr. Engr. 106 — Farm Mechanics .... 2 

Agron. 1 — Farm Crops 3 .... 

Elective in Agriculture .... 3 

Total 19 20 

Fourth Year (Civil Engineering Option) 

C. E. 50^Hydraulics 3 

C. E. 51 — Curves and Earthwork .... 3 

C. E. 100— Theory of Structures 4 

Surv. 100 — Advanced Surveying 4 .... 

M. E. 50 — Principles of Mechanical Engineering 3 .... 

E. E. 50 — Principles of Electrical Engineering .... 8 

Agr. Engr. 102 — Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles .... 8 

Agr. Engr. 105 — Farm Buildings 2 

A. E. 108— Farm Management 3 

Electives in Agriculture 8 4 

Total 20 20 

Fifth Year (Civil Engineering Option) 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 .... 

Engr. 100 — Engineering Contracts and Specifications .... 2 

Eng. 7— Technical Writing 2 

Bact. 55 — Sanitary Bacteriology for Engineers 2 .... 

C. E. 101— Soil Mechanics 3 

C. E. 102— Structural Design 6 

C. E. 103 — Concrete Design 6 

C. E. 104— Water Supply 3 

C. E. 105— Sewerage 3 

C. E. 106— Elemento of Highways 3 

Total 20 19 



AGRONOMY. CROP PRODUCTION 73 

AGRONOMY 

The curricula in this department are separated into two major divisions; 
namely Crops and Soils. The Crops division includes Crop Production and 
Crop Breeding. The Crop Production curriculum is designed to prepare 
students for general farming, specialized crop farming, the production of 
improved seeds, employment with commercial firms, state and federal experi- 
ment stations, or county agent work. The curriculum for Plant Breeding 
is designed to prepare students to work with commercial seed companies 
or federal and state experiment stations. The curriculum in Soils is de- 
signed both to equip future farmers with adequate knowledge of soils and 
to prepare students for teaching, research, and special soils work. Although 
the Soils curriculum is placed in the Department of Agronomy, its courses 
are designed for all students who have soil interests regardless of the line 
of their major specialization. 

Crop Production Curriculum* , — Semester — ^ 

Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5. 6 3 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4 

Ent. 1 — Introductory Entomology 3 .... 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics .... 3 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

M. S. 3. 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men ) .S 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 19 19 

Junior Year 

Agron. 30 — Cereal Crop Production 3 .... 

Agron. 31 — Forage Crop Production .... 3 

Agron. 153— Selected Crop • Studies 2 

Zool. 104— Genetics 3 

Soils 1 — General Soils 8 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology 4 .... 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 4 

Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 3 

Math. 5 — General Mathematics .... 3 

Electives 2 6 

Total 17 17 

Senior Year 

Agron. 103 — Crop Breeding 2 .... 

Agron. 151 — Cropping Systems .... 2 

Agron. 152 — Seed Production and Distribution .... 2 

A. E. 108 — Farm Management .... 3 

Agr. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery 3 .... 

Agr. Engr. 107 — Farm Drainage • • • . 2 

Soils 112 — Soil Conservation 3 

A. H. 110— Feeds and Feeding 3 

Electives 5 7 

Total 16 16 

* If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman Year they must be elected 
in subsequent years. 



74 



ANIMAL HUSBANDRY 



Crop Breeding Curriculum 

Students following the Crop Breeding Curriculum will have the same 
requirements as the Crop Production Curriculum, except that Math. 10 and 
Math. 13, Algebra, (3), Elements of Mathematical Statistics, (3), will be 
required in the first semester of the Junior Year. 

Soils Curriculum* , — Semester — . 

Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 3, 4 or B. 6 8 8 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 8 8 

Bot. 1 — General Botany 4 .... 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology .... 4 . 

Soils 1 — General Soils S .... 

Soils 2 — Principles of Soil Fertility 8 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2 

M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 19 19 

Junior Year 

Soils 51 — Soil Investigation Methods 2 .... 

Soils 103 — Soil Geography 3 

Bot. 101 Plant Physiology 4 

Agr. Engr. 107 — Farm Drainage .... 2 

Geol. 1— Geology 3 

Chem. 19 — Quantitative Analysis .... 4 

Chem. 31, 33 or 35, 37 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 2 2 

Chem. 32, 34 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 1 1 

Electives 6 6 

Total 18 18 

Senior Year 

Soils 112 — Soil Conservation 3 .... 

Soils 120 — Soil Management 3 

Agron. 151 — Cropping Systems .... 2 

Zool. 104 — Genetics 8 

A. E. 108 — Farm Management .... . 8 

Electives 10 8 

Total 16 16 

ANIMAL HUSBANDRY 

The curriculum in Animal Husbandry is organized for the purpose of 
preparing students for various phases of work in the field of animal indus- 
try as: operators and managers of livestock farms, as investigators and 
research workers in Federal, State and private institutions, and as workers 
in specialized fields where a knowledge of the livestock industry is necessary. 

By proper use of electives, the student may equip himself to become a 
county agricultural agent; to meet the requirements of positions with cer- 
tain tjTJes of private and cooperative business concerns; or, with more 
technical and specialized training, to become qualified for instructional 

* If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman Year they must be elected in 
subsequent years. 



BOTANY 75 

work in colleges, for Investigational work in State and Federal experiment 
stations or in commercial research laboratories. Students who desire to 
enter the field of teaching or highly specialized research should elect the 
more scientific courses offered by this and by other departments. 

Animal Husbandry Curriculum* , — Semester — i 

Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 3 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4 

Dairy 1 — Fundamentals of Dairying .... 3 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 .... 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 19 19 

Junior Year 

Chem. 31, 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry 2 2 

Chem. 32, 34 — Elements of Organic Laboratory 1 1 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology . • • • 4 

A. H. 31 Livestock Judging . ■ • . 2 

A. H. 110— Feeds and Feeding 3 

A. H. 120 — Principles of Breeding 3 

**A. H. 130— Beef Cattle Production 2 

**A. H. 132— Pork Production 2 

A. E. 108 — Farm Management . . • • 3 

Zool. 104 — Genetics 3 

Soils 1 — General Soils 3 .... 

Electives 3 2 

Total 17 19 

Senior Year 

A. H. Ill — Animal Nutrition 3 

**A. H. 131— Sheep Production 2 

**A. H. 133— Draft Horse Production • 2 

A. H. 140 — Livestock Management .... 3 

A. H. 150 — Livestock Markets and Marketing 2 

A. H. 160 — Meat and Meat Products 3 

V. S. 101 — Comparative Anatomy and Physiology 3 .... 

V. S. 102 — Animal Hygiene .... 3 

Agr. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery 3 .... 

Electives 3 6 

Total 16 16 

BOTANY 

The department offers three major fields of work: plant morphology and 
taxonomy; plant pathology; or plant physiology and ecology. The required 
courses for the freshman and sophomore years are the same for all 
students. In the junior and senior years, the student elects botany courses 

* If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman Year they must be elected in 

subsequent years. 

*♦ Only two producton courses are required for graduation. The student may choose 
any two of these four courses to fulfill this requirement. 



76 BOTANY CURRICULUM 

to suit his particular interest. Courses are elected in other subjects to 
contribute toward a broad cultural education, and to support the courses 
selected in the chosen field of botany. 

Through cooperation with the College of Education, students who wish 
to meet the requirements for the state high school teacher's certificates, 
may elect the necessary work in education. 

The curriculum as outlined, provides a complete survey of the field of 
botany for prospective high school teachers, and lays a good foundation for 
graduate work in botany in preparation for college teaching and for research 
in state or federal experiment stations, or in private research laboratories. 

Students are also afforded an opportunity for training in other vocations 
involving various botanical applications, such as extension work, and 
positions with seed companies, canning companies and other commercial 
concerns. 

Botany Curriculum , — Semester — ^ 

Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 5, 6 or Eng. 3,4 8 8 

Modern Language 8 8 

Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants 3 

Bot. 2 — General Botany . . • . 4 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4 

Speech 1. 2 — Public Speaking 2 2 

M. S. 3. 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 1» 20 

Junior Year 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 8 8 

Modern Language 8 8 

Phys. 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics 4 4 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 4 

Bot. 11— Plant Taxonomy 3 

Bot. 110 — Plant Microtechnique • • ■ • 2 

Bact. 1 — Bacteriologry 4 .... 

Electives • • • • 2 

Total 18 17 

Senior Year 

Bot. 112— Seminar 1 1 

Bot. Ill— Plant Anatomy 8 

Bot. 102 — Plant Ecology * 

Bot. 115 — Structure of Economic Plants • • • • 2 

Bot. 116 — History and Philosophy of Botany 1 

Zool. 104 — Genetics 8 

Botany Electives 3-8 3 5 

Electives 6-0 7-B 

Total 16 16 

Students specializing in Plant Morphology or Plant Taxonomy will elect 
Bot. 114 and Bot. 128; those specializing in Plant Pathology will elect Bot. 
122, Bot. 121 and Ent. 1; those specializing in Plant Physiology will elect 
Organic Chemistry, Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34. 



DAIRY HUSBANDRY CURRICULUM 11 

DAIRY 

The department offers instruction in two major lines of work: dairy hus- 
bandry and dairy products technology. In the dairy husbandry curricu- 
lum, students are given technical and practical training in the breeding, 
feeding, management, and selection of dairy cattle and in milk production. 
With suitable choice of courses, students are qualified as operators of 
dairy farms, for breeding promotion and sales work, for employment with 
private and cooperative business organizations, and for county agent work. 
The dairy products technology curriculum is designed to prepare students 
for practical and scientific work concerned with the processing and distri- 
bution of milk, manufacture and handling of butter, cheese, ice cream, and 
other products, in dairy plant operation and management, and in dairy 
inspection. Students satisfactorily majoring in dairy manufacturing are 
qualified for the many technical and applied positions in the various branches 
of the dairy industry. 

By careful election of courses in either curriculum the student may lay a 
foundation for advanced study, for instructional work in colleges, and for 
research in experiment stations or commercial laboratories. The suggested 
curricula will be modified to meet the special needs of individual students. 

Dairy Husbandry Curriculum* 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3. 4 or 5, 6 

H. 6, 6— History of American Civilization 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology 

Agron. 1 — Crop Production 

M. S. 3. 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total 18 17 

Junior Year 

Chem. 31, 33 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 2 2 

Chem. 32, 34 — Elements of Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1 1 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics .... « 3 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2 

Bact. 133 — Dairy Bacteriology 4 .... 

Zool. 104 — Genetics 3 

Soils 1- — General Soils 3 .... 

A. H. 110— Feeds and Feeding 3 

A. H. 120— Principles of Breeding 3 

Dairy 30 — Dairy Cattle Judging 2 

Dairy 109— Market Milk 4 

Electives • ■ . . 2 

Total 18 19 



Semester 




I 


// 


3 


8 


3 


8 


4 


4 


4 






3 


3 


3 


1 


1 



* students planning to pursue this curriculum should elect Dairy 1 the second semester 
of the freshman year. If A. H. 1 is not elected in the freshman year it must be elected in 
subsequent years. 



JS 



DAIRY TECHNOLOGY CURRICULUM 



Senior Year 

Apr. Ener. 101 — Farm Machinery 

A. E. 108 — Farm Management 

V. S. 101 — Comparative Anatomy and Physiologry. 

V. S. 102 — Animal Hygiene 

A. H. Ill — Animal Nutrition 

Dairy 100 — Dairy Cattle Management 

Dairy 101 — Dairy Production 

Dairy 105 — Dairy Breeds and Breeding 

Dairy 120, 121— Dairy Seminar 

Electives 

Total 



Semester — \ 

3 

8 



17 



Dairy Products Technology Curriculumf 
Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization , 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology 

M. S. 3. 4---Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

Chem. 31, 33 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 

Chem. 32, 35 — Elements of Organic Chemistry Laboratory. 

Chem. 19 — Quantitative Analysis 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 

Bact. 133 — Dairy Bacteriology 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 

Dairy 40 — Grading Dairy Products 

Dairy 108 — Dairy Technology 

Dairy 110 — Butter and Cheese Making 

Dairy 109 — Market Milk 

Total 

Senior Year 

Dairy 111 — Concentrated Milk Products 

Dairy 112 — Ice Cream 

Dairy 114 — Special Laboratory Methods 

Dairy 115 — Dairy Plant Inspection 

Dairy 116 — Dairy Plant Management 

Dairy 120, 121 — Dairy Seminar 

Electives 

Total 



// 
S 

s 

4 

4 
3 
1 

18 



18 



t Students planning to pursue this curriculum should elect Dairy 1 in the freshman year. 
Those interested in the business rather than the technical phases of dairy technology may 
substitute approve*! courses in business and economics for Chem. 19, 31, 32, 33, 35. 



ENTOMOLOGY CURRICULUM 79 

ENTOMOLOGY 

This curriculum trains students for work in state and federal entom- 
ological bureaus, in preparation for commercial pest control operations and 
for actual insect control on their own farms. In addition, entomology is 

taught as a cultural subject because of its wide field of application, its 

varied subject matter, and the general interest of the public in the small 
creatures. 

Entomology Curriculum* ^S^^esfg,.^ 

Sophomore Year I II 

Ensr. 8, 4 or 6, 6 3 3 

H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Chem. 1, 8 — General Chemistry 4 A 

Ent. 2 — Insect Morphologry 3 ... . 

Ent. 8 — Insect Taxonomy .... 8 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

M. S. 3. 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

ToUI 19 19 

Junior Year 

Chem. 31, 33 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 2 2 

Chem. 32, 34 — Elements of Organic Chemistry Lab 1 1 

Bot. 1 — General Botany 4 .... 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology .... 4 

Ent. 103. 104— Insect Pests 3 S 

Phy. 1, 2 — Elements of Physics 3 > 

Foreign Language 3 8 

Electives 2 2 

ToUl 18 18 

Senior Year 

Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants 8 .... 

Ent. 105 — Medical Entomology 3 .... 

Ent. 101 — Economic Entomology .... 8 

tEnt. 110, 111— Special Problems 1 1 

Ent. 112 — Seminar 1 1 

Foreign Language 8 8 

Electives 6 8 

Total 17 16 



• Students planning to pursue this curriculumi should elect Ent. 1 the second semestar 
of the Freshman year. 

t Students may satisfy this requirement in one semester, if their schedule permits, or 
•xpand th« work and credits upon departmental approval. 



80 



HORTICULTURE 



HORTICULTURE 

This department offers instruction in pomology (fruits), olericulture 
(vegetables), floriculture (flowers) and ornamental gardening, and process- 
ing of horticultural crops. These courses prepare students to enter com- 
mercial production and the horticultural industries. Students are likewise 
prepared to enter the allied industries as horticultural workers with ferti- 
lizer companies, seed companies, equipment manufacturers, and others. 
Students who wish to enter specialized fields of research and teaching may 
take advanced work in the department. 

Pomology and Olericulture Curriculum 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3. 4 or 5, 6 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 

Hot. 20— Diseases of Plants 

Hort. 5, 6 — Fruit Production , 

M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities , 

Electives 



Semester 


1 


I 


// 


3 


3 


3 


8 


4 


4 


3 




3 


2 


3 


3 


1 


1 




4 



Total 



Junior Year 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 

Bot. Ill— Plant Anatomy 

Soils 1 — General Soils 

Hort. 58 — Ve;-:etable Production 

Hort. 59— Small Fruits 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics. 
Electives 



Total 

Senior Year 

Hort. 155 — Commercial Processing of Horticultural Crops 

Hort. 101, 102 — Technology of Fruits 

Hort. 103, 104 — Technology of Vegetables 

Zool. 104 — Genetics 

Bot. 116 — Structure of Economic Plants 

Hort. 118. 119 — Seminar 

Electives 



Total 



Floriculture and Ornamental Horticulture Curriculum 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 

Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants 

Hort. 22 — Landscape Gardening 

M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Electives 



20 

4 

8 

3 



17 

3 
2 
2 
3 

1 

6 

16 



20 



3 
8 

2 
3 
6 

17 



2 
2 

2 
1 

9 

16 



ToUl 



HORTICULTURE 



81 



18 



16 



3 

1 

12 

16 

3 

3 



Junior Year , — Semester — . 

Bot 101— Plnnt Physiology 4 

Bot. 11 — Plnnt Tuxonomy .... 3 

Hort. 107. 108— Plant Materials 2 3 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

Bot. Ill— Plant Anatomy 3 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics .... 3 

Soils 1— General Soils 3 

Electives 7 7 

Total 

Senior Year 

Bot. 121 — Diseases of Special Crops 

Hort. 16 — Garden Flowers 

Hort. 118, 119— Seminar 

Electives 

Total 

Required of students specializing in floriculture: 

Hort. 10, 11 — Greenhouse Management 

Hort. 150, 151 — Commercial Floriculture 

Zool. 104 — Genetics 

Required of students specializing in landscape and ornamental 
horticulture: 

Hort. 152, 153 — Landscape Design 

Dr. 1, 2 — Engineering Drawing 

Hort. 54— Civic Art 

Surv. 1, 2 — Plane Surveying 

Commercial Processing of Horticultural Crops Curriculum 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 

Chem. 31, 33 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 

Chem. 32, 34 — Elements of Organic Laboratory 

Soils 1 — General Soils 

Hort. 61 — Processing Industries 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology 

M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men ) 

Physical Activities 

Total 20 

Junior Year 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 

Phys. 1, 2 — Elements of Physics 3 

Hort. 155, 156 — Commercial Processing 3 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 4 

Bact. 131 — Food Bacteriology 4 

Hort. 58 — Vepretable Production ... 

Zool. 1 — General Zoology .... 

Agr. Engr. Ill — Fundamentals of Pj^ocessing Plant Design 3 

Agr. Engr. 112 — Processing Plant Machinery and Equipment .... 

Electives .... 

Total 19 18-19 



3 


3 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


3 






2 




3 


4 




3 


3 


1 


1 



18 



2 
2-3 



82 POULTRY HUSBAXDRY 

I — Semeste 
Senior Year / // 

Hort. 121— Plant Operation 2 

Hort. 123 — Grading and Judging 2 .... 

Hort. 1 1 2— Canning Crops and Technology .... 3 

Hort. 124— Quality Control 3 

A. E. 105 — Food Production Inspection .... 2 

Hort. 118, 119— Seminar 1 1 

and one of the following options : 

MANAGEMENT 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 .... 

B. A. 150 — Market Management 3 .... 

B. A. 161 — Personnel Management .... 3 

Electives 4 2-3 

TECHNOLOGY 

> Chem. 19 — Quantative Analysis 4 .... 

Bact. 53 — Sanitation Bacteriology 2-4 .... 

Hort. 126 — Nutritional Analyses of Processed Crops .... 3 

Electives 2-4 2-3 

POULTRY HUSBANDRY 

The curriculum in poultry husbandry is designed to give the student a 
thorough knowledge of subject matter necessary for poultry raising; the 
marketing, distribution, and processing of poultry products; poultry im- 
provement work; and as a basis for graduate training for teaching and 
research in poultry husbandry. 

The suggested curriculum will be modified to meet the special needs of 
individual students. Superior students, definitely anticipating preparation 
for a professional career in poultry husbandry, will be expected to take 
a language. However, all students majoring in poultry husbandry will be 
required to complete 24 semester hours in poultry husbandry. 

Poultry Curriculum* r~Semesiei . 

Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 3, 4 or 6, 6 8 8 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4 

P. H. 2— Poultry Biology 3 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization. .* 3 3 

Math. 5 — General Mathematics 8 

M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. ( Men 1 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 19 19 



• Students planning to pursue this curriculum should elect P. H. 1 the first semester of 
the Freshman Year. If Agron. 1 is not elected the Freshman Year it must be eleet«d is 
■nbseQQent year. 



PRE-FORESTRY, PRE-THEOLOGICAL 83 

/ — Semester — \ 
Junior Year t ^I 

P. H. 101— Poultry Nutrition 3 

P. H. 102— Physiology of Hatchability 3 

P. H. 100— Poultry Breeding 2 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriolosry * • • • • 

Zool. 104 — Genetics ' 

Econ. 87 — Fundamentals of Economics • 

B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics 3 .... 

Electives 4 9 

ToUl 17 17 

Senior Year 

P. H. 104 — Poultry Marketing Problems 3 .... 

P. H. 105 — Egg Marketing Problems 3 

V. S- 108 — Avian Anatomy 8 

V. S. 107— Poultry Hygiene 8 

P. H. 103 — Commercial Poultry Management .... 2 

P. H. 107 — Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems 2 

Ent. 1 — Introductory Entomology • ■ • • 8 

Agr. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery (3) ] 

or C 3-2 .... 

Art. Engr. 105 — Farm Buildings (2) J 

Electives 5-8 5-8 

Total 17 17 

Pre-Forestry Students 

The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with any student who 
wishes to attend the University to pursue courses which may be transferred 
to a standard forestry curriculum in another institution. The program 
which a student follows depends to some extent upon the forestry college 
he plans to enter. All pre-forestry students in the College of Agriculture 
are sent to the Head of the Department of Botany of the University for 
counsel and advice in these matters. 

Pre-Theological Students 

The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with the officers of any 
theological seminary who desire to urge its prospective students to pursue 
courses in agriculture as a preparation for the rural ministry. Such pre- 
theological students may enroll for a semester or more or for the usual 
four year training of the College. In either case they should enroll as 
members of the general curriculum in the College of Agriculture. 

The electives of this curriculum may be used for such pre-theological 
requirements as seem desirable. Elections may be made from any of the 
offerings of the University such as history, political science, philosophy, 
agricultural economics, rural sociology, modern language, English, economics, 
psychology, sociology, natural science, education and the like. Students 
desiring to pursue a pre-theological program in the College of Agriculture 



84 SPECIAL STUDENTS, AGRICULTURE 

of the University of Maryland, should consult with the president or admis- 
sions officer of the theological seminary which they expect to attend. 

Pre-Veterinary Students 

The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with any student who 
wishes to attend the University to pursue preparation for the study of 
Veterinary Science. The curriculum which a student will follow will depend 
to some extent upon the Veterinary College which he plans to enter. All 
Pre-Veterinary students in the College of Agriculture are sent to the Head 
of the Department of Veterinary Science of the University for counsel and 
advice in these matters. 

Special Students in Agriculture 

Mature students may, with consent of the Dean, register as special 
students and pursue a program of studies not included in any regular 
curriculum, but arranged to meet the needs of the individual. All university 
fees for these special students are the same as fees for regular students. 

There are many young farmers who desire to take short intensive courses 
in their special lines of work during slack times on the farm. Arrangements 
have been made to permit such persons to register at the office of the Dean 
of the College of Agriculture and receive cards granting them permission 
to visit classes and work in the laboratories of the different departments. 
This opportunity is created to aid florists, pouitrymen, fruit-growers, 
gardeners, or other especially interested persons who are able to get away 
from their work at some time during the year. 

The regular charges are $10.00 for matriculation and $2.00 per credit 
hour per month for the time of attendance. One matriculation is good for 
any amount of regular or intermittent attendance during a period of four 
years. 



THE UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 85 

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 

John Fiuceman Pyle, Act'uiy Dean 

The College of Arts and Sciences is making the necessary adjustments 
to meet the educational needs of post war conditions. 

It is prepared to furnish the civilian students of the present and future, 
including the returning service personnel, with liberal and technical training 
in the physical sciences, the social sciences, the biological sciences, and the 
humanities. This form of education affords the student an opportunity to 
acquire a general education which will serve as a foundation for whatever 
profession or vocation he may choose. 

Students in other colleges of the university are offered training in funda- 
mental courses that serve as a background for their professional education. 
The new program in American Civilization is open to all students of the 
university as well as to those in Arts and Sciences. 

Requirements for Admission 

The requirements for admission to the College of Arts and Sciences are, 
in general, the same as those for admission to the other colleges and schools 
of the University. 

For admission to the pre-medical curriculum, two years of any one foreign 
language are recommended. A detailed statement of the requirements for 
admission to the School of Medicine and the relation of these to the pre- 
medical curriculum may be obtained by vsnriting the Director of Admissions. 

Degrees 

The degrees conferred upon students who have met the requirements pre- 
scribed in the College of Arts and Sciences are bachelor of arts and bachelor 
of science. 

Students of this college who complete the regular courses in Humanities 
and Social Sciences are awarded the degree of bachelor of arts. Students 
who complete the requirements for the degree of bachelor of science are 
awarded that degree, provided the major portion of the work has been done 
in the field of science, and the application has the approval of the science 
department in which the major work has been completed. 

Students who have elected the combined program of arts and sciences and 
medicine may be granted the degree of bachelor of science after the com- 
pletion of at least 90 semester hours credit in addition to the required work 
in military science, hygiene and physical education in this college and the 
first year of the School of Medicine, so that the quantitative requirements of 
120 credits are met, and they are recommended by the Dean of the School 
of Medicine. 

Those electing the combined five-year academic nursing curriculum, for 
which the degree of bachelor of science in nursing may be awarded upon 
the completion of the full course, must first take the pre-nursing curriculum 
in the College of Arts and Sciences before'ihQ nursing course in Baltimore. 



86 ARTS AND SCIENCES 

Those taking the combined course in arts and law may be awarded the 
bachelor of arts degree after the completion of three years of the work in 
this college and one year of the full-time law course, or its equivalent, in 
the University of Maryland School of Law. The total minimum number of 
credits required for graduation is 120 semester hours exclusive of military 
science, hygiene, and physical activities. 

Residence 

The last thirty semester hours credit of any curriculum leading to a 
baccalaureate degree in the College of Arts and Sciences must be taken in 
residence in this University. 

Students working for one of the combined degrees must earn the last 30 
semester hours credit of the arts program in residence, in the College of 
Arts and Sciences, College Park. 

A — General Requirements for Degrees 

The baccalaureate degree from the College of Arts and Sciences may be 
conferred upon a student who has satisfied the following requirements: 

1. University requirements. 

2. College of Arts and Sciences requirements: 

A minimum of 120 semester hours credit in academic subjects other than 
military science is required for a bachelor's degree. Men must acquire in 
addition 12 semester hours in military science, and 4 semester hours credit 
in physical activities. Women must acquire in addition 4 semester hours 
credit in hygiene and 4 semester hours credit in physical activities. 

Junior Requirements 

A student must acquire a minimum of 56 credits exclusive of the require- 
ments in military science, hygiene, and physical activities with an average 
grade of at least C in the Freshman and Sophomore years before being 
permitted to begin advanced work on his major and minor. 

The following minimum requirements should be fulfilled, as far as pos- 
sible, before the beginning of the junior year and must be completed before 
graduation: 

I. English — twelve semester hours. 

II. Foreign Language — twelve semester hours in one language. Students 
wishing to- enroll in a language they have studied in high school will be 
given a placement test. 

III. Social Sciences — twelve semester hours; Government and Politics 1, 
three semester hours; Sociology 1, three semester hours; History 5 and 6, 
six semester hours. 

IV. Speech — two to four semester hours depending upon the particular 
schedule. 

V. Natural Science and Mathematics — twelve semester hours. 

VI. Military Science for men, twelve semester hours. 

VII. Hygiene, for women, four semester hours. 



ELECT IVES AND OTHER SCHOOLS 87 

VIII. Physical Activities, for both men and women, four semester hours. 
Military science and physical activities are required throughout the fresh- 
man and sophomore years, Hygiene during the freshman year. 

3. Major and minor requirements — When the requirements of the Fresh- 
man and Sophomore years have been completed each student is expected to 
select a major in one of the departments of an upper division, and before 
graduation must complete a major and a minor. The courses constituting 
the major and the minor must conform to the requirements of the depart- 
ment in which the major work is done. 

Before beginning a major or minor the student must have an average of 
not less than C in fundamental courses in the fields chosen. 

A major shall consist, in addition to the underclass departmental require- 
ments, of 24-40 hours, of which at least 12 must be in courses numbered 
100 and above. 

A minor shall consist, in addition to the underclass departmental require- 
ments, of 12 to 20 hours, of which at least 6 must be in courses numbered 
100 and above. Minor courses shall be chosen with the advice of the major 
in consultation with the minor department to supplement the student's 
major work. See departmental statements for specific requirements as to 
majors and minors. 

The average grade of the work taken in the major and minor fields must 
be at least C. A general average of at least C is required for graduation. 

Certification of High School Teachers 

If courses are properly chosen in the field of education, a prospective 
high school teacher can prepare for high school positions, with major and 
minor in one of the departments of this College. 

Electives in Other Colleges and Schools 

A limited number of courses taken in other colleges and schools of the 
University may be counted for credit toward a degree in the College of 
Arts and Sciences. 

The number of credits which may be accepted from the various colleges 
and schools if the work materially supplements the work taken in the 
College of Arts and Sciences, is as follows: 
College of Agriculture — 20. 

College of Business and Public Administration — 20. 
College of Education — 24. 
College of Engineering — 20. 
. College of Home Economics — 20. 

School of Law — In the combined program the first year of law must be 

completed. 
School of Medicine — In the combined program the first year of medicine 

must be completed. 
School of Nursing — In the combined program the three years of nursing 
must be completed. 



88 FRESHMEN A\D SOPHOMORES 

Normal Load 

The normal load for students in this college is 15 semester hours credit 
per semester, exclusive of the required work in physical activities and mili- 
tary science and hygiene for women. 

Juniors and seniors are not permitted to register for more than 18 hours 
unless they have a "B" average for the preceding semester and the approval 
of the Dean of the College. 

Advisers 

Freshmen and sophomores in this college shall consider the Dean of the 
College their general adviser, special advisers are provided for guidance 
and assistance during the registration periods. 

Juniors and seniors will consider the head of their major department 
their adviser, and should consult him about the arrangements of their 
schedules of courses. 

Work in the Freshman and Sophomore Years 

The work of the first two years in the College of Arts and Sciences is 
designed to give the student a basic general education, and to prepare him 
for concentration in the latter part of his course. 

It is the student's responsibility to develop in these earlier years such 
proficiency in basic subjects as may be necessary for his continuation in 
the field of his special interest. Personal aptitude and a general scholastic 
ability must also be demonstrated, if permission to pursue a major study 
is to be obtained. 

The student should follow the curriculum for which he is believed to be 
best fitted. It will be noted that a core group of studies is required of all 
students who are candidates for a bachelor's degree. These subjects should 
be taken, when possible, during the Freshman and Sophomore years. There 
is a great deal of similarity in these outlines for the first four semesters, 
and a student need not consider himself attached to any particular depart- 
ment until the beginning of his junior year, at which time he is to select 
a major. 

The following curriculum gives the subjects required of students in the 
departments of the Humanities and the Social Sciences. Students wishing 
to major in one of the Physical or Biological Sciences will find the require- 
ments in the curriculums listed under the respective headings, found on 
subsequent pages. 



AMERICAN ClVlLlZAnON 89 

I — Semester — < 
Freshman Year I II 

Ene. 1. 2 — Composition and RiadinKs in American Literature 3 3 

G. & P. — Americim {Jdvernment (or Siiciolo.tty of Ameiican Life) .... 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — SocioloBy of American Life (or American Government) .... 8 

•ForeiKn Lanfruace 3 3 

Mathematics or Natural Science 3 8 

L. S. 1, 2— Library Science 1 1 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

He. 2, 4— Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 18-20 18-20 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and Readings in English or in World 

Literature 3 3 

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Foreign Language 3 3 

Natural Science and Mathematics 3 3 

Elective 3 3 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 16-19 16-19 

I. AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 

The program in American Civilization embraces required work, a combined 
major-minor plan for juniors and seniors, and graduate studies. (For 
information concerning the required work, see page 35 of this catalog; for 
information concerning the graduate program, see page 204. 

The Committee in charge of the program represents the departments of 
English, History, Government and Politics, and Sociology. Members of 
the committee serve as official advisers to students electing to work in 
the field. 

The principal objectives of the work for majors are cultural rather than 
professional; yet the work is excellent preparation for certain careers. 
Students are directed towards an understanding of the configuration of our 
civilization, and this understanding should prove valuable in (for example) 
business, government, journalism, the law, and teaching. 

The program is intended to have generous breadth, but the danger of 
securing breadth without depth, is offset by' the requirement of an area of 
concentration. Studies in American civilization are supplemented by studies 
in source cultures and interacting cultures; however, in choosing a curricu- 
lum, students are required to concentrate in one of the four departments 
primarily concerned with the program. Elective courses are, with the aid 
of an official adviser, chosen from courses offered in the humanities, in 



* A placement test is given during Registration Week for students wishing to pursue a 
language they have studied in high school. 



90 BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 

the social sciences, or in education. Normally, most elective courses are in 
history, English, foreign languages, comparative literature, economics, 
sociology, political science, and philosophy; but it is possible for a student 
to fulfill the requirements of the program and to elect as many as thirty 
semester hours in such subjects as art and psychology provided that such 
work fits into a carefully planned program. 

In his senior year, each major is required to take a conference course in 
which the study of American civilization is brought to a focus. During 
this course, the student analyses eight or ten important books which reveal 
fundamental patterns in American life and thought and receives incidental 
training in bibliographical matters, in formulating problems for special 
investigation, and in group discussion. 

American Civilization Curriculums 

A student working in American Civilization must decide upon a program 
which emphasizes history, literature, sociology, or government and must 
consult an official adviser before selecting electives. The following skeleton 
curriculum presents a program which would be followed by a student who 
elected to emphasize history. Similar programs, making appropriate sub- 
stitutions, may be worked out with an adviser for students electing to 
emphasize literature, sociology, or government. 

Emphasis History r—Semester — > 

Junior Year I H 

American History 8 8 

American Literature, or Sociology, or Government and Politics 3 3 

European History 8 8 

EHectiTes 6 8 

Total 16 16 

Senior Year 

American History 8 8 

English History 8 8 

Conference Course 8 8 

Electives 6 6 

Total 16 16 

II. BIOLOGICAL CURRICULUMS 

GENERAL BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 

A curriculum has been prepared for students who are interested in biology 
but whose interests are not centralized in any one of the biological sciences. 
The courses as outlined familiarize the student with the general principles 
and methods of each of the biological sciences. 

By the proper selection of courses during the junior and senior years, 
a student may concentrate his work sufficiently in any of the fields of study 
to be able to continue in graduate work in that field. Also by a proper 



BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 



91 



selection of electives, the educational requirements of the State Department 
of Education for certification can be met. 

This curriculum requires the completion of at least 45 credits in the bio- 
logical sciences which collectively constitute a major and a minor. Of these 
credits at least 18 must be in courses for advanced undergraduates. 



// 

8 



General Biological Sciences Curriculum <^ , 

Freshman Year I 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 

See. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 

G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4 

Bot. 1 — General Botany .... 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 

He. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 

Physical Activities 1 

Total 17-18 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 8, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 

Ent. 1 — Introductory Entomology 3 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology .... 

Math. 10, 11 — Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry 8 

Modern Language 8 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 

Physical Activities 1 

Total 16-19 

Junior Year 

Phys. 10, 11— Mechanics and Heat, Sound Optics, Magnetism and 

EHectricity 4 

Modern Language 3 

Electives (Biological Sciences) 6 

Electives 2 

Total IB 

Senior Year 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

Electives (Biological Sciences) 9 9 

Electives 6 6 

Total 15 IB 



17-18 



8 
8 

4 
8 
8 

3 
1 

17-20 



4 
8 
6 
2 

16 



92 BACTERIOLOGY 

BACTERIOLOGY 

The Department of Bacteriology functions with three purposes in view. 
One of these is to provide fundamental training for those students who 
choose bacteriology as a major subject. Two major fields of study are pro- 
vided: (1) applied bacteriology, in preparation for such positions as dairy, 
sanitary and agricultural bacteriologists in federal, state and commercial 
laboratories, and (2) medical bacteriology, or the more recently recognized 
specialty of medical technology in relation to hospital, public health and 
clinic laboratories. The second objective of the department is to provide 
desirable courses for those students who are majoring in closely allied 
departments and desire vital supplementary information. Every effort has 
been made to plan these courses so that they satisfy the demands of these 
related departments as well as the needs of those students who have chosen 
bacteriology as a major. The third purpose of the department is to encour- 
age and foster original thought in the pursuit of research. 

Bacteriology Curriculums 

The field of bacteriology is too vast in scope to permit specialization in 
the early stages of undergraduate study. Accordingly, the applied curri- 
culum outlined below includes the basic courses in bacteriology and allied 
fields. 

The course in Advanced General Bacteriology (Bact. 5) is required for all 
bacteriology majors, and should follow General Bacteriology (Bact. 1). 
Bacteriology 5 is not required as a prerequisite for upper division courses 
for majors in other depai'tments provided the student has been introduced 
to certain aspects of bacteriology, or their equivalent, pertinent to their 
specialty. Bacteriology 1, however, is required. Students desiring to minor 
in bacteriology are required to complete Bacteriology 1, Bacteriology 5, 
and seven or eight hours in courses numbered 100 or above. 

The sequence of courses in the following curriculum should be pursued 
as closely as possible although it is realized that some deviation may be 
necessary. Sufficient latitude is provided in the senior year for the student 
to obtain several courses that are correlated with his or her particular 
interests. 

All students planning a major in Bacteriology should consult the Head 
of the Department during the first year concerning his pai-ticular field of 
study and his choice of a minor. The minor field of study shall be chosen 
only from the biological or physical sciences. Chemistry, as outlined below, 
is the preferred minor. 



BACTERIOLOGY, MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 



93 



Applied BactorioloKy Curriculum ^SemesteT—^ 

Fresh »nan Year I II 

EnK. 1, 2— Composition and American LItL'rature •' ■* 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1 — American Government ••■■ 3 

Sp. 18. 19— Introductory Speech 1 1 

Chem. 1. 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

Math. 10— Aijrebra ^ 

Math. 11 — Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry ■ ■ ■ • 3 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic li. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 ^ 

Total n-18 17-18 

'Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 3 

Fr. 1, 2 or Ger. 1, 2 — Elementary French or German 3 3 

Bact. 1 — General BacterioloKy 4 .... 

Bact. 5 — Advanced General Bacteriology • • . • 4 

Chem. 81, 32, 33, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry 3 3 

Hist. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men ) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total n-20 17-20 

Junior Year 

Fr. 6, 7 or Ger. 6, 7 — Intermediate Scientific French or German 3 3 

Physics 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics 4 4 

Bact. 101 — Pathogenic Bacteriology 4 .... 

Bact. 53 — Sanitary Bacteriology • • • • 4 

Chem. 161, 162, 163, 164— Biochemistry 4 4 

Electives 3 3 

ToUl 18 18 

Senior Year 

Bact. 60— Journal Club 1 1 

Bact. 103— Serology 4 

Bact. 161 — Systematic Bacteriology 4 .... 

Electives 9 9 

Total 14 14 

Medical Technology Curriculum 

This is a professional curriculum intended for those students who desire 
to prepare for technical work in hospital, clinical and public health labora- 
tories. Specialization in the field of Medical Technology begins in the 
sophomore year and becomes more intense during the junior year. Em- 
phasis in this curriculum is upon fundamental courses in Bacteriology, 
Chemistry and Zoology. 

The student who follows this curriculum is encouraged to avail himself of 
opportunities to work in medical laboratories during the summer months. 
The optimum plan shall be to place the prospective technologist in a labora- 
tory as an apprentice as soon as his training permits. 



94 



ZOOLOGY 



I — Semester — 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 8 

Sp. 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

Cbem. 1, 8 — General Chemistry 4 4 

Math. 10— Algebra 3 

Math. 11 — Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry .... 3 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 17-18 17-18 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 3 

Fr. 1, 2 or Ger. 1, 2 — Elementary French or German 3 8 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology 4 .... 

Bact. 5 — Advanced General Bacteriology .... 4 

Chem. 31, 82, 83, 34 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 3 8 

Physics 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics 4 4 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 18-21 18-21 

Junior Year 

Fr. 6, 7 or Ger. 6, 7 — Intermediate Scientific French or German 8 8 

Hist. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 8 8 

Bact. 101 — Pathogenic Bacteriology 4 .... 

Bact. 103 — Serology 4 

Chem. 161, 162, 163, 164 — Biochemistry 4 4 

ZooL 1 — General Zoology 4 .... 

Zool. 106 — Histological Technique .... 3 

Total 18 17 

Senior Year 

Bact. 105 — Clinical Methods 4 

Bact. 63 — Sanitary Bacteriology .... 4 

Bact. 108 — Epidemiology and Public Health 8 

Bact, 138 — Dairy Bacteriology 4 

ZooL 14, 15 — Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 4 

Electives 4 4 

ToUl 16 IB 



ZOOLOGY 

The Department of Zoology offers courses which train the student for 
professional work in several fields: teaching in college and secondary 
schools, research and regulatory work in the biological bureaus of the 
United States Government, work in the biological departments of state and 
city governments and research in industrial laboratories. 



ZOOLOGY CURRICULUM 



95 



Two courses of study have been established as described below. In each 

of these curricula the fundamental courses are included and ample oppor- 
tunity is offered for the election of additional courses in the Department 
of Zoology or related departments so that the student may plan his training 
toward the particular professional work in which he is interested. 

Zoology Curriculum , — Semester — > 

Freshman Year I H 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

See. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1 — American Government • • . • 3 

Zool. 2, 3 — Fundamentals of Zoology 4 4 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4 

M. S. 1. 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) , 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total n-18 17-18 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 8 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8 

Zool. B— Comparative Vertebrate Morphology 4 .... 

Zool. 20 — Vertebrate Embryology • • • . 4 

Math. 10, 11 — Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry 3 3 

Electives 3 3 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 17-20 17-20 

Junior Year 

Zool. 108 — Animal Histology 4 

Zool. 106 — Histological Technique .... 3 

Zool. 104— Genetics 3 

Zool. 121 — Principles of Animal Ecology .... 3 

Phys. 10, 11 — Mechanics and Heat ; Sound, Optic, Magnetism and 

Electricity 4 4 

Modern Language 3 3 

Electivea 3 3 

Total 17 1« 

Senior Year 

Zool. 102 — General Animal Physiology .... 4 

Zool. 75, 76— Journal Club 1 1 

Elective (Zoology) 4 .... 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

Modern Language 3 3 

Electives 8 8 

Total .» 17 17 



96 



FISHERIES BIOLOGY 



Fisheries Biology 

The aquatic resources of Maryland offer an excellent opportunity for the 
study of Fisheries Biology and Marine Zoology. The Chesapeake Bay and 
its tributaries, representing many habitats, constitute an excellent labora- 
tory for training in these fields and commercial fisheries of the state offer 
additional opportunity for studies in methods, management and conservation. 

The following curriculum prepares the student for specialization in this 
field. In addition to the courses as outlined, which he will complete at 
College Park, he is expected to spend part of his summers in study or 
practical work on the Chesapeake Bay. 



17-18 



Fisheries Biology Curriculum > — Semestei — 

Freshman Year ^ '' 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature " 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 

G. & P. 1 — American Government • • • • 

Zool. 2, 3 — Fundamentals of Zoology ^ 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry * 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 

Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 

Physical Activities ^ 

Total ^'-18 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature S 

H. 5, G — History of American Civilization 3 

Zool. 5 — Comparative Vertebrate Morphology • • * 

Zool. 20— Vertebrate Embryology 

Chem. 19 — Quantitative Analysis '' 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology • ■ ■ • 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 

Physical Activities ^ 

Total 15-18 

Junior Year 

Zool. 104— Genetics 3 

Zool. 106 — Histological Technique 

Zool. 118 — Invertebrate Morphology ^ 

Zool. 121— Principles of Animal Ecology 

Math. 10, 11 — Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry 3 

o 

Modern Language " 

Q 

Electivcs 

Total 1^ 



16-18 



HUMANITIES 97 



Senior Year 

Zuol. 120, 103 Clunornl Animal PhysioloKy ■ • • • 4 

Zool. 75. 76— Journal Club 1 1 

Zool. 125 — Fisheries Biolony 3 .... 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

Phys. 10, 11 — Mechanics and Heat; Sound, Optics, Magnetism and 

Electricity 4 4 

Modern LanKuage 8 8 

Electives 3 3 

Total 15 16 

The curriculum of the Department of Botany is found on page 7G and that 
of the Department of Entomology on page 79. 

III. THE HUMANITIES 
Art 

Two types of majors are offered in art: Art Major A for those who take 
the art curriculum as a cultural subject and as preparation for a career for 
which art is a necessary background. Art Major B is for those who pre- 
pare themselves for creative work on a professional basis. 

In both types the student begins with the basic courses, and moves to 
more advanced study of the theory of design and of the general principles 
involved in visual expression. A large amount of study takes the form 
of actual practice of drawing and painting. The student, in this way, gains 
a knowledge of the vocabulary of drawing and painting, and of the methods 
and procedures underlying good quality of performance. 

Art Major B emphasizes the development of craftsmanship and the cre- 
ative faculty. Art Major A, while including the basic studio courses, neces- 
sarily places emphasis on the general history, composition and art appre- 
ciation, with subsequent choices of special art epochs for greater detailed 
study. 

Art History and Art Appreciation are of special interest to students 
majoring in English, History, Languages, Philosophy, and Music. It is sug- 
gested that they schedule Art 9, Historical Survey of Painting, as excellent 
supplementary study for a fuller understanding of their major. Art 100-101 is 
recommended for English, Languages, Philosophy, Home Economics, and 
Education majors. Art 10, History of American Art, is advised for majors 
in the American Civilization courses. Home Economics and Horticulture 
majors are encouraged to schedule basic art courses as a useful means 
of training observation and developing understanding of and proficiency 
in the visual arts. 

English 

Students majoring in English, particularly those who plan to do gradu- 
ate work, are urged to take work in language in addition to that required 
for graduation. In selecting minors or elective subjects, it is recommended 



98 SPEECH 

that students give special consideration to the following: Greek, Latin, 
French, German, Italian, philosophy, history, and fine arts. 

Unless they stress journalism, students who major in English must 
choose 21 hours of the possible 24-40 hours required of a major from courses 
in several groups, as follows: 

1. Three hours in language (Eng. 101, 102, 104, or 8). 

2. Six hours in major figures (Eng. 104, 112, 115, 116, 121, 155, 156). 

3. Six hours in survey or type courses (Eng. 106, 110, 111, 112, 113, 120, 
122, 123, 125, 126, 129, 130, 134, 135, 139, 140, 143, 144, 145, 157). 

4. Six hours in American literature (Eng. 148, 150, 151, 155, 156). 

Foreign Languages and Literature 

Two types of majors are offered in French, German, or Spanish: one for 
the general student or the future teacher and the other for those interested 
in a rounded study of a foreign area for the purpose of understanding 
another nation through its literature, history, sociology, economics, and 
other aspects. 

Literature and Language Major 

Language and literature as such are stressed in the first type of major. 
Specific minimum requirements beyond the first two years are a semester 
each of intermediate and advanced conversation (Fr., Ger., or Span. 8 or 9 
and 80 or 81), a semester of grammar review (Fr., Ger., or Span. 71), six 
hours of the introductory survey of literature (Fr., Ger., or Span. 75 and 76), 
any twelve hours in literature courses numbered 100 or above — a total of 26 
semester hours. Beyond this minimum further courses in the Department 
are desirable and as electives work in American and in Comparative Litera- 
ture is strongly recommended; Comparative Literature 101 and 102 are 
required. 

Foreign Area Major 

The area study major endeavors to provide the student with a knowledge 
of various aspects of the country whose language he is studying. Specific 
minimum requirements beyond the first two years are ten hours of con- 
versation, Life and Culture (Fr., Ger., or Span. 161 and 162), three hours 
of Advanced Composition (Fr., Ger., or Span. 121) and six hours in litera- 
ture courses numbered 100 or above — a total of 25 semester hours. In addi- 
tion the student takes, in lieu of a minor in one department, twenty to 
thirty-six hours in geography, history, political science, sociology, or eco- 
nomics, distributed through these fields in consultation with advisors in the 
Foreign Language Department. The student is urged to take some elective 
work in American and in Comparative Literature. 

SPEECH 

The courses in this department have two main functions: (1) to pro- 
vide work in public speaking and allied fields which will meet the needs 



PHYSICAL SCIENCE 99 

of all students in the university; (2) to provide an integrated unit of work 
which will allow a student to major in Speech. A major shall consist 
of a minimum of 30 hours of which 15 hours must be in courses nunibere<l 
100 and above. A minor shall consist of 12-18 credits of which 6 must be 
in courses numbered 100 and above. All majors and minors must complete 
Speech 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. In meeting the Arts and Sciences Natural Science 
requirement it is recommended that Speech majors elect Zoology 16. A 
student majoring in Speech may concentrate in: (a) public speaking; 
(b) drama; (c) speech sciences; (d) radio. 

IV. THE PHYSICAL SCIENCES 
Curriculum for. General Physical Sciences 

This general curriculum is offered for students who desire a basic 
knowledge of the physical sciences without immediate specialization in 
any one of them. By proper selection of courses in the latter semesters, a 
student may concentrate in the field of his choice. A number of selections 
are possible and there is considerable freedom in the choice of electives. 

(This curriculum represents only two of the possible selections of courses 
open to a student majoring in General Physical Science. Beginning students 
who want to select this field as a major should consult the major advisor 
before making up their schedules.) 

«• — Semester — v 
Freshman Year I II 

Chem 1, 3 — General Chemistry "I 

or I 4 4 

Phys. 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics J 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 3 

Math. 14, 15, 17 — Trig., Algebra and Geometry .... 4 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2. 4— Hysiene (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 17-18 17-18 

Sophom,ore Year 

Chem 1, 3 — General Chemistry "] 

or I 4-3 4-3 

Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 — Elements of Organic Chemistry and Laboratory] 

Phys. 50, 51 — Applied Mechanics "| 

or I 3-4 3-4 

Phys. 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics J 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and Readings in World Literature "I 

or 13 3 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and Readings, mainly in English Literature..] 

Math. 20, 21 — Calculus 4 4 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 15-18 15-18 



100 CHEMISTRY CURRICULUM 

f — Semester — ^ 
Junior Year I II 

Modern Language 8 8 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 8 8 

Electives in Biological Sciences 4 4 

Electives in Physical Sciences 7 7 

Total 17 17 

Senior Year 

Modern Language 8 8 

Electives in Physical Sciences 4 4 

Electives in Biological Sciences 4 4 

Electives 4 4 

Total 15 IB 

Chemistry 

The science of chemistry is so vast in scope that completion of a well- 
planned course of undergraduate study is necessary before specialization. 
The curriculum outlined below describes such a course of study. The se- 
quence of courses given should be followed as closely as possible; it is real- 
ized, however, that some deviation from this sequence may be necessary 
toward the end of the program. All of the courses in chemistry listed, un- 
less otherwise designated, are required of students majoring in chemistry. 

Chemistry Curriculum o j. 

I — Semester — n 

Freshman Year I II 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 3 

Math. 15 — College Algebra 3 

Math. 11 or 17 — Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry .... 3-4 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 8 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) .' 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total— Men 18 18-19 

Total— Women 17 17-18 

SophoTHore Year 

Chem. 15, 17 — Qualitative Analysis 8 8 

Chem. 35, 37— Elementary Organic Chemistry 2 2 

Chem. 86, 88 — Elementary Organic Laboratory 2 2 

Ger. 1, 2 — Elementary German 8 8 

Math. 20, 21--Calculu8 4 4 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total— Men 18 18 

Total— Women 15 15 



MATHEMATICS 101 

/ — Semester — > 
Junior Year I II 

Chem. 21, 23 — Quantitative Analysis 4 4 

Chem. 141, 143— Advanced OrKanic Chemistry , 2 2 

Chem. 142, 144 — Advanced Organic Laboratory 2 2 

•Eng. 8, 4 — Composition and Readings in World Literature 3 3 

•Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and Readings, Mainly in English Literature... 3 3 

Ger. 6, 7 — Intermediate Scientific German 3 8 

PhyB. 20, 21 B 6 

Total 19 19 

Senior Year 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Chem. 101 — Advanced Inorganic Chemistry .... 2 

Chem. 187, 189 — Physical Chemistry 3 8 

Chem. 188, 190 — Physical Chemistry Laboratory 2 2 

Chem. 146 — The Identification of Organic Compounds 2 .... 

*Chem. 221 — Chemical Microscopy 2 .... 

•Chem. 161, 163— Biochemistry 2 2 

•Chem. 148 — The Identification of Organic Compounds .... 2 

Econ. 81. 82 3 3 

Total IB 16 

Mathematics and Mathematical Statistics 

This curriculum offers training in the fundamentals of Mathematics in 
preparation for teaching, industrial work, or graduate work in Mathematics. 

Students majoring in mathematics who complete freshman and sophomore 
courses in mathematics with distinction are eligible to try for honors in 
mathematics. To receive the honors degree in mathematics, a student must: 
1. Complete the curriculum in mathematics with an average grade of B in 
all subjects; 2. Pass an honors examination in mathematics at the end of 
the senior year; 3. Write a satisfactory thesis on an assigned topic in 
mathematics in the senior year. Students who wish to try for honors in 
mathematics should consult the Head of the department at the conclusion 
of their sophomore year. 

The mathematics curriculum offers three options depending on the choice 
of electives in the Junior and Senior years. 

Pure Mathematics option. Electives in mathematics must include three 
hours in each of the fields of algebra and geometry. 

Applied Mathematics option. Electives in mathematics must include 
six hours in the fields of algebra and geometry, and the remaining six hours 
in the field of applied mathematics. Minor electives will be selected from 
the Physical Sciences or Engineering in consultation with the Head of the 
department of Mathematics. 

Mathematical Statistics Option. Electives must include twelve hours 
in mathematical statistics and six hours in advanced algebra. Students 
electing this option may omit Math. 115. 

• Choose one 



102 



PHYSICS 



Mathematics Curriculum , — Semester — ^ 

Freshvian Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 8 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

Lang. 1, 2 — French or German 3 8 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

Math. 14 — Plane Trigonometry 2 .... 

Math. 15— College Algebra 3 

Math. 17 — Analytic Geometry .... 4 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene ( Women ) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 18 or 19 17 or 18 

Sophomore Year 

Engr. 8, 4 — Composition and Readings in World Literature 8 3 

Lang. 4, 5 — French or German 3 3 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4 

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 6 6 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization (Women) 3 3 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men ) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 19 19 

Junior Year 

Math. 110, 111— Advanced Calculus 3 8 

Electives — Mathematics 8 8 

Elqctives — Minor 5-6 5-6 

Electives 3 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization (Men) 3 3 

Elective (Women) 8 8 

Total 17-18 17-18 

Senior Year 

Math. 114, 115— Differential Equations 3 3 

Electives— Mathematics 3 3 

Electives — Minor 6 6 

Electives 3 3 

Total 15 15 



Physics Curriculum 

The physics curriculum is designed for students who desire training in 
the fundamentals of physics in preparation for teaching, graduate work, 
and for positions in governmental, industrial and biophysical laboratories. 
In connection with the curriculum suggested below a minor may be chosen 
to suit the field of study selected. A minor may be taken in biology, 
chemical engineering, chemistry, civil engineering, electrical engineering, 
mathematics, mechanical engineering or any allied field. Students interested 
in applied or engineering physics should minor in one of the fields of 



SOCIAL SCIENCES 



103 



engineering. Entering freshmen who may want to select physics as a major 
should consult the Head of the Physics Department before making up their 
schedules. 



Physics Curriculum ^Scmeste 

Frcstnnaii Year I 

Enc. 1, 2 — Cumposition and Readings in American Literature 8 

Math. 14. 16. 17— Trig.. Alg.. Anal., Geom 5 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 

I^anguage, Physics, or Chemistry 3-4 

M. S. 1. 2 -Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 

Men. 2, I Hyuiene (Women) -. 2 

Physical Activities 1 

Total 17 1!) 1( 

Sophomore Year 

Kng. 3, 4— Composition and Readings in World Literature 3 

Math. 20. 21— Differential and Integral Calculus 4 

Language 3 

Physics 4-5 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization (Women) 3 

M. S. 3. 1 — Basic 11. O. T. C. (Men ) 3 

Physical Activities 1 

Total l.H-19 n 

Junior Year 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization (Men) 3 

Physics 6 

Language, Mathematics, or Chemistry 6 7 

Electives 3 

Total 17-18 

Senior Year 

Chemistry, Engineering, Mathematics and Physics 15-17 

Total 15-17 



// 

3 

4 



8 
6 

6-7 

3 



17-18 



15-17 
15-17 



V. THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 
Social Service Curriculum 

This curriculum comprises a four-year preprofessional program in the 
College of Arts and Sciences with a concentration in sociology and related 
subjects, leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts. The curriculum combines 
a liberal arts education with a sound foundation for the general field of 
social service and provides: (1) preprofessional preparation for students 
planning to pursue graduate professional study in social service; (2) a back- 
ground for responsible civic leadership in the field of social welfare for 
students who are not planning a professional social service career but who 
as citizens will be active in various programs of social welfare and com- 



104 SOCIAL SCIENCES 

munity betterment; (3) basic training for students who may go immediately 
upon graduation from college into certain social service positions for which 
graduate professional education is not required. Completion of this cur- 
riculum with the B. A. degree meets the educational qualifications for many 
beginning positions in public welfare, public assistance, social services to 
individuals and families, social security, and other areas of social service. 

The first three years of this curriculum are devoted to a broad liberal 
education with emphasis on the study of the fundamentals of human asso- 
ciation, social motivation, and societal organization. The fourth year in- 
cludes an introduction to the basic principles, methods, and organization of 
the social services. Flexibility to meet the varying interests and needs of 
individual students is provided by the electives in the junior and senior 
years. 

Students who enter this curriculum with advanced standing may be given 
credit for comparable course work already taken, except that the last year 
must be completed in residence at this University. 

/ — Semester — ^ 
Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 8 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 8 

G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3 

Modern Language 3 3 

Mathematics or Natural Science 8 8 

Soc. 2 — Principles of Sociology .... 3 

L. S. 1 — Library Science 1 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene I, 11 (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 17-18 19-20 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 8, 4 or 6, 6 — Composition and Readings in World Literature 8 8 

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology .■ 3 .... 

Soc. 13 or 14 — Rural Sociology (or Urban Sociology) 8 

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Modern Language 3 3 

Mathematics or Natural Science 8 8 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 16-19 16-19 

Junior Year 

Soc. 61— Social Pathology 8 .... 

Soc. 62 — Criminology .... 8 

Soc. 131 — Introduction to Social Service 3 .... 

Soc. 186 — Sociological Theory .... 8 

Econ. 87 — Fundamentals of Economics 8 .... 

G. & P. 4 or 5 — State Government or Municipal Gov't and Admin 3 .... 

Electives in related subjects 8 

ToUl 16 16 



CRIME CONTROL 



105 



I — Semester — \ 
Senior Year I II 

Soc. 118 — 'Community Organization .... 8 

Soc. 171— •Family and Child Welfare 8 

Soc. 173— Social Security 8 

Soc. 174— ♦Public Welfare 8 

Soc. 188— Social Statistics 8 

Soc. 196 — Senior Seminar .... 3 

Electives in related subjects 6 6 

ToUl 16 16 

Crime Control Curriculum 

This curriculum comprises a four-year preprofessional program in the 
College of Arts and Sciences, with a major in sociology and a minor in psy- 
chology, leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts. The curriculum com- 
bines a liberal arts education with basic training for the field of crime 
and delinquency prevention and control. It is designed specifically for stu- 
dents preparing for positions in correctional and penal institutions, institu- 
tions for juveniles, juvenile courts, probation and parole services, the so- 
called "area projects," research in juvenile delinquency and criminology, 
and similar positions. 

Students entering this curriculum with advanced standing will be given 
credit for comparable course work already completed. 

I — Semester — n 
Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 8 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3 

Modern Language 3 3 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory *Speech 1 1 

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4 .... 

Soc. 2 — Principles of Sociology .... 3 

Elective 8 

M. S. 1. 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 17-18 18-19 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and Readings in English or in World 

Literature 3 3 

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8 

Modern Language 3 3 

Zool. 14, 15 — Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 8 .... 

Soc. 52 — Criminology .... 8 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 17-20 17-20 

• Supervised field trips and observation of the functioning of representative agencies, 
institutions, and organizations are required in connection with th«g« coursea. 



106 



HISTORY CURRICULUM 



Junior Year 

Soc. 51— Social Pathology 

Soc. 131 — Introduction to Social Service 

Soc. 153 — Juvenile Delinquency 

Soc. 154 — •Crime and Delinquency Prevention 

Soc. 183— Social Statistics 

Soc. 186 — Sociological Theory 

B. A. 10, 1 1 — Organization and Control 

Psych. 130 — Mental Hygiene 

Psych. 131 — Abnormal Psychology 

Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

Soc. 114 — The City 

Soc. 1 18 — 'Community Organization 

Soc. 145 — Social Control 

Soc. 156 — 'Institutional Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents... 

Soc. 196 — Senior Seminar 

Psych. 125 — Child Pyschologj- 

Psych. 150 — Tests and Measurements 

Psych. 161 — Psychological Techniques in Personnel Administration. 
Electives 

Total 



-Semestei 
I 

3 

3 
3 



// 



17 



16 



The Curriculum in History 

The study of history is basic for the cultural background of all fields of 
knowledge. In addition, the Department of History offers a curriculum 
which is designed to assist students who wish to prepare themselves for 
entering several fields of professional activity. Specifically these fields are 
(1) teaching history and the social sciences at the secondary level; (2) the 
field of journalism which requires a broad historical background; (3) re- 
search and archival work; (4) the diplomatic service. In addition, the 
department offers adequate preparation and training for those who intend 
to pursue higher degrees and prepare themselves for teaching at the col- 
lege level. 

Undergraduate history majors must complete the following departmental 
requirements: 



• Supervised field trips and observation of the functioning of representative agencies, 
institutions, and organizations are required in connection with these courses. 



ARTS, SCIENCES, AND LAW 107 

1. Every niajor is required to complete a minimum of 24 semester 
hours in advanced courses, of which no less than 15 and no more 
than 18 must be taken in any one field of history. Thus, if a major 
has completed 18 semester hours in United States history, the re- 
maining courses must be taken in some other fields of history, such 
as European or Latin-American history. 

2. Prerequisites for majors in United States history are History 5 and 6 
(required of all college students) and History 1 and 2 or History 3 
and 4. Prerequisites for specialization in European history, in 
addition to History 5 and 6, ar^ History 1 and 2, or History 3 and 4. 

3. All majors are required to take the proseminar during the second 
semester of their senior year. Students who expect to graduate 
in February should take the course during the preceding academic 
year. 

4. No grade of "D" in the major field will be counted toward completing 
the major requirements for graduation. 

Students selecting a minor in history must complete 12 semester hours 
in advanced courses. The prerequisites for U. S. History and European 
History are stated in the second item above. 

VI. PRE-PROFESSIONAL CURRICULUMSf 

COMBINED PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND LAW 

The School of Law of the University requires two years of academic 
credit for admission to the school. 

The University offers also a combined program in arts and law leading 
to the degrees of bachelor of arts and bachelor of laws. Students pursuing 
this combined program will spend the first three years in the College of Arts 
and Sciences at College Park. During this period they will complete the 
prescribed curriculum in prelegal studies as outlined below, or a total of 106 
semester hours for men and 98 for women, and they must complete the 
requirements for graduation, as indicated below. If students enter the 
combined program with advanced standing, at least the third full year's 
work, i.e. 30 semester hours of credit — must be completed in residence at 
College Park. Upon the successful completion of one year of full-time law 
courses in the School of Law in Baltimore, the degree of bachelor of arts 
may be awarded on the recommendation of the Dean of the School of Law, 
and provided the student has earned at least a total of 120 credits exclusive 
of military science and physical activities with a C average. The degree 
of bachelor of laws may be awarded upon the completion of the combined 
program. 



For the combined Business Administration and Law program see page 118. 



108 



ARTS, SCIENCES, AND NURSING 



Arts-Law Curriculum ^ — Semester — ^ 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 8 

Science or Mathematics 8 8 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 1 

or I 8 8 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life J 

Foreign Language 8 8 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2 

L. S. 1, 2— Library Methods 1 1 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

ToUl 18-19 18-19 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 8, 4 — Composition and Readings in World Literature 8 8 

Econ. 81, 32 — Principles of Economics 8 8 

Hist. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8 

Science or Mathematics 8 8 

Foreign Language 8 8 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 16-19 16-19 

Junior Year 

G. & P. 4— State Government 3 

G. & P. 124 — Legislatures and Legislation .... 3 

Hist. 185, 136 — Constitutional Hist, of the U. S 8 8 

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 8 .... 

Psych. 2 — Applied Psychology .... 3 

G. & P. 181 — Administrative Law 3 

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3 .... 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 .... 

B. A. 189 — Government and Business .... 3 

Total 15 15 



FIVE-YEAR COMBINED ARTS AND SCIENCES AND NURSING 

The first two years of this curriculum comprising a minimum of 60 
semester hours exclusive of hygiene and physical activities, are taken in 
the College of Arts and Sciences at College Park and the professional train- 
ing is taken in the School of Nursing of the University in Baltimore or in 
the Training School of Mercy Hospital, Baltimore. 

In addition to the Diploma in Nursing, the degree of Bachelor of Science 
in Nursing may, upon the recommendation of the Director of the School of 
Nursing, be granted at the end of the professional training. Full details 
regarding the nursing curriculum may be found in the section of the catalog 
dealing with the School of Nursing. 



PRE-MEDICAL CURRICULUM 109 

A student may enter this combined curriculum with advanced standing, 
but the second year, consisting of a minimum of 30 credits, exclusive ol 
physical training, must be completed in College Park and the professional 
training must be completed in one of the schools indicated above. To 
qualify for the combined degree the student must complete the required 
work at College Park before beginning the professional training in 
Baltimore. 

In order to receive the Bachelor of Science degree the student must fulfill 
the grade requirements of the university. 

Arts-Nursing Curriculum . — Semester — v 

Freshman Year I H 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 S 

See. 1 — Sociology of American Life 8 .... 

G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 8 

Chem. 11. 13 — General Chemistry 3 3 

L. S. 1, 2— Library Methods 1 1 

Modern Language 3 8 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 17 17 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 8, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 8 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8 

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4 .... 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology .... 4 

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 3 .... 

Econ. 87 — Fundamentals of Ekionomics .... 8 

Modern Language 8 8 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 17 17 

PRE-MEDICAL CURRICULUM 

This course, which consists of three years of training in the College of 
Arts and Sciences, is recommended for admission to the School of Medicine 
of the University of Maryland. It also meets the requirements prescribed 
by the Council on Medical Education of the American Medical Association. 

This curriculum also offers to the student a combined program leading to 
the degrees of Bachelor of Science and Doctor of Medicine. The preprofes- 
sional training is taken in residence in the College of Arts and Sciences at 
College Park, and the professional training in the School of Medicine in 
Baltimore. 

Students who have elected the combined program of Arts and Sciences 
and Medicine may, upon recommendation of the Dean of the School of 
Medicine, be granted the degree of Bachelor of Science by the College of 
Arts and Sciences. To qualify for this degree at least 90 semester credits 
exclusive of required work in military science and physical education in this 



110 



PRE-MEDICAL 



college and the first year of the School of Medicine must have been com- 
pleted so that the quantitative requirements of 120 semester hours are met. 
The qualitative grade requirements of the University must also be fulfilled. 
The degree will be granted at the commencement following the completion 
of the student's second year in medical school. 

A student may enter this combined curriculum with advanced standing, 
but the last year of the preprofessional training, consisting of a minimum 
of 30 credits, exclusive of physical training and military instruction, must be 
completed in College Pai'k and the professional training must be completed 
in the University of Maryland School of Medicine in Baltimore. 

Students who expect to qualify for the combined degree must complete 
the work as outlined in the curriculum. Changes may be made only when 
authorized by the Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences. 



Pre-Medical Three Year Curriculum c- x 

t — Semester — > 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Cortipostion and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. &. P. 1 — American Government .... 8 

Zool. 2, 3 — Fundamentals of Zoology 4 4 

Math. 10, 11 — Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry 3 3 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 i 

Total ^ 20-21 20-21 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 8 

Zool. B — Comparative Vertebrate Morphology 4 .... 

Zool. 20 — Vertebrate Embryology 4 

Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38— Elementary Organic Chemistry 4 4 

Modern Language 3 8 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men ) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 15-18 15-18 

Junior Year 

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology . . 3 

Phys. 10, 11 — Mechanics and Heat; Sound, Optics, Magnetism and 

Electricity 4 4 

H. B, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Modern Language 3 3 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

Electives (Sciences) 7 4 

Total 18 18 



PRE-DENTAL CURRICULUM 111 

Senior Year 

The curriculum of the first year of the School of Medicine of the Uni- 
versity of Maryland is accepted by the College of Arts and Sciences as the 
fourth year of academic work toward the degree. 

If at the beginning of the Senior Year the student decides to postpone 
his entrance to Medical , School and to remain in the College of Arts and 
Sciences and complete work for the Bachelor Degree he may choose a major 
and minor in any departments in which he has completed the necessary 
underclass requirements. Because of the general nature of the first three 
years of this curriculum, the student has open to him a wide choice of 
departments in which he may specialize. 

PRE-DENTAL CURRICULUM 

Students entering the College of Arts and Sciences who desire to prepare 
themselves for the study of dentistry are offered the following curriculum, 
which meets the predental requirements of the American Association of 
Dental Colleges. If the student decides to continue his college training and 
complete work for the Bachelor of Science degree, this curriculum will consti- 
tute the first two years of his college work. The courses chosen during the 
Junior and Senior years must meet the college and university requirements 
for graduation. 

Predental Two-Year Curriculum ^ Semester > 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3 

ZooL 2, 3 — Fundamentals of Zoology 4 4 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4 

Math. 10, 11 — Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry 3 3 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men » 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 21 21 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and Literature 3 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38 — Elementary Organic Chemistry 4 4 

Physics 10, 11 — Mechanics and Heat ; Sound, Optics, Magnetism and 

Electricity 4 4 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 18 18 



112 THE UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

John Freeman Pyle, Dean 

The University of Maryland is in an unusually favorable location for 
students of Business, Government and Politics, Economics, Public Admin- 
istration, Geography, Foreign Service and International Relations. Down- 
town Washington is only twenty-five minutes away in one direction, while 
the Baltimore business district is less than an hour in the other. There is 
frequent transportation service from the University gates to each city. 
Special arrangements are made to study commercial, manufacturing, ex- 
porting, and importing agencies and methods in Baltimore, assistance is 
given qualified students who wish to obtain a first hand glimpse of the 
far-flung economic activities of the national government or to utilize the 
libraries, government departments, and other facilities available in 
Washington. 

ORGANIZATION OF THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND 
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

The College comprises two major sections, viz. Business Administration 
and World Economics and Public Affairs. Each section has departments 
as indicated below. 

A. Business Administration 

I. Department of Business Organization and Administration 

1. Accounting and Statistics 

2. Financial Administration 

3. Industrial Administration 

4. Marketing Administration 

(a) Advertising 

(b) Foreign Trade and International Finance 

(c) Retail Store Management 

(d) Sales Management 

5. Personnel Administration 

6. Transportation Administration 

(a) Airport Management 

(b) Traffic Management 

7. Public Administration 

II. Bureau of Business and Economic Research 

III. Department of Economics 

IV. Department of Office Techniques and Management 

1. Office Management 

2. Office Techniques 

B. World Economics and Public Affairs 

I. Department of Government and Politics 
II. Bureau of Public Administration. 

III. Department of Foreign Service and International Relations. 

IV. Department of Geography. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 113 

Aims 

The College of Business and Public Administration offers training designed 
to prepare young men and women for service in business firms, govern- 
mental agencies, cooperative enterprises, labor unions, small business units, 
and other organizations requiring eiTective training in administrative skills 
and techniques, and for the teaching of business subjects, economics, geog- 
raphy, and government and politics in high schools and colleges. It sup- 
plies scientific administrative training to students and prospective execu- 
tives on a professional basis comparable to university training in the other 
professional fields. Administration is regarded as a profession, and the 
College of Business and Public Administration prepares its students for 
this profession by off'ering courses of instruction which present general 
principles and techniques of management and administration and brings 
together in systematic form the experiences and practices of business firms 
and governmental units. This plan of education does not displace practical 
experience, but supplements and strengthens it by shortening the period of 
apprenticeship otherwise necessary, and by giving a broad and practical 
knowledge of the major principles, policies, and methods of administration. 

During the first half of the college study programs the student secures 
a broad foundation upon which to base the professional and the more 
technical courses offered in the last half of the course. The managerial 
and operating points of views are stressed in the advanced courses in pro- 
duction, marketing, labor, finance, real estate, insurance, accounting, secre- 
tarial training and public administration. The purpose of the training 
offered is to aid the student as a prospective executive in developing his 
ability to identify and to solve administrative and managerial problems; 
and to adjust himself and his organization, policies, and practices to chang- 
ing social, political and economic situations. 

The aim of the college is to present and illustrate such sound principles 
of management as are applicable to both big business and small business. 
Large-scale business, because of its possible economies, will be expanded in 
some industries under certain well-known conditions. There are, on the 
other hand, industries and many situations which still call for the small 
business. If these small-scale businesses are to be operated with profit to 
the owners and with satisfactory and economical service to the public, it is 
imperative that authentic principles of administration be applied to them. 
Sound principles of ethical conduct are emphasized at all times throughout 
the various courses. 

The primary aim of collegiate education for government and business ser- 
vice is to train for effective management. The College of Business and Pub- 
lic Administration, University of Maryland, was established to supply 
effective training in administration to the young men and women whose 
task will be the guiding of the more complex business enterprises and gov- 
ernmental units resulting from industrial, social and political development 
and expansion. This statement does not mean that the graduate may expect 



114 REQUIREMENTS, DEGREES 

to secure a major executive position upon graduation. He will, on the con- 
trary, usually be required to start near the well publicized "bottom" of the 
ladder and work his way up through a number of minor positions. He 
will, however, be able to move up at a faster rate if he has taken full advan- 
tage of the opportunities offered by the college in developing his talents and 
in acquiring technical and professional information, point of view, skills, 
and techniques. 

Graduation Requirement 

A minimum of 120 semester hours of credit in courses suggested by the 
College in addition to the specified courses in military science, physical 
activities and hygiene are required for graduation. The student is required 
to have a "C" average for all courses used in meeting the quantitative 
graduation requirements. A student who receives the mark of D in more 
than one-fourth of his credits must take additional courses or repeat courses 
until he has met these requirements. The time required to complete the 
requirements for the bachelors degree for the average student is eight 
semesters. A superior student, by carrying more than the average load, 
can complete the work in a shorter period of time. 

Degrees 

The University confers the following degrees on students of Business 
and Public Administration: Bachelor of Science, Master of Business Admin- 
istration, Master of Arts, and Doctor of Philosophy. (See bulletin of Grad- 
uate School for graduate rules and regulations.) 

Each candidate for a degree must file in the office of the Registrar on a 
date announced for each semester a formal application for a degree. 
Candidates for degrees must attend a convocation at which degrees are 
conferred and diplomas are awarded. Degrees are conferred in absentia 
only in exceptional cases. 

Junior Requirement 

To be classified as a junior a student must have earned 56 semester hours 
of his freshman and sophomore requirements with an average grade of at 
least "C", plus the required work in military science, hygiene and physical 
activities for the freshman and sophomore years. If a student has better 
than a "C" average and lacks a few credits of having the total of 56 he 
may be permitted to take certain courses numbered 100 and above providing 
he has the prerequisites for these courses and the consent of the Dean. 

Senior Residence Requirement 

After a student has earned acceptable credit to the extent of 90 semester 
hours exclusive of the required work in military science, physical activi- 
ties, and hygiene, either at the University of Maryland or elsewhere, he must 
earn a subsequent total of at least 30 semester hours with an average grade 
of "C" or better at the University of Maryland. No part of these credits 
may be transferred from another institution. 



'PROGRAM, OBJECTIVES, FACILITIES 115 

Programs of Study 

The College offers programs of study in economics, business administra- 
tion, secretarial training, public administration, government and politics, 
geography, and a number of combination curriculums, e.g., business ad- 
ministration and law, commercial teaching, industrial education, chemistry, 
agriculture, or basic engineering courses. Research is emphasized through- 
out the various programs. 

Professional Objectives 

The executive manager or administrator in modern business enterprises 
and governmental units and agencies should have a clear understanding of: 

(a) the business organizations and institutions which comprise the 
modern business world; 

(b) the political, social, and economic forces which tend to limit or to 
promote the free exercise of his activities; and 

(c) the basic principles which underlie the efficient organization and 
administration of a business or governmental enterprise. 

In addition, the executive or the prospective executive should: 

(a) be able to express his thoughts and ideas in correct and concise 
English; 

(b) have a knowledge of the fundamental principles of mathematics and 
the basic sciences, such as physics, chemistry, geology, and geography; 

(c) have a knowledge of the development of modern civilization through 
a study of history, government, economics, and other social science subjects; 

(d) have a sympathetic understanding of people gained through a study 
of psychology, sociology, and philosophy. 

If the executive is to be successful in solving current business and govern- 
mental problems, he should be skilled in the scientific method of collecting, 
analyzing, and classifying pertinent facts in the most significant manner, 
and then, on the basis of these facts, be able to draw sound conclusions and 
to formulate general principles which may be used to guide his present and 
future conduct. In other words, probably the most important qualities in 
a successful executive are: 

(a) the ability to arrive at sound judgments; 

(b) the capacity to formulate effective plans and policies, and the 
imagination and ability to devise organizations, methods, and procedures 
for executing them. 

Facilities Furnished 

The teaching staff and the curriculums of the College of Business and 
Public Administration have been selected and organized for the purpose of 
providing a type of professional and technical training that will aid the 
capable and ambitious student in developing his potential talents to their full 
capacity. 



IIG BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

The college study programs on both the undergraduate and graduate 
levels presuppose effective training in English, history, government, 
language, science, and mathematics.* The program of study for any 
individual student may be so arranged as to meet the needs of those pre- 
paring for specific lines of work, such as accounting, advertising, banking, 
foreign trade, industrial administration, marketing administration, person- 
nel administration, real estate practice, insurance, government employment, 
secretarial work, teaching, and research. 

Advisory Councils 

In order to facilitate the prompt and continuous adjustment of courses, 
curriculums,and instructional methods to provide the training most in demand 
by industry and commerce; and in order constantly to maintain instruction 
abreast of the best current practice, the advice and suggestions of business 
men and public officials are constantly sought from outstanding leaders in 
each major field of business activity. Each council has its own particular 
interest to serve, such as advertising, marketing, or finance; and the view- 
point and suggestions of these business men are proving to be invaluable in 
developing the instructional and research programs of the College. 

STUDY PROGRAMS IN THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND 
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

A student in the College can so arrange his grouping and sequence of 
courses as to form a fair degree of concentration in one of the Departments. 
When, however, he wishes to become a specialist in any one of the depart- 
ments, he should plan to continue his studies on to the graduate level, work- 
ing toward either the Master's or the Doctor of Philosophy degree. 

A. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

Business organizations are set up primarily for the purpose of producing 
and distributing goods and services. Modern business administration re- 
quires a knowledge of and skill in the use of effective tools for the control 
of organizations, institutions, and operations. The curriculums of the 
Department of Business Organization and Administration emphasize the 
principles and problems of the development and the use of policies and 
organizations, and the methods, techniques and procedures of execution, 
in other words, the essence of Administration and Management. 

The programs of study in the Department of Business Organization and 
Administration are so arranged as to facilitate concentrations according to 
the major functions of business organization. This plan is not, however, 
based on the assumption that these major divisions are independent units, 
but rather that each is closely related and dependent on the others. Every 
student in Business Administration, therefore, is required to complete satis- 
factorily a minimum number of required basic subjects in economics and in 

• Th« major portion of this trainine ia usually secured in the four years of high school 
and the Orst two years of college. 



FRESHMAN, SOPHOMORE REQUIREMENTS 117 

each of the major functional fields. Each graduate upon completion of 
the requirements for the bachelor's degree finds himself well grounded in 
the theory and practice of administration. There are five commonly 
recognized major business functions, viz: production, marketing, finance, 
labor relations, and control. 

The function of control may be thought of as comprising two sectors, 
viz. internal and external. Internal control has to do with men, materials, 
and operations. External control is secured through the force of laws and 
courts, board and commission decisions, also through the influence of custom 
and public opinion. Management endeavors to make adequate adjustments 
to these forces. Courses in law and public administration, for example, 
aid in giving the student an understanding of the problems, devices, and 
methods of external or "social" control. 

FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE REQUIREMENTS 

During the first half of the program of study each student is expected 
to complete the following basic subjects, except as indicated in a particular 
curriculum : 

Required Courses: ' Semester Hours 

English, Composition and American and World Literature 12 

Mathematics, Math. 5 and 6 6 

Economic Geography 1, 2 4 

Economic Developments 4, 5 4 

Organization and Control 10, 11 4 

Government and Politics 1 3 

Sociology of American Life 1 3 

History of American Civilization 5, 6 6 

Military Training and Physical Activities for Men 16 

Hygiene and Physical Activities for Women 8 

Accounting 20, 21 8 

Speech 18, 19 2 

Principles of Economics 31, 32 6 

Total specified requirements 66-74 

A minimum of forty per cent of the total number of credits required for 
graduation must be in subjects with designations other than Business Ad- 
ministration; forty per cent must be in Business Administration subjects, 
the other twenty per cent may be in either group or comprise a combination 
of the two groups of subjects. 

Freshmen who expect to make a concentration in foreign trade, or who 
plan to enter public service abroad, should elect an appropriate foreign 
language. 

JUNIOR AND SENIOR REQUIREMENTS 

During the junior and senior years each student is required to complete 
in a satisfactory manner the following specified courses unless the particular 
curriculum being followed provides otherwise: 



118 BUSINESS ORGANIZATION 

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking ' 

B. A. 140 — Financial ManaEsment ' 

Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles and Organization 8 

B. A. 160 — Marketing Management 8 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 

B. A. 160 — Personnel Management 8 

B. A. 130 — Elements of Statistics 8 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law I, II 8 

Total 29 

The remaining credits for the juniors and seniors may be used to meet 
the requirements for one of the special concentration programs, for example, 
in Public Administration, Foreign Service, Commercial Teaching, and 
in the fields of Business Administration, such as: Accounting and Statis- 
tics, Production Administration, Marketing, Advertising, Retailing, Pur- 
chasing, Foreign Trade, Transportation, Labor Relations, Real Estate, 
Insurance, Investment and General Finance. Juniors and seniors may 
elect appropriate Secretarial Training courses. 

Combined Administration and Law Prograin 

When a student elects the combination Administration-Law curriculum, 
he must complete in a satisfactory manner the specific requirements listed 
for the first three years in the College of Business and Public Administra- 
tion plus enough electives to equal a minimum of 90 credits exclusive of 
military science, physical activities and hygiene, with an average grade of 
at least "C". The last year of college work before entering the Law School 
must be done in residence at College Park. The Bachelor of Science degree 
from the College of Business and Public Administration is conferred upon 
the satisfactory completion of the first year in the Law School and the 
recommendation of the Dean of the Law School. Business Law cannot be 
used as credit in this combined curriculum. 

Master of Business Administration 

Candidates for the degree of Master of Business Administration are ac- 
cepted in accordance with the procedures and requirements for the Graduate 
School. See Graduate School, Section II. 

L BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION 

Study programs in Business Administration furnish an opportunity for 
a small amount of concentration in one of the major sections during the 
undergraduate period. The basis of these curriculums is the general study 
program. 

The following suggested study programs will aid the thoughtful student 
in planning his concentration according to his natural aptitudes and the 
line of his major interest: 



ADMINISTRATION ORGANIZATION 



119 



The General Curriculum in Administration 

This curriculum is set up on an eight semester basis which corresponds 
to the traditional four-year course that leads to a bachelor's degree. A 
student may complete the full course in a shorter period of time by attend- 
ing summer sessions. A superior student may, however, complete the course 
in a shorter period of time by carrying a heavier load each semester. 

/ — Semester — ^ 
// 



Freshman Year I 

Geog. 1, 2- Economic Resources 2 

Econ. 4, 5 — Economic Developments 2 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 

B. A. 10, 11 — Organization and Control 2 

Mathematics 5 and 6 3 

G. & P. 1 American Government (or Sociology of American Life) 3 

See. 1 — Sociology of American Life (or American Government) .... 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 

P. E. 42, 44— Hygiene (Women) 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 

Total 18-19 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6 — Composition and Readings in Literature 3 

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 

B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting 4 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 

Electives (Girls) 3 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 

Total 17-18 

Junior Year 

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 8 

B. A. 140 — Financial Management .... 

B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics 3 

Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 

B. A. 150— Marketing Management .... 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 8 

B. A. 160 — Personnel Management .... 

Electives in Bus. & Pub. Adm., Economics, or other approved subjects 3 

Total 15 

Senior Year 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Lavsr I, II 4 

Econ. 131- — Comparative Economic Systems .» 3 

Econ. 171 — Economics of American Industry '. .... 

Econ. 142 — Public Finance and Taxation 3 

B. A. 189 — Government and Business .... 

Electives in Bus. & Pub. Adm., Economics, or other approved subjects 6 

Total 16 



2 
2 
8 
2 
3 

3 
3 
2 
1 

18-19 



3 
8 
4 

1 
3 
8 
3 
1 

17-18 



16 



16 



120 ACCOUNTING, STATISTICAL CONTROL 

Electives may be chosen under the direction of a faculty advisor from 
courses in Accounting, Statistics, Geography, Public Administration, Secre- 
tarial Training, or other courses that will aid the student in preparing 
for his major objective. The electives indicated in the General Course are 
provided so that students can arrange their schedules, under the guidance 
of a faculty advisor, in such a way as to secure a concentration or major 
when desired in: 

1. Accounting and Statistics 5. Personnel Administration 

2. Financial Administration C. Transportation Administration 

3. Industrial Administration 7. Public Administration 

4. Marketing Administration 

1. Accounting and Statistical Control Study Program 

Internal control in modern business and governmental organizations is a 
major over-all administrative function. The rapid growth in size and com- 
plexity of current governmental units and business enterprises has 
emphasized the importance of the problems of control in management. In 
order to control intelligently and effectively the manifold activities of these 
units, it is necessary to establish an organization, formulate policies, and 
develop methods of procedures. In order to perform satisfactorily these 
managerial activities, it is necessary to have pertinent facts concerning 
the operations of the various units, divisions, and departments. It is the 
function of the accounting and statistical departments to secure, analyze, 
classify, and, to a limited extent, interpret these facts. 

This study program is designed to give the student a broad training in 
administrative control supplemented by specific technical training in the 
problems, procedures, methods and techniques of accounting and statistics. 
If the program is followed diligently, the student may prepare himself for a 
career as a public accountant, tax specialist, cost accountant auditor, budget 
officer, comptroller, credit manager, or treasurer. 

Provision for practical experience. Arrangements have been made with 
firms of certified public accountants in Baltimore and the District of Co- 
lumbia for apprenticeship training in the field of public accounting. This 
training is provided between semesters of the senior year (approximately 
January 15 to February 15), and for the semester immediately following 
graduation. A student may also elect to take one semester of apprenticeship 
training before graduation. 

The following study program provides courses for those wishing to 
concentrate in this important field: 

Students who select a concentration in accounting and statistics follow 
the general study program in the freshman and sophomore years. 



FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION 121 

r — Semester — ^ 
Junior Year I II 

B. A. 110, 111 — Intermediate Accounting 3 8 

B. A. 121 — Cost Accounting .... 4 

B. A. 123 — Income Tax Accounting 4 .... 

B. A. 130 — I}lcments of liusiness Statistics , .... 3 

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3 .... 

B. A. 140 — Financial Management .... 3 

Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 .... 

B. A. 150 — Marketing Management .... 3 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 .... 

Total 16 16 

Se7iior Year 

B. A. 160 — Personnel Management 3 .... 

B. A. 124, 126 — Advanced Accounting Theory and Practice 3 3 

B. A. 122— Auditing Theory and Practice 3 

B. A. 127 — Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice .... 3 

B. A. 125— C. P. A. Problems,* or Elective 3* 

B. A. 180. 181 — Business Law 4 4 

Electives 3 3 

Total 16 16 

The student interested in this field may select such electives, with the 
aid of his advisor, from the following list of subjects such courses as will 
best meet his needs: 

B. A. 116 — Public Budgeting (3) B. A. 226— Accounting Systems (3) 

B. A. 118 — Governmental Accounting (3) B. A. 228 — Research in Accounting 

B. A. 129 — Apprenticeship in Accounting (arranged) 

(0) B. A. 229 — Studies of special problems in 

B. A. 132, 133 — Advanced Business Statis- the fields of Statistical Control 

tics (3, 3) (arranged) 

B. A. 143 — Credit Management (3) Econ. 131 — Comparative Economic Systems 

B. A. 165— Office Management (3) (3) 

B. A. 166 — Business Communications (3) Econ. 132— Advanced Economic Principles 

B. A. 183— Law for Accountants (2) (3) 

B. A. 220 — Managerial Accounting (3) Eicon. 134 — Contemporary Ecnomic Thought 

B. A. 221, 222 — Seminar in Accounting (3) 
(arranged) 

2. Financial Administration 

A nation with a highly developed industrial system requires an effective 
financial organization. Production and marketing activities of business 
enterprises must be financed; a large volume of consumer purchases depend 
on credit; and the activities of local, state, and federal governments depend, 
in large part, on taxation and borrowing. To meet these needs a com- 
plicated structure of financial institutions, both private and public, has 
evolved together with a wide variety of financial instruments. The methods 
used are equally varied and complicated. Since the financing service is so 
per\'asive throughout our economic life and because it is an expense which 
roust be borne by the ultimate purchaser, the management of the finance 
function is endowed with a high degree of public interest. 

• C. p. A. Problems is required only of students who plan to go into public accounting. 



122 BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

This study program is designed to give the student fundamental informa- 
tion concerning financing methods, institutions, and instruments; and to 
aid him in developing his ability to secure and evaluate pertinent facts, and 
to form sound judgments with reference to financial matters. Through a 
wise selection of subjects the student who selects this curriculum may 
prepare himself for positions in the commercial, savings, and investment 
banking fields, investment management; corporate financial management; 
real estate financing; and insurance. A student may qualify himself to 
enter government service, e.g., in departments regulating banking opera- 
tions, international finance, the issuance and sales of securities, and a num- 
ber of financial corporations owned and operated or controlled by the 
government. 

Students wishing to form a concentration in Financial Administration 
should follow the general study program for the freshman and sophomore 
years, the program for the junior and senior years is outlined below. 

/- — Semester — ^ 
Junior Year I II 

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3 

B. A. 140 — Financial Management .... 8 

13. A. 130 — Elements of business Statistics .... 3 

B. A. 110-111 — Intermediate Accounting 3 3 

C. A. 123 — Income Tax Accounting 4 .... 

Eicon. 150 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 .... 

B. A. 150 — Marketing Management .... 3 

Electives in Economics, Business and Public Administration 3 4 

Total 16 16 

Senior Year 

B. A. 180, 181 — Business Law 4 A 

B. A. 141 — Investment Management 3 .... 

B. A. 143 — Credit Management 3 .... 

B. A. 160 — Personnel Management .... 3 

Econ. 160 — -Labor Economics 8 .... 

B. A. 165 — Office Management .... 8 

Electives in Finance 3 6 

Total 16 16 

Selection of electives may be made with the aid of the advisor from the 
following list of subjects: 

B. A. 142 — Banking Policy and Practice (3) Econ. 140— International Finance and Ex- 

B. A. 145 — Property, Casualty, and Liabil- change (3) 

ity Insurance. Econ. 241 — Seminar in Money, Credit and 

B. A. 147 — Business Cycle Theory (3) Prices (arranged) 

Econ. 141 — Theory of Money, Credit and B. A. 240 — Seminar in Financial Organiza- 

Prices (3) tjon and Management (3) 

B. A. 146 — Real Estate Financing and Ap- B. A. 249 — Studies of Special Problems in 

praisals (2) the Field of Financial Administration 

Econ. 142 — Public Finance and Taxation (3) (arranged) 



INDUSTRIAL ADMINISTRATION 123 

3. Industrial Administration 

This curriculum is designed to acquaint the student with the problems of 
organization and control in the field of industrial managetnent. Theory and 
practice with reference to organization, policies, methods, processes, and 
techniques are surveyed, analyzed, and criticized. The student is required 
to go on inspection trips, and when feasible is expected to secure first-hand 
information through both observation and participation. He should be 
familiar with the factors that determine plant location and layout, types 
of buildings, and the major kinds of machines and processes utilized; he 
should understand effective methods and devices for the selection and 
utilization of men, materials and machines. 

The courses, in addition to those required of all students in the college, 
which will aid the undergraduate student in preparing himself for a useful 
place in this field of effort are: 

B. A. 121 — Cost Accounting (4) B. A. 169— Industrial Management (3) 

B. A. 122, 127— Auditing (3, 3) B. A. 170— Transportation I— Regulation of 

B. A. 132, 133— Advanced Business Statis- Transportation Services (3) 

tics (3, 3) B. A. 171 — Transportation II — Services, 

B. A. 153 — Purchasing Management (3) Rules, and Practices (3) 

B. A. 163 — Industrial Relations (3) B. A. 172 — Transportation III— Motor 

B. A. 165 — Office Management (3) Transportation (3) 
B. A. 166 — Business Communications (3) 

Industrial Administration students may so arrange their study programs 
as to take a series of related courses in one of the following fields: 

1. Physics 3. Some basic engineering courses 

2. Chemistry 4. Agriculture 

4. Marketing Administration 

Modern business administration is concerned largely with marketing 
activities. Buying and selling of products and services comprise the major 
portion of the time and energies of a large group of our population. The 
ideals of our system of private property, individual initiative and free 
enterprise are closely related to present-day marketing organization and 
practice. Effective solutions of the problems of marketing are necessary 
to the success of the individual business enterprise and for the welfare of 
the consumer. If the costs of distribution are to be reduced or kept from 
rising unduly, it is necessary that careful study of the organization, policies, 
methods, and practices of advertising, selling, purchasing, merchandising, 
transportation, financing, storing, and other related activities be made, and 
corresponding appropriate action taken by qualified marketing technicians 
and executives. 

The purpose of the marketing administration program of study is to give 
the alert and serious student an opportunity to analyze, evaluate and 
otherwise study the problems connected with marketing ^ institutions, 
organizations, policies, methods, and practices. The student who elects this 
field of concentration may develop his aptitudes, on the technical level, for 



124 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 



research, selling, buying, and preparing advertising copy, and on the admin- 
istrative level he may develop his abilities for organizing, planning, and 
directing the various activities in the field of marketing. 

Thoughtful selection of courses from the following lists in addition to 
those required of all students in business administration will aid the student 
in preparing himself for an effective position in the field of marketing. 
He may form a concentration in : 

a. General Marketing 

b. Advertising 

c. Foreign Trade and International Finance 

d. Retail Store Management 

e. Sales Management 



B. A. 182, 133 — Advanced Business Statis- 
tics (3, 8) 
B. A. 151 — Advertising Programs and Cam- 
paigns (2) 
B. A. 144 — Life, Group, and Social Insur- 
ance (2) 
B. A. 152 — Copy Writing and Layout (2) 
B. A. 145 — Property and Casualty Insur- 
ance (2) 
B. A. 153 — Purchasing Management (8) 
B. A. 147— Business Cycle Theory (8) 
B. A. 154 — ReUil Store Management (8) 
B. A. 143 — Credit Management (3) 
B. A. 165 — Office Management (8) 
B. A. 166 — Business Communications (3) 
B. A. 156 — Real Estate Principles and Prac- 
tices (2) 
B. A. 186 — Real Estate Law and Convey- 
ancing (2) 
B. A. 146 — Real Estate Financing and 
Appraisals (2) 

For those especially interested in 
from the following courses: 

Econ. 136- — International Economic Policies 
and Relations (8) 

Econ. 137 — Economic Planning and Post- 
war Problems (8) 

Econ. 149 — International Finance and Ex- 
change (8) 

B. A. 161 — Advertising Programs and Cam- 
paigns (2) 

B. A. 157 — Foreign Trade Procedure (3) 

B. A. 170 — Transportation I, Regulation of 
Transportation Services (3) 

B. A. 173 — Transportation IV, Overseas 
Shipping (3) 

B. A. 189 — Government and Business (8) 

Ec. GeoK. 4 — Regional G«OETaphy of the 
ContinenU (S) 



B. A. 170 — Transportation I — Regulation of 
Transportation Services (3) 

B. A. 171 — Transportation II— Services, 
Rules, and Practices (3) 

B. A. 172 — Transportation III — Motor 
Transportation (3) 

B. A. 250 — Problems in Sales Management 
(3) 

B. A. 251 — Problems in Advertising (8) 

B. A. 252 — Problems in Retail Store Man- 
agement (3) 

B. A. 257 — Seminar in Marketing Manage- 
ment (arranged) 

B. A. 258 — Research in Marketing 
(arranged) 

B. A. 259 — Studies of Special Problems in 
the field of Marketing Policies, Manage- 
ment and Administration (arranged) 

B. A. 299 — Thesis (3-6 hours) (arranged) 



foreign trade, selections may be made 

Geog. 100, 101 — Regional Geography of the 
United States and Canada (3, 3) 

Geog. 102 — The Geography of Manufactur- 
ing in the United States and Canada (8) 

Geog. 110, 111 — Latin America (3, 3). 

Geog. 115 — Peoples of Latin America (2) 

Geog. 120 — Economic Geography of Eur- 
ope (3) 

Geog. 122 — Economic Resources and De- 
velopment of Africa (8) 

Geog. 130-131 — Economic and Political 
Geog. of Southern and Eastern Asia 
(3, 8) 

Geog. 180, 181 — Principles of Geography 
(3, 3) 

Geog. 260-261— Problems in the Geog. of 
Europe and Africa (3, 8) 



PERSONNEL. LABOR. TRANSPORTATION 



125 



5. Personnel Administration and Labor Economics 

Recent development of large scale operation on the part of both private 
enterprise and government has emphasized the growing vital importance 
of personnel relationships. Successful operation depends on har- 
monious cooperation between employer and employee. The interests of the 
public, the owners, and the management, as well as those of the employees, 
may be greatly affected by the solutions evolved in any given case of 
personnel relationship. The growth of large-scale, centrally controlled labor 
organizations and the increased participation of governmental agencies in 
labor disputes have created problems for which business management, union 
officials, and government representatives have been, on the whole, ill- 
prepared to solve satisfactorily. The government, the unions, and business 
need men and women qualified to deal effectively with these problems. They 
should have broad training and technical information in the fields of business 
and public administration, economics, and psychology, together with suitable 
personalities. They must be able to approach these problems with an open 
mind, unbiased by personal and class prejudices. 

Personnel administration which has to do with the direction of human 
effort, is concerned with securing, maintaining, and utilizing an effective 
working force. People adequately trained in personnel administration find 
employment in business enterprises, governmental departments, govern- 
mental corporations, educational institutions and charitable organizations. 

A student may select from the following courses those which will, in 
addition to those required of all students in business administration, best 
prepare him for the kind of personnel work he wishes to enter. 



B. A. 162 — Contemporary Trends in Labor 

Eelations (3) 
B. A. 163 — Industrial Relations (8) 
B. A. 164 — Recent Labor Legislation and 

Court Decisions (8) 
Econ. 130 — Economics of Consumption (8) 
B. A. 169 — Industrial Management (3) 
G. & P. Ill — Public Personnel Administra- 
tion (3) 
Psych. 2— Applied Psychology (3) 
Psych. 121 — Social Psychology (8) 



Psych. 161 — Psychological Techniques in 
Personnel Administration (3) 

G. & P. 214 — Problems in Public Person- 
nel Administration (arranged) 

B. A. 262 — Seminar in Contemporary 
Trends in Labor Relations (3) 

B. A. 266 — Research in Personnel Manage- 
ment (arranged) 

B. A. 269 — Studies of Special Problems in 
Employer-Employee Relationships 
(arranged) 

B. A. 299 — Thesis, 3-6 hours (arranged) 



6. Transportation Administration 

The problems of transportation administration are complex and far reach- 
ing. The student preparing for this type of work should be well grounded in 
economics, government, and business administration, as well as being pro- 
ficient in the use of the technical tools of the profession. Rail, highway, 
water, and air transportation are basic to our economic life, in fact, to our 
very existence. This curriculum gives considerable emphasis to air trans- 
portation. 



126 PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

The following courses, in addition to those required of all students in the 
Department of Business Organization and Administration, will aid the 
student in preparing himself for a useful place in the fields of air, water, 
highway, and railway transportations. Airport management is a rapidly 
growing new business activity. 

B. A. 170— Transportation I. Regulation C A. 173 — Transportation IV, Oveneas 

of Transportation Services (3) Shipping (3) 

B. A. 171 — Transportation II, Services, B. A. 174 — Ckimmercial Air Transportation 

Rules, and Practices (3) (3) 

B. A. 172— TransporUtion III, Motor Trans- B. A. 175 — Airline Administration (8) 

portation (3) B. A. 176 — Problems in Airport Managre- 

ment (3) 

Other courses may be selected with the approval of the advisor for the 
curriculum. 

7. Public Administration 

The trend toward increased governmental participation in the fields of 
our economic, political, and social life has been developing for a number of 
years but more rapidly in some countries than others. The gro\vth was pro- 
nounced in the European countries during the twenties, it grew rapidly in 
the United States during the thirties and World War II, Thousands of men 
and women are now employed in developing organizations, evaluating 
policies, and devising methods and procedures for administering and super- 
vising the manifold governmental activities required in the far-flung scheme 
of economic and social control. Our government, for example, has now 
become the largest "business" enterprise in the country. The gigantic task 
of organization, management and control was undertaken before an 
adequately qualified personnel could be selected and properly trained. 
Federal, State, and Local Governments have called upon the universities 
to aid in training young men and women for effective public service. 
Graduates who are mentally alert, can think clearly, form critical judg- 
ments, express their thoughts and conclusions succinctly, have well-balanced 
minds, and possess a professional point of view with reference to their work, 
are needed throughout the government service. 

The curriculum in Public Administration is designed primarily to aid in 
the preparation of young men and women for technical, supervisory, and 
managerial positions in the various state and federal services. The par- 
ticular selections of subjects in any individual case will depend on the 
type of position for which the student wishes to prepare. The full course 
resources of the University are available for this training. Courses, for 
example, in foreign languages, geography, history, philosophy, and govern- 
ment, as well as studies in social, legal, political, and economic institutions 
may be advisable in addition to the required courses in Business and Public 
Administration. 

Properly qualified graduates can usually find employment in the field of 
their major interest. Large numbers of people trained in such technical 
fields as statistics, accounting, finance, personnel, marketing and transporta- 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 127 

tion are employed by governmental agencies. There is a need for people 
trained for and interested in the various aspects of research in the social 
science and business administration fields. Graduates fitted by nature and 
equipped through proper training and experience for the broader fields of 
administration and management can find interesting work in governmental 
units and at the same time satisfy their normal desire to render a special 
service to society. 

Some of the governmental agencies which employ college trained people 
are given as an illustration of the opportunities available. Many of these 
are within the classified service. Such independent federal agencies as the 
Social Security Administration, Federal Reserve Board, Reconstruction 
Finance Corporation, Tennessee Valley Authority, and the independent 
regulatory commissions demand the services of many professionally and 
technically trained people. The Departments of Agriculture, Commerce, 
Defense, Interior, State, Labor, and Treasury use many college trained men 
and women. State and local governments also are developing greater need 
for personnel trained in Administration. 

The undergraduate student who expects to make his concentration in the 
field of Public Administration will find the following curriculum serviceable: 

/ — Semester — \ 
Freshman Year I H 

Eng:. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 8 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

B. A. 10, 11 — Organization and Control 2 2 

Geog. 1, 2 — Economic Resources 2 2 

Econ. 4, 6 — Economic Developments 2 2 

Mathematics 5, 6 8 8 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 42, 44— Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 18-19 18-19 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6 — Composition and Reading in Literature 3 3 

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 8 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting 4 4 

G. & P. 4 — State Government and Administration 3 .... 

G. & P. 5 — Local Government and Administration .... 3 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 17-20 17-20 



128 ELECTIVES 

I — Setnester — ^ 
Junior Year I II 

G. & P. 110 — Principles of Public Administration 3 

G. & P. Ill — Public Personnel Administration .-.. 3 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 8 

Kcon. 140 — Money and Bankina: 8 • • ■ • 

B. A. 140 — Financial Management • ■ • • 8 

Econ. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics 8 .... 

Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles 3 • • • • 

B. A. 132 — Advanced Business Statistics .... 8 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

Electives • ■ • • 6 

Total 16 16 

Senior Year 

n. A. 189 — Government and Business 3 .... 

Econ. 161 — The Government and Social Security .... 3 

Econ. 149 — International Finance and Exchange .... 3 

Econ. 142 — Public Finance and Taxation 3 .... 

Econ. 132 — Advanced E)conomic Principles 3 .... 

Econ. 134 — Contemporary Economic Thought .... 3 

Econ, 131 — Comparative Economic Systems .... 8 

Electives (to be selected in terms of the student's primary object 

with the aid of his advisor) 6 3 

Total 15 15 

Selection of electives may be made from the following courses: 

B. A. 128 — Governmental Accounting (3) Econ. 242— Research in Government Fiscal 

B. A. 164— Recent Labor Legislative and Policies and I'racticcs (arranged) 

Court Decisions (3) B. A. 280 — Seminar in Business and Gov- 

B. A. 170— Transportation I, Regulation of ernment Relationships (arranged) 

Transportation Services (3) B. A. 284 — Seminar in Public Utilities 

B. A. 127— Public Budgeting (3) (arranged) 

H. 135— Constitutional History of the B- A. 299— Thesis (3-6 hours) (arranged) 

United States (3, 3) G. & P. 7, 8, 9, 10 — Comparative Govern- 

G. & P. 181— Administrative Law (3) ment (2, 2, 2, 2) 

G. & P. 201 — Seminar in International G. & P. 101— International Political Re- 
organization (3) lations (3) 

G. & P. 213— Problems of Public Admin- G. & P. 102— International Law (3) 

istration (8) G. & P. 105— Recent Far Eastern Politics 

G. & P. 214 — Problems of Public Personnel (3) 

Administration (3) G. & P. 131— Constitutional Law (3) 

Econ. 235 — Seminar in International Eco- 
nomic Relations (3) (arranged) 



BUSINESS AXD PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 129 

II. BUREAU OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC RESEARCH 

The Bureau of Business and Economic Research is recognized as the 
laboratory for the practical study of business and economic problems. As 
such, it has three principal functions: first, to train students in the field of 
business and economic research; second, to disseminate information con- 
cerning business and economic conditions in Maryland; and third, to make 
available the facilities and to give active research assistance to interested 
business firms, governmental units, and citizen groups within the state. 

Through the facilities of the Bureau qualified interested students can 
obtain practical experience in research work. This involves the application 
of techniques and principles studied in the classroom to actual business and 
governmental problems. 

The Bureau — through its direct contact with business, government, labor 
and the professions and in its research into problems in these fields — serves 
as an important source of information relative to business and economic 
conditions and developments in the state. This information is made avail- 
able, in part, by means of Bureau publications and, in part, by direct inquiry 
to the Bureau. This service is supplemented by active cooperation with 
individual business firms and citizen organizations within the state who 
request assistance in the study of specific problems which are recognized 
as having an important bearing on community welfare. The Bureau wel- 
comes the opportunity to be of real service to such organizations. 

III. ECONOMICS 

The program of studies in the field of Economics is designed to meet the 
needs of students who wish to concentrate either on a major or minor scale 
in this division of the Social Sciences. Students who expect to enroll in 
the professional schools and those who are planning to enter the fields of 
Business or Public Administration, or Foreign Service, or Social Service 
Administration, will find courses in economics of considerable value to them 
in their later work. A student of economics should choose his courses to 
meet the requirements for his major objective, or the Master of Arts, or a 
Doctor of Philosophy degree. (He should consult the bulletin of the Gradu- 
ate School for the general requirements for the advanced degrees.) 

Requirements for an Economics Major 

A student majoring in Economics is required to complete satisfactorily 
120 semester hours of work in addition to the required work in military 
science, hygiene and physical activities. A general average of at least "C" 
is required for graduation. A student must maintain at least an average 
grade of "C" in his major and minor in order to continue in his chosen field. 
The specific requirements for the Economics Major are: 
I. Geog. 1, 2, and Econ. 4, 5, 31 and 32 — a total of 10 semester hours of 
specifically required courses in Economics. B. A. 20, 21 (Principles of 
Accounting) are recommended, and B. A. 130 (Statistics) is required 
Other courses in Economics to meet the requirements of a major are to be 
selected with the aid of a facultv adviser. 



130 ECONOMICS MAJORS 

II. Social Science — American Government (3); Sociology of American 
Life (3) ; History of American Civilization (6) — a total of 12 semester hours. 

III. English — 12 semester hours, comprising Eng. 1, 2, and 3, 4; or 5, 6; 
Speech — 2 to 4 semester hours. 

IV. Foreign Language and Literature, 12 semester hours in one language. 
Candidates of the Ph.D. degree are required to have a reading knowledge 
of two modern foreign languages. 

V. Natural Science and Mathematics, 12 semester hours. 

VI. Military Science, Hygiene, and Physical Activities. The present 
University requirement is 16 semester hours in Military Science and Phys- 
ical Activities for all able-bodied male students; women students are re- 
quired to take 8 semester hours credit in hygiene and physical activities. 

A student who elects economics as a major must have earned 10 semester 
hours credit in the prerequisite courses in economics prior to his beginning 
the advanced work of the junior year. These are normally taken during 
the freshman and sophomore years and must be completed with an average 
grade of not less than "C". The major sequences are not completed until 
at least 26 and not more than 40 credits, in addition to the required 
prerequisite courses, are satisfactorily earned, that is, with an average grade 
of at least "C". 

A minor in economics consists of the 10 prerequisite credits mentioned 
above plus at least 18 additional credits in economics. 

As many as 24 additional semester hours may be taken by the economics 
students from Business and Public Administration courses. 

The specific courses comprising the student's program of studies should 
be selected with the aid of a faculty advisor in terms of the student's 
objective and major interest. 

Study Program for Economics Majors ^emeatei 

Freshman Year I II 

Geog. 1, 2 — Economic Resources 2 2 

Econ. 4, 6 — Economic Developments 2 2 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 8 8 

Mathematics 5, 6 — General Mathematics 3 3 

G. & P. 1 — American Government (or Sociologry of American Life) ... 8 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life for American Government) .... 8 

Foreign Language 8 8 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 42, 44— Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

ToUI 19-20 19-20 



OFFICE TECHNIQUE 131 

I — Semes ter — ^ 
Sophomore Year I II 

Econ. 31, 82 — Principles of Economics 8 * 

Engr. 3, 4 or B, 6 — Composition and Readings in Literature 3 3 

Foreign Language 3 8 

Natural Science 3 8 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. ( Men ) 3 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 17-20 17-20 

Junior Year 

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 8 .... 

EJcon. IBO — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 .... 

B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics .... 8 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 .... 

Econ. 131 — Comparative Economic Systems .... 3 

Electives in Economics and Business Administration* 6 9 

Total IB IB 

Senior Year 

Econ. 182 — Advanced Economic Principles 8 .... 

Econ. 184 — Contemporary Economic Thought .... 3 

Econ. 171 — Economics of American Industries .... 8 

Econ. 142 — Public Finance and Taxation 3 .... 

Electives in Economics and Business Administration* 9 9 

ToUl IB IB 

IV. OFFICE TECHNIQUES AND MANAGEMENT 
1. Office Management 

With the rapidly mounting volume of office work now being done, and the 
rapid increase in the number of office workers required to do it, effective 
office management and supervision is needed. Despite the current popular 
opinion that the office manager needs to know only a number of systems 
and machines, there is an ever-growing group of executives who believe 
that the management and supervision of an office is quite as important a 
job as the management of a factory or any other industrial enterprise. 
Many instances may be cited where the managers of offices have, by a 
consistent and logical use of scientific management principles, saved as 
much as $100,000 a year for their companies. 

Any young man or woman entering business today need have no hesitancy 
in preparing himself for the position of office manager, for that position 
has proved a stepping stone to positions of great responsibility for many of 
our present leading executives. 



* other electives may be selected with the approval of the Head of the Department of 
Economics, hut they must he on the Junior and Senior level. 



Vi2 OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 

The student interested in this field will find the following required courses 
with the suggested electives selected under the guidance of the advisor, 
a valuable aid in preparing for positions in this field. 

Office Administration Study Program <j . 

Freshman Year I II 

GeoK. 1, 2 — Economic Resources 2 2 

Eng:. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 3 

B. A. 10, 11 — Organization and Control 2 2 

Math 5 — General Mathematics 3 .... 

Math. 6 — Mathematics of Finance .... 3 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

S. T. 1 — Principles of Typewriting 2 .... 

S. T. 2 — Intermediate Typewriting .... 2 

M. S. 1. 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 42, 44— Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 18-19 18-19 

Sophomore Year 

Ensr. 3, 4 — Composition ard Readings in Literature 3 3 

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 3 

B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting 4 4 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

S. T. 10— Office Typewriting Problems 2 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women ) 1 1 

Total 17-19 15-17 

Junior Year 

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology S 

Psych. 2 — Applied Psychology .... 

Ekon. 140 — Money and Banking 8 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics ;! 

Econ. 150 — Principles of Marketing 3 

B. A. 121 — Cost Accounting . . 1 

S. T. 112— Filing 2 

B. A. 160 — Personnel Management .... 3 

B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics .... 3 

S. T^ 111 — Office Machines 3 

Electives 2 ... 

Total IG IC. 



PLACEMENT EXAMINATION 133 

f — Semester — n 
Senior Year I II 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 4 4 

B. A. 165 — Office Management 3 .... 

B. A. 1C9 — InJustrial Mana.nemeiit 'A 

B. A. 154 — Retail Store Management .... 3 

B. A. 151 — Advertising Programs and Campaigns .... 2 

Electives in Accounting ; Marketing ; Real Estate ; Insurance ; Finance : 

Transportation ; and Psychology 6 7 

Total 16 16 

2. Office Techniques 

In order to meet the growing demand for college trained secretarial and 
office personnel, the College of Business and Public Administration is offer- 
ing to both men and women a program of secretarial training courses. 
The Secretarial Curriculum provides students with the opportunity to obtain 
the essential background for stenographic, executive and administrative 
positions. One of the best methods of assuring success in one's chosen 
profession is through the medium of specialized secretarial service. To this 
end the courses have been designed. The major objectives of the College 
will be maintained and emphasized throughout the presentation of the 
program of studies. The purpose of this curriculum is not only to furnish 
merely technical or vocational training, but also, to aid the student in 
developing his natural aptitudes for secretarial and administrative positions. 
The development of the student's capacity to plan, organize, direct, and 
execute is the guiding principle followed in this curriculum. This program 
of study will appeal to the young man or v/oman who is ambitious, nat- 
urally capable, and willing to work. It \vill also appeal to those who 
realize that positions in secretarial service require much more than merely 
skill in type^vriting and stenography. These are essential tools, but knowl- 
edge and skill in other subjects are as important for the more responsible 
positions. 

Placement Examination 

Students with one or more years of college, high school, or equivalent 
training in shorthand and /or typewriting are required to take a placement 
examination in those subjects prior to, or at the time of, their first registra- 
tion in a shorthand or typewriting course at the University. 

Based on the results of this examination, the student may be exempt 
from certain of the beginning courses in either, or both, shorthand and 
typewriting. Credit will be given only for the work done in residence. 

Record of Competency 

Students must make a grade of "C" in each course in the Secretarial 
sequence before they may progress to the next advanced course. 



134 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 



Senior Requirement 

A vocational level of competency in business skills is imperative at the 
time of graduation. As a requirement for graduation, students following 
the secretarial curriculum must either take S. T. 16 and S. T. 17 (or S. T. 18) 
within the six-month period preceding graduation, or take a proficiency 
examination on the material covered in these courses within this six-month 
period. 

The following program of study is designed to give the capable student 
an opportunity to develop his potential aptitudes to an effective end. 

f — Semester — \ 
Freshman Year I II 

Enic. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 8 8 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Sec. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 8 

Geog. 1, 2 — Economic Resources 2 2 

Econ. 4, B — Economic Developments 2 2 

Math. B, 6 — General Mathematics and Mathematics of Finance 3 8 

S. T. 1— Principles of Typewriting* 2 

S. T. 2 — Intermediate Typewriting 2 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 42, 44— Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 18-19 18-19 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and Readings in Literature 3 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 8 8 

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 8 8 

S. T. 12, 13— Principles of Shorthand L II 4 4 

S. T. 10— Office Typewriting Problems 2 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 17-20 15-17 

Junior Year 

B. A. 10, 11 — Organization and Control 2 2 

B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting 4 4 

S. T. 16 — Advanced Shorthandt 3 .... 

S. T. 17 — Gregg Transcription!' 2 .... 

B. A. 166 — Business Communications .... 8 

S. T. Ill— Office Machines 3 

S. T. 112— Filing 2 

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking .... 3 

ElectiYea 2 2 

Total 16 16 

•S. T. 1 should be completed prior to enrollment in Principles of Shorthand 1 (S. T. 12). 

t S. T. 16, Advanced Shorthand, and S. T. 17, Gregg Transcription, must be taken con- 
currently. 



GOVERNMENT AM) rOfJTICS 135 

r — Semester — ^ 
Senior Year I U 

S. T. 110— Secretarial Work 8 

S. T. 114— Secretarial Office Practice 8 

B. A. 165 — Office Management 3 .... 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 4 4 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 • • ■ • 

SugKested Elective— Gregg Shorthand Dictation (S. T. 18) 8 

Electives • • ■ • 6 

Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 .... 

Total 16 16 

Combined Secretarial Training and Business Teaching Curriculum 

Capable students may elect courses offered by the College of Education 
in such a manner as to qualify themselves for commercial teaching in high 
schools. 

Requirements to teach business subjects: Twenty semester hours of 
prescribed courses in education are required for certification to teach busi- 
ness subjects in Maryland, and 24 semester hours in the District of 
Columbia. 

B. WORLD ECONOMICS AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 

The section of World Economics and Public Affairs comprises three 
Departments, viz., Government and Politics, Foreign Service and Interna- 
tional Relations, and Geography, and the Bureau of Public Administration. 
The Departments in this section furnish the student an opportunity to work 
out a major in Government and Politics, or to prepare himself for effective 
service in some division of our State or Federal Governments, or in the field 
of International Affairs. Courses leading to the Bachelor's, Master's, and 
Doctor of Philosophy degrees are offered. The qualified student may so 
arrange his curriculum as to prepare himself for teaching, research, or for 
public or private service. 

A minimum of 120 semester hours credit, exclusive of Military Science, 
Physical Activities, and Hygiene, is required for graduation with an aver- 
age grade of "C" or better and not more than 25 per cent in "D" grades 
can be counted toward fulfilling the requirement. 

I. GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 
Government and Politics Major and Minor Requirements 

In addition to the regular university requirements, a student majoring 
in the field of Government and Politics must meet the following conditions: 
(1) G. & P. 1, American Government, or its equivalent, is prerequisite to all 
other courses offered by the Department. All persons majoring in Govern- 
ment and Politics must first complete this course with a grade of C or 
better. (2) All majors must take 36 hours of Government and Politics, in- 
cluding G. & P. 1. No Government and Politics course with a grade of less 
than C can be counted as a part of the 36 hours of major work. (3) Each 



13G 



GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 



major must have at least one course in each of five of the following six 
fields within the Department of Government and Politics: (1) Local Govern- 
ment, (2) Public Administration, (3) Political Theory, (4) Public Policy, 
(5) Comparative Government and International Affairs, and (6) Public Law. 
A minor in Government and Politics consists of a minimum of 18 hours, 
including G. & P. 1. At least six semester hours must be in courses num- 
bered 100 and above. 

r — Sem este r — s 

Freshman Year j jj 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 

Soc. 1- — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 3 

Math. 5, 6, or 10. 11— Mathematics 3 3 

Econ. 4, 5 — Economic Developments ' 2 2 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

Foreign Language 3 3 

M. S. 1. 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 42, 44 — Hygiene (women) 2 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 18-19 18-19 

Sophomore Year 

G. & P. 4 — State Government and Administration 3 .... 

G. & P. 6 — Local Government and Administration .... 3 

G. & P. 7 or 9 — Comparative Government 2 .... 

G. & P. 8 or 10 — -Comparative Government .... 2 

Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6 — Composition and Readings in Literature 3 3 

Foreign Language 3 3 

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 18-21 18-21 

Junior Year 

G. & P. 110— Public Administration 3 

G. &. P. 174— Political Parties 3 

G. & P. 124 — Legislatures and Legislation .... 3 

G. & P. 102— International Law 3 

♦Electives 9 9 

Total 15 16 

Senior Year 

G. & P. 141— History of Political Theory 3 

G. & P. 142 or 144 — Recent and American Political Theory .... 3 

G. & P. 131— Constitutional Law 3 

G. & P. 181 — Administrative Law .... 3 

Econ. 142 — Public Finance and Taxation 3 .... 

B. A. 189 — Government and Business .... 3 

•Electives G 6 

Total 15 15 

* Electives are to be chosen under the direction of the student's advisor. 



FOREIGN SERVICE 137 

II. BUREAU OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

The Bui'eau of Public Administration was organized in 1947. It is closely 
allied, both in function and personnel, with the Department of Government 
and Politics. The Department of Government and Politics is the teaching 
agency; the Bureau of Public Administration is the governmental research 
agency. The Bureau's activities relate primarily to the problems of state and 
local government in Maryland. The Bureau engages in research and publishes 
research findings. It conducts short courses or institutes of government 
attended by local government officials. It undertakes surveys and offers 
its assistance and services to units of government in Maryland. Finally, 
it serves as a clearing house of information for the benefit of Maryland 
state and local government. 

III. FOREIGN SERVICE AND INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 

If the student expects to enter the foreign service he should be well 
grounded in the language, geography, history, and politics of the region of 
his anticipated location as well as in the general principles and practices 
of organization and administration. It should be recognized that only a 
limited training can be secured during the undergraduate period. When 
more specialized or more extensive preparation is required, graduate work 
should be planned. The individual program, in either instance, however, 
should be worked out under the guidance of a faculty advisor. The follow- 
ing study program is offered as a guide in the selection of subjects. 

, — Semester — n 
Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 8 8 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 8 

Foreign Language (Selection) 8 3 

Geog. 1, 2 — Economic Resources 2 2 

Econ. 4, 5 — Economic Developments 2 2 

Mathematics 6, 6 3 8 

M. S. 1. 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Menl 3 :? 

P. E. 42, 44— Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 19-20 19-20 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and Readings in Literature 3 3 

Foreign Language (Continuation of Freshman year selection) 3 8 

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

G. & P. — Comparative Government, selection in accordance with the 

student's need 2 2 

Sp. 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

M. S. 3. 4— Basic R. O. T. C. ( Men ) 3 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 16-19 16-19 



138 GEOGRAPHY 

I — Semester — \ 
Junior Year I II 

Econ. 150 — Marketing: Principles and Organization 3 .... 

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 8 .... 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics .... t 

G. &. P. 101— International Political Relations 3 

B. A. 180 — Elements of Business Statistics 8 

Econ. 131 — Comparative Economic Systems .... 8 

Ec. Geog. — Selection of Regional division to fit student's needs 3 8 

Electives to meet student's major interest 3 3 

Total 16 15 

Senior Year 

G. & P. 102— International Law 3 

G. & P. 131 — Constitutional Law 8 

G. & P. 180 — Government and Business .... 8 

Ec. 132 — Advanced Economic Prin., or Ec. 134, Contemporary Econ. 

Thought 8 

G. & P. 181 — Administrative Law 3 

Econ. 136 — International Economic Policies and Relations .... 3 

Econ. 149 — International Finance and Exchange .... 3 

Electives to meet the needs of the student's major interest 3 6 

Total IB IB 

Suggested electives: 

American History 108, 127, 129, 133, 135, 145, and 146. 

European History 175, 176, 179, 180, 185, 186, and History 191— History of Russia; 

History 195 — The Far East. 
Government and Politics 7, 8, 9, 10, 105, and 154. 

IV. GEOGRAPHY 

Agriculture, industry, trade, social customs and politics of a given geo- 
graphical region are influenced to a great extent by the natural resources 
of that area. Climatic conditions, topography, soils, mineral deposits, water 
power, and other physical factors largely determine the economic possibili- 
ties of a country. The characteristics of the philosophy, political ideals and 
degrees of technological maturity of the people within a given geographical 
unit, in turn, determine in large measures the degree of effectiveness with 
which the natural resources are utilized. The standard of living, the pur- 
chasing power, and the political outlook of the inhabitants of a country are, 
in the main, the result or the expression of the interrelationship existing 
between the people and their physical environment. 

This curriculum is designed to aid the student in securing the facts con- 
cerning the major geographical areas of the world and in studying and 
analyzing causes and results as they affect economic, political, and social 
activities. The student interested in international trade, international po- 
litical relations, diplomacy, overseas governments, and national aspirations 
will find the courses in this department of great practical value. Work is 
offered on both the undergraduate and the graduate levels. Emphasis is 



GEOGRAPHY MAJOR 139 

placed on research activity on the part of faculty members and graduate 
students. 

Students who expect to enroll in the engineering and professional schools 
and those who are planning to enter the fields of Business and Public 
Administration, or Foreign Service, will find courses in geography of mate- 
rial value to them in their later work. At present there exists a serious 
lack of well-trained geographers, in government sex'vice, in universities, 
colleges, and high schools, as well as in private business, with demand 
greatly exceeding the supply. A student of geography should choose his 
courses to meet the requirements for his major objective, be it an under- 
graduate major or minor, or a Master of Arts, or a Doctor of Philosophy 
degree. He should consult the bulletin of the Graduate School for the 
general requirements for the advanced degrees. 

Requirements for a Geography Major: 

A student majoring in geography is required to complete satisfactorily 
120 semester hours of work in addition to the required work in military 
science, hygiene, and physical activities. A general average of at least "C" 
is required for graduation. A student must maintain at least an average 
grade of "C" in his major and minor in order to continue in his chosen field. 

The specific requirements for the geography major are: 

I. Geog. 30 and 41 (3, 3); Geog. 60 and 61 (3, 3); and 6 hours in regional 
geography courses numbered 100 to 149; a total of 18 hours of required 
courses. Other courses in geography to meet the requirements of a major 
are to be selected with the aid of a faculty advisor. 

II. Social Science— G. & P. 1 (3); Econ. 31 and 32 (3, 3); History 5 and 
6 (3, 3); Soc. 1, 5 (3, 3) and 121 and 122 (3, 3); a total of 27 semester hours. 

HI. Natural Science— Botany 1 and 102 (4, 3); Soils 1 and 103 (3, 3); 
Chem. 7 and 9 (3, 3); or 1 and 3 (4, 4). Students specifically interested 
in meteorology can substitute Physics 1 and 2 (3, 3) or 10 and 11 (4. 4) 
for Chemistry. A total of 19 or 21 semester hours. 

IV. Mathematics — Math. 5, 6 (3, 3), or, according to the interest of the 
student in meteorology, climatology, and cartography. Math. 10, 11 (3, 3). 

V. English — Eng. 1, 2; and 3, 4 or 5, 6 — a total of 12 semester hours. 

VI. Foreign Language and Literature, 12 semester hours in one lan- 
guage, unless an advanced course is taken. Candidates for the Ph.D. degree 
are required to have a reading knowledge of two modern languages. 

VII. Military Science, Hygiene, and Physical Activities. The present 
University requirements is 16 semester hours in Military Science and Physi- 
cal Activities for all able-bodied male students. Women students are re- 
quired to take 8 semester hours credit in hygiene and physical activities. 

A student who elects geography as a major must have earned 12 semester 
hours credit in the prerequisite courses in geography prior to his beginning 
the advanced work of the junior year. These are noi-mally taken during 



14U GEOGRAPHY MAJOR 

the freshman and sophomore years and must be completed with an average 
grade of not less than "C." The major sequences are not completed until 
at least 26 or not more than 40 credits, in addition to the required pre- 
requisites, are satisfactorily earned, that is, with the average grade of at 
least "C." 

A minor in geography consists, in addition to the underclass departmental 
requirements (that is Geog. 1, 2 (2, 2), or Geog. 60, 61 (3, 3); Geog. 30 (3) 
and Geog. 41 (3), or 12 hours in all) of 12 hours additional credits in 
geography, or in courses which are judged to be sufficiently closely related 
by an adviser from the Department of Geography. 

For the guidance of graduate students, it should be emphasized that the 
Department of Geography is particularly interested in the appraisal of 
natural resources in relation to economic, social and political developments; 
it aims to encourage study of the natural resource base of the culture of an 
area. This necessitates, on the one hand, an elementary knowledge of 
certain of the physical sciences as a basis for the physical aspects of geo- 
graphic study and resource analysis. On the other hand, a certain amount 
of knowledge of economics, of sociology and of political organization may be 
necessary in order to understand stages of resource utilization and the 
social consequences. The Department believes that for many candidates, 
for both Master's and Doctor's degrees, a balanced training in the physical 
and socio-economic aspects of geography is desirable. In specialization, 
emphasis may be shifted toward the physical side of geography, or toward 
the socio-economic side, depending upon the preparation, background, in- 
terests and intended work of each candidate. 

The specific courses comprising the student's program of studies should 
be selected with the aid of a faculty adviser from the Department of Geog- 
i-aphy in terms of the student's objective and major interests. 

Study Program for Geography Majors: 

,- — Semester — < 
Freshman Year I II 

Geog. 30 — Principles of Physical Geography 3 .... 

Geog. 41 — Weather and Climate .... 3 

Math. 5, 6 — General Mathematics and Math, of Finance or for students 
interested in cartography, meteorology, climatology, Math. 10 

and 11 3 3 

Chem. 7 and 9 (or 1 and 3) — Introductory Chemistry 3(4) 3(4) 

G. & P. 1 — American Government (or Soc. Amer. Life) ... 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life (or Amer. Gov't) 3 .... 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 3 

M. S. 1. 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 42, 44— Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total IS 20 18 20 



Semes 


■ter — ^ 


I 


11 


3 


3 


3 






4 


8 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


-.i 


1 


1 



GEOGRAPHY MAJOR 141 



Sophomore Year 

Geogr. 60, 61 — Economic Geography 

Soils 1 — General Soils 

Botany 1 — General Botany 

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6- — Composition and Readings in Literature 

Hist. B, 6 — History of American Civilization 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Total 15-19 16-19 

Junior Year 

Soc. 5 — Anthropology 3 .... 

Bot. 102— Plant Ecology 3 

Soils 103— Soil Geography 3 

Foreign Language 3 3 

Geog. — Selection of Regional Courses to Fit Student's Needs 3 3 

Electives, with adviser's consent 6 3 

Total IB 15 

Se7iior Year 

Soc. 120, 121— Population 3 3 

Foreign Language 3 3 

Geog. — Selection of Regional Courses to Fit Student's Needs 3 3 

Electives, with adviser's consent 6 6 

Total '. 15 15 



142 THE UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 

Harold Benjamin, Dean 

Henry Brechbill, Assistant Dean 

Alma Frothingham, Secretary 

The College of Education meets the needs of the following classes of 
students: (1) undergraduates preparing to teach in secondary, nursery, nurs- 
ing and dental schools; (2) present or prospective elementary teachers who 
wish to supplement their training; (3) students preparing for educational 
work in the trades and industries; (4) students preparing to become home 
demonstrators, club or community recreation leaders, and (in cooperation 
with the Department of Sociology) social workers; (5) graduate students 
preparing for teaching, supervisory, or administrative positions; (6) stu- 
dents whose major interests are in other fields, but who desire courses in 
education. 

Special Facilities 

Because of the location of the University in the suburbs of the nation's 
capital, unusual facilities for the study of education are available to its 
students and faculty. The Library of Congress, the library of the Office 
of Education, and special libraries of other government agencies are acces- 
sible, as well as the information services of the National Education Asso- 
ciation, American Council on Education, U. S. Office of Education, and 
other institutions, public and private. The school systems of the District 
of Columbia, Baltimore, and suburban counties of Maryland offer generous 
cooperation. 

The Institute for Child Study 

The Institute for Child Study carries on the following activities: (1) it 
undertakes basic research in human development; (2) it digests and syn- 
thesizes research findings from the many sciences that study human beings; 
(3) it plans, organizes and services programs of direct child study by in- 
service teachers in individual schools or in municipal, county or state sys- 
tems; (4) it offers field training to a limited number of properly qualified 
doctorate students, preparing them to render expert consultant service to 
schools and for college teaching of human development. Inquiries should 
be addressed to Prof. Daniel A. Prescott, Director, Institute for Child Study. 

The Workshop on Child Development and Education. 

The College of Education operates a Workshop on Child Development 
and Education for six weeks each summer. Requiring full-time work of 
all participants, it provides opportunities for (1) study and synthesis of 
scientific knowledge about children and youth; (2) training in the analysis 
of case records; (3) training for study-group leaders for in-service child 
study programs; (4) planning in-service programs of child study for 
teachers and pre-service courses and laboratory experiences for prospective 
teachers; (5) analysis of the curricular, guidance, and school organization 
implications of scientific knowledge about human development and behavior. 



NURSERY SCHOOL ' 143 

Special announcements of the Workshop are available about March 15 of 
each year and advance registration is required because the number of 
participants must be limited. Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Daniel 
A. Prescott, Director, Workshop on Child Development and Education. 

THE UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND NURSERY SCHOOL 

The University of Maryland has a nursery school on the campus where 
Students majoring in nursery school education may receive training and 
practical experience. This school is a cooperative effort which is operated 
jointly by the parents and the College of Education. 

Requirements for Admission 

The requirements for admission to the College of Education are in general 
the same as for the other colleges of the University. Candidates for ad- 
mission whose high school records are consistently low are strongly advised 
not to seek admission to the College of Education. • 

Guidance in Registration 

At the time of matriculation each student is tentatively assigned to a 
member of the faculty who acts as the student's personal adviser. The 
choice of subject areas within which the student will prepare to teach and 
the selection of his professional courses will be made under faculty guidance 
during the first year in the Introduction to Education course, required of 
all freshmen. While in particularly fortunate cases it may be possible to 
make satisfactory adjustments as late as the junior year, for students from 
other colleges who have not already entered upon the sequence of profes- 
sional courses, it is highly desirable that this work in the College of Educa- 
tion be begun in the freshman year. Students who intend to teach (except 
Vocational Agriculture) should register in the College of Education, in 
order that they may have continuously the counsel and guidance of the 
faculty which is directly responsible for their professional pr^aration. 

Junior Status 

The first two years of college work are preparatory to the professional 
work of the junior and senior years. To be eligible to enter the professional 
courses, a student must have attained junior status, that is, he must have 
completed 64 semester hours with an average grade of C or better. 

Courses Outside of College Park 

Through the College of Special and Continuation Studies a number of 
courses in Education are offered in Baltimore and elsewhere. These courses 
are chosen to meet the needs of groups of students in various centers. In ^ 
these centers, on a part-time basis, a student may complete a part of the 
work required for a bachelor's degree. Graduate courses in Education 
are offered in Baltimore. 

Announcement of such courses may be obtained by addressing requests 
to the Director of the College of Special and Continuation Studies, College 
Park, Maryland. 



144 REQUIRED COURSES 

Certification of Teachers 

The State Department of Education certifies to teach in the approved 
high schools of the State only graduates of approved colleges who have 
satisfactorily fulfilled subject-matter and professional requirements. Spe- 
cifically it limits certification to graduates who "rank academically in the 
upper four-fifths of the class and who make a grade of C or better in 
practice teaching." (See also Elementary Education.) 

From the offerings in Education, the District of Columbia requirement of 
24 semester hours of professional courses may be fully met. Students 
intending to qualify as teachers in Baltimore, Washington, or any other 
city or state should, in their junior year, obtain a statement of certification 
lequirements in such area and be guided thereby in the selection of courses. 
Advisers will assist in obtaining and utilizing such information. 

Degrees 

The degrees conferred upon students who have met the conditions pre- 
scribed for a degree in the College of Education are Bachelor of Arts and 
Bachelor of Science. Majors in English, social sciences, languages, and 
art, receive the B. A. degree. Mathematics' majors may receive either 
degree. All others receive the B. S. degree. 

Professional Organizations 

The College of Education sponsors two professional organizations. Phi 
Delta Kappa, the national professional fraternity for men in Education, and 
Iota Lambda Sigma, the national honorary fraternity in Industrial Educa- 
tion. Both fraternities have large and active chapters and are providing 
outstanding professional leadership in their fields of service. 

Graduate Status 

To be eligible for graduate study in Education a student must have earned 
at least 16 'semester credits in Education at the undergraduate level. He 
must also hold the Bachelor of Arts degree, or its equivalent. 

CURRICULA AND REQUIRED COURSES 

There are 12 curricula in the College of Education, as follows: (1) 
Academic, which is selected by students who wish to become teachers 
of English, social studies, sciences, mathematics, or languages; (2) Art 
Education; (8) Bitsineas Education; (4) Dental Education; (5) Elementary 
Education; (6) Home Economics Education; (7) Industrial Education; (8) 
Nursery School Education; (9) Nursing Education; (10) Physical Educa- 
tion; (11) Health Education; (12) Recreation Education; and (13) Pre- 
physical Therapy. 

A total of 120 semester hours in addition to the University requirement 
in military and physical education is required for graduation in the College 
of Education. In no case shall the total number of semester hours required 
for graduation be less than 128. 



SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS 1 IT, 

The following minimum rt'quiromcnt.s arc common to all (ninicula : 
English — 12 semester hours; social studies — 12 semester hours, as follows: 
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life; G. & P. 1 — American Government; 
and H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization; science or mathematics — 6 
semester hours; education — 20 semester hours; Speech — .3 semester hours; 
physical education and military science as required by the University. 

Marks in all required courses in education and in the major and minor 
must be C or higher. A general average of C or higher must be maintained 
and three-fourths or more of the total required credits must carry grades 
of C or better. In order to be admitted to a course in student teaching 
(Ed. 143, 148, or 149) a student must have a grade point average of 2.275. 

Exceptions to curricular requirements and rules of the College of Educa- 
tion must have the approval of the student's adviser and the dean. 

Academic Education 

Students enrolled in this curriculum will meet the following general 
requirements. 

(1) English, 12 semester hours. 

(2) Foreign language for candidates for the bachelor of arts degree: 
12 semester hoihrs provided the student enters with less than three 
years of foreign language credits; 6 semester hours, if he enters with 
three years of such credits. No foreign language is required of any 
student who enters with four years of language credits nor of candi- 
dates for the bachelor of science degree. See "Degrees" above, 

(3) Social sciences, 12 semester hours as follows: Soc. 1 — Sociology of 
American Life; G. & P. 1 — American Government; and H. 5, 6 — 
History of American Civilization. 

(4) Science or mathematics, 12 semester hours. 

(5) Education, 20 semester hours. 

(6) Speech, 4 semester hours. 

All students who elect the academic education curriculum will fulfill the 
preceding general requirements and also prepare to teach at least two high 
school subjects which will involve meeting specific requirements in particular 
subject matter fields called majors or minors. Usually the student completes 
one major and one minor. 

The specific requirements by subject fields are as follows: 

English. A major in English requires 36 semester hours as follows: 
Composition and Literature 12 semester hours 

American Literature, Advanced 3 semester hours 

Electives 21 semester hours 

A minor in English requires 26 semester hours. It includes the l.") 
semester hours prescribed for the major and 11 hours of electives. 



146 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS 

Electives must be chosen with the approval of the adviser who will guide 
the student in terms of College of Education records and recommendations 
of the English Department. 

Social Sciences. For a major in this group 36 semester hours are re- 
quired, of which at least 18 hours must be in history, including 6 hours in 
American history and 6 hours in European history. Six of the 18 hours 
must be in advanced courses. For a minor in the group, 24 hours are 
required, of which 18 are the same as specified above. 

History (including one yeair each of American and 
European History) 18 semester hours 

Economics, sociology, government or geography 6 semester hours 

Electives 12 semester hours 

For a minor, the requirements are the same less the electives. 

Foreign Languages. All students preparing to teach French, German, or 
Spanish are required to take Comparative Literature 101 and 102 and are 
strongly advised to take the review course for majors (Fr., Ger., or Sp. 99). 
Further courses in comparative literature along with work in European or 
Latin American history are also recommended. 

Specific minimum requl/ements in the three languages are a semester 
each of intermediate and advanced conversation (Fr., Ger., or Sp. 8 and 80), 
a semester of grammar review, six hours of introductory survey of the 
literature (Fr., Ger., Sp. 75 and 76), one semester of a Life and Culture 
Course (Fr., Ger. or Sp. 161 or 162) and six hours in literature courses 
numbered 100 or above. No minor is provided. 

Mathematics. A major in mathematics requires 36 semester hours as 

follows: math. 2, 14, 15, 17, 20, 21, and elective credits in mathematics. 

For a minor, the requirements are: Math. 2, 14, 15, 17, 20, 21, and five 
elective credits in mathematics. 

The following courses are recommended for electives in mathematics: 
Math. 13, 16, 102, 103, 124, 125. 

Students who pass an attainment examination with a satisfactory grade 
are excused from the requirement in Solid Geometry. 

Science. In general science a major of 40 semester hours and a minor of 
30 semester hours are offered, each including elementary courses in 
chemistry, physics, and biology (zoology and botany). The major should 
include one of the following programs. 

Program I, emphasizing chemistry: Math, 14, 15; Chem. 1, 3, 5, 19, 31, 32, 
33, 34, 101, 181, 182, 183, 184; Phys. 10, 11, or 20, 21; Zool. 1; Bot. 1; 
Bact. 1. 

Program H, emphasizing physics: Math. 14, 15; Chem. 1, 3; Phys. 20, 21, 
and six additional hours in physics; Zool. 1; Bot. 1; Bact. 1. 



ACADEMIC EDUCATION 



147 



Program III, emphasizing botany: Chem. 1, 3; Phys. 1, 2, or 10, 11; 
Zool. 1; Bot. 1, 2, 50, 111, 102; Bact. 1. 

Program IV, emphasizing zoology: Chem. 1, 3; Phys. 1, 2 or 10, 11; 
Zool. 2, 3, 14, 15, 107, 121 or 104, 75, 70; Bot. 1; Bact. 1. 

Minors of 20 semester hours are offered in chemistry, in physics, and in 
biological sciences. A minor in biology must be supported by a course in 
chemistry. A minor in physics must be supported by a basic course in 
chemistry. A minor in chemistry must be supported by a basic course in 
physics. 

If a major in general science is accompanied by a minor in chemistry, 
physics, or biology, the same credits may be applied to both provided that 
they number not less than 52 semester hours in natural sciences. 



Academic Education Curriculum 

Freshman Year 

Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education 

Ene. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature. 

See. 1 — Sociology of American Life 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speakintr 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

P. E. 42, 44— Hygiene I. II (Women) 

General requirements 

Major and minor requirements 

Eleetives 



Semester — , 


/ 


II 


2 or 


2 


3 


3 


3 




2 


2 




3 


3 


3 


1 


1 


2 


2 



ToUl 



Sophomore Year 

Ed. 2 — Educational Forum 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature, or. 
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature... 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

General requirements 

Major and minor requirements 

EUectivea 



17 



17-18 



ToUl 



Junior Year 

Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology 

EJd. 160 — Educational Sociology 

Ed. ISO — Theory of the Junior High School or 

Ed. 131 — ^Theory of the Senior High School 

Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation. 

General requirements 

Major and minor requirements 

Eleetives 



17-18 



17-18 



Total 



16-18 1»-18 



148 ART EDUCATION 

I — Semester — < 

Senior Year I II 

Ed. 150 — Educational Measurements 2 .... 

Ed. 148 — Methods and Practice of Teaching or 4 or 4 

Ed. 149— Methods and Practice of Teaching 9 or 9 

Major and minor requirements .... . • ■ - 

Total 12-18 12-18 

Art Education 

This curriculum is planned to meet the growing demand for special 
teachers and supervisors in art activity. Emphasis is placed upon ways to 
draw out and develop the creative inclinations of beginners; to integrate 
art and other areas of study; to utilize art in solving social problems. 
General requirements are the same as for the academic curriculum. 

Art Education Curriculum ^g^^^^t^,.^ 

Freshman Year / // 

Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education 2 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2 

Pr. Art 1 — Design 3 

Pr. Art 2 — Survey of Art History 2 

P. E. 42, 44— Hygiene (Women) , 2 2 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 i 

Math. O — Basic Mathematics . 

Electives 2 2 4 

Total 17 16-18 

Sophoviore Year 

Ed. 3 — Educational Forum .... i 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature, or 3 3 

Eng. 5. 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry 3 8 

Pr. Art 20 — Costume Design 3 .... 

Pr. Art 30— Typography and Lettering .... 3 

Cr. 2— Simple Crafts 2 

Pr. Art 3 — Creative Art Inspired by Primitive Art 2 

Pr. Art 4 — Three-dimensional Design ... 2 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) .i 3 

Physical Activities 1 ] 

Electives 4_g 2 

Total IS 18 16-18 



•An examination in mathematics will bp given (o freshmen during the fall semester: 
those who pass will not be required to take Math. O 



BUSINESS EDUCATION 149 

,• — Semester — ^ 
Junior Year I II 

Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology 2 .... 

Psych. 110 — Educational I'sycholoBy 3 .... 

Ed. 130 — Theory of the Junior High School, or 2 

Ed. 131— Theory of the Senior High School 2 

H. 5, 6 — American History 3 8 

Pr. Art. HO, 111— Interior Design 3 3 

Cr. 20 — Ceramics 2 .... 

Cr. 30 — Metalry 2 

Cr. 6 — Pui)i)etry .... 2 

Professional Lectures .... 

Electives 4-6 3-5 

Total 16-18 16-18 

Senior Year 

Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Art 3 .... 

Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement 2 .... 

Ed. 148 — Methods and Practice of Teaching 4-9 

Pr. Art 132— Advertising Layout 2 

Cr. 40 — Weaving 2 

Cr. 198— Crafts in Therapy 2 

Electives 7 5-10 

Total 16 16 

Business Education 

Two curricula are offered for the preparation of teachers of business 
subjects. The General Business Education Curriculum qualifies for teach- 
ing all business subjects except shorthand. Providing thorough training 
in general business, including economics, it leads to teaching positions on 
both junior and senior high school levels. By the proper selection of elec- 
tives, persons following this curriculum may also qualify as teachers of 
social studies. 

The Secretarial Education course is adapted to the needs of those who 
wish to become teachers of shorthand as well as other business subjects. 

General Business Education Curriculum , — Semester — ^ 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

Math. 5 — General Mathematics 3 .... 

Math, 6 — Mathematics of Finance .... 3 

Econ. 1, 2 — Economic Resources 2 2 

S. T. 1 — Principles of Typewriting 2 

Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education 2 .... 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 42, 44— Hygiene I, II (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 18-19 18-19 



150 



SECRETARIAL EDUCATION 



I — Semester — \ 

Sophomore Year j Ji 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 3 

Hist. B, 6 — History of American Civilization 8 8 

Econ. 31, 82 — Principles of Economics 8 8 

B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting 4 4 

S. T. 2 — Intermediate Typewriting 2 

S. T. 10— Office Typewriting Problems 2 

Ed. 3 — Educational Forum 1 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 16-19 17-20 

Junior Year 

Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology 3 

Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Business Subjects .... 8 

Ed. 146— Techniques of Teaching Office Skills 2 

Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology .... 2 

Ed. 130 — Theory of Junior High School, or Theory of Senior High School 2 

S. T. 112— Filing 2 

S. T. Ill— Office Machines 3 

B. A. 10, 11 — Organization and Control 2 2 

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3 .... 

Econ. 150 — Marketing and Organization 8 

Electives 2 5 

Total ; 17 17 

Senior Year 

Ed. 150 — Educational Measurements 2 .... 

Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice of Teaching 9 

B. A. 165 — Office Management 8 .... 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 4 4 

Electives 8 8 

Total 17 16 



Secretarial Education Curriculum 

Freshman Year 

Same as General Business Curriculum 



DENTAL EDUCATION 



151 



-Semester 



Sophomore Year 

Ed. 3 — Educatiunal Forum 

Engr. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature, or 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 

S. T. 12, 13— Principles of Shorthand L II 

S. T. 2 — Intermediate Typewriting 

S. T. 10 — Office Typewriting I'rohk nis 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics . . 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

ToUl 

Junior Year 

Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology 

Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Business Subjects 

Ed. 146 — Techniques of Teaching Oflice Skills 

Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology 

Ed. 130 or 131— Theory of Junior (or Senior) High School 

S. T. 16— Advanced Shortand 

S. T. 17— Transcription 

B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting 

S. T. 112— Filing - 

S. T. HI— Office Machines 

Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

EJd. 150 — Educational Measurement 

Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice of Teaching 

S. T. 110— Secretarial Work 

B. A. 165 — Office Management 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 

Electives 

Total 



16 

2 
8 

4 



// 

1 
3 
3 
3 

4 



3 
17 



16 



Dental Education ~" 

In cooperation with the School of Dentistry, the College of Education 
offers a curriculum in dental education leading to the Bachelor of Science 
degree, with course work offered in the Baltimore Center only. This 
curriculum is designed to prepare superior graduates of the Dental School 
for positions as teachers of dentistry. Details of the program may be 
obtained from the Dean of the School of Dentistry or of the College of 
Education. Persons entering the program must be approved by the Com- 
mittee on Admissions of the Dental School. 

For students who are dental school graduates with the degree of Doctor 
of Dental Surgery (acquired since 1936-37, after six years of study) and who 
have the approval of the Committee on Admissions of the Dental School : 



152 ELEMENTARY EDUCATIOX 

A. Ninety-six (96) semester hours (or the equivalent of three years of 
work) may be credited for the dental school work provided none of the 
dental school marks were lower than "B". 

B. The additional 32 semester hours, as follows, are required: 

1. English. English language and literature 8 

2. Social Science. Four (4) of which are in American History 
and the other 4 directed electives 8 

3. Education, as follows : 16 

History of Dental Education 2 

Educational Psychology 4 

Secondary Education 2 

Educational Tests and Measurements 2 

Methods of Teaching Vocational Subjects 2 

Organization and Management of Vocational Classes 2 

Directed electives 2 

Elementary Education 

This curriculum is open only to persons who have completed a two- or 
three-year cuTriculum in a Maryland State Teachers College or other 
accredited teacher education institutions and whose records give evidence 
of ability and character essential to elementary teaching. Such persons 
will be admitted to advanced standing and classified provisionally in appro- 
priate classes. 

Credit for extension courses given by other institutions may be accepted 
in an amount not exceeding 30 semester hours. The last 30 semester hours 
of work preceding the conferring of the degree must be done in the 
University of Maryland. 

Additional curriculum requirements for students who are admitted with 
approximately 64 semester hours of advanced standing (two year normal 
school graduates) are as follows: 

Education — 4 semester hours; English — 10 semester hours; science 
(chemistry, physics, zoology, botany, bacteriology, entomology) — 10 semester 
hours; social science (history, sociology, economics, government and politics, 
geography) — 12 semester hours. Electives to be chosen according to indi- 
vidual need and approved by adviser. 

Additional curriculum requirements for students who enter with approxi- 
mately 96 semester hours of advanced standing (three-year normal school 
graduates) are as follows: 

Education — 2 semester hours; English — 6 semester hours; science (as 
above) — 6 semester hours; social science (as above) — 12 semester hours. 
Electives — as above. 

State Department of Education requirements provide that a teacher in 
service may present for certificate credit not more than six semester hours 



HOME ECONOMICS CURRICULUM 15.'. 

of credit completed during a school year. The College of Education assumes 
no responsibility in this connection but candidates are advised to observe 
this regulation. 

Home Economics Education 

The Home Economics Education curriculum is designed for students who 
are preparing to teach vocational or general home economics or to engage 
in any phase of home economics w^ork which requires a knowledge of 
teaching methods. It includes studies of all phases of home economics and 
the allied sciences, with professional training for teaching these subjects. 
A student majoring in this curriculum may also qualify for a science minor. 

Students electing this curriculum may register in the College of Education 
or the College of Home Economics. See "Guidance in Registration," 
page 143. 

Home Economics Education Curriculum ^eme<iter 

Freshvian Year I II 

Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education 2 .... 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature, or 3 3 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

Pol. Sci. 1 — American Government .... 3 

^eech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

H. E. 1 — Home Economics Lectures 1 .... 

Pr. Art 1— Design 3 

Math. O or Elective .... 3 

P. E. 42. 44— Hygiene I, II 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Tex. 1— Textiles 3 

Total 17 17 

Sophomore Year 

Ed. 3 — Educational Forum 1 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 3 

H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Chem. 11, 13— General Chemistry 3 3 

Pr. Art 20 — Costume Design .... 3 

CIo. 20A or B— Clothing 3 

Foods 2, 3 — Foods .... 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 16 17 



• Not required of students who pass the qualifying examination which is given during 
the first semester. Prerequisite for chemistry. 



154 NURSERY SCHOOL EDUCATION 

I — Semester — > 

Junior Year I II 

H. E. Ed. 101 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation .... t 

Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology 3 .... 

Home Mgt. 150, 161 — Home Management 3 S 

Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition .... S 

Foods 100 — Food Economics 2 .... 

Foods 101 — Meal Service 2 

Clo. 120 — Draping • 

Pr. Art 140 — Interior Design 8 .... 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 .... 

Zool. 16 — Human Physiology 4 — . 

Bot. 1 — General Botany .... 4 

Total 18 18 

Senior Year 

H. E. Ed. 102 — Problems in Teaching Home Economics 3 .... 

H. E. Ed. 103— Teaching Secondary Vocational Home Economics .... 4r-8 

Home Mgt. 152 — Practice in Management of the Home .... 8 

H. E. Ed. 110— Child Development 8 

Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement 2 

Dact. 51 — Household Bacteriology 3 

EM. 130— Theory of the Junior High School or 2 

Ed. 131— Theory of the Senior High School 

Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology 2 

Child Study -3 

Total 16 10 

Nursery School Education 

The nursery school education curriculum has as its goal the preparation 
of nursery school teachers. It is also planned to further the personal 
development of the student and to give training in horaemaking. 

Nursery School Education Curriculum 
Freshman Year 

Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education 2 .... 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 8 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3 

Speech 1. 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

Pr. Art 1 — Design 8 

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology .... 8 

P. E. 42, 44— Hygiene I, II 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Electives .... 2 

Total 16 16 



NURSING EDUCATION 



155 



Sophomore Year 

Ed. 3 — EducationnI Forum 

Ens:. 8, 4 — Composition and World Literature, or 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 

Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition 

Zool. 16 — Human Physiology 

Hist. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 

Foods 1 — Int. Foods 

Econ. 87 — Fund, of Economics 

Physical Activities 

Electives 

Total 

Junior Year 

H. E. Ed. 110— Child Development I 

Home Mgt. 150, 151 — Management of the Home 

Foods 100 — Food Economics 

Foods 101 — Meal Service 

Zool. 55 — Development of the Human Body 

Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology 

H. E. Ed. 112— Play and Play Materials 

Bact. 51 — Household Bacteriology 

Ed. 159— Child Development II 

Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

H. E. Ed. Ill — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Nursery 

School 

H. E. Ed. 118 — Teaching Nursery School 

Psych. 125— Child Psychology 

Home Mgt. 152 — Practice in Management of the Home 

Clo. 123— Children's Clothing 

Nut. Ill— Child Nutrition 

Soc. 61 — Marriage and the Family 

Ed. 42 — Children's Literature 

H. E. Ed. 116, 117 — Creative Expression — Art, Music, Dance 

Electives 

Total 



-Semester — \ 
/ // 

— 1 

3 3 

3 3 

3 

4 

3 3 

3 

3 
1 1 

3 3 



17 



2 
3 
2 

16 



17 



16 



i-8 
8 

2 

8 

8 
16 



Nursing Education 

By cooperative arrangements between the School of Nursing and the 
College of Education a curriculum is provided for persons who desire to 
become teachers in schools of nursing. While the curriculum has not yet 
been developed in final form, a tentative statement of requirements ade- 
quate for current student guidance is available and may be obtained on 
request from the School of Nursing in Baltimore or the College of Education 
in College Park. 




156 INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 

Industrial Education 

The program of studies in Industrial Education provides: (a) a four-year 
curriculum leading to the degree of bachelor of science in industrial educa- 
tion; (b) a program of professional courses to prepare teachers to meet 
the certification requirements in vocational and occupational schools; (c) a 
program of courses for the improvement of teachers in service. 

Experience in some trade or industrial activity will benefit students pre- 
paring to teach industrial subjects. The curriculum is designed to prepare 
teachers of trade and industrial shop and related subjects, and teachers of 
industrial arts. Reasonable adaptations of this curriculum are made for 
trade and industrial teachers in service. Students entering an industrial 
education curriculum register in the College of Education. 

Industrial Education Curriculum 

Freshman Year 

Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education 

Engr. 1. 2 — Composition and American Literature 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking , 

Sec. 1 — Sociology of American Life 

Pol. Sci. 1 — American Government 

Ind. Ed. 1 — Mechanical Drawing 2 .... 

Ind. Ed. 21 — Mechanical Drawing .... 2 

Ind. Ed. 2 — Elementary Woodworking .^. . . . 2 .... 

Ind. Ed. 22 — Machine Woodworking I .... 2 

Ind. Ed. 12— Shop Calculation 3 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C ."? 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 18 19 

Sophomore Year 

Ed. 3 — Education Forum .... i 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature, or 8 8 

Eng. 5, G — Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8 

Ind. Ed. 23— Arc and Gas Welding ] 

Ind. Ed. 24— Sheet Metal Work 2 

Ind. Ed. 41 — Architectural Drawing 2 .... 

Ind. Ed. 67— Cold Metal Work 2 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4 

Math. 10 — Algebra .... :j 

M. S. 3. 4— Basic R. O. T. C 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 18 21 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 157 

I — Semester - 

Junior Year I II 

Ind. Ed. 26— Art Metal Work 1 2 

Ind. Ed. 28— Electricity I 2 

Ind. Ed. G9— Machine Shop Practice I 2 

Ind. Ed. 110— Foundry 1 

Ind. Ed. 160— Essentials of Design 2 

Ind. Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Industrial 

Education • • • • 3 

Ind. Ed. 166 — Educational Foundations of Industrial Arts, or 2 .... 

Ind. Ed. 171 — History of Vocational Education 2 .... 

Tsych. 110 — Educational Psychology 3 .... 

Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology .... 2 

Ed. 130— Theory of the Junior High School, or 2 

Ed. 131 — Theory of the Senior High School 2 

Phys, 1, 2 — Elements of Physics 3 3 

Directed Electives in Industrial Education 3 3 

Electives .... 3 

Total 18 18 

Senior Year 

Ind. Ed. 89 — Machine Shop Practice II 2 .... 

Ind. Ed. 48— Electricity II 2 

*Ind. Ed. 31 — Mechanical Drawing .... 2 

tind. Ed. 42 — Machine Woodworking II .... 2 

Ind. Ed. 164 — Shop Organization and Management 2 

Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement 2 .... 

Ed. 161 — Guidance in Secondary Schools .... 2 

Ind. Ed. 105— General Shop, or .2 

Ind. Ed. 168 — -Trade or Occupational Analysis 2 .... 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics .... 3 

EM. 148 or 149 — Methods and Practice of Teaching 4-9 or 4-9 

Electives 4 9 4-9 

Total 18-19 19-20 



* Ceramics accepted as a substitute. 

t Automotives accepted as a substitute. 

Physical Education, Health and Recreation 

The College of Education, in cooperation with the College of Military 
Science, Physical Education, and Recreation, offers curricula for the prepa- 
ration of teachers in the fields of Physical Education, Health, Pre-physical 
Therapy and Recreation. For detailed listing of these curricula and the 
courses in these fields, see pages 195, 295, 346, 366. 

Students interested in preparation for teaching in these fields should first 
consult the Head of the Department of Physical Education, Health, and 
Recreation and if approved, then may register in the College of Education. 



158 THE UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 

S. S. Steinberg, Dean 



The College of Engineering will, after the current year and in future 
catalogues, be known as the Glenn L. Martin College of Engineering 
and Aeronautical Sciences. The present College of Engineering is 
now undergoing a reorganization which is expected will be com- 
pleted before September, 1949. This reorganization involves a con- 
tinuation and expansion of the present departments and the estab- 
lishment, within the College, of an Institute for Advanced Techno- 
logical Studies. This Institute will carry on full-time research in 
connection with an organization known as the State Institute for In- 
dustrial Research authorized by the last Legislature to be under the 
direction of the Board of Regents of the University, and also will carry 
on studies in the various departments leading to graduate degrees. 



The primary purpose of the College of Engineering is to train young men 
to practice the profession of Engineering. It endeavors at the same time 
to equip them for their duties as citizens and for careers in public service 
and in industry. 

In training professional engineers it is necessary that great emphasis be 
placed on the fundamentals of mathematics, science and engineering so 
as to establish a broad professional base. Experience has also shown the 
value of a coordinated group of humanistic-social studies for engineering 
students since their later professional activities are so closely identified 
with the public. It is well recognized that an engineering training affords 
an efficient prepai'ation for many callings in public and private life outside 
the engineei'ing profession. 

The length of the normal curriculum in the College of Engineering is 
four years and leads to the bachelor's degree. In the case of most students 
these four years give the engineering graduate the basic and fundamental 
knowledge necessary to enter upon the practice of the profession. Engi- 
neering students with superior scholastic records are advised to supplement 
their undergraduate programs by at least one year of graduate study lead- 
ing to the master's degree. Graduate programs will be arranged upon 
application to the chairman of the engineering department concerned. 

In order to give the new student time to choose the branch of engineering 
for which he is best adapted, the freshman year of the several curriculums 
is the same. Lectures and conferences are used to guide the student in 
making a proper choice. The courses differ only slightly in the sophomore 
year, but in the junior and senior years the students are directed definitely 
along professional lines. 

Admission Requirements 

The requirements for admission to the College of Engineering are, in 
general, the same as elsewhere described for admission to the undergraduate 



COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 159 

departments of the University, except as to the requirements in mathe- 
matics. See Admission, Section I. 

It is possible, however, for high school graduates having the requisite 
number of entrance units to enter the College of Engineering without the 
unit of advanced algebra, or the one-half unit of solid geometry. The 
program for such students would be as follows: during the first semester, 
five hours a week would be devoted to making up advanced algebra and 
solid geometry; in the second semester, mathematics of the first semester 
would be scheduled, and the second semester mathematics would be taken 
in the third semester. 

Bachelor Degrees in Engineering 

Courses leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science are offered in 
aeronautical, chemical, civil, electrical, and mechanical engineering. 

Master of Science in Engineering 

Candidates for the degree of Master of Science in Engineering are 
accepted in accordance with the procedure and requirements of the Graduate 
School. See Graduate School, Section II. 

Professional Degrees in Engineering 

The degrees of Aeronautical Engineer, ^Chemical Engineer, Civil Engineer, 
Electrical Engineer, and Mechanical Engineer will be granted only to 
graduates of the University who have obtained a bachelor's degree in 
engineering. The applicant must satisfy the following conditions: 

1. He shall have engaged successfully in acceptable engineering work 
for not less than four years after graduation. 

2. He must be considered eligible by a committee composed of the Dean 
of the College of Engineering and the heads of the Departments of 
Aeronautical, Chemical, Civil, Electrical, and Mechanical Engineering. 

3. His registration for a degree must be approved at least twelve months 
prior to the date on which the degree is to be conferred. He shall present 
with his application a complete report of his engineering experience and 
an outline of his proposed thesis. 

4. He shall present a satisfactory thesis on an approved subject. 

Equipment 

The Engineering buildings are provided with lecture-rooms, recitation- 
rooms, drafting-rooms, laboratories, and shops for various phases of 
engineering work. 

Drafting-Rooms. The drafting-rooms are fully equipped for practical 
v^ork. The engineering student must provide himself with an approved 
drawing outfit, supplies, and books. 

Chemical Engineering Laboratories. For instruction and research, the 
Chemical Engineering Department maintains laboratories for (1) General 
Testing and Control; (2) Unit Operations; (3) Cooperative Research; 
(4) Graduate Research. 



160 LABORATORIES, EQUIPMENT 

General Testing and Control Laboratory. In this laboratory there is 
available complete equipment for the chemical and physical testing of water, 
gases, coal, petroleum, and their by-products; and for general industrial 
chemicals, both inorganic and organic. 

Unit Operations Laboratory. This laboratory contains equipment for the 
study of fluid flow, heat flow, drying, filtration, distillation, evaporation, 
crushing, grinding, combustion, gas absorption, extraction, and centi'ifuging. 
Organic process equipment includes an autoclave, nitrator, reducer, and 
mixing kettle. For the study of fluid flow a permanent hydraulic assembly 
is available, and this includes flow meters of most types. 

In the laboratory there is a large column still with a kettle capacity of 
100 gallons, equipped for the measurement of temperature and pressure, 
sampling devices, condensers, and vacuum receivers. This still is so de- 
signed that it can be used either as a batch type unit, continuous feed type, 
direct pot still, steam still, or as a vacuum still. Studies in evaporation can 
be made on a double effect evaporator, one unit of which is equipped with a 
horizontal tube bundle and the other with a vertical tube bundle. This 
evaporator is equipped with vacuum and pressure gauges, stirrer, wet 
vacuum pump, condensate pump, and salt filter. Gas absorption equipment 
includes a blower and a stoneware column packed with different types of 
packings in respective sections so that comparative studies may be made. 
The organic process equipment is all self-driven and designed to afford 
flexibility in use. Filtration studies may be made either on a large plate 
and frame press or on the ordinary Sweetland type press. Combustion 
equipment available consists of an industrial carburetor, pot furnace, premix 
gas fired furnace and the usual gas analysis equipment. For grinding 
there is a jaw crusher, a disc crusher, and a ball mill. A mechanical shaker 
and standard sieve ai-e available for particle size separation. Shop facilities 
include a lathe, drill press, grinder, welding equipment, and other tools 
necessary for unit operation and research studies. The University has 
received war surplus equipment which, when placed in operation, will 
greatly expand these facilities. 

Cooperative and Graduate Research Laboratories. These laboratories are 
arranged to permit the installation of such special equipment as the 
particular problems under consideration may require. Effort is made to 
maintain cooperation with the industries of Maryland and the Chemical 
Engineering activities of the State and Federal governments; for such work 
important advantages accrue because of the location of the Eastern Experi- 
ment Station of the United States Bureau of Mines on the University 
campus. 

Electrical Machinery Laboratories. There is provided a motor-generator 
set, consisting of a synchronous motor and a compound direct-current gen- 
erator with motor and generator control panels, to furnish direct current 
for testing purposes. Through a distribution switchboard, provision is made 



LABORATORIES IGl 

for distributing to the various laboratories direct current at 125 volts, and 
alternating current, single-phase, and three-phase, at 110 and 220 volts. 

High-current potential dividers and auto-transformers are available at 
the testing stations for individual voltage control. A single-phase induc- 
tion regulator with control panel is also available for voltage regulation of 
experimental circuits. At the individual testing stations, use is made of 
specially constructed instrument tables which are designed to facilitate 
measurements in fundamental, direct-current machinery, and alternating- 
current machinery experiments. 

The test equipment includes a variety of direct- and alternating-current 
generators and motors, distribution transformers, a synchronous converter, 
an induction regulator, and modem control apparatus. Most of the 
machines are of modern construction and of such size and design as to give 
typical performance characteristics. Flexibility of operation is provided in 
several ways: for example, direct-current machines and alternating-current 
machines are mounted on common bases with provisions for easy mechan- 
ical coupling and any machine may be readily connected electrically to any 
other machine through a common distribution panel. Metering and control 
boards are provided for rapid change of operating conditions with any 
machine. Water-cooled Prony brakes are available for machine testing. 

Included in the test equipment are the measuring instruments essential 
for practical electrical testing, namely, ammeters, voltmeters, wattmeters, 
watthourmeters, frequency meters, tachometers, stroboscopes, Wheatstone 
bridges, impedance bridges, and oscillographs. 

Electrical Measurements Laboratory. The calibrating equipment consists 
of standards of potential and resistance which are used in conjunction 
with modem potentiometers to maintain calibration of a standard ammeter, 
voltmeter, and watthourmeter. Secondary standards of potential, resist- 
ance, inductance, capacitance, and frequency are available. Auxiliary de- 
vices such as oscillators, amplifiers, rectifiers, wavemeters, bridges, and 
galvanometers are also available. 

A five-machine motor-generator set delivers voltages and currents, both 
alternating and direct, to test tables for meter testing. Equipment is also 
available for the experimental study of electric and magnetic fields, non- 
linear circuit elements and other topics in the field of electricity and 
magnetism. 

Electronics Laboratory. This laboratory is housed in the same room as 
the measurements laboratory thereby permitting direct use of the measure- 
ments equipment. A wide variety of vacuum tubes, gas-filled tubes, and 
photo-tubes is provided for studying tube characteristics. Associated 
equipment is also provided for making quantitative studies of emission, 
rectification, amplification, and oscillation. This equipment includes cathode- 
ray oscillographs, vacuum-tube voltmeters, micro-voltmeters, audio oscilla- 
tors, signal generators, and a-c and d-c bridges. 



162 LABORATORIES 

Electrical Communications Laboratory. Equipment for studying both wire 
and wireless communication is provided. Transmission circuits, including 
artificial lines, filter sections, attenuation sections, and coupling devices are 
provided. 

Audio-frequency, high-frequency, and ultra-high-frequency oscillators 
together with standard signal generators and other standard measuring 
equipment are available. Several demonstration radio receivers and trans- 
mitters are used in laboratory tests involving radio frequencies and several 
wave guide configurations and antenna arrays are employed in ultra-high- 
frequency testing. 

Mechanical Engineering Laboratories. These laboratories are equipped 
for research and practice in thermodynamics, heat transmission, fuels and 
lubricants, steam power, internal combustion engines, refrigeration, air 
conditioning and heating and ventilation. 

The apparatus in the steam power and heat transfer laboratory consists 
of steam engines equipped with Prony brakes, two-stage steam driven air 
compressor, mechanical indicators, planimeters, pumps, gauges and their 
testing equipment, feed water heaters, steam condensers, injectors and 
ejectors, and a steam turbine generator set. 

The fuels and lubricants equipment consists of bomb and gas calorimeters, 
viscosimeter, octane and octane rating engines, hydrometers, chemical 
balances, drying ovens, and exhaust gas analyzing equipment. 

For internal combustion engine laboratory practice and research there 
are available: Waukesha Diesel engine research unit with electric dynamom- 
eter, National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics variable compression 
ratio research engine, single and multi-cylinder gasoline engines, radial air- 
craft engine, R.C.A. piezo-electric high speed engine indicator, vibration 
measuring equipment, and exhaust pyrometers. 

A refrigeration and air conditioning unit, fans, flowmeters, and two heat- 
ing and ventilation units are also available. 

Metallography Laboratory. This laboratory is equipped for the physical 
study of metals. Research and practice can be carried out in this laboratory 
in the following fields: crystallography and alloy systems, heat treatment 
and strength of materials, and macro and micro examination of metals. 
Included also are controlled heat treating and melting furnaces, bakelite 
mold press, polishing wheels, etching equipment, microscopes, photographic 
equipment, Rockwell hardness tester, Jominy and quench testing equipment, 
creep testing machine, cutting off wheels, thermocouples and pyrometers, 
and other special instruments. 

The laboratory has a Bausch and Lomb I L S metalloscope for producing 
photomicrographs up to 2,000 magnifications. 

Aeronautical Laboratory. The present aeronautical laboratory is equipped 
for practice and research in engines, metal aircraft construction, structural 
tests, vibration and noise, and areodynainics. 



LABORATORIES 16:} 

A sheet metal shop equipped to construct components of aircraft struc- 
tures in aluminum alloy and steel is available. This shop includes such 
equipment as automatic air riveting hammer, planishing machines, squar- 
ing shears, rolls, brake, heat treating furnace, etc. A small machine shop 
is also available for students in constructing research apparatus. Variable 
speed motors are available for experiments in vibration and noise. 

The laboratory also includes a research spot welding machine, a sixty- 
thousand-pound Baldwin-Southwark aircraft universal testing machine, 
Tuckerman gauges, oscillographs with accessories, and a Timby hydraulic 
jack system for static testing. 

Hydraulics Laboratory. The equipment consists of electrically driven 
centrifugal pumps, measuring tanks, various types of weirs, venturi meters, 
nozzles, Pelton water wheel with Prony brake built especially for laboratory 
use, hook gauges, dial gauges, tachometers, stop watches, and other appa- 
ratus necessary for the study of the flow characteristics of water. 

Materials Testing Laboratories. Apparatus and equipment are provided 
for making standard tests on various construction materials, such as sand, 
gravel, steel, concrete, timber, and brick. 

Equipment includes a 300,000-pound hydraulic testing machine, two 
100,000-pound universal testing machines, torsion testing machine, impact 
testing machine, Rockwell, Brinnell and Shore hardness testers, abrasion 
testing machine, rattler, constant temperature chamber, cement-testing 
apparatus, extensometer and micrometer gauges, and other special devices 
for ascertaining the elastic properties of different materials. 

Special apparatus which has been designed and made in the shops of the 
University is also available for student work. 

The College of Engineering owns a Beggs deformeter apparatus for the 
mechanical solution of stresses in structures by use of celluloid models. 
Equipment is also available for study of models by the photo-elastic method. 

Engineering Soils Laboratory. Equipment is available for performing 
the usual tests on engineering soils. This includes apparatus for grain size 
analysis, Atterberg limits, permeability, optimum moisture content for 
compaction, Proctor penetration, and consolidation. 

Research Foundation. The National Sand and Gravel Association has, 
by arrangement with the College of Engineering, established its testing 
and research laboratory at the University. The purpose of the Research 
Foundation thus organized is to make available to the Association additional 
facilities for its investigational work, and to provide for the College of 
Engineering additional facilities and opportunities for increasing the scope 
of its engineering research. 

Machine Shop. The machine shop is equipped with various types of 
lathes, planers, milling machines, drill presses, shaper, midget mill, and 
precision boring head. Equipment is available for gas and electric arc 
welding. 



164 LIBRARY. CURRICULA 

The shop equipment not only furnishes practice, drill, and instruction for 
students, but makes possible the complete production of special apparatus 
for conducting experimental and research work in engineering. 

Surveying Equipment. Surveying equipment for plane, topographic, and 
geodetic surveying is provided properly to equip several field parties. A 
wide variety of surveying instruments is provided, including domestic as 
well as foreign makes, and stereoscopic instruments are available for the 
interpretation and use of aerial photographs. 

Special Models and Specimens. A number of models illustrating various 
types of highway construction and highway bridges are available. 

A wide variety of specimens of the more common minerals and rocks 
has been collected from various sections of the country, particularly from 
Maryland. 

Engineering Library 

In addition to the general University Library, each department main- 
tains a library for reference, and receives the standard engineering maga- 
zines. The class work, particularly in advanced courses, requires that 
students consult special books of reference and current technical literature. 

The Davis Library of Highway Engineering and Transport, founded by 
Dr. Charles H. Davis, President of the National Highways Association, 
is part of the Library of the College of Engineering. The many books, 
periodicals, pamphlets, and other items included in this library cover all 
phases of highway engineering, highway transportation, and highway traffic 
control. 

There has also been donated to the College of Engineering the trans- 
portation library of the late J. Rowland Bibbins of Washington, D. C. The 
books and reports in this library deal with urban transportation problems, 
including railroads, street cars, subways, busses, and city planning. 

Curricula 

The normal curriculum of each department is outlined on the following 
pages. Students are expected to attend and take part in the meetings of 
the student chapters of the technical engineering societies. 

Freshman engineering students are given a special course of lectures 
by practicing engineers covering the work of the several engineering pro- 
fessional fields. The purpose of this course is to assist the freshman in 
selecting the particular field of engineering for which he is best adapted. 
The student is required to submit a brief written summary of each lecture. 
A series of engineering lectures for upper classmen is also provided. These 
are given by prominent practicing engineers in the various branches of the 
profession. 

Student branches of the following national technical societies are estab- 
lished in the College of Engineering: American Institute of Chemical Engi- 
neers, American Society of Civil Engineers, American Institute of Electrical 



BASIC CURRICULUM, ENGINEERING 165 

Engineers, and American Society of Mechanical Engineers. The student 
branches meet regularly for the discussion of topics dealing with the various 
fields of engineering. 

A student in the College of Engineering will be certified as a junior 
when he shall have passed all the basic technical courses of the Freshman 
and Sophomore years with an average grade of C or higher. 

The proximity of the University to Baltimore and Washington, and to 
other places where there are large industrial enterprises, offers an excellent 
opportunity for the engineering student to observe what is being done in 
his chosen field. An instructor accompanies students on all inspection trips, 
and students are required to submit a written report of each trip. 

The courses listed in the curricula to follow will be found described in 
detail on the following pages. 

BASIC CURRICULUM FOR ALL FRESHMAN STUDENTS 

All freshman students are required to take the following curriculum 
during their first year: 

f — Semester — ^ 
Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 3 

Speech 7 — Public Speaking .... 2 

•Math. 14— Plane Trigonometry 2 .... 

•Math. 15— College Algebra 3 

Math. 17 — Analytic Geometry .... 4 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4 

Dr. 1, 2 — Engineering Drawing 2 2 

Engr. 1 — Introduction to Engineering 1 .... 

M. S. 1, 2— Elementary R. O. T. C 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 19 19 

AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING 

Aeronautical Engineering deals with the design, construction, and mainte- 
nance of aircraft and aircraft power plants; aerodynamics and performance 
of aircraft; structural design and mechanical equipment; and the organiza- 
tion and operation of industrial aircraft plants. 



• A qualifying test is given during registration to determine whether the student is 
adequately prepared for Math. 14 and 15. A student failing this test is required to take 
Math. 1, Introductory Algebra, without credit and is not eligible to take Math. 14 concurrently. 



166 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 

Aeronautical Engineering Curriculum , — Semester — n 

Sophomore Year I II 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 8 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4 

Phys. 20, 21 — General Physica 6 6 

Surv. 1 — Plane Surveying .... 2 

Dr. 3 — Advanced EngineerinK Drawing 2 .... 

Shop 1 — Machine Shop Practice 2 .... 

Shop 2 — Machine Shop Practice .... 1 

Shop 3 — Foundry Practice .... 1 

M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 20 20 

Junior Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or 3 3 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Math. 64 — Differential Equations for Engineers 3 .... 

Mech. 2 — Statics and Dynamics 5 .... 

Mech. 52 — Strength of Materials .... 5 

M. E. 53— Metallography 3 

M. E. 100— Thermodynamics 3 

Aero. E. 101 — Aerodynamics .... 3 

Aero. E. 103 — Airplane Detail Drafting 1 

Aero. E. 104 — Airplane Layout Drafting 1 

E. E. 51, 52 — -Principles of Electrical Engineering 4 4 

Total 19 19 

Senior Year 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8 

Aero. E. 102 — Aerodynamics 2 .... 

Aero. E. 105, 106 — Airplane Fabrication Shops 1 2 

Aero. E. 107, 108— Airplane Design 4 4 

Aero. E. 109, 110— Aircraft Power Plants 4 4 

Aero. E. Ill, 112 — Aeronautical Laboratory 2 2 

Aero. E. 113, 114 — Mechanics of Aircraft Structures 3 3 

Total 19 18 

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 

Chemical Engineering deals primarily with the industrial and economic 
transformation of matter. It seeks to assemble and develop information on 
chemical operations and processes of importance in modern life and to 
apply this under executive direction, according to engineering methods, for 
the attainment of economic objectives. Modern chemical research has con- 
tributed so much to industrial and social welfare that the field of the 
chemical engineer may now be said to cover practically every operation in 
which any industrial material undergoes a change in its chemical identity. 



CIVIL ENGINEERING 



167 



Chemical Engineering Curriculum 
Sophomore Year 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 

Math. 20. 21— Calculus 

Phys. 20, 21 — General Physics 

Chem. 19 — Quantitative Chemical Analysis 

Ch. E. 10— Water, Fuels and Lubricants 

Surv. 1 — Elements of Plane Surveying 

M. S. 3, 4— Elementary K. O. T. C 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature; or 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 

Ch. E. 103, f, s. — Elements of Chemical Engineering 

Chem. 187, 189 — Elements of Physical Chemistry Lectures. 

Chem. 188, 190 — Physical Chemistry Laboratory 

Chem. 35, 37 — Elementary Organic Chemistry Lectures. . 
Mech. 3, 4 — Statics and Dynmaics 

Total 

Senior Year 

*H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 

Ch. E. 105 f, s. — Advanced Unit Operations 

Ch. E. 109 f , s.- — Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics . 
^*Ch. E. 110— Advanced Chemical Engineering Calculations. 

Ch. E. 107 — Fuels and Their Utilization 

Ch. E. 108 f, s. — Chemical Technology 

E. E. 61, 52 — Principles of Electrical Engineering 

tCh. E. 104 f, s.— Seminar 

Total 



-Semeat 
I 

3 
4 
6 
4 



20 



3 
3 
3 
3 
2 
2 
3 

19 



3 
5 

2 
3 

2 
4 

1 

20 



// 

4 
6 

4 

2 
3 
1 

19 



CIVIL ENGINEERING 

Civil Engineering deals with the design, construction, and maintenance of 
highways, railroads, waterways, bridges, buildings, water supply and sewer- 
age systems, harbor improvements, dams, and surveying and mapping. 



• Students who are to become candidates for graduate degrees requiring foreign language 
may elect instead a foreign language and secure the American History credit in their 
graduate program. 

•* Under some conditions. Math. 66 — Applied Calculus, will be assigned as a substitute 
for Ch. E. 110 — Chemical Engineering Calculations. 

t Students prepare reports on current programs on Chemical Engineering and partici- 
pate under supervision of staff member. The content of this course is constantly changing 
so a student may receive a number of credits by re-registration. 



1G8 



ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 



Civil Engineering Curriculum 
Sophomore Year 

G. & p. 1 — American Government 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 

Dr. 8 — Advanced Engineering Drawing 

Mech. 1 — Statics and Dynamics 

Surv. 1, 2 — Plane Surveying 

M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature; or.... 

Eng. 5, G — Composition and English Literature 

Speech 108 — Public Speaking 

Math. 16 — Spherical Trigonometry 

Geol. 2 — Engineering Geology 

Mech. 50 — Strength of Materials 

Mech. 53 — Materials of Engineering 

C. E. 50— Hydraulics 

C. E. 51 — Curves and Earthwork 

C. E. 100— Theory of Structures 

Surv. 100 — Advanced Surveying 

M. E. 50 — Principles of Mechanical Engineering 

E. E. 50 — Principles of Electrical Engineering 

Total 

Senior Year 

H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 

Engr. 100 — Engineering Contracts and Specifications. 

Eng. 7 — Technical Writing 

Bact. 55 — Lectures in Sanitary Bacteriology 

C. E. 101— Soil Mechanics 

C. E. 102— Structural Design 

C. E. 103— Concrete Design 

C. E. 104— Water Supply 

C. E. 105— Sewerage 

C. E. 106 — Elements of Highways 

Total ." 



-Semester- 



n 



4 
6 

3 
2 
3 
1 

21 



19 



ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 

Electrical Engineering deals with the genei'ation, transmission, and dis- 
tribution of electrical energy; electrical transportation, communication, 
illumination, and manufacturing; and miscellaneous electrical applications 
in industry, commerce, and home life. 




MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 169 

Electrical Engineering Curriculum 

Sophomore Year 

G. & r. 1 — Amcrioan Government 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 

Mech. 1 — Statics and Dynamics 

Surv. 1 — Plane Surveying 2 .... 

E. E. 1 — Electrical Engineering Fundamentals .... 4 

M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 18 20 

Junior Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or 3 3 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Mech. 51 — Strength of Materials 3 

C. E. 50— Hydraulics 3 

Math. 64^Differential Equations 3 .... 

E. E. 60 — Electricity and Magnetism 4 .... 

E. E. 65 — Direct Current Machinery .... 4 

E. E. 100 — Alternating Current Circuits 6 

E. E. 101 — Engineering Electronics .... 6 

E. E. 104 — Communication Networks .... 3 

Total 19 19 

Senior Year 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 8 8 

M. E. 51 — Thermodynamics 4 .... 

M. E. 52— Power Plants 4 

E. E. 102, 103 — Alternating Current Machinery 4 4 

E. E. 105, 106 — Radio Engineering 4 4 

Electrical Engineering Elective (listed below) 3 3 

Total 18 18 

Two of the following courses may be elected : 

E. E. 108 — Electric Transients 8 

E. E. 109— Principles of Radar 3 

E. E. 113— Electric Railways 3 

E. E. 114 — Applied Electronics 3 

E. E. 116 — Alternating-Current Machinery Design .... 3 

E. E. 117 — Transmission and Distribution 3 .... 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 

Mechanical Engineering deals with the design, construction, and main- 
tenance of machinery and power plants; heating, ventilation, and refrigera- 
tion; and the organization and operation of industrial plants. 



170 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

Mechanical Engineering Curriculum ^ Semestei s 

Sophomore Year I II 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4 

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 5 5 

Surv. 1 — Plane Surveying .... 2 

Dr. 3 — Advanced Engineering Drawing 2 .... 

Shop 1 — Machine Shop Practice 2 .... 

Shop 2 — Machine Shop Practice .... 1 

Shop 3 — Foundry Practice .... 1 

M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 20 20 

Junior Year — General Option 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or 3 3 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Math. 64 — Diflferential Equations for Engineers 3 .... 

Mech. 2 — Statics and Dynamics B .... 

Mech. 52 — Strength of Materials .... 5 

E. E. 51, 52 — Principles of Electrical Engineering 4 4 

M. E. 53— Metallography 3 

M. E. 54 — Fluid Mechanics .... 3 

M. E. 100 — Thermodynamics 3 

Total 18 18 

Junior Year — Aeronautical Option 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or 3 3 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Math. 64 — Differential Equations for Engineers 3 .... 

Mech. 2 — Statics and Dynamics 5 .... 

Mech. 52— Strength of Materials 5 

E. E. 51, 52 — Principles of Electrical Engineering 4 4 

M. E. 53 — Metallography 8 

M. E. 55 — Fluid Mechanics and Aerodynamics .... 3 

M. E. 100 — Thermodynamics 3 

Total 18 18 

Senior Year — General Option 

Engr. 100 — Engineering Contracts and Specification.s .... 2 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

M. E. 101— Heat Transfer 2 

M. E. 102— Heating and Ventilation 3 

M. E. 103— Refrigeration 8 

M. E. 101, 105 — Prime Movers 4 4 

M. E. 106, 107 — Mechanical Engineering Design 4 4 

M. E. 108, 109— Mechanical Laboratory 2 2 

Total 18 18 



FELLOWSHIPS 171 

Senior Year — Aeronautical Option 

En^r. 100 — Engineering Contracts and Specifications .... 2 

H. B, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Aero. E. 113, 114 — Mechanics of Aircraft Structures 3 3 

M. E. 101— Heat Transfer 2 

M. E. 104, 105— Prime Movers 4 4 

M. E. 106, 107 — Mechanical Engineering Design 4 4 

M. E. 108, 109— Mechanical Laboratory 2 2 

Total 18 18 

AGRICULTURE — ENGINEERING 

A five-year combined program in Agriculture and Engineering, arranged 
jointly by the College of Agriculture and the College of Engineering, per- 
mits students to become candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Science 
in Agriculture at the end of four years and for the degree of Bachelor of 
Science in Civil, Electrical, Mechanical, or Chemical Engineering at the 
end of the fifth year. 

Details of this program will be found listed in this catalog under College 
of Agriculture. 

FELLOWSHIPS OF THE NATIONAL SAND AND GRAVEL ASSOCIA- 
TION RESEARCH FOUNDATION AND THE NATIONAL READY 
MIXED CONCRETE ASSOCIATION RESEARCH LABORATORY 

The University of Maryland, in cooperation with, the National Sand and 
Gravel Association and the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association, 
offers fellowships for research on appropriate problems related to the sand 
and gravel and the ready mixed concrete industries. The fellowships are 
known as the Stanton Walker and the Stephan Stepanian Fellowships, re- 
spectively. Fellows enter upon their duties on July 1 and continue for 12 
months, including one month for vacation. Payments under the fellowships 
are made at the end of each month and amount to $750 for the year. 

Fellows register as students in the Graduate School of the University 
of Maryland. Class work will be directed by the heads of the departments 
of instruction, but about half of the time will be spent in research work. 
The faculty supervisor will be the Dean of the College of Engineering of 
the University of Maryland. 

These fellowships are open to graduates in Engineering from an accredited 
college or university, who are qualified to undertake graduate study and 
research work leading to a Master's degree. Applications should be accom- 
panied by a certified copy of college record, applicant's recent photograph, 
statement of technical and practical experience (if any), and letters from 
three persons, such as instructors or employers, covering specifically the 
applicant's character, ability, education, and experience. 

The applications should be addressed: Dean, College of Engineering, 
University of Maryland, College Park, Md. 



172 . . EXTENSIONS 

ENGINEERING SHORT COURSES 

Through short courses, the College of Engineering carries the benefits of 
engineering teaching to persons and industries in various parts of the State. 
These courses offer, in addition to regular instruction, an opportunity for 
the discussion of problems of interest to those engaged in public works, 
in public health, and in public safety. 

Mining Extension Classes. In cooperation with the Maryland Bureau of 
Mines and the State Departments of Education of Allegany and Garrett 
Counties, night mining classes are conducted throughout the year in several 
training centers in the western part of the State. The subjects studied are 
coal mine gases, coal mine ventilation, map reading, and mine safety. 

Volunteer Firemen's Short Course. In cooperation with the Maryland 
State Firemen's Association a short course is held annually at College Park 
for volunteer firemen throughout the State. This four-day course is designed 
to bring to firemen the newest developments in fire prevention, control and 
extinguishment, as well as information on inspection, arson investigation 
and equipment maintenance. 

Information regarding fire service extension courses may be found under 
"Fire Service Extension Department." 

Additional information regarding engineering short courses may be 
obtained from Dean S. S. Steinberg, College of Engineering. 

FIRE SERVICE EXTENSION DEPARTMENT 

The Fire Service Extension Department is organized under the College 
of Engineering in cooperation with the State Department of Vocational 
Education, and operates with both Federal and State funds. The Depart- 
ment provides in-service training for firemen with classes conducted through- 
out the State by about 50 local instructors, with one full-time Senior In- 
structor. Basic training of 75 clock hours is given in the fundamentals 
of firemanship, as well as an advanced course of 69 clock hours, covering 
the technical field of fire prevention, control and extinguishment and a third 
section of 57 clock hours in related technical information. A training course 
of 45 clock hours for industrial plant fire brigades is also available. A four- 
day short course is held at the University at the new fire service building 
the first week in September, and short course outlines have been prepared 
for watchiTien, janitors and building custodians, nurses and hospital at- 
tendants, and public school teachers. Firemen who have completed the pre- 
scribed training courses have been given preferential rating in positions 
in the military and naval fire fighting forces. 

The Department also serves in an advisory capacity to the State Fire 
Marshal and municipal authorities in matters of fire prevention, fire pro- 
tection engineering, and fire safety regulations. The Director serves as 
Technical Advisor to the Maryland State Firemen's Association, and on 
various National Committees of the National Fire Protection Association. 



ENGINEERING EXPERIMENT STATION 173 

Additional information may be obtained from Chief J. W. Just, Director, 
Fire Sei-\'ice Extension Department, Fire Service Building, University of 
Maryland, College Park, Maryland. 

ENGINEERING EXPERIMENT STATION 

WiLBERT J. Huff, Director. • 

The Engineering Experiment Station carries on cooperative investiga- 
tions with industries of Maryland and Departments of the State and Fed- 
eral Governments. A diversity of engineering training, experience, and 
equipment represented by the faculty and laboratories of the College of 
Engineering is thus made available for the problems under inquiry. 

The staff of the College of Engineering available for research studies 
will be glad to discuss proposed problems of importance to industry and of 
public interest where means can be found for the cooperative researches; 
such studies may be undertaken with the approval of the administration of 
the University. 



174 THE UNIVERSITY OF M^ARYLAND 

COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS 

M. Marie Mount, Dea7i 

The College of Home Economics serves Maryland and the surrounding 
area with its educational program for both young women and young men. 
The jpTogram for young women combines good personal development with 
education for homemaking and for a livelihood. Information on better 
health principles, good study habits, efficient use of time, good grooming, 
becoming dress and proper adjustment to new situations constitute the 
student's program for self-development. 

In the professional phases of her program, the student consults with the 
faculty member assigned as her adviser. She also has the opportunity to 
consult with leaders in her chosen field. 

The program for men is directed toward enriched living, vocationally 
and avocationally. It emphasizes art in merchandising and in crafts. 

Students are urged to acquire practical experience during vacations. This 
experience may be gained either in the actual management of the family 
home, in some professional phase of home economics, or both. Students 
preparing to teach gain experience on playgrounds in caring for children 
and in executing home projects. Commercial firms and institutions provide 
opportunities for other types of experience. 

Organization 

For administrative purposes the College of Home Economics is organized 
into the Departments of Textiles and Clothing, Practical Art, Home and 
Institution Management, and Foods and Nutrition. 

Facilities 

The home of the College of Home Economics, following campus tradition, 
is a new colonial brick building planned and built to present the best equip- 
ment and facilities for education in home economics. A home management 
house is maintained on the campus for experience in homemaking. 

Located, as the campus is, between two large cities, unsual opportunities 
are provided for both faculty and students. In addition to the University's 
excellent general and specialized libraries, Baltimore and Washington fur- 
nish the added library facilities so essential to scientific research and cre- 
ative work in the arts. The art galleries and museums with their priceless 
exhibits, the government bureaus and city institutions, stimulate study and 
provide practical experience for the home economics student. 

Home Economics Club: Membership is open to all home economics stu- 
dents. The Club is affiliated with the American Home Economics Associa- 
tion. 



HOME ECONOMICS 175 

OinicTon Nu: This Club is a national home economics honor society. 
Students of high scholarship are eligible for election to membership twice 
during the year. Twelve percent of the senior class is elected for member- 
ship in the fall and eight percent of the junior class in the spring. 

Honors and Awards, Scholarships and Loan Fund 

Marie Mount home economics scholarships: Two thousand dollars has 
been made available to home economics students. 

The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Company of St. Louis 
Summer Fellowships: One of four weeks to an outstanding junior; one of 
two weeks to an outstanding freshman. 

Borden Home Economics Scholarship Award: Three hundred dollars is 
given by the Borden Company to the home economics student, who, upon 
entering her senior year, has completed two or more courses in foods and 
nutrition and has the highest scholastic standing of eligible students. 

Retail Merchants Association of Baltimore Scholarship: Two $200 scholar- 
ships are provided for residents of the State of Maryland who have com- 
pleted the junior year of the Practical Art curriculum. Each recipient 
must have showm proficiency and interest in merchandising. 

Hecht Company of Washington Scholarship: A $300 scholarship is offered 
to a resident of Maryland, or the District of Columbia, who is interested 
in merchandising as a career. The student must have completed the junior 
year of the Practical Art curriculum and have met other specific require- 
ments. 

Omicron Nu Scholarship Award: Omicron Nu presents annually an 
award to the freshman in the College of Home Economics who attains the 
highest scholastic average during the first semester. 

A loan fund, established by the District of Columbia Home Economics 
Association, is available for students majoring in home economics. 

For other scholarships and awards, see pages 47-56. 

Admission 

The requirements for admission to the College of Home Economics are, 
in general, the same as for other divisions of the University (see page 32). 

Degrees 

The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred for the satisfactory com- 
pletion, with an average of C or better, of a prescribed curriculum of 120 
semester hour credits exclusive of 4 credits in hygiene and 4 in physical 
activities — a total of 128 credits. 

The Master of Science degree is offered in Foods and Nutrition, Textiles 
and Clothing and in Home Economics Education in the College of Educa- 
tion.* 



• See the Graduate School announcements. 



176 GENERAL HOME ECONOMICS 

The Student Load 

The student load in the College of Home Economics varies from 14-18 
credits. A student wishing to carry more than 18 credits must have a 
B-grade average and the permission of the Dean. 

Curriculat 

A student may elect the curriculum in general home economics or one of 
the following professional curricula, or a combination of curricula: Home 
economics education, textiles and clothing, practical art, crafts, home eco- 
nomics extension, institution management, and foods and nutrition. A 
student who wishes to teach home economics may register in home eco- 
nomics education in the College of Home Economics or in the College of 
Education. (See Home Economics Education.) All students follow the 
general home economics curriculum during the freshman year. It is 
advisable for students to choose a professional curriculum at the beginning 
of the sopohomore year. The student who has not decided to specialize 
follows the general home economics curriculum until a choice is made. 
Before continuing with the third year of any curriculum, the student must 
have attained junior standing: 64 semester hours with a C-grade average. 

GENERAL HOME ECONOMICS 

The genez'al home economics curriculum is planned to give a young woman 
a good basis for her best personal development, as has been described earlier. 
It provides good training for her as a future homemaker. This curriculum 
also forms the basis of all the professional curricula. The additional re- 
quirements of the professional curricula are listed under the description 
of each. 

/ — Semester — ^ 
Freshman Year 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 

H. E. 1 — Home Economics Lectures 

Tex. 1— Textiles 

Pp. Art 1 — Design 

Ilea. 2, 4 — HyKiene 

Physical Activities 

**Math. — Basic Mathematics or 

Elective 3 3 

Total 17 13 16 



/ 


// 


3 


3 




3 


3 




1 


1 


1 






3 


3 




2 


2 


1 


1 








t In order to meet the particular need of a student certain adjustments in these re- 
quirements may be made with the approval of the student's adviser and dean. 

*• An examination in Mathematics will be given to freshmen during the first semester ; 
those who pass will not be required to take Math. 0. 



TEXTILES AND CLOTHING 



177 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature or 

En?. 6, 6 — Compositions and English Literature 

Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry 

Foods 2, 3— Foods 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 

Clo. 20 A or B — Clothing Construction 

Pr. Art 20 — Costume Design , 

Physical Activities 

ToUl 

Junior Year 

Home Mgt. 150, 161 — Management of the Home 

Nut. 110— Nutrition or 

Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition 

Pr. Art 2 — Survey of Art History 

Pr. Art 140, 141 — Interior Design 

Clo. 120 — Draping 

Foods 101 — Meal Service 

Foods 100 — Food Economics 

Physics 1, 2 — Elements of Physics 

Elective 

Total 

Senior Year 

H. B, 6 — History of American Civilization 

Home Mgt. 152 — Practice in Management of the Home. 

H. E. Ed. 110 — Child Development 

Bact. 61 — Household Bacteriology 

Zool. 16 — Human Physiology 

Electives 

Total 



-Semester — ^ 



/ 


// 


8 


8 


(3) 


(3) 


3 


8 


3 


3 


8 






8 


3 






8 


1 


1 



16 



3 

(8) 
2 
1 



17 



16 



3 


8 




8 


8 






3 


4 




6 


6 



16 



14 



Textiles and Clothing 

The curricula below have been planned to meet the demand for tech- 
nically trained college women in the textile, clothing and fashion industries. 

Specialization in textiles or clothing begins in the junior year. 

Students who prefer a combination curriculum may satisfy the require- 
ments for such a curriculum by taking all the courses common to both the 
textile and clothing curricula and a minimum of five additional credits in 
each field. 



178 



TEXTILES AND CLOTHING 



f — Semester — . 

Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature or 3 S 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature (3) (8) 

Chem. 11, 13— General Chemistry 3 3 

Foods 1 — Introductory Foods or .... 8 

Foods 2, 3— Foods (8) (8) 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 8 

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychologr • • • • 8 

Pr. Art 20 — Costume Design .... 8 

Clo. 20 A or B — Clothing Construction 3 .... 

Clo. 21— Personal Problems in Clothing 2 .... 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total lo 10 

Textiles 
Junior Year 

Home Mgt. 150, 151 — Management of the Home 3 8 

Foods 101— Meal Service 2 

Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition or 3 .... 

Nut. 110— Nutrition (8) 

Art • ■ ■ 2 

Physics 1, 2 — Elements of Physics 3 

Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry 3 

Math. 10 — Algebra 

Tex. 100 — Advanced Textiles 

Electives 3 .... 

Total 17 17 

Senior Year 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 8 8 

Bact. 51 — Household Bacteriology .... 3 

Tex. 101— Problems in Textiles 8 

Chem. 41 — Chemistry of Textiles .... 4 

Home Mgt. 152 — Practice in Management of the Home 8 .... 

H. E. Ed. 110— Child Development 3 

Math. 13 — Elementary Mathematical Statistics .... 8 

Speech 22 — Introduction to Radio 3 .... 

Electives . ■ • • 2 

Total 16 15 



PRACTICAL ART 



17U 



Clothing , — Semestet ■ 

Junior Year 

Home Mgt. 150, 161 — Management of the Home 

Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition 

Art 

Clo. 120— Draping 8 

Clo. 121— Pattern Design 

Text. 100 — Advanced Textiles .... 

Foods 101 — Meal Service 

Psychology 3 

Klectives • • 2 

Total 17 

Senior Year 

H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 

Bact. 51 — Household Bacteriology • ■ • . 

H. E. Ed. 110— Child Development 3 

Tex. 103 — Consumer Problems in Textiles .... 

Home Mgt. 152 — Practice in Management of the Home 3 

Clo. 122— Tailoring 2 

Clo. 124 — Projects and Readings in Textiles and Clothing .... 

Speech 22 — Introduction to Radio 3 

Electives 2 

Total IG 



// 
8 



16 



Art Education, see page 148. 



Practical Art (For Women) 

This curriculum permits a choice of thi-ee fields of concentration: adver- 
tising, interior design, costume design. Emphasis is given to the selection of 
house furnishings and wearing apparel with relation to personality. Posi- 
tions available to graduates begin with advertising, selling, display, com- 
parison shopping, textile analysis, and radio work; they develop into 
advanced positions in these fields or in departmental buying, department 
managing, style coordination, personality consulting, designing, store train- 
ing and personnel work. 



180 



PRACTICAL ART 



*Freshinan Year 



Sophomore Year 

Ensr. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature or 

Eng. 6, 6 — Composition and English Literature 

Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry 

Foods 1 — Introductory Foods 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 

Pr. Art 20— Costume Design 

Clo. 20 — Clothing Construction 

Pr. Art 30 — Typography and Lettering 

Physical Activities 

Electives 

Total 

Junior Year 

Home Mgt. 150, 161 — Management of the Home 

Foods 101 — Meal Service 

Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition 

Pr. Art 140, 141— Interior Design 

Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles and Organization 

B. A. 154 — Retail Store Management and Merchandising. 

Pr. Art — Professional Lectures 

••French, Spanish, German or Elective 

Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 

Home Mgt. 152 — Practice in Management of the Home. . 

Pr. Art 136 — Merchandise Display 

Pr. Art 132 — Advertising Layout 

H. E. Ed. 110— Child Development 

Tex. 105 — Consumer Problems in Textiles 

Speech 115— Radio in Retailing 

Pr. Art 120 — Costume Illustration or 

Pr. Art 142 — Advanced Interior Design 

Electives 

Total 



Semester — \ 
/ // 



8 


8 


(8) 


(8) 


8 


8 


8 




3 





18 



16 



S 

(3) 
2 
2 



3 

(2) 



16 



8 

3 

8 


8 

2 

17 



8 
8 

(2) 

8 
8 

(2) 
2 



14 



* Pr. Art 2 — Survey of Art History (2) is a required subject which sboold be taken the 
fall term of the Freshman Year. 

•• One year of French, Spanish, or German is required of every student who baa not 
completed two years of one of these languages, with a grade of C or better, in high school. 

Note: Students, who are majoring in Costume Design, are advised to take Pr. Art 21 
Action Drawing (2), Clo. 120 Draping (3), Clo. 121 Pattern Design (2). 

Students who are interested in Merchandising, are advised to take Pr. Art 198 Store 
Experience (3) the summer following their junior year; they must make their arrangements 
with the Head of the Department of Practical Art during the spring semester of the 
junior year. 



ARTS AND CRAFTS 181 

Practical Art (For Men) 

Requirements are the same as for the curriculum in Practical Art, as set 
up for women, with the following exceptions: 

Omissions— H. E. 1; Pr. Art 20; Clo. 20; Foods 1, 101; Home Mgt. 150, 
151, 152; Tex. 105; H. E. Ed. 110. 

Additions — H. E. 2; M. I. 1, 2, 3, 4; also, 15 hours in art and merchandising 
courses to be selected in consultation with the Head of the Department of 
Practical Art. 

Crafts (For Women) 

This curriculum serves persons who are interested in crafts for recrea- 
tional, therapeutic, and professional purposes. Emphasis is given to the joy 
of creation through crafts. Positions available to graduates include indus- 
trial designing, occupational therapy, instruction at recreation centers, and 
classroom teaching of crafts. 

*Freshman Year 

t — Semestei ^ 

Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature or 3 3 

Eng. B, 6 — Composition and English Literature (3) (3) 

Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry 8 8 

Foods 1 — Introductory Foods 8 .... 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 8 

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology .... 8 

Pr. Art 20 — Costume Design 3 .... 

Clo. 20 — Clothing Construction .... 8 

Cr. 2— Simple Crafts 2 

Pr. Art 3 — Creative Art Inspired by Primitive Art 2 

Pr. Art 4 — Three Dimensional Design .... 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

ToUl 18 17 

Junior Year 

Home Mgt. 150, 151— Management of the Home 8 8 

Foods 101 — Meal Service 2 .... 

Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition 8 

Pr. Art 140. 141— Interior Design 1 3 

Cr. 20, 21 — Ceramics 2 2 

Cr. 30, 31— Metalry 2 2 

Pr. Art — Professional Lectures .... 

•♦French, Spanish, German, or Elective 8 8 

Electives 4 2 

Total 17 18 



• Pr. Art 2 Survey of Art History is a required subject which should be taken the fall 
term of the Freshman Year. 

•• One year French, Spanish, or German is required of every student who has not 
completed two years of one of these languages, with a grade of C or better, in high school. 

Note : Students, who expect to work in occupational therapy, are advised to elect courses 
in physiology, kinesiology and mental hygiene. 



182 //O.l/A' ECONOMICS EXTEXSIO.W 

I — Semester — 
Senior Year I II 

H. 5. 6 — History of American Civilization 3 (3) 

Home Mgt. 152 — Practice in Manaprement of the Home 3 (3) 

H. E. Ed. no — Child Development 8 

Cr. 40. 41— Weaving 2 2 

Advanced Crafts 4 4 

Cr. 19&— Crafts in Therapy 2 

Electives 3 .... 

Total 15 14 

Crafts (For Men) 

Requirements are the same as for the Curriculum in Crafts, as set up 
for women, with the following exceptions: 

Omissions— H. E. 1; Pr. Art 20; Clo. 20; Foods 1, 101; Home Mgt. 150. 
151, 152; H. E. Ed. 110. 

Additions — H. E. 2; M. I. 1, 2, 3, 4; also 15 hours in art courses to be 
selected in consultation with the Head of the Department of Practical Art. 

Home Economics Extension* 

This curriculum outlines the training necessary for the young woman who 
wishes to work with rural people through extension service or other agencies 
interested in the educational and social problems of rural living. 

/■ — Semester — > 
Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature or 3 3 

Eng. 5. 6 — Composition and English Literature (3( (3i 

Chem. 11. 13 — General Chemistry 3 3 

Foods 2, 3— Foods 3 3 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics .... .'5 

Pr. Art 20 — Costume Design .... 3 

Clo. 20 A or B — Clothing Con.-'truction 3 .... 

Zool. 16 — Human Physiology 4 

Phy«,ical Activities 1 1 

Total 17 16 



• Practice work in the field of Home Economics E.xtension or in social case work ia 
encouraged for all students majcrinK in this curriculum. Such experience should be gained 
before the completion uf the senior year. 



Semes 


■tei < 


I 


// 


3 


3 


2 




3 




3 


3 


3 


8 




2 




8 


3 


2 



INSTITUTION MANAGEMENT 18:5 



Junior Year 

Home Mut. 150, 151 — Management of the Home 

Foods 100 — Food Economics 

Nut. 110 — Nutrition 

Chem. 31, 32, 33. 34 -Elements of Orj,'anic Chemistry 

Physics 1, 2— Elements of Physics 

Ed. 190 — Principles of Education 

R. Ed. 114— Rural Life Education 

Electives 

Total IT Hi 

Senior Year 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Home Mgt. 152 — Practice in Management of the Home .... 8 

Foods 103 — Demonstrations 2 .... 

Bact. 51 — Household Bacteriology .... 3 

H. E. Ed. 110— Child Development 3 

CIo. 120 — Draping 3 

Foods 102 — Experimental Foods 3 

Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology 3 .... 

H. E. Ext. 100 — Methods in Home Economics Extension .... 3 

Pr. Art 2— Survey of Art History 2 

Pr. Art 140, 141— Interior Design 1 3 

Total IT 18 

Institution Management 

This curriculum provides training for those interested in housing and the 
food service administration for large groups of persons. The work is of two 
general types: (1) food service in such institutions as hospitals, schools and 
colleges; in the public schools where a midday meal is served; and in 
commercial organizations: restaurants, inns, hotels and industrial cafeterias; 
(2) housekeeping in inns and hotels; and in hospitals, schools and colleges. 

The preparation for a hospital dietitian requires one year of graduate 
training in a hospital offering a course approved by the American Dietetic 
Association. This curriculum meets the academic requirements for entrance 
to such a course. 

Students following this curriculum are required to have, before the senior 
year, field experience in food service. This experience must be satisfactory 
in length of time, type of work experienced and in quality. 

A student planning to do institutional work other than hospital dietetics 
is not required to take Principles of Education and Diet in Disease. 



Semester 


^ 




// 




8 


(8) 


(8) 




8 




8 




3 








1 


8 


8 



184 FOODS AND NUTRITION 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature or , 

Eng. B, 6 — Composition and English Literature , 

Chem. 11, 18 — General Chemistry 

Foods 2, 3 — Foods 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 

Zool. 16 — Human Physiology 

Physical Activities 

•Electives 

Total 17 16 

Junior Year 

Home Mgt. IBO, 151 — Management of the Home 8 8 

Nut. 110— Nutrition 8 

Nut. 112— Dietetics 8 

Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34— Organic Chemistry 3 3 

Inst. Mgt. 160 — Institution Organization and Management 8 .... 

Inst. Mgt. 161 — Institution Purchasing and Accounting .... 8 

Ed. 190 — Principles of Education 2 

Phys. 1 — Elements of Physics 8 

H. E. Ed. 110— Child Development 3 

Elective 2 .... 

Total 17 17 

Senior Year 

H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 8 8 

Home Mgt. 152 — Practice in Management of the Home .... 3 

Pr. Art 2 — Survey of Art History 2 

Pr. Art 140 — Interior Design 1 

Bact. 61 — Household Bacteriology .... 

Foods 102 — Experimental Foods 8 

Inst. Mgt. 162 — Institution Foods 

Nut. 113— Diet in Disease 2 

Inst. Mgt. 164 — Advanced Institution Management .... 

Chem. 81, 82— General Bio-Chemistry 4 

Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology 

Electives 2 

Total 17 17 

Foods and Nutrition 

The purpose of the Foods and Nutrition Curriculum is two-fold — to pro- 
vide an education in this field for the individual's personal use or for use 
in promoting good health and happiness in the family group and to pro- 
vide training for professional use: in teaching, research, editorial or promo- 
tional work. 



• One of the following selection of courses is to be taken in place of a freshman or 
■ophomore elective: Pr. Art 20, Costume Design (3), Clo. 20 A or B, Clothing Construction 
(8), Clo. 21. Personal Clothing Problenu (2). 



FOODS AND NUTRITION 



185 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 8, 4 — Composition and Readings in World Literature or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and Readings, mainly in English Literature. 

Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry 

Foods 2, 3— Foods 

Zool. IG — Human Physiology 

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 

Pr. Art 20— Costume Design 

Clo. 20 — Clothing Construction 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

Home Mgt. 160, 151 — Management of the Home 

Foods 100 — Food Economics 

Foods 101 — Meal Service 

Nut. 110 — Nutrition 

Nut. 112— Dietetics 

Chem. 31. 32, 33, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry 

H. E. Ed. 110— Child Development 

Physics 1, 2 — Elements of Physics 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 

Total 

Senior Year 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 

Home Mgt. 152 — Practice in Management of the Home 

Pr. Art 2 — Survey of Art History 

Pr. Art 140, 141 — Interior Design 

Bact. 51 — Household Bacteriology 

Nut. Ill— Child Nutrition 

Foods 102 — Experimental Foods 

Foods 103 — Demonstrations 

Foods 104 — Advanced Foods 

Chem. 81, 82— General Bio-Chemistry 

Elective 

Total 



Semester — v 


/ 


// 


3 


8 


(3) 


(8) 


8 


8 


8 


8 


4 






3 




8 


8 




1 


1 



17 



10 



16 



186 THE UMVERSITY OF MARYLAXD 

COLLEGE OF MILITARY SCIENCE, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 
AND RECREATION 

CoL. Charles S. Johnson, U. S. A., Acting Dean 

The College of Military Science, Physical Education, and Recreation has 
been established to provide leaders for the Nation in the field of Military 
Science and for the Nation and State in Physical Education and Recreation 
programs. The college will give training and education to prepare men for 
the military ser\-ices. The college also will fulfill the need for teachers 
and for leaders in recreation programs such as camping, the arts, dramatics, 
pageants, and so forth. The work in the college is so organized that majors 
in four different fields will be given; namely, Military Science, Physical 
Education, Recreation, and Health Education. Students with majors in other 
colleges may elect to take minors in any of the above-mentioned fields. 

Required physical training for all freshmen and sophomore students will 
be closely coordinated and be a part of the general military work. One of 
the great lessons of the war was the discovery that so many young men 
were not physically qualified for military service. Physical examinations 
will be given all students and, in case of physical disabilities, corrective work 
will be assigned. 

Military Science and Tactics 

Instruction in military science and tactics has been an important phase of 
the College Park division of the University of Maryland since 1856. In 
1864 the General Assembly of Maryland accepted the provision of the Act 
of Congress of 1862 whereby public lands were donated to the States pro- 
viding colleges in which a course of military training was maintained. 
Until 1916 the institution was a military school. After the first World War 
the military training was reorganized and given as specified in the Acts of 
Congress of 1916 and 1920, as amended, which are commonly known as the 
National Defense Acts. Under these laws the Reserve Officer Training Corps 
is organized to provide basic training and to offer advanced training lead- 
ing to a commission in the Officer Reser\'e Corps on a selective basis. All 
male students, unless specifically exempted, under University rules are 
required to take basic military training for a period of two years. This 
is a prerequisite for graduation and must be taken by all eligible students 
in their first two years of attendance whether they intend to graduate or 
not. Students of the University, regardless of the college in which regis- 
tered, who successfully complete the Basic Course Reserve Officers Training 
Corps may be considered as candidates for the Advanced Course. 



MILITARY STAFF 187 

The mission of the Senior Division, Reserve Officers' Training Corps is 
to produce junior officers who have the qualities and attributes essential 
to their progressive and continued development as officers in a component 
of the Army of the United States. The major mission is the training of 
officers to serve with the Reserve Components of the Army of the United 
States, i.e., the Organized Reserve Corps or the National Guard. In addition, 
the Senior Reserve Officers Training Corps will provide the principal source 
of procurement of junior officers for the Regular Army through selection 
of a required number of Distinguished Military Graduates of the Senior 
Division for direct appointment, and through extended active duty tours 
of volunteer officers from which will be selected additional personnel for 
Regular Army appointment. The hundreds of Maryland graduates who 
received their commissions through this unit were found ready and capable 
when the national crisis arose, and they have achieved an inspiring and 
enviable record of which the State may well be proud. 

Staff 

Colonel Charles S. Johnson, Professor, Military Science and Tactics. 

Lt. Colonel Harold V. Maull, Assistant Professor, Military Science 
and Tactics (Air) 

Lt. Colonel Edward M. Minion, Assistant Professor, Military Science 
and Tactics (Infantry) 

Lt. Colonel Sidney S. Davis, Assistant Professor, Military Science and 
Tactics (Signal) 

Major James S. Hollingsworth, Assistant Professor, Military Science 
and Tactics (Transportation) 

Major Ovie D. Clark, Assistant Professor, Military Science and Tac- 
tics (Air) 

Major Walter L. Miller, Assistant Professor, Military Science and 
Tactics 

Captain Donald 0. Markham, Assistant Professor Military Science 
and Tactics (Transportation) 

Captain Earl C. Harper, Assistant Professor, Military Science and 
Tactics 

Captain David M. Chase, Assistant Professor, Military Science and 
Tactics 

Captain John H. Brown. Assistant Professor. Military Science and 
Tactics (Air) 

First Lieutenant George P. Peterson, Assistant Professor, Military 
Science and Tactics (Air) 



188 GENERAL 

CWO Tolland 0. Livesay, Adjutant and Administrative Officer. 

Mr. Frank Sykora, Band Director 

Mrs. Anita Jean O'Connor, Secretary to The Professor of Military 

Science and Tactics 
Master Sergeant James J. Aylward, Administrative Assistant 
Master Sergeant William Buckley, Instructor (Signal) 
Master Sergeant Charles H. Dodson, Instructor 
Master Sergeant Robert J. McFarland, Instructor (Air) 
Master Sergeant Fay J. Norris, Instructor 
First Sergeant Stephen Felber, Instructor 
First Sergeant Everett B. Heins, Supply (Transportation) 
First Sergeant Charles Lightner, Administrative Assistant (Air) 
Technical Sergeant Donald G. Doran, Instructor (Signal) 
Technical Sergeant Johnnie C. Higgle, Instructor (Air) 
Staff Sergeant George A. Foelker, Instructor (Air) 
Staff Sergeant Salvatore Gagliemo, Supply Assistant 
Staff Sergeant Arthur T. Olsen, Supply Assistant 
Sergeant Robert L. Eyler, Assistant 

Army personnel, approved by the President of the University, are de- 
tailed by the Departments of the Army and Air to administer the course. 
They serve under appointment by the University, the senior as the Professor 
of Military Science and Tactics, and the others as Assistant Professors of 
Military Science and Tactics. Selected non-commissioned officers of the 
Departments of the Army and Air are detailed to serve as Assistant 
Instructors. 

The required course of two years is known as the First and Second Year 
Basic Course. This is a thorough, comprehensive course designed to 
prepare men for any branch of the service. The elective two-year Ad- 
vanced Course in Air Force, Infantry, Signal Corps and Transportation 
Corps specifically trains students in their selected specialization. Appli- 
cants for the Advanced Course Signal Corps must be registered for Mechan- 
ical or Electrical Engineering, Electronics, or a course leading to a major 
in physics. 

The necessary training equipment including uniforms, weapons, and tech- 
nical material, is loaned to the University by the Departments of the Army 
and Air. Students in the basic courses are loaned uniforms without cost. 

The New Armory located East of the Administration Building has been 
declared by a Department of the Army inspector to be one of the finest 
buildings used for Military instruction in the country. It contains clothing 



ADVANCED COURSE, UNIFORMS 189 

and ordnance storerooms, class rooms, offices, projection room, a ten firing 
point small bore range, and a drill floor 240 feet long by 120 feet wide. 
Drill field, parade grounds and outdoor range are nearby. 

Advanced Course 

The primary object of the Advanced Course is to provide military instruc- 
tion and systematic training to selected eligible students through the agency 
of educational institutions, to the end that they may qualify as reserve 
officers in the Military forces of the United States. It is intended to attain 
this objective in accordance w^ith the terms of the contract during the time 
the students are pursuing their academic studies at the University. 

A student prior to enrollment in the course must have satisfactorily com- 
pleted the Basic Course or have been honorably discharged after at 
least one year active service in one of the armed forces. The student must 
have indicated in writing his desire to undertake the course. Selection of 
students in the advanced course will be made by the President of the Uni- 
versity and the Professor of Military Science and Tactics, as provided in 
Section 47c, National Defense Act. No applicant will be admitted to the 
advanced course who is less than eighteen or more than twenty-six years 
of age at the time of admission or who is not able to pass physical standards 
set forth in AR 40-105 and 40-110 and the Army General Classification Test 
with a qualifying score. Opportunities for students interested in the Regu- 
lar Army as a career have been augmented by recent legislation authorizing 
increased numbers of regular commissions to distinguished Reserve Officers' 
Training Corps graduates, and one-year active duty competitive tours to all 
Advanced Course graduates. 

Program of Instruction 

For first and second years, basic course, and the advanced course the 
instruction will consist of five hours per week, of which at least three 
hours are utilized for theoretical instruction. 

Uniforms 

All members must appear in proper uniforms at all Military drill forma- 
tions and at such other times as the P. M. S. & T. may designate. 

Uniforms for students in the elementary course are furnished by the 
Government. The uniforms are the regulation uniforms of the United 
States Army, with certain distinguishing features. Such uniforms must be 
kept in good condition by the students. They remain the property of the 
Army, and though intended primarily for use in connection with military 
instruction they may be worn at other times unless the P. M. S. & T. in- 
structs otherwise. The uniforms will not be worn in part nor used while 
the wearer is engaged in athletic sports. A basic uniform will be returned 



190 UNIVERSITY IlAXDS 

to the Military Department at the end of the year; or before, if a student 
severs his connection with the Department. 

The Advanced Course students will wear an officer-type uniform, purchased 
on a Government allowance. 

Commutation 

All members of the Advanced Course will receive a monetary allowance in 
lieu of subsistence, equivalent to the current value of the garrison ration, 
to be paid monthly during the periods of enrollment in the Advanced Course 
less the period of the Advanced Camp of six weeks. During this Cami^ the 
student will receive the pay of the seventh enlisted grade and travel pay. 
The total period of receiving commutation will not exceed 570 days for any 
student. This allowance will be paid in addition to benefits authorized by 
the GI Bill of Rights. 

Credits 

Military instruction at this Institution is on a par with other university 
work, and the requirements of this department as to proficiency are the 
same as those of other departments. 

Students who have received Military Training at any educational institu- 
tion under the direction of army officers detailed as Professor of Military 
Science and Tactics, may receive such credit as the P. M. S. & T. and the 
President may jointly determine. 

University and Reserve Officers' Training Corps Hands 

The University of Maryland Student Band and the Reserve Officers' 
Training Corps Band are two separate musical organizations at the Uni- 
versity, existing for the purpose of furthering the musical knowledge of 
interested students. The Reserve Officers' Training Corps Band functions 
under the Military Department. The Student Band is under the direction 
of the Music Department and is assisted by the Military Department. The 
instruction of both bands is conducted by an experienced bandmaster. 

The Reserve Officers' Training Corps Band is composed of Reserve Offi- 
cers* Training Corps students. It practices during drill periods and plays 
for drills and military formations. Uniforms and instruments are fur- 
nished by the Federal Government. Members of the Reserve Officers' Train- 
ing Corps Band are eligible for enrollment in the Student Band; 

The University of Maryland Student Band is one of the most important 
and most active undergraduate organizations on the Maryland Campus. 
Membership in the Student Band is open to all interested men and women 
students of the University. The Band furnishes music for all athletic 
events and all special occasions during the School Year. The Fall practice 



VARSirV RlFLb: TEAM T.M 

sessions are devoted to the support of the football season, with the band 
accompanying the football team on several of its trips away from home. 
During the Winter season the Band plays for the basketball games and for 
the boxing matches. The practice hours during the winter are devoted to 
concert music which culminates in an Annual Spring Concert. 

Band is a regular scheduled course of instruction. One credit per semes- 
ter, not to exceed a total of eight (8) credits, may be earned by the student 
participating in this activity. Uniforms and certain instruments are fur- 
nished by the University. Band rehearsals are conducted in the Band Room 
in the New Armory. A band letter may be earned each year by faithful 
attendance. A gold award is presented to the student who earns a letter 
for four successive years. Students may be elected to positions of honor 
and responsibility within this student organization which operated under 
its own constitution. 

Men or women, applying for admission to the University who play musi- 
cal instruments and who desire to be considered for the Student Band, 
should indicate their experience and ability on their application form, and 
should contact the bandmaster at the earliest opportunity for enrollment 
in the Student Band, after being accepted for admission to the University. 

The Varsity Rifle Team 

The Varsity Rifle Team is under the supervision of the Military Depart- 
ment. Rifle competition at the. University of Maryland is rated as a major 
sport activity, and the varsity letters and sweaters are awarded each year 
to team members. The rifle teams representing this institution have a high 
national standing as they have consistently placed in the top brackets in the 
National Intercollegiate Rifle Match. The Varsity Rifle Team won the 
National Intercollegiate Championship in 1947 with a new record score. 
They have been consistent winners in the William Randolph Hearst Trophy 
Match and the Third Service Command Reserve Officers' Training Corp? 
Match as well as winning a very high percentage of the regular schedule' of 
l^ostal and shoulder matches. Rifle and amunition are furnished by the 
State and Federal Governments and the rifle range in the New Armory used 
by the team has been pronounced by officials of the National Rifle Associa- 
tion to be one of the finest in the country. 

Both a Varsity Team and a Freshman Team are placed in competition, 
with members of the latter team being awarded class numerals. 

Degrees 

The degree conferred upon students who have met the conditions described 
for a degree in the College of Military Science, Physical Education and Rec- 
reation is a Bachelor of Science. 



192 



CURRICULUM 



COLLEGE OF MILITARY SCIENCE CURRICULUM 



Freshman Year 

Engr. 1, 2 — Composition and Reading in Annerican Literature... 

See. 1 — Sociology of American Life 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 

Math. 10, 11 — Algebra, Trigonometry, Analytic Geometry 

Modern Language (one language for two years' study) 

*M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T, C. 

•Physical Activities 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and Reading in World Literature. 

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 

Speech 5, 6 — Advanced Public Speaking 

Physics 1, 2 — Elements of Physics 

Modern Language 

*M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C 

•Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

t Speech 127 — Military Speech and Command 

Agr. Engr. 102 — Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles 

Ecom. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 

Surv. 1, 2 — Plane Surveying 

Dr. 1 — Engineering Drawing 

tM. S. 101, 102— Advanced R. O. T. C 

Minor Sequence 

Total 

Students entered in Advanced R. O. T. C. are required to attend 
six weeks summer camp between Junior and Senior years. 



Semeatei 




I 


// 


3 


3 




3 


3 




2 


2 


3 


8 


3 


8 


3 


3 


1 


1 



18 



la 



2 

2 
3 
6 

18 



18 



3 


3 


3 


8 


2 


2 


3 


8 


3 


8 


3 


3 


1 


1 



18 



Senior Year 

G. & p. 102— International Law , 

M. S. 151 — Military Logistics 

tM. S. 152— Military Leadership 

M. S. 153 — Military Policy of the United States. 
tM. S. 103, 104— Advanced R. O. T. C 

Minor Sequence 

Total 




15 



• Credit allowed for equivalent service in the Armed Forces. 

t Credit allowed to those holding Regular, Reserve, or National Guard commissions. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 193 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH, AND RECREATION 

The primary purposes of the offerings in Physical Education, Health and 
Recreation are (a) Conducting the obligatory classes in physical education 
taken three periods weekly by freshmen and sophomores; (b) Organizing 
and conducting the intramural program of individual and team sports; (c) 
Organizing and conducting pageants, dances, and gymnastic exhibitions; 
(d) Prescribing and conducting adaptive or corrective exercises for physi- 
cally handicapped students; (e) Promoting the proper use of leisure time 
by organizing wholesome recreation for the students and faculty; (f) Con- 
ducting major courses for the education of teachers and leaders in Recre- 
ation, Health, Pre-Physical Therapy and Physical Education. 

The activities in Physical Education, Health, and Recreation function 
through a cooperative arrangement among the following: (1) The College 
of Military Science, Physical Education, and Recreation; Required condi- 
tioning exercises of freshmen and sophomores, intramurals, adaptive 
classes, and major and minor curricula; (2) College of Education; Major 
and minor curricula; (3) Graduate School; Graduate curricula. 

Required Uniform 

Men students taking the required activity classes for freshmen and sopho- 
mores are required to wear a uniform consisting of a white cotton T-shirt, 
black or khaki shorts, supporters, and rubber-soled athletic shoes. 

Women students must wear one-piece blue uniforms. 

Physical Education 

The demand for teachers in the field of physical education is far greater 
than the supply. The professional work in physical education is intended 
to develop leaders to teach and to supervise such work in the public school 
system, in private schools and colleges. 

Health 

The demand for teachers in Hygiene Instruction, especially in large cities, 
has existed for some time. To meet this situation, a major course in health 
instruction is conducted. This course prepares students as teachers and 
supervisors in personal and community hygiene. 

Recreation 

Throughout the country there is a great demand for men and women 
trained in the field of recreation. This involves not only recreation from 
the standpoint of play programs, but also for the management of camps, 
development of the dramatic arts, conducting comm.unity and industrial 
recreation programs, vn*iting and conducting pageants and numerous other 
activities intended to relieve the tedium of life for large groups of people; 
in fact, all those factors that go to make up the sociology of American life. 



194 UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULA 

Facilities 

The University of Maryland has several athletic fields, a large armory 
which is also used for recreation purposes, a gymnasium for men and a 
gymnasium for women, also a large building in which athletic events are 
held. The State legislature has authorized the construction of two swim- 
ming pools which will be built as soon as materials become available. 

The weakening influence of our modern machine civilization makes es- 
sential a progressive course, especially designed to condition and develop 
the human body to the point where it can retain normal responses to 
stimuli in spite of fatigue and exhaustion and continue to function effec- 
tively in the routine and emei-gency tasks of life. 

In addition to the required activities, sophomore men students may elect 
a considerable number of individual sports such as fencing, boxing, wrest- 
ling, horseshoes, bag punching, badminton, shuffleboard, and the like. 

Intramurals for Men 

An adequate program of intramural sports is conducted. Touch football, 
horseshoes, tennis and soccer in the fall; table tennis, basketball, badminton, 
wrestling, swimming, boxing, handball, and volleyball in the winter; soft- 
ball, tennis, golf, and track in the spring are the chief activities in this 
program. Plaques, medals and other appropriate awards in all tournaments 
of the program are provided for the winning teams and individual members. 

The facilities of the Physical Education Department are thrown open to 
all students when the time does not interfere with scheduled activities. 

Intramurals for Women 

The Department of Physical Education, Health Education, and Recreation 
for Women has facilities for conducting a full activities program. Recre- 
ational games; team sports, including hockey, soccer, field ball, Baltimore 
ball, speedball, basketball, volleyball, softball, individual sports, consisting 
of tennis, badminton, fencing, golf, archery, and table tennis are offered. 

The Women's Recreation Association under the supervision of the De- 
partment of Physical Education for Women, sponsors and conducts intra- 
mural tournaments in hockey, bowling, basketball, volleyball, badminton, 
and tennis, and arranges sport days with neighboring colleges. 

Graduate Students 

Candidates for the degree of Master of Arts or Master of Science in 
Health, Physical Education or Recreation are accepted in accordance with 
the procedure and requirements of the Graduate School. See Graduate 
School, Section II. 

Undergraduate Curricula 

Professional curricula are offered consisting of four years of lectures, 
reading, observation, discussion, and practice leading to the degrees of 



CURRICULA 195 

Bachelor of Science in Physical Education, Health, Recreation, or Pre- 
Physical Therapy. Certified graduates are prepared to teach hygiene, con- 
duct physical conditioning classes, coach athletics, manage camp activities, 
supervise municipal or industrial recreation and administer corrective exer- 
cises according to the special major and minor subjects pursued. 

All applicants must possess good health with no handicapping physical 
defects. They must be approved by the Medical Director of the University. 

Suitable uniforms are required in the activity classes taken by both men and 
women majoring in the above subjects. The uniform for men consists of a 
white cotton T-shirt, black pants with gold braid on side, supporters, and 
rubber-soled shoes. The uniform for women is a white, one-piece suit. 

The freshman and sophomore curricula are essentially the same for all 
majors, consisting of basic cultural courses and introductory activity 
courses. 

The junior and senior curricula provide four areas of specialization and 
sufficient electives to develop a minor specialty. 

Curricula for Physical Education, Health, Recreation, 
and Pre-Physical Therapy 

W — Women 

M — Men 

Odd numbered P. E. courses are for Men 

Even numbered P. E. courses are for Women 

P. E. courses ending in "0" are for both 

Freshman Year 

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4 Eng. 2 — Comp. & American Lit 3 

Eng. 1— Composition & American Lit... 3 G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 Sp. 10 — Group Discussion 2 

Sp. 4 — Voice and Diction 3 Rec. 30 — Hist. & Intro, to Rec. (2), or 

P. E. 1, 2 — Physical Activities 1 Ed. 2 — Intro, to Education (2), or 

P. E. 31— Sport Skills (M) 2 P. E. 30— Hist. & Intro, to P. E 3 

P. E. 32— Sport Skills ( W) 2 P. E. 4, 5— Physical Activities 1 

P. E. 40— Elementary Gymnasium P. E. 33— Sport Skills (M) 2 

Activities 1 P. E. 34— Sport Skills (Wt 2 

P. E. 52 — Dance Techniques (W) 2 P. E. 50 — Interm. Gym. Activitiei 1 

M. S. 1— Basic R. G. T. C. (M) 3 P. E. 54— Dance Techniques ( W i 2 

— M. S. 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (M; 3 



Total (W) 19 (M) 20 



Total (Wi 17 (M) IH 



196 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 



Sophomore Year 

KiiK. 3 — Comi)o.sition & ReadiriK World 

Lit 3 

Hist. 5 — History of American Civilization 3 
Zool. 14 — Human Anatomy and Physiology 

P. E. 6, 9»— Physical Activities 1 

1 

P. E. 35— Sport Skills (M) 2 

P. E. 36— Sport Skills (W) 2 

P. E. 56— Dance Techniques (W) 2 

M. S. 3— R. O. T. C. (M) 3 

Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety 3 

Total (W) 18 (M) 19 



Eng. 4— Comp. & Read. World Lit 3 

Hist. 6 — Hist, of American Civil 3 

Zool. 15 — Human Anat. and Physio 4 

Rec. 48 — Recreational Dance (W) 2 

P. E. 8, 1!)*— Physical Activities 1 

P. E. 37— Sport Skills (M) 2 

P. E. 38— Sport Skills (W) 2 

P. E. 45— Track (M) 1 

P. E. 47— Baseball (M) 1 

P. E. 55— Tennis (M) 1 

P. E. 58— Dance Techniques (W) 2 

M. S. 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (M) 3 

Electives (W) 2 



Total 

* Or P. E. 13, 15. 17, 23, 25, 27 if qualified by PFR score of 300. 



.19 



Physical Education ^ . 

Junior Year j 

Zool. B5 — Development of Human Body 2 

Zool. 53 — Physiology of Exercise .... 

Ed. 130— Theory of the Junior High School 

Ed. 140 — Curriculum Instruction and Observation .... 

Ed. 147 — Audio-Visual Education 2 .... 

Hea. 40 — Personal and Community Hygiene 3 .... 

Hea. 120— Teaching of Health 2 

Rec. 120 — Camp Administration and Leadership .... 3 

Rec. 130 — Principles and Practice of Recreation 3 .... 

Rec. 150 — Recreational Dance 2 .... 

P. E. 41— Football (M) 2 

P. E. 57— Combative Sports (M) 1 

P. E. 100— Kinesiology 3 

P. E. 102, 104— Sport Skills (W) 2 2 

P. E. 170 — Principles and Practice of Physical Education .... 3 

Total 17 W 17 M le 

Senior Year 

Ed. 143 — Methods and Practice of Teaching 5 or 

Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice of Teaching (See Note) 9 . 

Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology 

Rec. 100 — Co-Recreational Games and Programs .... 2 

P. E. 43— Basketball (M) 1 

P. E. 51— Recreational Sport Skills (M) 1 

P. E. 101, 103 — Organization and Officiating in Intramurals (M) 2 2 

P. E. 106, 108— Sport Skills (W) 2 2 

P. E. 124, 126— Coaching and Officiating (W) 2 2 

P. E. 140— Therapeutics (Adaptives) ■ 3 

P. E. 160— Golf 1 

P. E. 180— Tests and Measurements 3 

P. E. 181— TraifiinK and Conditioning (M) 

P. E. 190 — Organization and Adm. of Hea. and Phy. Ed .... 8 

Electives (Second Semester) .... W5 M6 

NOTE : If Ed. 149 is elected, the following courses may he 
omitted: P. E. 51. 101, 106, 108. 

Total 16or20 17 



HEALTH, RECREATION I'JT 

Health Education r-Semester—-. 

Junior Year I II 

Zool. 65 — Development of Human Body 2 .... 

Zool. 53 — Physiologry of Exercise .... 2 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriologry .... 4 

Ed. 130— Theory of the Junior High School 2 

H. Ec. Ed. 110 — Child Development 3 

Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement 2 .... 

Hea. 110 — Health Service and Supervision 3 .... 

Psych. 130 — Mental Hygiene .... 3 

P. E. 51 — Recreational Sport Skills (M) 1 

P. E. 100— Kinesiology 3 

Electives W7 M6 W3 M2 

Total 17 17 

Senior Year 

Bact. 5 — Advanced General Bacteriologry 4 .... 

Bact. 131 — Food Bacteriology .... 4 

Zool. 51 — Physiology of Exercise .... 1 

Nut. 113— Diet and Disease 2 

Ed. 143 — Methods and Practice Teaching in Health 5 .... 

Ed. 147— Audio-Visual Education 2 

Hea. 120 — ^Teaching Health 2 

P. E. 140— Therapeutics (Adaptives) 3 

P. E. 181- Training and Conditioning (M) 1 

P. E. 190— Org. and Adm. of Health and Physical Education 3 

Electives 4 3 

Total 17 17 

Recreation 

Junior Year 

See. 2 — Principles of Society 3 .... 

Soc. 118 — Community Organization .... 3 

Sp. 113 — Play Production 3 

Music 1 — Music Appreciation 3 .... 

Crafts 2-3— Simple Crafts 2 

Rec. 120 — Camp Administration and Leadership .... 3 

Rec. 130 — Principles and Practice of Recreation 3 .... 

Rec. 150 — Recreational Dance 2 .... 

P. E. 102, 104— Sport Skills (W) , 2 2 

Electives W 4 M 6 W 4 M 6 

Total 17 17 



198 



MINOR ELECTIVES 



I — Semeste 

Senior Year I 

Rec. 100 — Co-Recreational Games and Progrrams .... 

Rec. 110— Nature Lore 

Rec. 140 — Observation and Service in Recreation 6 

Rec. 160— Golf 

Rec. 170 — Organization and Administration of Recreation .... 

P. E. 43— Basketball (M) 1 

P. E. 51— Recreational Sports (M) 1 

P. E. 101, 103— Organization and Officiating in Intramurals (M) 2 

P. E. 106, IDS— Sport Skills (W) 2 

P. E. 124, 126— Coaching and Officiating (W) 2 

Electives ( First Semester) W7 M8 2d W4 

Total 17 



II 

2 
1-3 



2 

2 

2 

M 6 

17 



Pre-Physical Therapy Curriculum 

Junior Year 

Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology 3 

P. E. 100— Kinesiology 3 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4 

Zool. 53 — Physiology of Exercise .... 2 

Psych. 130— Mental Hygiene 8 

P. E. 31, 33, or 102, 104— Sport Skills 2 2 

P. E. 150 — Recreational Dance 2 .... 

Soc. 131 — Introduction to Social Service 3 .... 

Cr. 2-3— Simple Crafts 2 

Electives ... 4 

Total 17 17 

Senior Year 

Phys. 1, 2 — Elements of Physics 3 S 

Zool. 55 — Development of the Human Body 2 .... 

Psych. 125 — Child Psychology 3 

P. E. 101, 103, or 106, 108— Sport Skills 2 2 

Soc. 153 — Juvenile Delinquency 3 .... 

Psych. 126 — Developmental Psychology .... 3 

P. E. 140— Therapeutics (Adaptives) . 3 

Electives 4 6 

Total 17 17 

Minor Electives 

Students who carry a major in any teaching field may develop a minor 

in any one of the following fields by taking 30 semester hours — 20 hours 
must be selected from the specific field and 10 hours from the other fields 
in this department. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR 199 

Physical Education Minor 

P. E. 30 — History and Introduction to Phyeical Education 3 

P. E. 31-38. inclusive— Sport Skills (M) 8 

P. E. 32, 31, 36. 38— Sport Skills (W) 8 

P. E. 40 — Elementary Gymnasium Activities 1 

P. E. 41— Football (M) 2 

P. E. 43— Basketball (M) 1 

P. E. 45— Track (M) 1 

P. E. 47— Baseball (M) 1 

P. E. 60 — Intermediate Gymnasium Activities 1 

P. E. 56 or 58— Dance Techniques (W) 2 

P. E. 57— Combative Sports Skills (M) 1 

P. E. 101, 103 — Organization and Officiating in Intramurals (M) 4 

P. E. 124, 126 — Coaching and Officiating (W) 4 

Health Education Minor 

Bact. 1 — General- Bacteriology 4 

Hea. 110 — Health Service and Supervision 3 

Hea. 60 — First Aid and Safety 3 

Hea. 120 — Teaching Health 2 

H. Ec. Ed. 110— Child Development 3 

Psych. 130 — Mental Hygiene 3 

Ed. 130— Theory of the Junior High School 2 

P. E. 140 — Therapeutics (Adaptives) 3 

P. E. 190 — Org. and Adm. of Health and Physical Education 3 

Recreation Minor 

Hea. 50 — First Aid and Safety 3 

Crafts 3— Simple Crafts 2 

Rec. 110 — Nature Lore 1-3 

Rec. 120 — Camp Administration and Leadership . . ." 3 

Rec. 140 — Principles and Practice of Recreation 3 

Rec. 150 — Recreational Dance 2 

Rec. 160— Golf 1 

Rec. 170 — Organization and Administration of Recreation 3 

P. E. 31, 33. or 106, 108— Sport Skills 4 

P. E. 40 — Elementary Gymnasium Activities 1 

P. E. 50 — Intermediate Gymnasium Activities 1 

P. E. 52, 54 — Dance Techniques (W) 4 

P. E. 55— Tennis 1 



200 THE UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

THE GRADUATE SCHOOL 

C. 0. Appleman, Dean 
History and Organization 

In the earlier years of the institution the Master's degree was fre- 
quently conferred, but the work of the graduate students was in charge 
of the departments concerned, under the supervision of the general 
faculty. The Graduate School of the University of Maryland was estab- 
lished in 1918, and organized graduate instiniction leading to both the 
Master's and the Doctor's degree was undertaken. The faculty of the 
Graduate School includes all members of the various faculties who give 
instruction in approved graduate courses. The general administrative 
functions of the graduate faculty are delegated to a Graduate Council, 
of which the Dean of the Graduate School is chairman. 

Admission 

An applicant for admission to the Graduate School must hold a Bachelor's 
or a Master's degree from a college or university of recognized standing. 
The applicant shall furnish an official transcript of his collegiate record 
which for unconditional admission must show creditable completion of an 
adequate amount of undergraduate preparation for graduate work in his 
chosen field. Application for admission to the Graduate School should be 
made prior to dates of registration on blanks obtained from the office of 
the Dean. 

After approval of the application a matriculation card, signed by the 
Dean, is issued to the student. This card permits one to register in 
the Graduate School. After payment of the fee, the matriculation card 
is stamped and returned to the student. It is his certificate of mem- 
bership in the Graduate School and should be retained by the student to 
present at each succeeding registration. 

Admission to the Graduate School does not necessarily imply admission 
to candidacy for an advanced degree. 

Registration 

All students pursuing graduate work in the University, even though 
they are not candidates for higher degrees, are required to register in 
the Graduate School at the beginning of each semester. In no case will 
graduate credit be given unless the student matriculates and registers 
in the Graduate School. The program of work for each session is 
arranged by the student with the major department and entered upon 
two course cards, which are signed first by the professor in charge of 
the student's major subject and then by the Dean of the Graduate 
School. One card is retained by the Dean. The student takes the other 
card, and in case of a new student, also the matriculation card, to the 
Registrar's office, where the registration is completed. Students will 



GRADUATE WORK 2U1 

not be admitted to graduate courses until the Registrar has certified to 
the instructor that registration has been completed. Course cards may be 
obtained at the Registrar's office or at the Dean's office. The heads of de- 
partments usually keep a supply of these cards in their respective offices. 

Graduate Courses 

Graduate students must elect for credit in partial fulfillment of the 
requirements for higher degrees only courses designated For Graduates 
or For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates. Students who are inade- 
quately prepared for graduate work in their chosen fields or who lack 
prerequisites for minor courses may elect a limited number of courses 
numbered from 1 to 99, but graduate credit will not be allowed for these 
courses. Courses that are audited are registered for in the same way 
as other courses, and the fees are the same. 

Program of Work 

The professor who is selected to direct a student's thesis work is the 
student's adviser in the formulation of a graduate program, including 
suitable minor work, which is arranged in cooperation with the instructors. 
To encourage thoroughness in scholarship through intensive application, 
graduate students in the regular sessions are limited to a program of 
fifteen credit hours per semester. If a student is preparing a thesis during 
the minimum residence for the master's degree, the registration in gradu- 
ate courses should not exceed twelve hours for the semester. 

Graduate Work in Professional Schools at Baltimore 

Graduate courses and opportunities for research are offered in some of 
the professional schools at Baltimore. Students pursuing graduate work 
in the professional schools must register in the Graduate School, and meet 
the same requirements and proceed in the same way, as do graduate 
students in other departments of the University. 

Graduate Work by Seniors in This University 

A senior of this University who has nearly completed the requirements 
for the undergraduate degree may, with the approval of his undergraduate 
dean and the Dean of the Graduate School, register in the undergraduate 
college for graduate courses, which may later be transferred for graduate 
credit toward an advanced degree at this University, but the total of 
undergraduate and graduate courses must not exceed fifteen credits for the 
semester. Excess credits in the senior year cannot later be used for grad- 
uate credit unless such prearrangement is made. Seniors who wish to 
register for graduate courses may apply to the Dean of the Graduate 
School for blanks and information as to procedure. 



202 MASTER'S DEGREE 

Admission to Candidacy for Advanced Degrees 

Application for admission to candidacy for the Master's and for the 
Doctor's degree is made on application blanks which are obtained at the 
office of the Dean of the Graduate School. These are filled out in dupli- 
cate by the student and submitted to his major department for further 
action and transmission to the Dean of the Graduate School. All applica- 
tions for admission to candidacy must be approved by the Graduate Council. 

Admission to candidacy in no case assures the student of a degree, 
but merely signifies he has met all the formal requirements and is con- 
sidered by his instructors sufficiently prepared and able to pursue such 
graduate study and research as are demanded by the requirements of 
the degree sought. The candidate must show superior scholarship in 
^aduate work already completed. 

Application for admission to candidacy is made at the time stated in 
the sections dealing with the requirements for the degree sought. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREES OF MASTER OF ARTS 
AND MASTER OF SCIENCE 

Advancement to Candidacy. Each prospective candidate for the Mas- 
ter's degree is required to make application for admission to candidacy 
not later than the date when instruction begins for the semester in which 
the degree is sought. He must have completed at least twelve semester 
hours of graduate work at the University of Maryland. An average grade 
of "B" in all major and minor subjects is required. 

Minimum Residence. A residence of at least two semesters, or equiva- 
lent, at this institution, is required. 

Course Requirements. A minimum of twenty-four semester hours, ex- 
clusive of thesis and of research, with an average grade of "B" in courses 
approved for gn'aduate credit, is required for the degrees of Master of Arts 
and Master of Science. At the option of the major department concerned 
the student may be required also to register for a maximum of six semester 
hours for research and thesis work. The total number of credit hours re- 
quired for the degree would then be thirty. If the student is inadequately 
prepared for the required graduate courses, either in the major or minor 
subjects, additional courses may be required to supplement the under- 
graduate work. Of the twenty-four hours required in graduate courses, 
not less than twelve semester hours and not more then sixteen semester 
hours must be earned in the major subject. The remaining credits must 
be outside the major subject and must comprise a group of coherent courses 
intended to supplement and support the major work. Not less than one-half 
of the total required course credits for the degree, or a minimum of twelve, 
must be selected from courses numbered 200 or above. No credit for the 
degree of Master of Arts or Master of Science may be obtained for corre- 
spondence courses. The entire course of study must constitute a unified 



FINAL EXAMINATION 203 

program approved by the student's major adviser and by the Dean of the 
Graduate School. 

Transfer of Credit. Credit not to exceed six semester hours, obtained 
at other recognized institutions, may be transferred and aiolied to the 
course requirements of the Master's degree, provided that the work was 
of graduate character, and provided that it is approved for inclusion in 
the student's graduate program at the University of Maryland. This 
transfer of credit is submitted to the Graduate Council for approval when 
the student applies for admission to candidacy for the degree. Accept- 
ance of the transferred credit does not reduce the minimum residence 
requirement. The candidate is subject to final examination by this insti- 
tution in all work offered for the degree. 

Thesis. In addition to the twenty-four semester hours in graduate courses 
a satisfactory thesis is required of all candidates for the degrees of Master 
of Arts and Master of Science. (Exceptions may be made in the case of 
candidates for the degree of Master of Arts in American Civilization. See 
page 204.) The thesis must demonstrate the student's ability to do indepen- 
dent work and it must be acceptable in literary style and composition. 
With the approval of the student's major professor and the Dean of the 
Graduate School, the thesis in certain cases may be prepared in absentia 
under direction and supervision of a member of the faculty of this insti- 
tution. 

The original copy of the thesis must be deposited in the office of the 
Graduate School not later than two weeks before the convocation at 
which the degree is sought. The thesis should not be bound by the stu- 
dent, as the University later binds all theses uniformly. An abstract of 
the contents of the thesis, 200 to 250 words in length, must accompany it. 
A manual giving full directions for the physical make-up of the thesis 
is in the hands of each professor who directs thesis work, and should 
be consulted by the student before the typing of the manuscript is begun. 
Individual copies of this manual may be obtained by the student at the 
Dean's office, at nominal cost. 

Final Examination. The final oral examination is conducted by a com- 
mittee appointed by the Dean of the Graduate School. The student's 
adviser acts as the chairman of the committee. The other members of 
the committee are persons under whom the student has taken most of 
his major and minor courses. The chairman and the candidate are noti- 
fied of the personnel of the examining committee at least one week prior 
to the period set for oral examinations. The chairman of the committee 
selects the exact time and place for the examination and notifies the 
other members of the committee and the candidate. The examination 
should be conducted within the dates specified by the Dean of the Graduate 
School at the end of the semester, but upon recommendation of the student's 



204 MASTER OF ARTS 

adviser, an examining committee may be appointed at any time when all 
other requirements for the degree have been completed. A report of the 
committee is sent to the Dean as soon as possible after the examination. 
A special form for this purpose is supplied to the chairman of the com- 
mittee. Such a report is the basis upon which recommendation is made to 
the faculty that the candidate be granted the degree sought. The period 
for the oral examination is usually about one hour, but the time should be 
long enough to insure an adequate examination. 

The examining committee also approves the thesis, and it is the candi- 
date's obligation to see that each member of the committee has ample 
opportunity to examine a copy of the thesis prior to the date of the 
examination. 

A student ^vill not be admitted to final examination until all other re- 
quirements for the degree have been met. In addition to the oral exami- 
nation a comprehensive written examination may be required at the 
option of the major department. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF ARTS IN 
AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 

Studies in American Civilization are intended to prepare the student for 
teaching, for further study, and for research in the general field of American 
Civilization but with emphasis on one of two disciplines: history, including 
European backgrounds; or literature, including European literatures, par- 
ticularly English. All students will be expected to understand the develop- 
ment of American institutions and to demonstrate proficiency in the 
literary, social, economic, and political history of the United States. 

With the approval of his adviser, a candidate for the Master of Arts 
degree with a major in American Civilization may elect in lieu of the thesis 
six additional hours of course work, to include at least two substantial 
seminar papers. The total number of credit hours required for the degree 
would then be thirty semester hours. 

Each candidate must present credits for at least fifteen semester hours 
of work in American literature and American history, and credits for at 
least fifteen semester hours in supporting courses (nine hours if a thesis is 
elected). Supporting courses will normally be in such fields as European 
or Latin-American history, English literature, comparative literature, 
philosophy, art, education, sociology, economics, and politics and govern- 
ment. 

Each candidate must demonstrate in a written examination that he 
possesses a reading knowledge of one foreign language. 

All other requirements are the same as for the degree of Master of 
Arts and Master of Science in other fields. 



MASTER OF EDUCATION, BUSINESS 2(jr. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF EDUCATION 

Thirty semester hours of course work are required, which may include 
courses in departments other than Education not to exceed one-half of the 
total thirty hours, such courses to be selected in conformity with the 
student's special needs as agreed upon by the student and his adviser. Of 
the thirty hours, not less than one-half must be on the 200 level. 

At least four of the thirty semester hours must be in seminar work in 
connection with which two seminar papers will be prepared in specially 
prescribed form approved in writing by the instructor in charge of the 
seminar and the Dean of the College of Education, and filed in the College 
of Education. One of these papers shall deal with a topic in the student's 
major field of concentration. 

Included in the program must be courses in educational statistics and in 
procedure of educational research. 

The requirements in regard to advancement to candidacy, transfer of 
credits, and final oral examination are the same as for the degrees of 
Master of Arts and Master of Science. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION 

The degree of Master of Business Administration represents a minimum 
of two semesters of graduate work in addition to the satisfaction of all 
undergraduate requirements for the bachelor's degree. Graduate work will 
normally include a minimum of twenty-four semester course hours and the 
completion of a satisfactory thesis. An average grade of "B" must be 
obtained in the twenty-four hours offered for graduate credit. 

The undergraduate prerequisites for graduate work leading to the degree 
of Master of Business Administration may be satisfied by completion of 
work for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Administration at 
the University of Maryland, or by equivalent work leading to a correspond-' 
ing degree at another institution, providing this work is acceptable. Holders 
of Bachelor's degrees other than in Business Administration must take ad- 
ditional work early in their residence at the University of Maryland as 
follows: Principles of Economics, Principles of Accounting, the equivalent 
of six semester hours in Business Law, and introductory courses in each 
of the following: Labor Economics, Marketing, Money and Banking, and 
Business Statistics. 

Of the twenty-four hours required in graduate courses, not less than 
twelve hours and not more than sixteen must be earned in the major sub- 
ject. The remaining credits must be outside the major subject and must 
comprise a group of coherent courses intended to supplement and support 
the major work. (The extent of coherency may be determined by the stu- 
dent's major adviser.) Not less than one-half the total required courses 
credits for the degree, or a minimum of twelve, must be selected from 



206 DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY 

courses numbered 200 or above, except that with the approval of the stu- 
dent's major adviser and the Dean of the College of Business and Public 
Administration lower numbered courses may occasionally be permitted to 
be offered as substitutes. 

The degree of Master of Business Administration represents specialized 
work in a particular field of business administration. To this end course 
and thesis work should contribute to one field of specialization, such as 
Accounting, Finance, Labor, Foreign Trade, Marketing, Public Utilities, 
Transportation, Personnel Administration, Industrial Management, or to 
some other field of the student's specialized interest. 

Requirements for admission to candidacy, minimum residence, transfer of 
credit, thesis and final examination are the same as those for the degrees 
of Master of Arts and Master of Science. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY 

Advancement to Candidacy. Candidates for the Doctor's degree must 
be admitted to candidacy at least one academic year before the final exami- 
nation. Applications for admission to candidacy for the Doctor's degree 
are made in duplicate by the student and submitted to his major depart- 
ment for further action and transmission to the Dean of the Graduate 
School. Blanks may be obtained at the office of the Graduate School. 

The applicant must have demonstrated to the • head of the Foreign 
Language Department that he possesses a reading knowledge of French 
and German. With the approval of the major department and the 
Graduate Council, in special cases, another foreign language may be 
substituted for either French or German. Preliminary examinations or 
such other substantial tests as the departments may elect are also required 
for admission to candidacy. 

Residence. The equivalent of three years of full time graduate study and 
research is the minimum required. Of the three years the equivalent of at 
least one year must be spent in residence at this university. On a part-time 
basis the time needed will be correspondingly increased. All work at other 
institutions offered in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the Ph.D. 
degree is submitted to the Graduate Council for approval, upon recommenda- 
tion of the department concerned, when the student applies for admission 
to candidacy for the degree. 

The Doctor's degree is not given merely as a certificate of residence 
and work, but is granted only upon sufficient evidence of high attain- 
ments in scholarship, and ability to carry on independent research in the 
special field in which the major work is done. 

Major and Minor Subjects. The candidate must select a major and one 
or two closely related minor subjects. At least twenty-four semester hours, 
exclusive of research, are required in minor work. The remainder of 
the required residence is devoted to intensive study and research in the 
major field. The amount of required course work in the major subject 



DOCTOR OF I'HILOSOPHY 207 

will vary with the department and the individual candidate. The candi- 
date must register for a minimum of twelve semester hours of research. 

Thesis. The ability to do independent research must be shown by a 
dissertation on some topic connected with the major subject. An original 
typewritten copy and two clear, plain carbon copies of the thesis, together 
with an abstract of the contents, 250 to 500 words in length, must be 
deposited in the office of the Dean at least three weeks before the convoca- 
tion at which the degree is sought. It is the responsibility of the student 
also to provide copies of the thesis for the use of the members of the 
examining committee prior to the date of the final examination. 

The original copy should not be bound by the student, as the university 
later binds uniformly all theses for the general university library. The 
carbon copies are bound by the student in cardboard covers which may be 
obtained at the students' supply store. The abstracts are published bi- 
ennially by the university in a special bulletin. 

A manual giving full directions for the physical make-up of the thesis 
is in the hands of each professor who directs thesis work, and should be 
consulted by the student before typing of the thesis is begun. Students 
may obtain copies of this manual at the Dean's office, at nominal cost. 

Final Examination. The final oral examination is held before a com- 
mittee appointed by the Dean. One member of this committee is a repre- 
sentative of the graduate faculty who is not directly concerned with the 
student's graduate work. One or more members of the committee may 
be persons from other institutions who are distinguished scholars in the 
student's major field. 

The duration of the examination is approximately three hours, and 
covers the research work of the candidate as embodied in his thesis, and 
his attainments in the fields of his major and minor subjects. The other 
detailed procedures are the same as those stated for the Master's ex- 
amination. 

Rules Governing Language Examinations for Candidates 
for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy 

1. A candidate for the Doctor's degree must show in a written examina- 
tion that he possesses a reading knowledge of French and German. With the 
approval of the major department and the Graduate Council, in special cases 
another foreign language may be substituted for either French or German. 
The passages to be translated will be taken from books and articles in his 
specialized field. Some 300 pages of text from which the applicant wishes 
to have his examination chosen should be submitted to the head of the 
Department of Foreign Languages at least three days before the exami- 
nation. The examination aims to test ability to use the foreign language 
for research purposes. It is presumed that the candidate will (know 
sufficient grammar to distinguish inflectional forms and that he will be 



208 FELLOWSHIPS AND ASSISTANTSHIPS 

able to translate readily in two hours about 500 words of text, with the 
aid of a dictionary. 

2. Application for admission to these tests must be filed in the office 
of the Department of Foreign Languages at least three days in advance 
of the tests. 

3. No penalty is attached to failure in the examination, and the unsuc- 
cessful candidate is free to try again at the next date set for these tests. 

4. Examinations are held near the office of the Department of Foreign 
Languages, on the first Wednesday of October, February, and June at 2 p. m. 

FELLOWSHIPS AND ASSISTANTSHIPS 

Fellowships. A number of fellowships have been established by the 
University. The stipend for the University fellows is $500 and the remission 
of all graduate* fees except the diploma fee. Several industrial and special 
fellowships, with varying stipends, are also available in certain departments. 

Fellows are required to render minor services prescribed by their major 
departments. The usual amount of service required does not exceed twelve 
clock hours per week. Fellows are permitted to carry a full graduate 
program, and they may satisfy the residence requirement for higher degrees 
in the normal time. 

Applications for fellowships are made on blanks which may be obtained 
from the office of the Graduate School. The application, with the necessary 
credentials, is sent by the applicant directly to the Dean of the Graduate 
School. Applications which are approved by the Dean are forwarded to the 
departments, where final selection of the fellows is made. The awards of 
University fellowships are on a competitive basis. 

Graduate Assistantships. A number of teaching and research assistant- 
ships are available in several departments. The compensation varies with 
the nature and amount of service required and with the term of appoint- 
ment. The amount of credit that may be earned toward a degree likewise 
varies with the amount of time available for graduate study. The research 
assistants, especially those in the Experiment Station, usually participate 
in research that meets the requirements for a Master's or a Doctor'.*? 
degree. 

Applications for graduate assistantships are made directly to the depart- 
ments concerned and appointments are made through the regular channels 
for staff appointments. Further information regarding these assistantships 
may be obtained from the department or college concerned. 



THE UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 209 

SUMMER SESSION 

Harold Benjamin, Director 

A Summer Session of six weeks duration is conducted at College Park. 
Instruction is offered in most of the departments of the University although, 
because of lower enrollments than during fall and spring semesters, the 
course offerings may be somewhat reduced in some divisions. In the College 
of Education, however, the offerings are considerably expanded in the 
Summer Session and teachers in service and other persons who are employed 
during the regular school year will find a wide variety of courses available. 

Terms of Admission 

The admission requirements for those who desire to become candidates 
for degrees are the same as for any other session of the University. 
Before registering, a candidate for a degree will be required to consult the 
Dean of the College or School in which he wishes to secure the degree. 
Teachers and special students not seeking a degree are admitted to the 
courses of the summer session for which they are qualified. All such selec- 
tion of courses must be approved by the Director of the Summer Session. 

Credits and Certificates 

The semester hour is the unit of credit as in other sessions of the Uni- 
versity. In the summer session, a course meeting five times a week for 
six weeks and requiring the standard amount of outside work has a value 
of two semester hours. 

Courses satisfactorily completed vdll be credited by the State Depart- 
ment of Education toward satisfying certification requirements of all classes. 

Summer Graduate Work 

Teachers and other graduate students working for degrees on the summer 
plan must meet the same requirements as to admission, credits, scholarship, 
and examinations as do students enrolled in the regular sessions of the 
University. 

All teachers or others planning to do work towards graduate degrees in 
Education must apply to the Dean of the Graduate School for admission to 
the Graduate School. 

For detailed information in regard to the Summer Session, consult the 
special Stimmer Session announcement, a copy of which may he secured 
from the Director, Summer Session, University of Maryland, College Park, 
Md. 



210 THE UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

THE COLLEGE OF SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 

George J. Kabat, Director 

DIVISION OF PART-TIME STUDIES 
The University provides a limited program of late afternoon and even- 
ing and Saturday morning courses both on and off campus for mature 
students who have full-time employment or who, for other reasons, cannot 
follow a full-time program of studies at College Park. These studies are 
offered at both the graduate and undergraduate levels. 

During the academic year 1947-1948, courses were provided at the fol- 
lowing University Centers: Baltimore, Aberdeen, Calvert, Annapolis, Glenn 
L. Martin, Fort George G. Meade, Cambridge, Salisbury, Hagerstown, Cum- 
berland, College Park, Pentagon Building and Washington, D. C. Child 
study projects for teachers were also sponsored in various counties of Mary- 
land. Over 3900 students were enrolled throughout the year. 

The primary purpose of this program is to bring the facilities of the 
University to the people of Maryland, wherever they may be. All courses 
taught, on or off campus, are fully approved by the University department 
concerned, and all instructors are approved by the department head con- 
cerned. The part-time program makes it possible for employed students 
to complete much of their degree requirements off campus. 

A separate announcement of the part-time studies program is issued near 
the beginning of each semester. Two offices of this Division are maintained 
by the College. Information may be obtained by writing: 

The College of Special and Continuation Studies, 
University of Maryland, 
College Park, Maryland; 

or 
The College of Special and Continuation Studies, 
University of Maryland, 
Lombard and Greene Streets, 
Baltimore 1, Maryland, 

DIVISION OF GENERAL STUDIES 
In August, 1947, the University established a special program for high 
school graduates whose secondary school preparation may be dificient in 
certain minor details. 

In September, 1947, 140 students were admitted under this special pro- 
gram. These students are permitted to carry a full load of basic freshman 
subjects in the arts and sciences. In addition, they are given a course to 
orient them to university life. Under the direction of a gnjidance counsellor 
and subject matter assistants, they are given help in developing successful 
study habits and in adjusting to the requirements of university procedures. 



SECTION III 

The Academic Divisions 

The academic divisions at the University of Maryland are constituted 
for the purpose of drawing into closer i-elationship the scholars among both 
students and faculty in related departments of study who are faced with 
common problems and the need for an exchange of experience in reference 
to progress underway which is of common interest extending beyond the 
bounds of individual departments. 

In addition to the functions of coordinating the work of related depart- 
ments and stimulating scholarship in a broad subject field, it is more par- 
ticularly the duty of divisions, through their chairmen, to sanction needed 
interdepartmental cooperative projects; check and report possible duplica- 
tion of effort; and in general, to serve as advisory bodies to the General 
Administrative Board. 

The chairmen of the divisions are chosen by the General Administrative 
Board, of which body they ai'e members. 

Five academic divisions have been established in the University to date. 

These are: 

The Lower Division 

The Division of Biological Sciences 

The Division of Physical Sciences 

The Division of Humanities 

The Division of Social Sciences 

At the present time these divisions are constituted as follows: 

THE LOWER DIVISION 
CHAraMAN, Dr. Charles E. White, Professor of Chemistry 

Student programs in Freshman and Sophomore years of the University 
are under the general oversight of a faculty committee known as the Lower 
Division Committee. The members of this committee are especially selected 
because of their interest in student growth and development in Freshman 
and Sophomore years. They are drawn from the faculties of all of the 
departments in the University whose responsibility it is to offer courses to 
students in these years. 

It is the function of the Lower Division Committee to consider the gen- 
eral problem of courses which should be open to students in Freshman and 
Sophomore years; the articulation of these courses in terms of the curricula 
needs of the several colleges; and, in general, to stimulate interest in learn- 
ing and teaching at this level. 



211 



212 U. S. DEI'ARTMEST OF AGRICULTURE 

THE DIVISION OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 
Chairman, Dr. Ronald Bamford, Professor of Botany 

The Division of Biological Sciences includes the departments of Bac- 
teriology, Botany, Entomology, Zoology and Genetics, and representatives 
of other departments interested in this field. 

THE DIVISION OF HUMANITIES 
CHAffiMAN, Dr. Adolf E. Zucker, Professor of Foreign Languages 

The Division of Humanities includes the departments of Art, Classical 
Languages and Literatures, English Language and Literature, Foreign 
Languages and Literatures, Music, Practical Art, Philosophy, Speech, and 
representatives of other departments interested in this field. 

THE DIVISION OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES 
Chairman, Dr. Wilbert J. Huff, Professor of Chemical Engineering 

The Division of Physical Sciences includes the departments of Astron- 
omy, Chemistry, Geology, Mathematics, Physics, and representatives of 
other departments interested in this field. 

THE DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCES 
Chairman, Dr. Harold C. Hoffsommer, Professor of Sociology 

The Division of Social Sciences includes the departments of Economics, 
Agricultural Economics, History, Home Management, Government and Poli- 
tics, Psychology, Sociology, and representatives of other departments in- 
terested in this field. 



Cooperation With Graduate School, U .8. Department of Agriculture 
To provide broader educational opportunities for those served by each 
institution, the Graduate School for the United States Department of 
Agriculture and the University of Maryland have developed a cooperative 
arrangement under which certain resources of each institution are made 
available to students of both institutions. Representatives of certain subject 
matter departments at each institution are engaged in developing integrated 
educational programs. 

Under these arrangements, work taken at the Graduate School of the 
United States Department of Agriculture may be applied as partial resi- 
dence credit toward undergraduate or advanced degrees at the University 
of Maryland. Those wishing to take advantage of these arrangements 
must work out an approved program of study with their advisers. 



SECTION IV 
Course Offerings — College Park 



Hereinafter are listed, by departments or special units, in alphabetical 
order, all courses offered in the regular sessions of the University at Col- 
lege Park. Courses offered in the Summer Session and in the Baltimore 
Schools of the University are described in the separate catalogs issued 
by the respective schools. 

The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course 
for which an InsufTicient number of students have registered to warrant 
giving the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to 
another course. 

Courses are designated by numbers as follows: 
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates. 
100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not 

all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.) 
200 to 299 : courses for graduates only. 

A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course 
with a double number extends through two semesters. 

Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of 
hours' credit is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title 
of the course. 

A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours 
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making 
out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register. 

AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING 
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Aero. E. 101, 102. Aerodynamics (3, 2) — Second and first semesters. 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week second semester; two lec- 
tures a week first semester. 

Basic fluid mechanics and the aerodynamic theory of airfoils. Airplane 
performance and stability calculation. Laboratory demonstration. 

Aero. E. 103. Airplane Detail Drafting (1) — First semester. One 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Dr. 3. 

Standards of airplane drafting. Lofting. 

Aero. E. 104. Airplane Layout Drafting (1) — Second semester. One 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Aero. E. 103. 

Layout of component parts of airplanes, wings, fuselage, etc. 

213 



214 AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING 

Aero. E. 105, 106. Airplane Fabrication Shop (1, 2) — First and second 
semesters. One laboratory period a week first semester; two laboratory 
periods a week second semester. Prerequisite, Shop 2. 

Machine shop, sheet metal forming and fabrication; wood and plastics; 
riveting, and welding. 

Aero. E. 107, 108. Airplane Design (4, 4) — First and second semesterb. 
Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Mech. 52; 
Aero. E. 102 and 104. 

Theory and practice of airplane design. 

Aero. E. 109, 110. Aircraft Power Plants (4, 4) — First and second semes- 
ters. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Mech. 
52, M. E. 100. 

Thermodynamics and dynamics of aircraft power plant design. Gas 
turbines and jet propulsion. Study and tests of aircraft engines in 
laboratory. 

Aero. E. Ill, 112. Aeronautical Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. 

Wind tunnel tests. Structure tests. Experiments on hydraulic systems, 
landing gear operation, etc. Performance tests of aircraft engines and 
propellers. 

Aero. E. 113, 114. Mechanics of Aircraft Structures (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. Prerequisite, Mech. 52 and Math. 64. 

Principles and problems of airplane stress analysis and design. 

For Graduates 

Aero. E. 200, 201. Advanced Aerodynamics (3, 3) — First and second 

semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, 

Aero. E. 101, 102, Math. 64. 

Special problems in performance and stability of aircraft. Design of 
aircraft for speeds approaching the velocity of sound. Wind tunnel research. 

Aero. E. 202, 203. Advanced Aircraft Structures (3, 3)— First and 
second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisites, Aero. E. 113, 114. 

Study of latest scientific reports on aircraft structures. Special problems 
on wing design for high speeds, high wing loading, thin wing sections, and 
high aspect ratio. Flexural and torsional stiffness of complete wings. Tests 
on structures in laboratory. 

Aero. E. 204, 205. Aircraft Dynamics (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Mech. 
52, Math. 64. 

Study of vibrations, wing flutter, gust loads, and dynamics of landing. 
Calculations of natural frequencies of vibration of aircraft structures. 



AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS 215 

Aero. E. 206, 207. Advanced Aircraft Power Plants (3, 3)— First and 
second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisite, M. E. 100; Aero. E. 109, 110. 

Special problems of thermodynamics and dynamics of aircraft power 
plants; jet and rocket engines. Research in power plant laboratory. 

Aero. E. 208, 209. Advanced Aircraft Design and Construction (3, 3) — 

First and second semesters. One lecture and two laboratory periods a 
week. Prerequisite, Aero. E. 107, 108; Math. 64. 

A course in project engineering. The student studies methods involved 
in the design, production, and flight testing of aircraft. Problems in design 
production, management, testing, etc. 

Aero. E. 210. Aerodynamic Theory (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, 
Aero. E. 101, Math. 64. 

A study of the application of hydrodynamic theory to engineering prob- 
lems. Circulation theory of lift. Induced eflfects. Velocity potential and 
stream function. Source and sink flow. Conformal transformation. 

(Sherwood.) 

Aero. E. 211. — The Design and Use of Wind Tunnels (Supersonic) (3) — 
First and second semesters. 

The design and use of wind tunnels (supersonic). Review of basic aero- 
dynamics and thermodynamics. Problems in supersonic tunnel design such 
as pumping, power supply, condensation and driers. Equipment for measur- 
ing results such as balances, monometers, optical instruments, such as 
schlieren, spark illumination and Xray equipment. 

Investigations in supersonic wind tunnels are described with special refer- 
ence to similitude required for conversion to full scale. 

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING 

Professors De Vault, Hoecker, Beal, Baker; Associate Professors Walker, 
Hamilton, Poffenberger, Shull 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

A. E. 100. Farm Economics (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 31, 
32, or Econ. 37. (Shull.) 

A general course in agricultural economics, with special reference to 
population trends, the factors in agricultural production, agricultural wealth, 
land tenure, farm labor, agricultural credit, the tariff, price movements, and 
marketing. 

A. E. 101. Marketing of Farm Products (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 31, 32, or Econ. 37. (Shull.) 

The development of marketing, its scope, channels and agencies of dis- 
tribution, functions, costs, methods used, and services rendered. 



210 AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS 

A. E, 103. Cooperation in Agriculture (3) — First semester. 

Historical and comparative development of farmers' cooperative organiza- 
tions; reasons for failure and essentials to success; commodity develop- 
ments; operative practices; banks for cooperatives; present trends. 

(Poffenberger.) 

A. E. 104. Farm Finance (3) — Second semester. 

A study of credit principles as applied to private and cooperative farm 
businesses and the agencies extending farm credit. The needs for and benefits 
of farm insurance, including fire, crop, livestock, and life insurance. 

(Poffenbei'ger.) 

A. E. 105. Food Products Inspection (2) — Second semester. One lecture 
and one laboratory period a week. 

This course is designed to give students primary instruction in the 
grading, standardizing and inspection of fruits and vegetables, dairy prod- 
ucts, poultry products, meats, and other food products. Theoretical instruc- 
tion will be given in the form of lectures, while the demonstrational and 
practical work will be conducted through laboratories and field trips to 
Washington, D. C, and Baltimore. (Staff.) 

A. E. 106. Prices of Farm Products (3) — Second semester. 

A general course in prices, price relationships, and price analysis, with 
emphasis on prices of agricultural products. (Poffenberger.) 

A. E. 107. Analysis of the Farm Business (3) — First semester. One 
lecture and two laboratory periods a week. 

A concise, practical course in the keeping, summarizing, and analyzing 
of farm accounts. (Hamilton.) 

A. E. 108. Farm Management (3) — Second semester. 

A study of the organization and operation of farms from the standpoint 
of efficiency, selection of farms, size of farms, leasing systems, and factors 
affecting profits. Students will make an analysis of the actual farm busi- 
ness and practices of different types of farms, and make specific recom- 
mendations as to how these farms may be organized and operated as 
successful businesses. (Hamilton.) 

A. E. 109. Research Problems (1-2) — First and second semesters. 

With the permission of the instructor, students will work on any research 
problems in agricultural economics. There will be occasional class meetings 
for the purpose of making reports on progress of work. (De Vault.) 

A. E. 110. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 

Students will prepare and present reports on economic literature and 
current agricultural economic problems. (Hamilton.) 



.untie ULTVRAL ECONOMICS 217 

A. E. 111. Land Economics (3) — First semester. 

Concepts of- land economy are discussed, as well as conditions and ten- 
dencies influencing land requirements in relation to land resources; a study 
of major land problems and land policies; farm tenancy; tax delinquency 
and tax reverted lands; land use adjustments; and measures for better use 
of our land resources. ( .) 

A. E. 112. Agricultural i'olicy (3) — Second semester. 

The evolution of agricultural policy in the United States, emphasizing 

the origin and development of governmental programs, and their effects 

upon agricultural production, prices and income. (Beal.) 

A. E. 114. Foreign Trade in Farm Products (3) — Second semester. 

Trends in world trade for agricultural products; the position of the United 
States in world trade of argicultural products; farm relief measures and 
international trade; reciprocal trade agreements; possible postwar develop- 
ments. (ShuU.) 

A. E. 115. Marketing of Dairy Products (3) — First semester. 

A study of principles and practices in the marketing of milk and manu- 
factured dairy products, including the influence of significant geographical 
and institutional relationships on costs and methods of distribution. (Beal.) 

A. E. 116. Marketing of Fruits and Vegetables (2) — Second semester. 

A study of principles and practices in the marketing of fresh and processed 
fruits and vegetables, including the influence of significant geographical and 
institutional relationships on costs and methods of distribution. (Hoecker.) 

Poultry Marketing Problems. See Poultry Husbandry, P. H. 104. 

Egg Marketing Problems. See Poultry Husbandry, P. H. 105. 

Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems. See Poultry Husbandry, 
P. H. 107. 

Market Milk. See Dairy Husbandry, D. H. 109. 

Livestock Markets and Marketing. See Animal Husbandry, A. H. 150. 

Meat and Livestock Products. See Animal Husbandry, A. H. 160. 

Economics of Consumption. See Economics, Econ. 130. 

Economics of Cooperatives. See Economics, Econ. 151. 

Advertising Programs and Campaigns. See Business Administration, 
B. A. 151. 

Retail Store Management. See Business Administration, B. A. 154. 

For Graduates 
A. E. 200, 201. Special Problems in Farm Economics (2, 2) — First and 
second semesters. , 



218 AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS 

An advanced course dealing extensively with some of the economic prob- 
lems affecting the farmer, such as land values, taxation, credit, prices, 
production adjustments, transportation, marketing, and cooperation. 

(De Vault.) 

A. E. 202. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 

This course will consist of special reports by students on current economic 
subjects, and a discussion and criticism of the same by the members of the 
class and instructional staff. (De Vault.) 

A. E. 203. Research — Credit according to work accomplished. 

Students will be assigned research in agricultural economics under the 
supervision of the instructor. The work will consist of original investiga- 
tion in problems of agricultural economics. (Staff.) 

A. E. 210. Taxation in Relation to Agriculture (2) — Second semester. 

Principles and practices of taxation in their relation to agriculture, with 
special reference to the trends of tax levies, taxation in relation to land 
utilization, taxation in relation to ability to pay and benefits received. 

(Walker.) 

A. E. 211. Agricultural Taxation in Theory and Practice (3) — First 
semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

Economic effects of taxation upon the welfare of rural society; theory 
of the general property tax, business and license taxes, the income tax, the 
sales tax, special commodity taxes, inheritance and estate taxes as applied 
to the support of rural governmental functions; practical and current prob- 
lems in taxation. (Walker.) 

A. E. 212, 213. Land Utilization and Agricultural Production (3, 3)~ 

First and second semesters. 

A presentation, by regions, of the basic physical conditions of climate, 
topography and soils; the economic and social forces that have influenced 
agricultural settlement and the resultant utilization of the land; followed 
by a consideration of the regional trends and interregional shifts in land 
utilization and agricultural production. (Baker.) 

A. E. 214. Consumption of Farm Products and Levels of Living (3) — 

Second semester. 

A presentation of trends in the national per capita consumption of farm 
products, followed by studies based principally on the Consumers' Purchase 
Survey; regional and local variations in consumption and levels of living. 

(Baker.) 

A. E. 215. Advanced Agricultural Cooperation (3) — First semester. 

An appraisal of agricultural cooperation as a means of improving the 
financial status of farmers. • More specifically, the course includes a critical 
analysis and appraisal of specific types and classes of cooperatives. 

(Poffenberger.) 



AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION 219 

A. E. 216. Advanced Farm Management (3) — Second semester. 

An advanced course in farm organization and management which applies 
the economic principles of farm production to the operation of farms of 
different sizes, types, operations, and geographical locations. Consideration 
is also given to adjustments which have taken place in farming in specific 
areas and probable changes in the future. ( ) 

A. E. 217> Agricultural Economics Research Techniques (2, 2) — First and 
second semesters. 

A study and an appraisal of agricultural economics research techniques. 
Experience is given in outlining and conducting research projects. A critical 
appraisal is made of methods of analysis and the presentation of results. 

(Hoecker.) 

AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION AND RURAL LIFE 

Professor Ahalt 

R. Ed. 1. Introduction to Agriculture (1) — First semester. Required of 
all Freshmen in the College of Agriculture. 

A series of lectures introducing the student to the broad field of agri- 
culture. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

R. Ed. 101. Teaching Farm Practicums and Demonstrations (2) — First 
semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Open only to students major- 
ing in Agricultural Education. No graduate credit allowed. 

This course is designed to assist the student in relating the learning 
acquired in the several departments with the problems of doing and demon- 
strating which he faces in the field and in the classroom as a teacher of 
agriculture. Deficiencies are checked and corrected by laboratory practice. 

(Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 103. Practice Teaching (5) — First semester. Open only to stu- 
dents majoring in Agricultural Education. No graduate credit allowed. 

Under the direction of a critic teacher the student is required to analyze 
and prepare special units of subject matter in agriculture, plan lessons, and 
teach in cooperation with the critic teacher, exclusive of observation, not 
less than 125 clock hours of vocational agriculture and related subjects. 

(Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 104. Practice Teaching (1-4) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, R. Ed. 103. No graduate credit allowed. 

A continuation of R. Ed. 90 for those students wishing to acquire 
additional experience in teaching. (Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 107. Observation and Analysis of Teaching for Agricultural 

Students (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a 
week. Open only to students majoring in Agricultural Education. 

This course deals with an analysis of pupil learning in class groups. 

(Ahalt.) 



220 AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION 

R. Ed. 109. Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculture (3) — First 
semester. Open only to students majoring in Agricultural Education. 

A comprehensive course in the work of high school departments of 
vocational agriculture. It emphasizes particularly placement, supervised 
farming programs, the organization and administration of Futui-e Farmer 
work, and objectives and methods in all-day instruction. (Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 111. Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups (1) — First 
semester. Open only to students majoring in Agricultural Education. 

Characteristics of young and adult farmer instruction in agriculture. 
Determining needs for organizing a course; selecting materials for instruc- 
tion; and class management. Emphasis is placed on the conference method 
of teaching, (Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 112. Departmental Management (1) — Second semester. One 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, R. Ed. 107, 109. 

The analysis of administrative programs for high school departments of 
vocational agriculture. Investigations and reports. (Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 114. Rural Life and Education (3) — Second semester. 

An intensive study of the educational agencies at work in rural communi- 
ties, stressing an analysis of school patronage areas, the possibilities of 
normal life in rural areas, early beginnings in rural education, and the 
conditioning eflFects of educational offerings. (Ahalt.) 

For Graduates 

R. Ed. 201, 202. Rural Life and Education (3, 3)— First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, R. Ed. 114 or equivalent. 

A sociological approach to rural education as a movement for a good life 
in rural communities. (Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 207, 208. Problems in Vocational Agriculture, Related Science, 
and Shop (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 

In this course special emphasis is placed upon the current problems facing 
teachers of vocational agriculture. It is designed especially for persons 
who have had several years of Irr.ching experience in this field. (Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 250. Seminar in Rural Education (1-2) — First and second 
semesters. 

Problems in the organization, administration, and supervision of the 
several agencies of rural education. Investigations, papers, and reports. 

(Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 251. Research — Credit hours according to work done. (Ahalt.) 



AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 221 

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

Professor Carpenter, Associate Professor Gienger 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Agr. Engr. 101. Farm Machinery (3) — First semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. 

A study of the economics, design and adjustments of modern horse and 
tractor-drawn machinery, including applications of electricity to farm 
operations. Laboratory work consists of detailed study of actual machines, 
their calibration, adjustment, and repair. (Gienger.) 

Agr. Engr. 102. Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles (3) — Second 
semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

A study of the design, operation, and repair of the internal combustion 
engines, tractors, and automobiles used in farm practice. (Carpenter.) 

Agr. Engr. 104. Farm Mechanics (2) — First semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. 

This course consists of laboratory exercises in practical farm shop and 
farm equipment repair and construction projects, and a study of the prin- 
ciples of shop organization and administration. It is available only to 
seniors in agricultural education. (Gienger.) 

Agr. Engr. 105. Farm Buildings (2) — First semester. 
A study of all types of farm structures; also of farm lighting, heating, 
water supply and sanitation systems. (Carpenter.) 

Agr. Engr. 106. Farm Mechanics (2) — Second Semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. 

Laboratory exercises covering practical projects in farm shop work and 
in the repair and construction of farm equipment. (Gienger.) 

Agr. Engr. 107. Farm Drainage (2) — Second semester. One lecture and 
one laboratory period a week. 

A study of farm drainage systems, including theory of tile under-drainage, 
the depth and spacing of laterals, calculation of grades, methods of con- 
struction, and the use of engineering instruments. A smaller amount of 
time will be spent upon drainage by open ditches, and the laws relating 
thereto. (Carpenter.) 

AGRONOMY AND SOILS 

Professors Kemp and Thomas, Associate Professors Axley and Kuhn, 

Instructor Liden 
A. CROPS 

Agron. 1. Crop Production (3) — First and second semesters. Two lec- 
tures and one laboratory period a week. 

Culture, use, improvement, adaptation, distribution, and history of Cereal 
and Forage Crops. 



222 AGRONOMY AND SOILS 

Agron. 30. Cereal Crop Production (3) — First semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. 

Continuation study of investigations in Cereal Crop production. 

Agron. 31. Forage Crop Production (3) — Second semester. Two lec- 
tures and one laboratory period a week. 

Continuation study of investigations in Forage Crop production. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 
Agron. 103. Crop Breeding (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, Zool. 104. 
The principles of breeding as applied to field crop plants and methods used 
in plant improvement. (Kuhn.) 

Agron. 151. Cropping Systems (2) — Second semester. 

The bringing to bear of information, from various courses upon the 
development of balanced cropping systems, appropriate to different objec- 
tives and different areas of the State. (Kuhn.) * 

Agron. 152. Seed Production and Distribution (2) — Second semester. 
History of seed production, processing, and distribution; current problems; 
Federal and State seed control programs; and release of new varieties and 
maintenance of foundation seed stocks. (Liden.) 

Agron. 153. — Selected Crop Studies (2-4) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Agron. 1 and Agron. 30 or 31. Advanced individual study of 
field crops of special interest to the student. (Staff.) 

For Graduates 

Agron. 201. Crop Breeding (2-4) — First semester. Prerequisite, consent 
of instructor. (Kuhn.) 

Similar to Agron. 103, but better adapted to graduate students and offer- 
ing a wider range of choice of material to suit special cases. 

Agron. 203. Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. 

Reports by students on current scientific publications on crops or soils. 

Agron. 204. Technic in Field Crop Research (2) — First semester. Field 
plot technic, application of statistical analysis to Agronomic data, and 
preparation of the research project. (Kuhn.) 

Agron. 209. Research (4-8) — First and second semesters. (Staff.) 

Credit according to work accomplished. With approval or suggestion of 

the head of the department, the student will choose his own problem for 

study. 

B. SOILS 

Soils 1. General Soils (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, Chem. 1 
A broad conception of the fundamentals of soils showing the origin, de- 
velopment, relation to natural sciences, soil uses, effect on civilization, soil 
properties and relation to soils problems. 



SOILS 223 

Soils 2. Soil Fertility Principles (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one two-hour demonstration laboratory each week. Prerequisites, Soils 
1, Organic Chemistry, General Bacteriology. 

A study of the biological, chemical and physical characteristics of soils 
that are important in growing crops. Soil deficiencies of physical, fertility 
or biological nature and their correction by the use of lime, fertilizers, 
organic materials and rotations are discussed and illustrated. 

Soils 51. Soil Investigation Methods (2) — First semester. Two three- 
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Soils 2 and Quantitative and 
Organic Chemistry or registration therein. 

A laboratory study of the common biological, chemical, and physical 
methods of examining a soil to determine its nutritional needs and fer- 
tility level. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Soils 103. Soil Geography (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
two-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Soils 1 and Geology. 

A study of the factors and processes of soil formation in the world and 
in Maryland, the relation of soils to related geographic features, the devel- 
opment and use of soil classification and soil capability grouping and uses. 
The laboratory period is used largely for field trips to examine soils in 
place. (Thomas.) 

Soils 112. Soil Conservation (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Soils 1. 

A study of the factors affecting the preservation of the desired physical, 
chemical, and biological functions of soil and soil moisture; the influence of 
soil deterioration on society; methods of soil conservation. Field trips are 
made to farms using different conservation practices. (Thomas.) 

Soils 120. Soil Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites, Soils 
2 and Soils 103. 

A study is made of detailed soil problems and their solutions; soil man- 
agement practice for maximum production and soil maintenance; and the 
relation of soils to agriculture and society in general. (Thomas.) 

For Graduates 

Soils 201. Special Problems and Research (10-12) — First and second 
semesters. Laboratory and library work. 

Original investigations of physical, chemical and biological soil problems 
and their relation to lime, fertilizer and nutritional studies. 

(Thomas and Axley.) 

Soils 202, 203. Soil Science (3, 3)— First and second semesters. Three 
discussion periods a week. Prerequisite, approval of instructor. 

A review of the development and modern conceptions of the physical, 
biological, and chemical nature of soils and their contribution to soil science. 

(Thomas and Axley.) 



224 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY 

Soils 212, 213. Soil Research Technique (2, 2) — First and second se- 
mesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, approval 
of instructor. 

A laboratory study of methods, technique, and equipment used to investi- 
gate the various soil problems. It is the laboratory part of the soil science 
course. (Thomas and Axley.) 

ANIMAL HUSBANDRY 

Professor Foster; Associate Professors Outhouse, Kerr; Instructor 
Crow; Lecturer Finney 

A. H. 1. Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry (3) — First and second 
semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

A study of the types, breeds and market classes of beef cattle, sheep, 
swine, and horses; general problems in breeding, feeding, management and 
marketing. Practice in the selection and judging of livestock. A field trip 
may be made to a packing plant in Baltimore. 

A. H. 31. Livestock Judging (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1. 

Training in judging of beef cattle, sheep, swine and draft horses. Occa- 
sional trips to farms where outstanding herds and flocks are maintained. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

A. H. 100. Advanced Livestock Judging (2) — First semester. Two lab- 
oratory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 31. No graduate credit 
allowed. 

An advanced course in the selection and judging of purebred and com- 
mercial meat and work animals. The most adept students enrolled in this 
course are chosen to represent the University of Maryland in intercollegiate 
livestock judging contests. (Kerr.) 

A. H. 110. Feeds and Feeding (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3. No graduate 
credit allowed. 

Elements of nutrition, source, characteristics, and adaptability of the 
various feeds to the several classes of livestock; feeding standards; the 
calculation and compounding of rations. (Kerr.) 

A. H. 111. Animal Nutrition (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, Chem. 
31, 32, 33, 34; A. H. 110. Graduate credit allowed. 

Processes of digestion, absorption, and metabolism of nutrients; nutri- 
tional balances; nature of nutritional requirements for growth, production 
and reproduction. (Shaw.) 

A. H. 120. Principles of Breeding (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 104. No graduate 
credit allowed. 



ANIMAL HUSBANDRY 225 

The practical aspects of animal breeding, heredity, variation, selection, 
development, systems of breeding, and pedigree work are considered. 

(Outhouse.) 

A. H. 130. Beef Cattle Production (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
A. H. 1. No graduate credit allowed. 

Principles and practices underlying the economical production of beef 
cattle, including a study of breeds and their adaptability; breeding, feeding 
and management of purebred and commercial herds. (Foster.) 

A. H. 131. Sheep Production (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, A. H. 1. 
No graduate credit allowed. 

Principles and practices underlying economical production of sheep, in- 
cluding a study of the breeds and their adaptability; breeding, feeding 
and management of purebred and commercial flocks. (Outhouse.) 

A. H. 132. Pork Production (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, A. H. 
1. No graduate credit allowed. 

Principles and practices underlying the economical production of swine; 
breeding, feeding and management of purebred and commercial herds; 
breeds of swine and their adaptability. (Kerr.) 

A. H. 133. Draft Horse Production (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
A. H. 1. No graduate credit allowed. 

Principles and practices underlying economical production and use of 
draft horses, including a study of breeds and their adaptability. (Outhouse.) 

A. H. 134. Light Horse Production (1) — First semester. No graduate 
credit allowed. 

A study of the light horse breeds with emphasis on the types and useful- 
ness of each. A discussion of principles of selection and breeding of light 
horses is included in this course. (Finney.) 

A. H. 135. Light Horse Production (1) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
A. H. 134. No graduate credit allowed. 

A continuation of A. H. 134. Included is a study of the organization of 
the light iiorse farm, proper methods of feeding and training, control of 
disease, treatment and care of injuries, sale of surplus stock. (Finney.) 

A. H. 140. Livestock Management (3) — Second semester. One lecture 
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1. No graduate 
credit allowed. 

A course designed to familiarize students with various systems of live- 
stock farming, together with practical methods of handling and managing 
livestock. Practice and training in the feeding, fitting and preparation of 
animals for show and work purposes and commercial meat production. 

(Outhouse.) 



226 AS'IMAL H USB AX DRY, ART 

A. H. 150. Livestock Markets and Marketing (2) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, A. H. 1. Graduate credit allowed. 

History and development of livestock markets and systems of market- 
ing; trends of livestock marketing; effect of changes in transportation and 
refrigeration facilities; the merchandising of meat products. (Kerr.) 

A. H. 160. Meat and Meat Products (3) — Second semester. One lecture 
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1. No graduate 
credit allowed. 

Designed to give information on the processing and handling of the na- 
tion's meat supply. A study of the physical and structural qualities which 
affect the value of meat and meat products. Trips are made to packing 
houses and meat distributing centers. (Kerr.) 

For Graduates 

A. H. 201. Special Problems in Animal Husbandry (2-4) — Credit given 
in proportion to amount of work completed. 

Problems which relate specifically to the character of work the student 
is pursuing will be assigned. (Staff.) 

A. H. 202, 203. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 

Students are required to prepare papers based upon current scientific 
publications relating to animal husbandry' or upon their research work for 
presentation before and discussion by the class. (Staff.) 

A. H. 204. Research — Credit to be determined by the amount and char- 
acter of work done. 

With the approval of the head of the department, students will be re- 
quired to pursue original research in some phase of animal husbandry, 
carr3ring the same to completion, and report the results in the form of a 
thesis. (Staff.) 

A. H. 205. Advanced Breeding (2) — Second semester. Prerequisites, 
Zool. 104, A. H. 120. 

This course deals with the more technical phases of heredity and vari- 
ation; selection and selection indices; breeding systems; specific inheritance 
in farm animals. (Staff.) 

A. H. 206, 207. Advanced Livestock Management (3, 3) — First and sec- 
ond semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

An intensive study of the newer developments in animal breeding, animal 
physiology, animal nutrition, endocrinology and other closely allied fields 
as they apply to the management and commercial production of livestock. 

(Staff.) 
ART DEPARTMENT 
Associate Professor Siegler, Instructor Maril 
Art 1, 2. Charcoal Drawing (Antique) (3, 3). 

Drawing from casts, preparatory to Life and Portrait drawing and paint- 
ing. Stress is placed on fundamental principles, such as the study of rela- 
tive proportions, values and modeling, etc. (Siegler.) 



ART 227 

9 

Art 5. 6. Still-life (3, 3). 

First half semester devoted to elementary theory and practice of draw- 
ing. Methods of linear and tonal description with emphasis on perspective 
and light-and-shade. Second half semester, elementary theory and practice 
oil painting. Elementary theory and practice of composition introduced and 
utilized. Second semester, more advanced problems. (Siegler, Maril.) 

Art 7, 8, Landscape Painting (3, 3). 

Outdoor drawing and painting; organization of landscape material. (Art 
7 and 6 are interchangeable.) (Maril.) 

Art. 9. Historical Survey of Painting, Sculpture and Architecture (3). 

An understanding of the epochs in the advance of civilization as expressed 
through painting, sculpture and architecture, A background to more de- 
tailed study. (Cress.) 

Art 10. History of American Art (1). 

A Resume of the development of painting, sculpture, and architecture in 
this country and how American Art was influenced by social, political, and 
economical forces, here and abroad. . (Cress.) 

Art 13, 14. Elementary Sculpture, (1), 

Study of three-dimensional form compositions in round and bas-relief. 
Mediums used: clay, plasteline. (Maril.) 

Art 16, 17. Pictorial Composition (2, 2). 

Principles underlying graphic presentation of ideas. Problems to stim- 
ulate the students' imagination and enable them to do creative work. 

(Maril.) 

Art 100, 101, Art Appreciation (2, 2) — Prerequisite, Art 9. 

A course designed to help the student to a fuller appreciation and greater 
enjoyment of art. Lectures, discussions, slides and occasional visits to 
museums. (Cress.) 

Art 102, 103, Projects (3, 3)— Prerequisites Art 15 and 16. 

Assignments of pictorial compositions aimed at both mural decoration 
and easel picture problems. Emphasis on the psychological and sociological 
angles of pictorial composition, involving some research. (Siegler, Maril.) 

Art 104, 105. Life Class (Drawing and Painting) (3, 3) — Prerequisites, 
Art 2 and 6. 

Cai-eful observation and study of the human figure for construction, 
action, form, and color. (Siegler.) 

Art 106, 107, Portrait Class (Drawing and Painting) (3, 3)— Prerequi- 
sites, Art 1 and 5. 

Thorough draftmanship and study of characterization and composition 
stressed. (Siegler.) 



228 ASTRONOMY. BACTERIOLOGY 

ASTRONOMY 
Astr. 1, 2. Astronomy (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
An elementary course in descriptive astronomy. 

Astr. 5. Navigation (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 14 and 16. 
The theory and practice of navigation. 

BACTERIOLOGY 

Professors Faber, Wilcox, Associate Professors Laffer, Pelczar, 
Assistant Professor Doetsch 

Bact. 1. General Bacteriology (4) — First and second semesters. Two 
lecture and two laboratory periods a week. 

The physiology, culture and differentiation of bacteria. Fundamental 
principles of microbiology in relation to man and his environment. Labora- 
tory fee, $10.00. 

Bact. 5. Advanced General Bacteriology (4) — Second semester. Two 
lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bact. 1 and 
Chem. 3. 

Emphasis will be given to the fundamental procedures and techniques 
used in the field of bacteriology with drill in the performance of these 
techniques. Lectures will consist of the explanation of various laboratory 
procedures. Laboratory fee, $10.00. 

Bact. 51. Household Bacteriology (3) — Second semester. Two lecture 
and one laboratory periods a week. For home economics students only. 

Morphology and physiology of the bacteria, yeasts and molds. Applica- 
tion of the effect of chemical and physical agents in the control of microbial 
growth. Relationship of microbiology to home sanitation, food preservation 
and manufacture; personal and community hygiene. Laboratory fee, $10.00. 

Bact. 52. Sanitary Bacteriology (2) — Second semester. Two lecture 
periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 1. 

This course comprises the lectures only of Bact 53. 

Bact. 53. Sanitary Bacteriology. (4) — Second semester. Two lecture and 
two laboratory peridos a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 5. 

Bacteriological and public health aspects of water supplies and sewage 
disposal, restaurant and plant sanitation, insect and rodent control, and 
waste disposal. Occasional field trips. Laboratory fee, $10.00. 

Bact. 55. Sanitary Bacteriology for Engineers. (2) — First semester. One 
lecture and one laboratory period a week. For junior and senior students 
in engineering only. 

Discussion of the fundamental principles of bacteriology and their rela- 
tionship to water supply, sewage disposal and other sanitary problems. 
Demonstration of these principles in the laboratory. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 



BACTERIOLOGY 22'J 

Bact. 60. Journal Club (1) — First and second semesters. One lecture 
period a week. Prerequisite, a major in bacteriology with junior standing. 
Introduction to periodical literature, methods, interpretation, presentation of 
reports, and evaluation by class. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Bact. 101. Pathogenic Bacteriology (4) — First semester. Two lecture 
and two laboratory periods a week. Pi'erequisite, Bact. 5. 

The role of microorganisms in the diseases of man and animals with 
emphasis upon the differentiation and culture of bacterial species, types of 
disease, modes of disease transmission; prophylactic, therapeutic and 
epidemiological aspects. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Faber.) 

Bact. 103. Serology (4) — Second semester. Two lecture and two labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 101. 

Infection and resistance; principles and types of immunity; hypersensi- 
tiveness. Fundamental techniques of major diagnostic immunological 
reactions and their application. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Faber.) 

Bact. 104. History of Bacteriology (1) — First semester. One lecture 
period a week. Prerequisite, a major in bacteriology with senior standing. 

History and integration of the fundamental discoveries of the science. 
The modern aspects of cytology, taxonomy, fermentation, and immunity in 
relation to early theories. (Doetsch.) 

Bact. 105. Clinical Methods (4) — First semester. Two lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 103. 

A practical course designed to integrate clinical laboratory procedures 
in terms of hospital and public health demands. Examination of sputum, 
feces, blood, spinal fluids, urine, etc. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Faber.) 

Bact. 108. Epidemiology and Public Health (3) — Second semester. Three 
lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 101. 

History, characteristic features and epidemiology of the important com- 
m.unicable diseases; public health aspects of man's struggle for existence; 
public health administration and responsibilities; vital statistics. (Faber.) 

Bact. 131. Food Bacteriology. (4) — First semester. Two lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 5. 

The relationship of microorganisms to fresh and preserved food, the use 
of microorganisms in the preparation of foods and methods of control of 
these organisms. Discussion of the pure food laws. Demonstration of the 
fundamental principles involved and the methods used in the examination of 
different types of foods. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Laffer.) 

Bact. 133. Dairy Bacteriology (4) — First semester. Two lecture and 
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 5. 



230 BACTERIOLOGY 

Relation of bacteria, yeasts and molds to milk, cream, butter, ice-cream, 
cheese and other dairy products. Standard methods of examination, public 
health requirements, plant sanitation. Occasional inspection trips. Labora- 
tory fee, $10.00. (Doetsch.) 

Hact. 135. Soil Bacteriology (4) — Second semester. Two lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 5. 

The role played by microorganisms in the soil; nitrification, denitrification, 
nitrogen-fixation and decomposition processes; cycles of elements; relation- 
ships of microorganisms to soil fertility. Laboratory fee. $10.00. (Wilcox.) 

Bact. 161. Systematic Bacteriology (4) — First semester. Two lecture 
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 16 credits in bacteriology. 

History of bacterial classification; genetic relationships; international 
codes of nomenclature; bacterial variation as it affects classification. 
Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Wilcox.) 

Bact. 181. Bacteriological Problems (3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisites, 16 credits in bacteriology. Registration only upon the con- 
sent of the instructor. 

This course is arranged to provide qualified undergraduate majors in 
bacteriology and majors in allied fields an opportunity to pursue specific 
bacteriological problems under the supervision of a member of the depart- 
ment. Laboratory fee, $10.00. 

For Graduates 

Bact. 201. Advanced Pathogenic Bacteriology. (4) — First semester. Two 
lecture and two laboratorj'^ periods a week. Prerequisite, 30 credits in bac- 
teriology and allied fields, including Bact. 103. 

Primarily a study of the fungi associated with disease and practice in the 
methods of isolation and identification. Discussion of the rickettsiae and 
viruses. Practice in the preparation of materials for examination with the 
electron microscope. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Laffer.) 

Bact. 204. Bacterial Metabolism (2) — First semester. Two lecture periods 
a week. Prerequisite, 30 credits in bacteriology and allied fields, including 
Chemistry 160 and 161. 

Bacterial enzymes, nutrition of autotrophic and heterotrophic bacteria, 
bacterial growth factors, dissimilation of carbohydrate and nitrogenous sub- 
strates. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Pelczar.) 

Bact. 206. Special Topics (1) — First and second semesters. One lecture 
period a week. Prerequisite, 20 credits in bacteriology. 

Presentation and discussion of fundamental problems and special subjects 
in the field of bacteriology. 

Bact. 231. Advanced Food Bacteriology (4) — First semester. Two lec- 
ture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 30 credits in bac- 
teriology including Bact. 131. 



BOTANY 231 

The role of microorganisms in food handling and processing with emphasis 
upon commercial and factory aspects. Laboratory fee, $10,00. (Laffer.) 

Bact. 280. Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 30 
credits in bacteriology. 

Discussions and reports prepared by majors in bacteriology engaged in 
current research; presentations of selected subjects dealing with recent 
advances in microbiology. 

Bact. 290. Research — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 30 

credits in bacteriology. 

Credits according to work done. The investigation is outlined in con- 
sultation with and pursued under the supervision of a senior staff member 
of the department. Laboratory fee, $8.00. 

BOTANY 

Professors Bamford, Norton (emeritus), Appleman, and Jehle; Lecturer 
Steiner; Associate Professors Brown, Jeffers, and Gauch; Assistant Profes- 
sors Cox and Morgan; Instructor Moore; Assistants Rappleye, Smoot, Horn, 
Owens, Corp, Eck, Tarjan, and Sanford. 

Bot. 1. General Botany (4) — First and second semesters. Two lectures 
and two laboratory periods a week. 

General introduction to botany, touching briefly on all phases of the 
subject. Emphasis is on the fundamental biological principles of the higher 
plants. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Bot. 2. General Botany (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

A brief evolutionary study of algae, fungi, liverworts, mosses, ferns and 
their relatives, and the seed plants, emphasizing their structure, reproduction, 
habitats, and economic importance. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Bot. 11. Plant Taxonomy (3) — Second semester. One lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1, or equivalent. 

A study of the principles of plant classification, based on the collection 
and identification of local plants. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Bot. 20. Diseases of Plants (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

An introductory study of the symptoms and causal agents of plant dis- 
eases and measures for their control. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

Bot. 110. Plant Microtechnique (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

Principles and methods involved in the preparation of permanent micro- 
scope slides of plant materials. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 



232 BOTANY 

Hot. 112. Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. 

Discussion of special topics, current literature, problems and progress in 
all phases of botany. For seniors only, majors and minors in botany or 
biological science. (Brown.) 

A. Plant Physiology 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 
Bot. 101. Plant Physiology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two 

laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 1 and General Chemistry. 
A survey of the general physiological activities of plants. Laboratory 

fee, $5.00. (Brown.) 

Bot. 102. Plant Ecology (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 11, or equivalent. 

A study of plants in relation to their environments. Plant successions and 
formations of North America are treated briefly and local examples studied. 

(Brown.) 
For Graduates 
Bot. 201. Plant Biochemistry (2 or 4) — First semester. Two lectures and 
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 101 and elementary or- 
ganic chemistry, or equivalent. 

A study of the important substances in the composition of the plant body 
and the chemical changes occurring therein. , Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

(Appleman.) 

Bot. 202. Plant Biophysics (2)— (Not offered 1948-1949.) Prerequisites 
Bot. 101 and introductory physics, or equivalent. 

An advanced course dealing with the operation of physical phenomena in 
plant life processes. (Appleman, Gauch.) 

Bot. 203. Biophysical Methods (2)— (Not offered in 1948-1949). Two 
laboratory periods a week. Laboratory course to accompany Bot. 202. 
Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Gauch.) 

Bot. 204. Growth and Development (2)— (Not ofl^ered 1948-1949). Pre- 
requisite, 12 semester hours of plant science. (Appleman.) 

Bot. 205. Salt Nutrition Seminar (1) — Second semester. 
Reports on current literature are presented and discussed in connection 
with recent advances in the mineral nutrition of plants. (Gauch.) 

Bot. 206. Research — Credit according to work done. 
Students must be qualified to pursue with profit the research to be 
undertaken. (Appleman, Gauch.) 

B. Plant Morphology and Taxonomy 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 
Bot. 111. Plant Anatomy (3) — First semester. One lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 110, or equivalent. 



BOTANY 2:i'.] 

The origin and development of the organs and tissue systems in the 
vascular plants. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Bamford.) 

Bot. 113. IMant GeoKraphy (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 
A study of plant distribution throughout the world and the factors gener- 
ally associated with such distribution. (Brown.) 

Bot. 114. Advanced Plant Taxonomy (3) — First semester. One lecture 
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 11. 

Principles and criteria of plant classification. Reviews and criticisms of 
current taxonomic literature. Collection and classification of Maryland 
plants. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Brown.) 

Bot. 115. Structure of Economic Plants (2) — Second semester. Two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 111. 

A detailed microscopic study of the anatomy of the chief fruit and 

vegetable crops. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Bamford.) 

Bot. 116. History and Philosophy of Botany (1) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, 15 semester hours of botany. 

Discussion of the development of ideas and knowledge about plants, lead- 
ing to a survey of contemporary work in botanical science. (Bamford.) 

Bot. 117. Plant Breeding (2) — Second semester. Prerequisites, Zool. 104 
or equivalent. 

A survey of the fundamental principles to modern plant breeding. The 
analysis of hybrid vigor, its application to economic plants, the relation of 
chromosomes to plant improvement, economically valuable mutations and 
similar topics will be considered. (Morgan.) 

For Graduates 

Bot. 211. Cytology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 110 and Zool. 104 (Genetics) or 
equivalent. 

A detailed study of the chromosomes in mitosis and meiosis, and the rela- 
tion of these to current theories of heredity and evolution. Laboratory fee, 
$5.00. (Bamford.) 

Bot. 212. Plant Morphology (2) — First semester. Two laboratory periods 

a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 11, Bot. Ill, or equivalent. 

A comparative study of the morphology of the flowering plants, with 
special reference to the phylogeny and development of floral organs. 
Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Bamford.) 

Bot. 213. Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, per- 
mission of instructor. 

Discussion of special topics in plant morphology, anatomy, and cytology. 

(Bamford, Morgan.) 



234 BOTANY 

Bot. 214. Research — Credit according to work done. (Bamford, Morgan.) 

Bot. 215. Plant Cytogenetics (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Zool. 104, Bot. 211. 

An advanced study of the current status of plant genetics, particularly gene 
mutations and their relation to chromosome changes in corn and other 
favorable genetic materials. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Morgan.) 

C. Plant Pathology 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Bot. 121. Diseases of Special Crops (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Bot. 20, or equivalent. 

Offers more detailed information on the diseases of special crops than is 
given in Bot. 20. (Cox.) 

Bot. 122. Research methods in Plant Pathology (2) — First and second 
semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or 
equivalent. 

Advanced training in the basic research techniques and methods of plant 
pathology. Laboratory fee, $5.00 each semester. (Cox.) 

Bot. 128. Mycology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 2. 

An introductory study of the morphology, classification, life histories, 
and economics of the fungi. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Jeffers.) 

For Graduates 

Bot. 221. Virus Diseases (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 20 and Bot. 101. ■ 

Consideration of the physical, chemical and physiological aspects of plant 
viruses and plant virus diseases. Laboratory fee, $5.00. ( .) 

Bot. 222. Plant Nematology (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 
20, or equivalent. 

A detailed study of the nematodes which cause plant diseases, especially 
their life history, plant symptoms and control measures. (Steiner.) 

Bot. 225. Research, Pathology — Credit according to work done. (Staff.) 

Bot. 226. Plant Disease Control (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 
20, or equivalent. 

An advanced course dealing with the theory and practices of plant disease 
control. (Cox.) 

Bot. 229. Seminar, Pathology (1) — First and second semesters. 

Discussion on the advanced technical literature of plant pathology. 

(JefFers, Cox.) 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 235 

. BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

Accounting and Statistical Control, see page 120. 

Business Education, see page 243. , 

Economics, see page 259. 

Finacial Administration, see page 121. 

Foreign Service and International Relations, see page 137. 

Industrial Administration, see page 123. 

Marketing Administration, see page 123, 

Geography, see page 286 

Public Administration, see page 126. 

OflBce Techniques and Management, see page 131. 

Transportation Administration, see page 125. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

Professors Pyle, Calhoun, Clemens, Cover, Frederick, Grubb, Reid, Watson 
and Wedeberg; Associate Professors Cissel, Mounce, McLarney, H. Sylvester 
and Wright; Assistant Professor Mills; Instructors Ash, Bourne, Cronin, 
Mann, Messer, and Woodbury; Assistant Instructors Daiker and Thomas. 

B.A. 10, 11. Organization and Control (2,2) — First and second semes- 
ters. Required in all Bus. Adm. curriculums. 

A survey course treating the internal and functional organization of a 
business enterprise. B.A. 11 includes industrial management, organization 
and control. 

B.A. 20, 21. Principles of Accounting (4, 4) — First and second semesters. 
Required in all Business Administration curriculums. Prerequisite, Sopho- 
more standing. 

The fundamental principles and problems involved in accounting for 
proprietorships, corporations and partnerships. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

B.A. 110, 111. Intermediate Accounting (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, a grade of B or better in B.A. 21, or consent of instructor, 

A comprehensive study of the theory and problems of valuation of assets, 
application of funds, corporation accounts and statements, and the inter- 
pretation of accounting statements. 

B.A. 116. Public Budgeting (3)— Prerequisites, B.A. 21 and Econ. 32, 

A study of budgetary administration in the United States, including sys- 
tems of financial control and accountability, the settlement of claims, cen- 
tralized purchasing and the reporting of financial operations, 

B.A. 118. Governmental Accounting (3) — Prerequisite, B.A, 111, or con- 
sent of instructor. 



236 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

The content of this course covers the scope and functions of gcvernmental 
accounting. It considers the principles generally applicable to all forms 
and types of governmental bodies and a basic procedure adaptable to all 
'governments. It deals with governmental accounting as a distinct field. 
It develops and presents the system, taking full account of the conditions 
governing the agencies and operations carried on by government. 

B.A. 121. Cost Accounting (4) — Second semester. Prerequisite, a grade 
of B or better in B.A. 21, or consent of instructor. 

A study of the fundamental principles of cost accounting including job 
order, process, and standard cost accounting. 

B.A. 122. Auditing Theory and Practice (3) — First 'semester. Prerequi- 
site, B.A. 111. 

A study of the principles and problems of auditing and the application of 
accounting principles to the preparation of audit working papers and 
reports. 

B.A. 123. Income Tax Accounting (4) — First semester. Prerequisite, a 
grade of B or better in B.A. 21, or consent of instructor. 

A study of the important provisions of the Federal Tax Law, using illus- 
trative examples, selected questions and problems, the preparation of re- 
turns. 

B.A. 124, 126. Advanced Accounting (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, B.A. 111. 

Advanced accounting theory applied to specialized problems in partner- 
ships, estates and trusts, banks, mergers and consolidations, receiverships 
and liquidations. 

B.A. 125. C.P.A. Problems (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 124, 
or consent of instructor. 

A study of the nature, form and content of C.P.A. examinations by means 
of the preparation of solutions to, and an analysis of, a large sample of 
C.P.A. problems covering the various accounting fields. 

B.A. 127. Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, B.A. 122. 

Advanced auditing theory, practice and report writing. 

B.A. 129. Apprenticeship in Accounting (0) — Prerequisites, minimum of 
20 semester hours in accounting and the consent of the accounting staff. 

A period of apprenticeship is provided with nationally known firms of 
certified public accountants from about January 15 to February 15, and for 
a semester after graduation. 

B.A. 130. Elements of Business Statistics (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, junior standing. Required for graduation. 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 237 

This course is devoted to a study of the fundamentals of statistics. 
Emphasis is placed upon the collection of data; hand and machine tabula- 
tion; graphic charting; statistical distribution; averages; index numbers; 
sampling; elementary tests of reliability; and simple correlations. 

B.A. 131. Statistics Laboratory. Laboratory hours and credit to be ar- 
ranged. Prerequisite, B.A. 130. (By approval, open to graduate students 
for work on thesis.) 

Through this course the Bureau of Business and Economic Research 
offers the student an opportunity to do practical work in statistics, business, 
and economics, under the direction of the Bureau staff. 

B.A. 132, 133. Advanced Business Statistics (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, B.A. 130. 

The use of statistical methods and techniques in economic studies and in 
the fields of business and public administration. Advanced methods of 
correlation and other selected techniques are applied to statistical analyses 
of economic fluctuations, price changes, cost analysis, and market demand 
indexes and functions. 

B.A. 140. Financial Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Econ. 140. 

This course deals with principles and practices involved in the organiza- 
tion, financing, and reconstruction of corporations; the various types of secur- 
ities and their use in raising funds, apportioning income, risk, and control; 
intercorporate relations; and new developments. Emphasis on solution of 
problems of financial policy faced by management. 

B.A. 141. Investment Management (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
B.A. 140. 

A study of the principles and methods used in the analysis, selection, and 
management of investments; investment programs, sources of investment 
information, security price movements, government, real estate, public utility, 
railroad, and industrial securities. 

B.A. 142. Banking Policies and Practices (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 140. 

A study of the organization and management of the Commercial Bank, 
the operation of its departments, and the methods used in the extension 
of commercial credit. 

B.A. 143. Credit Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
B.A. 140. 

A study of the nature of credit and the principles applicable to its exten- 
sion for industrial, commercial, and consumer purposes; the organization 
and management of a credit department, and the collection of accounts. 

B.A. 144. Life, Group, and Social Insurance (2) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 



238 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

A study of the types of life insurance and the basic principles underlying 
all life insurance relating to reserves, investments, premiums, and regu- 
lations. 

B.A. 145. Property, Casualty, and Liability Insurance (2) — First semes- 
ter. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

A survey of the insurance coverages written to protect business and per- 
sonal risks arising from such hazards as fire, windstorm, ocean and inland 
transportation, fidelity, and liability. 

B.A. 146. Real Estate Financing and Appraisals (2) — Second semester. 
Prerequisites, Econ. 32 or 37, B.A. 156. 

A study of the methods used in financing real estate of all types — residen- 
tial, industrial, and commercial. The fundamental problem of valuation 
will be studied from the viewpoint of the appraiser. Appraiser technique 
will be applied in the field. 

B.A. 147. Business Cycles (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 140 
and senior standing. 

A study of the causes of depressions and unemployment, cyclical and 
secular instability, theories of business cycles, and the problem of controlling 
economic instability. 

B.A. 150. Marketing Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Econ. 150. 

A study of the work of the marketing division in a going organization. 
The work of developing organizations and procedures for the control of 
marketing activities are surveyed. The emphasis throughout the course is 
placed on the determination of policies, methods, and practices for the effec- 
tive marketing of various forms of manufactured products. 

B.A. 151. Advertising Programs and Campaigns (2) — First semester. 
Prerequisite, B.A. 150. 

Deals with the fundamental principles of advertising. Covers the organi- 
zation and carrying through of advertising campaigns and programs, the 
selection of ideas, types of appeal and different media, and the method of 
judging the effectiveness of advertising. 

B.A. 152. Advertising Copy Writing and Layout (2) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, B.A. 151. 

Studies the practices and techniques of copy writing and layout that are 
useful for those who expect to prepare advertising or to direct the actual 
production of advertising. Covers the most essential principles of various 
kinds of copy writing. Surveys the process of production from the original 
idea to the published advertisement, and analyzes methods of testing its 
effectiveness. 

B.A. 153. Purchasing Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
B.A. 150. 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 239 

Studies the pi'oblems of determining the proper sources, quality and quan- 
tity of supplies, and of methods of testing quality; price policies, price fore- 
casting, forward buying, bidding and negotiation; budgets and standards of 
achievement. Particular attention is given to government purchasing, and 
methods and procedures used in their procurement. 

B.A. 154. Retail Store Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequi- 
site, Econ. 150. 

Retail store organization, location, layout and store policy; pricing poli- 
cies, price lines, brands, credit policies, records as a guide to buying; pur- 
chasing mthods; supervision of selling; training and supervision of retail 
sales force; and administrative problems. 

B.A, 156. Real Estate Principles and Practice (2) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

The principles and practices involved in the acquisition and utilization of 
land and the improvements thereon. 

B.A. 157. Foreign Trade Procedure (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 150 
Functions of various exporting agencies; documents and procedures used 
in exporting and importing transactions. Methods of procuring goods in 
foreign countries; financing of import shipments; clearing through the 
customs districts; and distribution of goods in the United States. 

B.A. 160. Personnel Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Econ. 160. 

This course deals essentially with functional and administrative relation- 
ships between management and the labor force. It comprises a survey 
of the scientific selection of employees, "in-service" training, job analysis, 
classification and rating, motivation of employees, employee adjustment, 
wage incentives, employee discipline and techniques of supervision, and elim- 
ination of employment hazards. 

B.A. 162. Contemporary Trends in Labor Relations (3) — First semester. 
Prerequisite, B.A. 160. 

A study of contemporary trends in society's effort through legislation, 
mediation, and other methods to bring about a harmonious relationship 
between labor and management. Laws and court decisions affecting labor 
relations are given some consideration. 

B.A. 163. Industrial Relations (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 
160. 

A study of the development and methods of organized groups in industry 
with reference to the settlement of labor disputes. An economic and legal 
analysis of labor union and employer association activities, arbitration, 
mediation, and conciliation; collective bargaining, trade agreements, strikes, 
boycotts, lockouts, company unions, employee representation, and injunc- 
tions. 



240 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

B.A. 161. Kccent Labor Legislation and Court Decisions (3) — Prerequi- 
site, B.A. 160 and senior standing. 

B.A, 165. Office Management (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 
11 or junior standing. 

Considers the application of the principles of scientific management in 
their application to office work. 

B. A. 166. Business Communications (3) — Second semester. Prerequi- 
site, junior standing. 

The systems of communications used in modern business; techniques of 
communication forms, administrative memorandums, order, bulletin, digest, 
reports; communication problems in production, mai'keting, personnel ad- 
ministration, and public relations. 

B. A. 167. Job Evaluation and Merit Rating (2)— Prerequisite B. A. 160. 

The investigation of the leading job evaluation plans used in industry, 
study of the development and administrative procedures, analyzing jobs and 
writing job descriptions, setting up a job evaluation plan, and relating job 
evaluation to pay scales. Study of various employee merit rating pro- 
grams, the methods of merit rating, and the uses of merit rating. 

B. A. 169, Industrial Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites, 
B. A. 11 and 160. 

Studies the operation of a manufacturing enterprise. Among the topics 
covered are product development, plant location, plant layout, production 
planning and control, methods analysis, time study, job analysis, budgetary 
control, standard costs, and problems of supervision. An inspection trip 
to a large manufacturing plant is made at the latter part of the semester. 

B, A. 170. Transportation I. Regulation of Transportation Services 

(3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

This course is designed for students of Transportation, Public Adminis- 
tration, and General Business. It covers the world practices in the regula- 
tion and control of transportation facilities. 

B.A, 171. Transportation II. Services, Rules, and Practices (3) — Pre- 
requisite, B.A. 170. 

This course treats with the details of classification and rate construction 
for ground and air transportation. It is designed for students interested 
in the practical aspects of shipping and receiving. It is primarily a course 
in industrial and commercial traffic management. 

B.A. 172. Transportation III. Motor Transportation (3) — Prerequisite, 
B.A. 170. 

The place of the motor transport industry, development, uses in distribu- 
tion, competitive situations, organization, regulation. 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 241 

B.A. 173. Transportation IV. Overseas Shipping (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 
170. 

The ocean carrier, development of services, types, trade routes, company 
organization, ship brokers and freight forwarders, the American Merchant 
Marine as a factor in national activity. 

B. A. 174. Commercial Air Transportation (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 170, 
The air transportation system of the United States: airways, airports, 
airlines. Federal regulation of air transportation. Problems and services 
of commercial air transportation: economics, equipment, operations, financ- 
ing, selling of passenger and cargo services. Air mail development and 
services. 

B. A. 175. Airline Administration (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 174. 

Practices, systems and methods of airline management; actual work in 
handling details and forms required in planning and directing maintenance, 
operations, accounting and traffic transactions, study of airline operations 
and other manuals of various companies. 

B. A. 176. Problems in Airport Management (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 174. 

Airports classified, aviation interests and community needs, airport plan- 
ning, construction, building problems. Airports and the courts. Manage- 
ment, financing, operations, revenue sources. 

B. A. 177. Motion Economy and Time Study (3) — Prerequisite B. A. 170. 

A study of the principles of motion economy, simo charts, micromotion 
study, the fundamentals of time study, job evaluation, observations, stand- 
ard times, allowances, formula construction, and wage payment plans. 

B. A. 178. Production Planning and Control (2) — Prerequisite B. A. 170. 

An analysis of the man-, material-, and machine requirements for pro- 
duction according to the several types of manufacture. The development 
and application of inventory records, load charts, production orders, sched- 
ules, production reports, progress reports and control reports. One lecture 
period and one laboratory period each week. 

B. A. 179. Problems in Supervision (3) — Prerequisite B. A. 170. 

A case study course of supervisory problems divided into difficulties with 
subordinates, with associates and with superiors. The purposes of the 
course are to apply general principles of industrial management to concrete 
cases and to extract principles from a study of cases. 

B.A. 180, 181. Business Law (4, 4) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, senior standing. Required in all Bus. Adm. curriculums. 

Legal aspects of business relationships, contracts, negotiable instru- 
ments, agency, partnerships, corporations, real and personal property, and 
sales. 



242 BUSINESS ADMIMSTRATIOX 

B.A. 183. Law for Accountants (2). Prerequisite, B.A. 181. 

Principles of law relating to the accounting profession, special emphasis 
being placed upon sections of the Maryland Annotated Code dealing with 
accountants, corporations, estates, and trusts. 

B. A. 184. Public Utilities (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 
32 or 37 and senior standing. 

Using the regulated utilities industries as specific examples attention is 
focused on broad and general problems in such diverse fields as constitu- 
tional law, administrative law, public administration, government control 
of business, advanced economic theory, accounting, valuation and deprecia- 
tion, taxation, finance, engineering and management. 

B.A. 186. Real Estate Law and Conveyancing (2). Prerequisite, B.A. 
156 and 180. 

This course attempts to cover in a' general way those phases of real 
property law which are of interest not only to real estate dealers but to 
all business men. 

B. A. 189. Business and Government (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Econ. 32 or 37. Senior standing. 

A study of the role of government in modern economic life. Social control 
of business as a remedy for the abuses of business enterprise arising from 
the decline of competition. Criteria of and limitations on government 
regulation of private enterprise. 

For Graduates 

B. A. 220. Managerial Accounting (3). 

B. A. 221, 222. Seminar in Accounting — (Arranged.) 

B. A. 226. Accounting Systems (3). 

B. A. 228. Research in Accounting — (Arranged.) 

B. A. 229. Studies of Special Problems in the Fields of Control and 
Organization — (Arranged.) 

B. A. 240. Seminar in Financial Management (1-3) — Prerequisites, Ec. 
140, B. A. 21, B. A. 140. 

B. A. 250. Problems in Sales Management (3). 

B. A. 251. Problems in Advertising (3). 

B. A. 252. Problems in Retail Store Management (3) — (Arranged.) 

B. A. 257. Seminar in Marketing Management — (Arranged.) 

B. A. 258. Research in Marketing — (Arranged.) 

B. A. 262. Seminar in Contemporary Trends in Labor Relations — 

(Arranged.) 

B. A. 265. Development and Trends in Modern Industrial Manage- 
ment (3). 



BUSINESS EDUCATION 243 

B. A. 266. Research in I'ersonnel Management — (Arranged.) 

B. A. 267. Research in Industrial Relations — (Arranged.) 

B. A. 269. Studies in Special Problems in Employer-Employee Relation- 
ships — (Arranged.) 

B. A. 271. Theory of Organization (3). 

B. A. 277. Seminar in Transportation (3). 

B. A. 280. Seminar in Business and Government Relationships — (Ar- 
ranged.) 

B. A. 284. Seminar in Public Utilities (3). 

B. A. 299. Thesis— (Arranged.) 

BUSINESS EDUCATION 
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 
B. Ed. 100. Techniques of Teaching Office Skills (2)— First semester. 
An examination and evaluation of the aims, methods, and course contents 
of each of the office skill subjects offered in the high school curriculum. 

(Patrick.) 
B. Ed. 101. Methods and Materials in Teaching Office skills (2) 
Problems in development of occupational competency, achievement tests, 
standards of achievement, instructional materials, transcription, and the 
integration of office skills. 

B. Ed. 102. Methods and Materials in Teaching Bookkeeping and Related 
Subjects (2) 

Important problems and procedures in the mastery of bookkeeping and 
related office knowledges and skills including a consideration of materials 
and teaching procedures. 

B. Ed. 103. Basic Business Subjects in the Junior High School (2) 

This course deals with the exploratory aspects of basic business subjects 
and fundamentals of consumer business education, available instructional 
materials, and teaching procedures. 

B. Ed. 200. Administration and Supervision of Business Education (2) 

Major emphasis on departmental organization, curriculum, equipment, 
budget making, guidance, placement and follow-up, visual aids, and the in- 
service training of teachers. 

For administrators, supervisors, and teachers of business subjects. 

B. Ed. 255. Principles and Problems of Business Education (2) — Summer 
session. 

Principles and practices in business education; growth and present status; 
vocational business education; general business education; relation to con- 
sumer education and to education in general. 



244 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 

Professor Huff; Associate Professor Bonney; Instructor, Bilbrey. 

Chem. E. 10. Water, Fuels and Lubricants (4) — Second semester. Two 
lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 19; Phys. 
20, 21, or permission of instructor. 

Laboratory work consists of exercises in the usual control methods for 
testing water, fuels, and lubricants, and some related engineering materials. 
Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. (Huff, Bonney, and Staff.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Chem. E. 103 f, s. Elements of Chemical Engineering (3, 3) — Three 

hours a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3; Phys. 20, 21. 

Theoretical discussion of underlying philosophy and methods in chemical 
engineering and elementary treatment of important operations involving 
fluid flow, heat flow, evaporation, humidity and air conditioning, distillation, 
and absorption. Illustrated by problems and consideration of typical 
processes. (Huff.) 

Chem. E. 104. Chemical Engineering Seminar (1, 1) — One hour a week. 

Students prepare repoi'ts on current problems in chemical engineering 
and participate in the discussion of such reports. 

The content of this course is constantly changing so a student may receive 
a number of credits by re-registration. (Bonney.) 

Chem. E. 105 f, s. Advanced Unit Operations (5, 5) — Two lectures and 
one all-day laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Chem. E. 103; Chem. 
187, 188, 189, 190. 

Advanced theoretical treatment of basic chemical engineering operations. 
Study and laboratory operation of small scale semi-commercial type equip- 
ment. A comprehensive problem involving theory and laboratory operations 
is included to illustrate the development of a plant design requiring the 
utilization of a number of fundamental topics. Laboratory fee $8.00 per 
semester. (Bonney and Staff.) 

Chem. E. 106, f, s. Minor Problems (6, 6) — Six hours a week, both 
semesters. Prerequisites, Chem. E. 105, f, s, or simultaneous registration 
therein. 

Original work on a special problem assigned each student, including the 
preparation of a complete report covering the study. 

(Huff, Bonney, and Staff.) 

Chem. E. 107. Fuels and Their Utilization (3) — Second semester. Three 
hours a week. Prerequisites, Chem. E. 103, or permission of Department of 
Chemical Engineering. 

A study of the sources of solid, liquid, and gaseous fuels, their economic 
conversion, distribution, and utilization. Problems. (Huff.) 



CHEMISTRY 245 

Chem. E. 108 f, s. Chemical Technology (2, 2) — Two hours a week. 
Prerequisites, Chem. E. 103, or simultaneous registration therein, or per- 
mission of the Department of Chemical Engineering. 

A study of the principal chemical industries. Plant inspections, trips, 
reports, and problems. (Bonney.) 

Chem. E. 109 f, s. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics (2, 2) — Two 

hours a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 187, 188, 189, 190; Chem. E. 103; or 
permission of instructor. 

A study of the application of the principles of engineering and chemical 
thermodynamics to some industrial problems encountered in the practice 
of chemical engineering. (Bonney.)' 

Chem. E. 110. Advanced Chemical Engineering Calculations (3) — First 
semester. Three hours a week. Prerequisites, Math. 20, 21; Chem. E. 103. 

A study of methods for analyzing chemical engineering problems along 
quantitative and mathematical lines, with the calculus and other mathe- 
matical aids. Emphasis is placed on graphical presentation and the 
engineering utility of the results. (Bilbrey.) 

For Graduates 

Chem. E. 201, f, s. Graduate Unit Operations and Processes (5, 5 or 
more) — One hour conference, three or more laboratory periods a week. Pre- 
requisite, permission of the Department of Chemical Engineering. 

Advanced theoretical treatment of typical unit operations and processes 
in chemical engineering. Problems. Laboratory operation of small scale 
semi-commercial units and processes with supplemental reading, confer- 
ences and reports. 

Laboratory fee $8.00 per semester. (Bonney.) 

Chem. E. 202. Gas Analysis (3) — One lecture and two laboratory periods 
a week. One semester. Prerequisite, permission of Department of Chemical 
Engineering. 

Quantitative determination of common gases, fuel gases, gaseous vapors, 
and important gaseous impurities. Problems. 
Laboratory fee $8.00 per semester. 

Chem. E. 203. Graduate Seminar (1) — One hour a week. Required of 
all graduate students in Chemical Engineering. 

The content of this course is constantly changing so a student may 
receive a number of credits by re-registration. 

Students prepare reports on current problems in chemical engineering 
and participate in the discussion of such reports. (Bonney.) 

Chem. E. 205. Research in Chemical Engineering — Credit hours to be 
arranged. 



24«) CHEMISTRY 

The investigation of special problems and the preparation of a thesis in 
partial fulfillment of the requirements of an advanced degree. 

Laboratory fee $8.00 per semester. (Huff, Bonney.) 

Chem. E. 207 f, s. Plant Design Studies (3, 3) — Three conference hours 
a week. Prerequisite, permission of Department of Chemical Engineering. 

Chem. E. 209 f, s. Plant Design Studies Laboratory (3, 3) — Three 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, permission of Department of 
Chemical Engineering. 

Laboratory fee $8.00 per semester. (Bonney.) 

Chem. E. 210 f, s. Gaseous Fuels (2, 2) — Two hours a week. Prerequi- 
site, permission of Department of Chemical Engineering. 

An advanced treatment of some of the underlying scientific principles 
involved in the production, transmission and utilization of gaseous fuels. 
Problems in design and selection of equipment. (Huff.) 

CHEMISTRY 

Professors Drake, Svirbely, White; Associate Professors Pickard, Pratt, 
Reeve, Rollinson, Veitch, Wiley, Woods; Assistant Professors Aldridge, 
Brown, Carruthers, Dewey, Quagliano, Story and Stuntz. 

Laboratory fees in Chemistry are $10.00 per semester. 
A. Analytical Chemistry 

Chem. 15, 17. Qualitative Analysis (3, 3) — Two lectures and one three- 
hour laboratory period the first semester; one lecture and two three-hour 
laboratory periods the second semester. Prerequisite, Chem. 3. 

Chem. 19. Quantitative Analysis (4) — First and second semesters. Two 
lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, 
Chem. 1, 3. 

Chem. 21, 23. Quantitative Analysis (4, 4) — First and second semesters. 
Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, 
Chem. 15, 17. 

This course includes a study of the principal operations of gravimetric and 
volumetric analysis. Required of all students majoring in Chemistry. 

Chem. 166, 167. Food Analysis (3, 3) — First and second semesters. One 
lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, 
Chem. 19, 31, 32, 33, 34. 

The qualitative and semi-quantitative analysis of essential food constitu- 
ents. The qualitative determination of trace elements is emphasized. For 
students in agriculture, home economics and bacteriology. 

Chem. 206, 208. Spcctrographic Analysis (1, 1) — One three-hour labora- 
tory period per week. Registration limited. Prerequisites, Chem. 188, 190 
and consent of the instructor. (White.) 



CHEMISTRY 247 

Chem. 221, 223. Chemical Microscopy (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
One lecture and one three-hour laboratory period per week. Registration 
limited. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Chem. 221 is a prerequisite for 
Chem. 223. 

An advanced study of the principles of microscopic analysis. Chem. 223 
is devoted to the study of the optical properties of crystals. (Stuntz.) 

Chem. 225. Polarography (2) — Two lectures per week. 

A course designed to present the fundamental principles of electrometric 
methods in general and to show the technique and application of polarogra- 
phy in the various branches of chemistry. This course and chemistry 207 
will be offered in alternate years. 

Chem. 226, 228. Advanced Quantitative Analysis (2, 2)— First and 
second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequi- 
site, consent of instructor. 

A study of advanced methods chosen to meet the needs of the individual. 

(Stuntz.) 

Chem. 266. Biological Analysis (2) — Second semester. Two three-hour 
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 19, 31, 32, 33, 34. 

(Wiley.) 
B. Biochemistry 

Chem. 41. The Chemistry of Textiles (4) — Second semester. Two lec- 
tures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 

31, 32, 33, 34. 

A chemical study of the principal textile fibers. 

Chem. 81. General Biochemistry (2) — First semester. Two lectures per 
week. Prerequisites, Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34, or Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38. 

This course is designed primarily for students in home economics. 
Chem. 82 MUST be taken concurrently. 

Chem. 82. General Biochemistry Laboratory (2) — First semester. Two 
three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 32, 34, or 
Chem. 36, 38. 

A course designed to accompany Chem. 81. 

Chem. 161, 163. Biochemistry (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Two 
lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 31, 33, or Chem. 35, 37. 

This course is designed primarily for students in agriculture, bacteriology, 
or chemistry, and for those students in home economics who need a more 
extensive course of biochemistry than is offered in Chem. 81, 82. 

Chem. 162, 164. Biochemistry Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second sem- 
esters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 

32, 34, or Chem. 36, 38. 



248 CHEMISTRY 

Chem. 261, 263. Advanced Biochemistry (2, 2) — First and second semes- 
ters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 141, 143, or consent of 
the instructor. (Veitch.) 

Chem. 262, 264. Advanced Biochemistry Laboratory (2, 2) — First and 
second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequi- 
site, consent of the instructor. (Veitch.) 

Chem. 268. Special Problems in Biochemistry (2-4) — First and second 
semesters. Two to four three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequi- 
sites, Chem. 161, 162, and consent of the instructor. (Veitch.) 

C. Inorganic and General Chemistry 

Chem. 1, 3. General Chemistry (4, 4) — First and second semesters. Two 
lectures, one quiz and two two-hour laboratory periods per week. 

Chem. 5. Introductory Qualitative Analysis (3) — Second semester. One 
lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, 
Chem. 3. 

Chem. 11, 13, General Chemistry (3, 3) — Two lectures and one three- 
hour laboratory period per week. 

An abbreviated course in general chemistry especially designed for 
students in home economics. This course is open only to students registered 
in Home Economics and Arts-Nursing. 

Chem. 101. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (2) — Second semester. Two 
lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 23, 37, 38. 

(One or more courses of the group 201-239 will be offered each semester 
depending on demand.) 

Chem. 201, 203. The Chemistry of the Rarer Elements (2, 2)— First and 
second semesters. * Two lectures per week. (White.) 

Chem. 202, 204. Advanced Inorganic Laboratory (2, 2) — First and sec- 
ond semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. 

Chem. 205. Radiochemistry (2) — Two lectures per week. (Rollinson.) 

Chem. 207. Chemistry of Inorganic Complex Compounds (2) — Two lec- 
tures per week. This course and Chem. 225 will be offered in alternate 
years. (Quagliano.) 

Chem. 210. Radiochemistry Laboratory (1 or 2) — One or two three-hour 
laboratory periods per week. Registration limited. Prerequisites, Chem. 
205 (or concurrent registration therein) and consent of instructor. 

(Rollinson.) 

Chem. 239. Physical Techniques in Chemistry (2) — A survey of the tools 
available for the solution of chemical problems by means of physical tech- 
niques. 



CHEMISTRY 249 

D. Organic Chemistry 

Chem. 31, 33. Elements of Organic Chemistry (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3. 

Organic chemistry for students in agriculture, bacteriology and home 
economics. 

Chem. 32, 34. Elements of Organic Laboratory (1, 1) — First and second 
semesters. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisites, 
Chem. 31, 33, or concurrent registration therein. 

Chem. 35, 37. Elementary Organic Chemistry (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3. 
A course for chemists, chemical engineers, and premedical students. 

Chem. 36, 38. Elementary Organic Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, 
Chem. 35, 37, or concurrent registration therein. 

Chem. 141, 143. Advanced Organic Chemistry (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 37, 38. 
An advanced study of the compounds of carbon. 

Chem. 142, 144. Advanced Organic Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, 
Chem 19 or 23, and Chem. 37, 38. 

Syntheses and the quantitative determination of carbon and hydrogen, 
halogen, and nitrogen are studied. 

Chem. 146, 148. The Identification of Organic Compounds (2, 2) — First 
and second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Pre- 
requisites, Chem. 141, 143, or concurrent registration therein. 

The systematic identification of organic compounds. 

(One or more courses from the following group, 241-257, will customarily 
be offered each semester. Two of these courses will be presented in the 
academic year 1947-1948.) 

Chem. 241. Stereochemistry (2) — Two lectures per week. (Woods.) 

Chem. 245. The Chemistry of the Steroids (2) — Two lectures per week. 

(Pratt.) 

Chem. 249. Physical Aspects of Organic Chemistry (2) — Two lectures 
per week. . (Woods.) 

Chem. 251. The Heterocycles (2) — Two lectures per week. (Pratt.) 

Chem. 254. Advanced Organic Preparations (2 to 4) — First and second 
semesters. Two to four three-hour laboratory periods per week. 

Chem. 257. Organic Laboratory Methods (2) — Two lectures per week. 

(Pratt.) 
The theory and application of the laboratory methods of organic chemistry. 



250 CHEMISTRY 

Chem. 258. The Identification of Organic Compounds, an Advanced 
Course (2 to 4) — First and second semesters. Two to four three-hour lab- 
oratory periods per week. (Pratt.) 

Chem. 260. Advanced Organic Laboratory (1 or 2) — First and second 
semesters. One or two three-hour laboratory periods per week. 

An orientation course designed to demonstrate a new student's fitness to 
begin research in organic chemistry. (Pratt.) 

E. Physical Chemistry 

Chem. 181, 183. Elements of Physical Chemistry (2, 2)— First and second 
semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3; Phys. 1, 2; 
Math. 10, 11. 

A course intended primarily for premedical students and students in the 
biological sciences. This course must be accompanied by Chem. 182, 184. 

Chem. 182, 184. Elements of Physical Chemistry Laboratory (1, 1) — 

First and second semesters. One three-hour laboratory period per week. 
May be taken ONLY when accompanied by Chem. 181, 183. 

The course includes quantitative experiments illustrating the principles 
studied in Chem. 181, 183. 

Chem. 187, 189. Physical Chemistry (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 19 or 21; Phys. 20, 21; 
Math. 20, 21. 

A course primarily for chemists and chemical engineers. 

Chem. 188, 190. Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. 

A laboratory course for students taking Chem. 187, 189. 

The common prerequisites for the following courses are Chem. 187, 189, 
and Chem. 188, 190, or their equivalent. One or more courses of the group, 
281-313, will be offered each semester depending on demand. 

Chem. 281, 283. Theory of Solutions (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 307. (Svirbely.) 

Chem. 285. Colloid Chemistry (2) — Two lectures per week. (Pickard.) 

Chem. 295. Heterogenous Equilibria (2) — Two lectures per week. 

(Pickard.) 
Chem. 299. Reaction Kinetics (3) — Three lectures per week. (Svirbely.) 

Chem. 303. Electrochemistry (3) — Three lectures per week. (Pickard.) 

Chem. 304. Electrochemistry Laboratory (2) — Two three-hour labora- 
tory periods per week. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. (Pickard.) 

Chem. 307. Chemical Thermodynamics (3) — Three lectures per week. 

(Svirbely.) 



CIVIL ENGINEERING 251 

Cheni. 311. I'h.vsicochcmical Calculations (2) — Offered in summer session 
only. (Pickard.) 

Chem. 313. Molecular Structure (2) — Two lectures per week. (Brown.) 

F. Seminar and Research 

Chem. 351. Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. (Staff.) 

Chem. 360. Research — First and second semesters, summer session. 

(Staff.) 
CIVIL ENGINEERING 
Professors Steinberg, Allen; Lecturer Walker; Associate Professors Gohr, 
Barber, Otts; Assistant Professors Wedding. Pickering; Instructors Spamer, 
Harden, Sunier, Yantis. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

C. E. 50. Hydraulics (3) — First and second semesters. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. To be taken concurrently with Mech. 50. 
Required of juniors in civil engineering. 

Hydrostatic pressures on tanks, dams, and pipes. Flow through orifices, 
nozzles, pipe lines, open channels, and weirs. Use of Reynold's number. 
Measurement of water. Elementary hydrodynamics. 

C. E. 51. Curves and Earthwork (3) — Second semester. One lecture and 
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Surv. 1, 2 and concurrent 
registration in Surv. 100. 

Computation and field work for simple, compound, and reversed circular 
curves and spirals; parabolic curves; earthwork computations; complete 
survey and map, including mass diagram, of a short route. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 
C. E. 100. Theory of Structures (4) — Second semester. Three lectures 

and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Mech. 50. 

Analj'tic and graphical determination of dead and live load stresses in 

beams and framed structures; influence lines; lateral bracing and portals; 

elements of slope and deflection. (Allen.) 

C. E. 101. Soil Mechanics (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Mech. 50 and 53. 

An introductory study of the properties and behavior of soils as engi- 
neering materials. Soil physics, soil mechanics, and applications to 
engineering. (Barber.) 

C. E. 102. Structural Design (6) — First semester. Four lectures and 
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, C. E, 100. 

Design and detailing of wood and structural steel members and their 
connections; wind stresses in building frames; structural frameworks. 

(Allen.) 



252 CIVIL ENGINEERING 

C. E. 103. Concrete Design (6) — Second semester. Four lectures and 
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, C. E. 100. 

Design and detailing of plain and reinforced concrete structures, applica- 
tions of slope-deflection and moment distribution theories; rigid frames. 

(Allen.) 

C. E. 104. Water Supply (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, C. E. 50. 

Requirements of a municipal water supply — design, operation, mainte- 
nance, and administx'ation. (Otts.) 

C. E. 105. Sewerage (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one la- 
boratory period a week. Prerequisite, C. E. 50. 
The collection, treatment and disposal of sewage. (Otts.) 

C. E. 106. Elements of Highways (3) — First semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, C. E. 101. 

Location, design, construction, and maintenance of roads and pavements. 
Laboratory problems and field inspection trips. (Gohr.) 

For Graduates 

C. E. 200. Advanced Properties of Materials (3) — First or second semes- 
ter. Prerequisite, Mech. 52 or equivalent. 

A critical study of elastic and plastic properties, flow of materials, resist- 
ance to failure by fracture, impact, and corrosion, the theories of failure. 
Assigned re&ding from current literature. (Barber.) 

C. E. 201. Advanced Strength of Materials (3) — First or second semes- 
ter. Prerequisite, Mech. 50, 51, or equivalent. 

Special problems in engineering stress analysis. Limitations of flexure 
and torsion formulas, unsymmetrical bending, curved beams, combined 
stresses, thin tubes, thick-walled cylinders and flat plates. (Barber.) 

C. E. 202. Applied Elasticity (3) — First or second semester. Prerequi- 
site, Math. 64 or equivalent. 

Two dimensional elastic problems, general stress-strain analysis in three 
dimensions, stability of beams, columns, and thin plates. (Allen.) 

C. E. 203. Soil Mechanics (3) — First or second semester. Prerequisite, 
C. E. 106 or equivalent. 

A detailed study of the properties of engineering soils. Assig^ied reading 
from current literature. (Barber.) 

C. E. 204. Advanced Foundations (3) — First or second semester. Pre- 
requisite, C. E. 102, 103, 106 or equivalent. 

A detailed study of types of foundations. Design and construction to meet 
varying soil conditions. (Barber.) 



CIVIL ENGINEERING: CLOTHING 253 

C. E, 205. Highway Engineering (3) — First or second semester. Pre- 
requisite, C. E. 101 or equivalent. 

An intensive course in the location, design, and construction of highways. 

(Gohr.) 

C. E. 206. Theory of Concrete Mixtures (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, Mech. 52 or equivalent. 

A thorough review of the methods for the design of concrete mixtures, 
followed by a study of factors affecting the properties of the resulting 
concrete. This course is intended as a background for work in the field 
of concrete, concrete aggregates, or reinforced concrete. (Walker.) 

C. E. 207. Advanced Structures (4) — First and second semesters. Three 
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, C. E. 102, 103. 

The solution of statically indeterminate structures by classical and modem 
methods, with emphasis on the latter. (Allen.) 

C. E. 208. Advanced Sanitation (3) — First or second semester. Prerequi- 
site, graduate standing in civil engineering. 

A detailed study of environment and its relation to disease, covering 
malaria and its control; rodent control; food sanitation; collection and dis- 
posal of municipal refuse; housing sanitation, including plumbing, rat- 
proofing, etc.; rural water supply and excreta disposal; sanitary inspection 
procedure. (Otts.) 

C. E. 209. Advanced Water Supply (3) — First or second semester. Pre- 
requisite, C. E. 104 or equivalent. 

A detailed study of the problems of water supply including recent develop- 
ments in the treatment of water. (Otts.) 

C. E. 210. Advanced Sewerage (3) — First or second semester. Prerequi- 
site, C. E. 105 or equivalent. 

A detailed study of the problems of sewerage, including recent develop- 
ments in the treatment of sewage. (Otts.) 

C. E. 211. Sanitary Engineering Design (3) — First or second semester. 
Prerequisite, C. E. 104, 105 or equivalent. 

Practical problems in the design of sewer systems and appurtenances; 
sewage treatment plants; water collection and distribution systems; water 
purification plants. (Otts.) 

C. E. 212. Research — Credit in accordance with work done. First and 
second semesters. (Staff.) 

C. E. 213. Seminar — First or second semester. Credit in accordance with 
work outlined by the civil engineering staff. Prerequisite, graduate standing 
in civil engineering. (Staff.) 

CLOTHING 
(See page 378) 



254 CROPS; COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 

CROPS 

(See page 221) 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 

Professors Zucker, Cardwell, Prahl; Assistant Professor Parsons 

Requirements for major include Comparative Literature 101, 102. Com- 
parative Literature courses can be counted toward a major or minor in 
English when recommended by the student's major adviser. 

Comp. Lit. 1. Greek Poetry (2) — First semester. 

Homer's Iliad and Odyssey with special emphasis on the literary form and 
the historical and mythological background. 

Comp. Lit. 2. Later European Epic Poetry (2) — Second semester. 

Virgil's Aeneid, Dante's Divine Comedy, Nibelungenlied, Song of Roland, 
and other European epics, with special emphasis on their relationship to 
and comparison with the Greek epic. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Comp. Lit. 101. Introductory Survey of Comparative Literature (3) — 

First semester. (Zucker.) 

Survey of the background of European literature through study of English 
translations of Greek and Latin literature. The debt of modern literature 
to the ancients is discussed and illustrated. 

Comp. Lit. 102. Introductory Survey of Comparative Literature (3) — 

Second semester. (Zucker.) 

Continuation of Comp. Lit. 101; study of medieval and modern Con- 
tinental literature. 

Comp. Lit. 103. The Old Testament as Literature (2) — Second semester. 
A study of the sources, development, and literary types. (Zucker.) 

Comp. Lit. 104. Chaucer (3) — First semester. 

Same as Eng. 104. (Harman.) 

Comp. Lit. 105. Romanticism in France (3) — First semester. 
Lectures and readings in the French romantic writers from Rousseau to 
Baudelaire. Texts are read in English translations. (Staff.) 

Comp. Lit. 106. Romanticism in Germany (3) — Second semester. 

Continuation of Comp. Lit. 105. German literature from Buerger to 
Heine in English translations. (Prahl.) 

Comp. Lit. 107. The Faust Legend in English and German Literature 

(3) — First semester. (Prahl.) 



COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 255 

A study of the Faust legertd of the Middle Ages and its later treatment 
by Marlowe in Dr. Faustus and by Goethe in Faiist. 

Comp. Lit. 108. Some Non-English Influences on American Literature 

(3) — Second semester. (Zuckcr.) 

Comparative study of European, chiefly French and German, and Ameri- 
can writers, illustrating our literary debt to the Old World and original 
features of the New. 

Comp. Lit. 109. Cervantes (3) — Second semester. 
Same as Spanish 109. 

Comp. Lit. 112. Ibsen (2) — First semester. (Zucker.) 

A study of the life and chief works of Ibsen with special emphasis on 
his influence on the modern drama. 

Comp. Lit. 113. Prose of the Renaissance (3) — Second semester. 

Same as Eng. 113. (Zeeveld.) 

Comp. Lit. 114. The Greek Drama (3) — First semester, (Prahl.) 

The chief works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, and Aristophanes in 

English translations. Emphasis on the historic background, on dramatic 

structure, and on the efl;"ect of the Attic drama upon the mind of the 

civilized world. 

Comp. Lit. 121. Milton (3) — Second semester. 

Same as Eng. 121. (Murphy.) 

Comp. Lit. 129, 130. Literature of the Romantic Period (3,3) — First 

and second semesters. (Weber.) 
Same as Eng. 129, 130. 

Comp. Lit. 144. Modern Drama (3) — First semester. 

Same as Eng. 144. (Weber.) 
Comp. Lit. 145. The Modern Novel (3) — Second semester. 

Same as Eng. 145. (Cardwell.) 

Comp. Lit. 155, 156. Four Major American Writers (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. 

Same as Eng. 155, 156. (Gravely.) 

For Graduates 
Comp. Lit. 201. Bibliography and Methods (3) — First semester. 
Same as Eng. 201. (Mooney.) 

Comp. Lit. 202. The History of the Theater (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, a wide acquaintance with modern drama and some knowledge of 
the Greek Drama. (Zucker.) 

A detailed study of the history of the European theater. Individual re- 
search problems will be assigned for term papers. 



256 DAIRY HUSBANDRY 

Comp. Lit. 203. Schiller (3)— First semester. 

Same as German 204. (Prahl.) 

Comp. Lit. 204. Medieval Romances (3) — First semester. 

Same as Eng. 204. (Cooley.) 

Comp. Lit. 205, as by Georges Duhamel, Poet, Dramatist, Novelist (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. (Falls.) 

Same as French 203, 204. 

Comp. Lit. 206, 207. Seminar in Sixteenth Century Literature (3. 3) — 
First and second semesters. (McManaway.) 

Same as Eng, 206, 207. 

Comp. Lit. 208. The Philosophy of Goethe's Faust (3) — First semester. 
Same as German 208. (Zucker.) 

Comp. Lit. 216, 217. Literary Criticism (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ter. 

Same as Eng. 216, 217. (Cardwell.) 

Comp. Lit. 227, 228. Problems in American Literature (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. 

Same as Eng, 227, 228. 

A. DAIRY HUSBANDRY 

Professors Cairns, Gould, and Shaw; Assistant Professor Larsen, 
Instructors Ellmoi-e and Johnson 

Dairy 1. Fundamentals of Dairying (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. 

This course is designed to cover the entire field of dairying. The content 
of the course deals with all phases of dairy cattle feeding, breeding and 
management and the manufacturing, processing, distributing and marketing 
of dairy products. Laboratory fees, $3.00. 

Dairy 30. Dairy Cattle Judging (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. 

This course offers complete instruction in the selection and comparative 
judging of dairy cattle. Trips to various dairy farms for judging practice 
will be made. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Dairy 100. Dairy Cattle Management (1) — First semester. One labora- 
tory period a week. Prerequisite, Dairy 1. 

A management course designed to familiarize students with the practical 
handling and management of dairy cattle. Students are given actual prac- 
tice and training in the University dairy barns. (EUmore.) 



DAIRY HUSBANDRY 257 

Dairy 101. Dairy Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, A. H. 110. 

A comprehensive course in dairy cattle feeding, breeding and herd man- 
agement, designed for advanced students in dairy husbandry. (Cairns.) 

Dairy 105. Dairy Breeds and Breeding (2) — First semester. Prerequi- 
sites, Dairy 1, Zool. 104, A. H. 120. 

A study of the historical background; characteristics, prominent blood 
lines; noted families and individuals of the major dairy breeds. A survey 
of breeding systems; genetic and environmental factors as applied to dairy 
cattle. The use of the pedigree, various indices, herd and production records 
in selection and formulating breeding programs. (Cairns.) 

Dairy 120, 121. Dairy Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites, students majoring in dairy production Dairy 1, 101; students 
majoring in dairy manufacturing Dairy 1, 108. 

Presentation and discussion of current literature and research work in 
dairying. (Cairns.) 

Dairy 114. Special Laboratory Methods (4) — Second semester. Two lec- 
tures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, 108, Bact. 
1, 133, Chem. 1, 3, 19, 31, 32, 33, 34. 

Application of analytical methods to milk, milk products and milk con- 
stituents. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Gould, Johnson.) 

Dairy 115. Dairy Inspection (2) — First semester. One lecture and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, 109. 

Study and interpretation of dairy ordinances and standards; application to 
farm and plant inspection. ( .) 

Dairy 116. Dairy Plant Management (4) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, at least three advanced 
dairy products technology courses. 

Principles of dairy plant management, record systems; personnel, plant 
design and construction; dairy machinery and equipment. ( .) 

Dairy 124. Special Problems in Dairying (2-4) — Fiist and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisites, students majoring in dairy husbandry, Dairy 1, 101; 
students majoring in dairy products technology, Dairy 1, 108, 109. Credit 
in accordance with the amount and character of work done. 

Special problems which relate specifically to the work the student is 
pursuing will be assigned. (Staff.) 

For Graduates 

Dairy 201. Advanced Dairy Production (3) — First semester. Prerequi- 
site, Dairy 101 or equivalent. 

A study of the newer discoveries in animal nutrition, breeding, and 
management. Readings and assignments. (Cairns.) 



258 DAIRY PRODUCTS TECHNOLOGY 

Dairy 202. Advanced Dairy Technology (3) — First semester. Prerequi- 
site, Dairy 108, 114 or equivalent. 

Milk and milk products from physico-chemical and bio-chemical points 
of vieM^, with attention directed to hydrogen ion concentration, electrometric 
titration, oxidation-reduction, electrometric conductivity, buffer system of 
milk, milk enzymes. (Gould.) 

Dairy 204. Methods of Dairy Research (1-5) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, permission of Professor in charge of work. Credit in accord- 
ance with the amount and character of work done. 

Methods of conducting dairy research and the presentation of results 
are stressed. A research problem which relates specifically to the work the 
student is pursuing will be assigned. (Staff.) 

IJ. DAIRY PRODUCTS TECHNOLOGY 

Dairy 40. Grading Dairy Products (1) — Second semester. One laboratory 
period a week. 

Market grades and the judging of milk, butter, cheese, and ice cream. 
Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Dairy 41. Advanced Grading of Dairy Products (1) — First semester. 
Prerequisite, Dairy 40. 

An advanced course in grading and judging of milk, butter, cheese, and 
ice cream. Open to students who participate in training for intercollegiate 
dairy products judging contests. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Dairy 108. Dairy Technology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and 
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Bact. 133, Chem. 1, 3. 

Composition standards for milk and milk products, critical interpretation 
and application of practical factory methods of analyses for fat and solids; 
quality tests. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Gould, Johnson.) 

Dairy 109. Market Milk (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Bact. 1, 133, Chem. 1, 3. 

Commercial aspects of the market milk industry relating to transportation, 
processing, and distribution; operation of a market milk plant; quality 
problems; chocolate milk, buttermilk and cottage cheese. Laboratory fee, 
$3.00. (Gould, Johnson.) 

Dairy 110. Butter and Cheese Making (4) — Second semester. Two lec- 
tures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Bact. 1, 
Chem. 1, 3. (Alternate years, given in 1948-49.) 

Commercial methods of manufacturing butter and cheese. Consideration 
is given to the physical, chemical, and biological factors involved; procedures 
of manufacture; quality control. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Larsen.) 



DRAMATIC ART. DRAWING, ECONOMICS 25'J 

Dairy 111. Concentrated Milk Products (2) — Second semester. One lec- 
ture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, 108, 114. 
(Alternate years, not given in 1948-49.) 

Theories and practice of manufacturing condensed and evaporated milk 
and milk powder; plant processes; quality factors; utilization. Laboratory 
fee, $;}.00. (Larsen.) 

Dairy 112. Ice cream Making (4) — First semester. Two lectures and 
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Dairy, 1, 108, 114. 

The ice cream industry; commercial methods of manufacturing ice cream; 
fundamental principles ;ingredients; controlling quality. Laboratory fee, 
$3.00. (Larsen.) 

Dairy 205. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 
Assigned readings on current literature on timely topics; preparation and 
presentation of reports for classroom discussion. (Staff.) 

Dairy 208. Research (3-8) — First and second semesters. Credit to be 
determined by the amount and quality of work done. 

Original investigation by the student of some subject assigned by the 
Major Professor, the completion of the assignment and the preparation of 
a thesis in accordance with requirements for an advanced degree. (Staff.) 

DRAMATIC ART 

(See page 373) 

DRAWING 

Dr. 1, 2. Engineering Drawing (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Two 
laboratories a week. Required of engineering freshmen. 

Lettering, use of instruments, orthographic projection, auxiliary views, 
revolution, sections, pictorial representation, dimensioning, fasteners, and 
technical sketching. 

Dr. 3. Advanced Engineering Drawing (2) — First semester. Two labora- 
tories a week. Required of sophomores in Aeronautical, Civil, and Mechani- 
cal Engineering. Prerequisite Dr. 1 and Dr. 2. 

Descriptive geometry with applications to drafting room problems. Work- 
ing drawing and perspective. 

ECONOMICS 

Professors Ratzlaff, Dillard, and Gruchy; Assistant Professor J. Sylvester; 
Instructors Cole, Coogan, Debuque, McNaughton, and Palmer. 

Econ. 4, 5. Economic Developments (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Freshman requirements in Business Administration Curriculums. 

An introduction to modern economic institutions — their origins, develop- 
ment, and present status. Commercial revolution, industrial revolution, and 
age of mass production. Emphasis on developments in England, Western 
Europe and the United States. 



2B0 ECONOMICS 

Econ. 31, 32. Principles of Economics (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, sopohomore standing. Required in the Business Administra- 
tion Curriculums. 

A general analysis of the functioning of the economic system. A con- 
siderable portion of the course is devoted to a study of basic concepts and 
explanatory principles. The remainder deals with the major problems of 
the economic system. 

Econ. 37. Fundamentals of Economics (3) — First and second semesters. 
Not open to students who have credit in Econ. 31, and 32. Not open to 
freshmen. 

A survey study of the general principles underlying economic activity. 
Designed to meet the needs of special technical groups such as students of 
Engineering, Home Economics, Agriculture and others who are unable to 
take the more complete course provided in Economics 31 and 32. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Econ. 130. Economics of Consumption (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

The place of the consumer in our economic system. An analysis of 
demand for consumer goods. The need for consumer consciousness and a 
technique of consumption. Cooperative and governmental agencies for 
consumers. Special problems. 

Econ. 131. Comparative Economic Systems (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

An investigation of the theory and practice of various types of economic 
systems. The course begins with an examination and evaluation of the 
capitalistic system, and is followed by an analysis of alternative types of 
economic systems such as fascism, socialism, and communism. 

Econ. 132. Advanced Economic Principles (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 32. 

This course is an analysis of price and distribution theory with special 
attention being paid to recent developments in the theory of imperfect 
competition. 

Econ. 134. Contemporary Economic Thought (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, Econ. 32. 

A survey of recent trends in American, English, and Continental Eco- 
nomic thought with special attention being given to the work of such 
economists as W. C. Mitchell, J. R. Commons, T. Veblen, W. Sombart, J. A. 
Hobson and other contributors to the development of economic thought 
since 1900. 

Econ. 135. Economic Institutions and War (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 



ECONOMICS 261 

An analysis of the economic causes and problems of war. Industrial 
mobilization, theory and techniques of price control; war finance, inter- 
national trade and foreign exchange controls; and the problems of readjust- 
ment in a post-war economy. 

Econ. 136. International Economic Policies and Relations (3) — First 
semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. Econ. 131 recommended. 

This course surveys and analyzes the basic economic, social and political 
factors that influence governments in the determination of their economic 
policies and practices in their relationship with other nations. 

Econ. 137. Economic Planning and Post-war Problems (3) — Second 
semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. Econ. 131 recommended. 

An analysis of the theory and practice of economic planning in the 
United States and other countries, and an investigation of the relation of 
economic planning to postwar economic problems and the stabilization of 
economic enterprise. 

Econ. 140. Money and Banking (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 
32 or 37. 

A study of the nature, functions, and operations of our financial organ- 
ization, money and credit, commercial banking, domestic and foreign ex- 
change, federal reserve system, non-commercial banking institutions, and 
recent financial developments. 

Econ. 141. Theory of Money, Credit, and Prices (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisites, Econ. 32 and 140. 

A study of recent developments in the theory of money and credit, of 
domestic and international price problems, and of monetary and credit 
policies in their relation to the problem of full employment. 

Econ. 142. Public Finance and Taxation (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

A study of government fiscal policy in regard to the nature of public 
expenditures, sources of public revenue, the tax system, the public debt, 
and government budgets. 

Econ. 149, International Finance and Exchange (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, Econ. 140, Econ. 141 recommended. 

This course considers the theory and practice of international finance and 
exchange. The increased importance of public authority in foreign trade, 
international policies, and finance is given due emphasis. 

Econ. 150. Marketing Principles and Organization (3) — First semester. 
Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

This is an introductory course in the field of marketing. Its purpose is 
to give a general understanding and appreciation of the forces operating, 
institutions employed, and methods followed in marketing agricultural prod- 
ucts, natural products, services, and manufactured goods. 



262 ECONOMICS 

Econ. 151. Economics of Cooperatives (2) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

Analysis of and contrast between economic problems and contributions of 
cooperative and other types of business organizations; the significance of 
cooperation in the free enterprise system. Nominal fees are collected to 
cover the expense of occasional field trips. 

Econ. 160. Labor Economics (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 
or 37. 

The historical development and chief characteristics of the American labor 
movement are first surveyed. Present day problems are then examined in 
detail: wage theories, unemployment, social security, labor organization, 
collective bargaining. 

Econ. 161. Government and Social Security (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, G. & P. 4, Econ. 32. 

An analysis of the Federal Social Security Act with special emphasis upon 
the background, purposes, administration, and deficiencies. Attention will 
be given also to employment assurance and relief agencies and policies, 
and to the efforts of European countries and the 48 states to provide a 
greater measure of security. 

Econ. 170. Monopoly and Competition (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

Growth of large-scale production, development of industrial combinations, 
the economies of vertical and horizontal combination, the anti-trust acts, 
and some conclusions as to policy in relation to competition and monopoly. 
Problems of small business. 

Econ. 171. Economics of American Industry (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

A study of the technology, economics and geography of twenty repre- 
sentative American industries. 

For Graduates 

Econ, 230. History of Economic Thought (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 132. 

A study of the development of economic thought and theories including 
the Greeks, Romans, canonists, mercantilists, physiocrats, Adam Smith, 
Malthus, Ricardo. Relation of ideas to economic policy. 

Econ. 231. Economic Theory in the Nineteenth Century (3) — Second 

semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 230 or consent of the instructor. 

A study of various nineteenth and twentieth century schools of economic 
thought, particularly the classicists, neo-classicists, Austrians, German his- 
torical school, American economic thought, and the socialists. 

Econ. 235. Seminar in International Economic Relations (3) — (Arranged.) 
A study of selected problems in International Economic Relations. 



EDUCATION 263 

Econ. 237, 238. Seminar in Economic Investigation (3,3) — First and 
second semesters. 

Econ. 240. Comparative Banking Systems (3) — Second semester. 

Econ. 212. Research in Governmental Fiscal Policies and Practices (3) — 

(Arranged.) 

Individual research under faculty guidance of special problems in the 
field of government finance and taxation. 

Econ. 270. Seminar in Economics and Geography of American Indus- 
tries (3) — arranged. 

Econ. 299. Thesis — arranged. 

EDUCATION 

Academic Education, see page 145. 

Agricultural Education, see pages 69, 219. 

Art Education, see page 148. 

Business Education, see pages 149, 243. 

Dental Education, see page 151. 

Elementary Education, see page 152. 

Health Education, see page 295. 

Home Economics Education, see pages 153, 303. 

Industrial Education, see pages 156, 311. 

Nursery School Education, see pages 143, 154. 

Nursing Education, see page 425. 

Physical Education for Men, see pages 186, 346. 

Physical Education for Women, see pages 186, 346. 

Recreation Education, see pages 193, 366. 

EDUCATION 

Professors Benjamin, Benton, Brechbill, Brown, Burnett, Gipe, Hornbake, 
McNaughton, Prescott, Schindler; Associate Professors Meshke, Morgan, 
Newell, Patrick, Wiggin, Wall, Woods; Assistant Professors Bryan, Mer- 
shon, Winn; Instructors Drazek, Maley, Whitney. 

Courses Primarily for Freshmen and Sophomores 

Ed. 2. Introduction to Education (2) — First and second semesters. Re- 
quired of freshmen in Education and recommended for other freshmen who 
are interested in teaching. Open to freshmen only. 

An exploratory or guidance course designed to help students choose 
wisely in their preparation for the teaching profession. Types of positions, 
teacher supply and demand, favorable and unfavorable aspects of teaching, 
and types of personal and professional competence required of teachers are 
among the topics included. The testing and observational program of the 
College of Education is begun in this course. Fee, $1.00. 



264 EDUCATION 

Ed. 3. Educational Forum (1) — First and second semesters. Required 
of sophomores in the College of Education. 

In this course the prospective teacher is introduced in a variety of ways 
to problems and processes of education around which much of the work in 
later professional courses will be centered. Guidance is stressed. Open to 
sophomores only. 

Ed. 4. Reading Clinic (2) — Second semester. 

This course is intended for anyone wishing to improve reading and study 
skills. Reading exercises are provided to improve rate of comprehension 
and organization of ideas. Testing and diagnosis precede instruction. 
Fee, $1.00. (Schindler.) 

Ed. 52. Children's Literature (2) — Second semester and summer session. 
Prerequisite, English 1, 2. (Bryan.) 

A study of literary values in prose and verse for children. 
Ed. 91. Conservation of Natural Resources (3) — First semester. 

This course, which is given in collaboration with the State Department 
of Research and Education, is designed to acquaint students with the neces- 
sity, means, and methods of protecting the soil, animals, plants, and mineral 
resources of the State and Nation. Credit for it is accepted as part of the 
science requirement of students in the College of Education. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 
Ed. 100. History of Education I (2) — First semester. 
A study of educational institutions and thought through the ancient, 
mediaeval, and early modern periods. (Benjamin.) 

Ed. 101 History of Education II (2) — Second semester. 

Emphasis is placed on the post-Renaissance periods. (Benjamin.) 

Ed. 102. History of Education in the United States (2) — Summer ses- 
sion. 

A study of the origins and development of the chief features of the 
present system of education in the United States. 

Ed. 105. Comparative Education — European (2) — Second semester. 

A study of national systems of education with the primary purpose of 
discovering their characteristic differences and formulating criteria for 
judging their worth. (Benjamin.) 

Ed. 106. Comparative Education — Latin American (2) — First Semester. 

This course is a continuation of ED. 105, with emphasis upon the national 

educational systems of the Western Hemisphere. (Benjamin.) 

Ed. 107. Philosophy of Education I (2) 

A study of the great educational philosophers and their contributions to 
modern education. Earlier periods. 



EDUCATION 265 

Ed. 108. Philosophy of Educalion II (2) 

Systems of thought affecting the development of education with emphasis 
on recent periods and the United States. 

Ed. 110. The Teacher and School Administration (2) 

This course is designed to acquaint the classroom teacher with the general 
field of school administration. It considers the relationships of the teacher 
to the several administrative and supervisory officials and services in the 
system, with emphasis on the teacher's role in the organization. 

Ed. 121. The Language Arts in the Elementary School (2) 

This course is concerned with present trends in the teaching of reading, 
spelling, handwriting, written and oral language, and creative expression. 
Special emphasis is given to the use of the skills in meaningful situations 
having real significance to the pupils. 

Ed. 122. The Social Studies in the Elementary School (2) 

The emphasis in this course is on pupil growth through social experi- 
ences. Consideration is given to the utilization of environmental resources, 
curriculum, organization and methods of teaching, and evaluation of newer 
methods and materials in the field. 

Ed. 126. The Elementary School Curriculum (2) 

A study of important developments in elementary education with par- 
ticular attention to methods and materials which may be used to improve 
the development of pupils in elementary schools. Problems which are 
encountered in day-to-day teaching situations receive much attention. 

Ed. 130. Theory of the Junior High School (2) — Second semester. 

This course gives a general overview of the junior high school. It includes 
consideration of the purposes, functions, and characteristics of this school 
unit; a study of its population, organization, program of studies, methods, 
staff, and other similar topics, together with their implications for pros- 
pective teachers. (Newell.) 

Ed. 131, Theory of the Senior High School (2) — Second semester. 

The secondary school population; the school as an instrument of society; 
relation of the secondary school to other schools; aims of secondary educa- 
tion; curriculum and methods; extra-curricular activities; guidance and 
placement; teacher certification and employment in Maryland and the 
District of Columbia. This course is somewhat more general than Ed. 130. 

(Newell.) 

Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3) — Second semester. 

This course is offered in separate sections for the various subject matter 
areas, namely, English, social studies, foreign language, science, mathe- 
matics, art education, business education, industrial education, and physical 
education. Registration cards must include the subject-matter area as well 
as the name and number of the course. Graduate credit is allowed only by 
special arrangement. (Staff.) 



266 EDUCATION 

In each section the objectives, selection and organization of subject matter, 
appropriate methods, lesson plans, textbooks, and other instructional ma- 
terials, measurement, and other topics pertinent to the particular subject 
matter area are treated. 

Twenty periods of observation, 

Ed. 141. High School Course of Study-English (2) — First semester. 

This course is concerned with the selection and organization of content 
for English classes in secondary schools. Subject matter is analyzed to 
clarify controversial elements of form, style, and usage. (Bryan.) 

Ed, 142. High School Course of Study-Literature (2) — Second semester. 

Literature adapted to the various grade levels of junior and senior high 

schools is studied. (Bryan.) 

Ed. 143, Methods and Practice of Teaching (5) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, Ed. 140, grade point average of 2.275, and approval of 
faculty. Undergraduate credit only. 

This course is identical with Ed. 149 except that the time spent in the 
high school consists of three half days per week throughout the semester. 
It is open only to physical education majors. (Brechbill, Burnett, and Staff.) 

Ed. 144, Materials and Procedure for the Junior High School Core 
Curriculum (2) 

This course is designed to bring practical suggestions to teachers who 
are in charge of core classes in junior high schools. Materials and teaching 
procedures for specific units of work are stressed. 

Ed. 145, Principles of High School Teaching (2), 

The class sessions of Ed. 149 but with no student teaching. (Brechbill.) 

Ed. 146, The Teaching of Physics (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one three-hour laboratory period a week. 

This course is designed to acquaint the student with classroom and labora- 
tory teaching of Physics. 

Lecture demonstration and laboratory fee, $6.00, (R. Morgan.) 

Ed. 147. Audio-Visual Education (2) — First semester. 
Sensory impressions in their relation to learning; projection apparatus, 
its cost and operation; slides, film-strips, and films; physical principles 
underlying projection; auditory aids to instruction; field trips; pictures, 
models, and graphic materials; integration of sensory aids with organized 
instruction. Fee, $1.00. (Brechbill.) 

Ed. 148. Methods and Practice of Teaching (4) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Ed. 140, grade-point average of 2.275, and approval 
of faculty. Undergraduate credit only. 

Forty-five periods of observation, participation, and teaching in a high 
school class under the direction of the regular teacher and the university 



EDUCATION 267 

adviser. Two hours of class sessions weekly, identical with those of Ed. 
149, are included. 

Students should arrange their university schedules so as to allow ample 
time for the student teaching assignment. Application forms for this 
course, properly filled in, must be submitted to the Director of Student 
Teaching not later than the time of registration, preferal)ly earlier. 

(Brechbill and Staff.) 

Ed. 149. Methods and Practice of Teaching (9) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, Ed. 140, grade-point average of 2.275, and approval of 
faculty. Undergraduate credit only. 

Students who register in this course serve as apprentice teachers in the 
schools to which they are assigned. One-half of each school day for not 
less than 15 weeks is devoted to this work, which is carried on under the 
direction of one or two teachers in the school and of the university adviser. 
Opportunity is afforded for experience in connection with school activities, 
guidance, reports, records, and other phases of school life as well as class- 
room teaching. Two hours weekly of class sessions are included in which 
study is made of the principles and methods of teaching. 

Application forms for this course, properly filled in, must be submitted 
to the Director of Student Teaching not less than thirty days before 
registration. (Brechbill and Staff.) 

Ed. 150. Educational Measurement (2) — First semester. 

A study of tests and examinations with emphasis upon their construction 
and use. Types of tests; purposes of testing; elementary statistical con- 
cepts and processes used in summarizing and analyzing test results; school 
marks. (Brechbill.) 

Ed. 151. Remedial Reading Instruction (2) — First semester. 

Causes for reading disabilities; diagnostic techniques; and corrective 
methods are studied. Instructional materials are evaluated. The course is 
designed for both elementary and secondary school teachers. (Schindler.) 

Ed. 152. The Adolescent: Characteristics and Problems (2) — Second 
semester. 

This course deals with the intellectual, emotional, social, and vocational 
problems which arise in the transitional period between childhood and 
adulthood, the secondary school period. 

Ed. 153. The Improvement of Reading (2) 

This course is intended for teachers working at the intermediate and 
secondary school levels. Attention is given to the teaching of reading in 
different school subjects, the selection of reading materials, the study of 
individuals with reference to causes of reading deficiencies, types of reading 
lessons, and certain elements of psychology essential to intelligent con- 
sideration of problems in this field. (Schindler.) 



2G8 EDUCATION 

Ed. 155. Child Development and Guidance in the Elementary School 

(2) — First semester. 

This course is concerned with (1) the characteristics of elementary school 
children and (2) their implications for teachers. It includes the following 
areas: significant characteristics of physical growth; factors which influence 
social, emotional, and intellectual development; how to gain a more ade- 
quate understanding of individuals; utilizing and modifying home influ- 
ences; basic personality needs of children; how to work with children, 
including desirable pupil-teacher relationships. (Schindler.) 

Ed. 158. (See H. E. Ed. 110, page 36.) 

Ed. 160. Educational Sociology — Introductory (2) — First semester. 

This course deals with data of the social sciences which are germane to 
the work of teachers. Consideration is given to implications of democratic 
ideology for educational endeavor, educational tasks imposed by changes 
in population and technological trends, the welfare status of pupils, the 
socio-economic attitudes of individuals who control the schools, and other 
elements of community background which have significance in relation 
to schools. (Schindler.) 

Ed. 161. Guidance in Secondary Schools (2) — First semester. 

This course is primarily designed for the classroom teacher in terms of 
the day-by-day demands made upon him as a teacher in the guidance of 
the youth in his classes and in the extra-class activities which he sponsors. 
The stress is upon usable matei'ials and upon practical common-sense guid- 
ance procedures of demonstrated workability. (Schindler.) 

Ed. 170. Introduction to Special Education (2) 

This course is designed to give teachers, principals, attendance workers, 
and supervisors an understanding of the needs of all types of exceptional 
children. Preventive and remedial measures are stressed. 

Ed. 171. Education of Retarded and Slow-Learning Children (2) 

A study of retarded and slow-learning children, including discovery, analy- 
sis of causes, testing techniques, case studies, and remedial educational 
measures. 

Ed. 183. Recent Trends in Curriculum and Methods in the Elementary 
School (2) 

Emphasis in this course will be placed on recent trends in elementary 
education, newer instructional practices and classroom procedures, organ- 
ization of learning experiences, and modern techniques of evaluation. New 
methods and materials will be critically evaluated. Opportunity for the 
study and discussion of individual problems will be given. 

Ed. 191. Principles of Adult Education (2) 

The course includes a study of adult educational agencies, both formal and 
informal, with special reference to the development of adult education in the 



EDUCATION 269 

United States, the interests and abilities of adults, and the techniques of 
adult learning. Emphasis is laid on practical aids for teachers of various 
types of adult groups. (Wiggin.) 

For Graduates 

Ed. 205. Seminar in Comparative Education (2) — Second semester. 

(Benjamin.) 

Ed. 207. Seminar in Philosophy of Education (2) 

Ed. 209. Seminar in History of Education (2) — Second semester. 

Ed. 210. The Organization and Administration of Public Education (2) 

— Second semester. 

The basic course in school administration. The course deals with the 
organization and administration of school systems — at the local, state, and 
federal levels; and with the administrative relationships involved. (Newell.) 

Ed. 211. The Organization, Administration, and Supervision of Secondary 
Schools (2) — First Semester. 

The work of the secondary school principal. The course includes topics 
such as personnel problems, supervision, school-community relationships, 
student activities, schedule making, and internal financial accounting. 

(Newell.) 

Ed. 212. School Finance and Business Administration (2) 

Public financing designed to provide improved educational opportunities. 
Among the topics considered are: basic principles of school finance; implica- 
tions of organization and control; financing by the local board of education 
including local taxation, budgeting, purchase of supplies and equipment, and 
financial accounting; state grants for education; federal financing of educa- 
tion; and trends in public taxation. (Newell.) 

Ed. 213. Administration and Teaching in Junior High School (2) 

This course is concerned with presistent problems and related adminis- 
trative organization and policy. It is designed for teachers and administra- 
tors. Emphasis is placed on ways and means whereby junior high shcools 
may realize their functions fully. 

Ed. 214. School Buildings and Equipment (2) 

This course emphasizes the selection and development of school sites, the 
planning and construction of school buildings, the selection and procure- 
ment of school furniture and equipment, and the administration of school 
plant programs. 

Ed. 215. Public Education in Maryland (2) 

A study of Maryland Public School system with special reference to school 
law. 

Ed. 216. High School Supervision (2) 



270 EDUCATION 

This course deals with recent trends in supervision; the nature and func- 
tion of supervision; planning supervisory programs; evaluation and rating; 
participation of teachers and other groups in policy development; school 
workshops; and other means for the improvement of instruction. Prerequi- 
site, teaching experience. Fee, $1.00. (Newell.) 

Ed. 217. Administration and Supervision in Elementary Schools (2) — 

Summer Session. 

A study of the problems connected with organizing and operating elemen- 
tary schools and directing instruction. 

Ed. 218. School Surveys (2-6) — First and second semesters. 

This course includes study of school surveys with emphasis on problems 
of school organization and administration, finance and school plant planning. 
Field work in school surveys is required in this course. (Newell.) 

Ed. 219, Seminar in School Administration (2) — First semester. 

(Newell). 
Ed. 220. Pupil Transportation (2) 

This course includes consideration of the organization and administration 
of state, country, and district pupil transportation service with emphasis on 
safety and economy. The planning gf bus routes; the selection and training 
of bus drivers, and maintenance mechanics; the specification of school buses; 
and procurement procedures are included in this course. 

Ed. 221. Functional School Plant Planning (2) 

This is an advanced course in school plant planning problems. Emphasis 
is given to analysis of the educational program and planning of physical 
facilities to accommodate that program. Ed. 214 is a prerequisite to this 
course. However, students with necessary background may be admitted 
without completion of Ed, 214. 

Ed. 222. Seminar in Supervision (2) — Prerequisite, Ed, 216, Prerequisite 
may be waived upon approval of the instructor, (Newell.) 

Ed. 223. Practicum in Personnel Relationships (2-6) 

Study of personnel relationships. Opportunities are provided for students 
to work with groups of laymen or school staff members on local school 
problems. (Newell.) 

Ed. 224. Internship in School Administration (12-16) 

Internships in administration or supervision may be provided for a few 
students who have had teaching experience. The intern will be assigned to 
assist a principal, supervisor, or some other staff member in a school or 
school system. In addition to the experience in the school situation, a pro- 
gi'am of studies will be planned by the intern, the appropriate member of 
the school staff, and the sponsor from the university. The sponsor will 
maintain a close working relationship with the intern and the other persons 
involved. 



EDUCATION 271 

Ed. 229. Seminar in Elementary Education (2) 
Ed. 232. Student Activities in the High School (2) 

This course offers a consideration of the problems connected with the 
so-called "extra-curricular" activities of the present-day high school. Spe- 
cial consideration will be given to (1) philosophical bases, (2) aims, (3) 
organization, and (4) supervision of student activities such as student coun- 
cil, school publications, musical organizations, dramatics, assemblies, and 
clubs. Present practices and current trends will be evaluated. 

Ed. 236. Curriculum Development in the Secondary School (2) 

Ed. 239. Seminar in Secondary Education (2) — First semester. 

Ed. 244. Applications of Theory and Research to Elementary School 
Teaching (2) — Second semester. ^ 

Implications of experimental practices, the proposals of eminent writers, 
and the results of research for the improvement of teaching in elementary 
schools. (Schindler.) 

Ed. 245. Applications of Theory and Research to High School Teaching 

(2) — Second semester and summer session. 

Implications of experimental practices, the proposals of eminent writers 
and the results of research for the improvement of teaching on the sec- 
ondary level. (Brechbill.) 

Ed. 247. Seminar in Science Education (2) 

Ed. 248. Seminar in Vocational Education (2) — First semester. 

(Hornbake.) 
Ed. 250. Analysis of the Individual (2) 

This course is concerned with the selection and administration of tests and 
inventories. Interpretation and use of data are stressed. 

Ed. 261. Counseling Techniques (2) 

This course deals with the various specialized techniques, procedures, and 
materials utilized by guidance specialists in the schools. 

Ed. 262. Occupational Information (2) — Second semester. 

This course is designed to give counsellors, teachers of social studies, 
school librarians, and other workers in the field of guidance and education 
a background of educational and occupational information which is basic 
for counseling and teaching. 

Ed. 268. Seminar in Educational Sociology (2)— Second semester. 

(Schindler.) 

Ed. 269. Seminar in Guidance (2) — First semester. 

Ed. 278. Seminar in Special Education (2) 

Ed. 279. Seminar in Adult Education (2) — First semester. 



272 EDUCATION; ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 

Ed. 280. Research Methods and Materials in Education (2) — First se- 
mester. 

A study of research in education, the sources of information and tech- 
niques available, and approved form and style in the preparation of research 
reports and theses. (Meshke.) 

Ed. 281. Source Materials in Education (2) — Second semester. 

A course based on the text and work-book by Carter Alexander, "How to 
Locate Educational Information and Data." The work involves attendance 
at class for one hour with two additional hours of work in the library. 
Especially valuable for students interested in research. (Meshke.) 

Ed. 289. Research (1-6). 

Students who desire credit for thesis work should use this number. Regis- 
tration for this purpose should be as follows: "Educ. 289 — Thesis." 

Students who desire credit on a research project not intended for a thesis 
should also use this number. Registration for this purpose should be as 
follows: "Educ. 289 — Research Problem: Brief statement of the Problem." 

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 

Professors Corcoran and Reed; Lecturer Davies; Associate Professors 

Hodgins, Wagner, and Small; Assistant Professor Witkowski; Instructors, 

Baxter, Stuntz, and Beam. 

E. E. 1. Electrical Engineering Fundamentals (4) — Second semester. 
Three lectures and one laboratory period. Prerequisites, concurrent regis- 
tration in Math. 21 and Phys. 21. Required of sophomores in electrical 
engineering. 

Basic concepts of electrostatics, circuit analysis, and electro-magnetism. 
Electric circuit and magnetic circuit experiments. Basic techniques em- 
ployed in electrical measurements. (Witkowski and Baxter.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

E. E. 50. Principles of Electrical Engineering (3) — Second semester. 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 20, 21; 
Math. 20, 21. Required of juniors in civil engineering. 

Fundamentals of direct-current and alternating-current machinery; appli- 
cation of machines for specific duties; operating characteristics of genera- 
tors, motors, and transformers. (Small.) 

E. E. 51, 52. Principles of Electrical Engineering (4, 4) — First and 
second semesters. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisites, Phys. 20, 21; Math. 20, 21. Required of juniors in aeronautical, 
chemical and mechanical engineering. 

Study of elementary direct-current and alternating-current circuit charac- 
teristics. Principles of construction and operation of direct- and alternating- 
current machinery. Experiments on the operation and characteristics of 
generators, motors, transformers, and control equipment. (Small.) 



ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 273 

E. E. 60. Electricity and Magnetism (4) — First semester. Prerequisites, 
Math. 21, Phys. 21, and E. E. 1. Required of juniors in electrical engi- 
neering. 

Electrostatics applied to capacitance calculations, electrochemistry, mag- 
netism, and elementary transient phenomena in electrical systems. (Reed.) 

E. E. 65. Direct Current Machinery (4) — Second semester. Three lec- 
tures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 60. Required 
of juniors in electrical engineering. 

Construction, theory of operation, and performance characteristics of 
direct-current generators, motors, and control apparatus. Experiments on 
the operation and characteristics of direct-current generators and motors. 

(Hodgins.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

E. E. 100. Alternating-Current Circuits (6) — First semester. Five lec- 
tures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 20, 21; Math. 
20, 21. Required of juniors in electrical engineering. 

Single- and poljrphase-circult analysis under sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal 
conditions of operation. Harmonic analysis by the Fourier series method. 
Theory and operation of mutually-coupled circuits. Elementary symmetrical 
components. (Hodgins.) 

E. E. 101. Engineering Electronics (6) — Second semester. Five lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 100. Required of 
juniors in electrical engineering. 

Theory and applications of electron tubes and associated circuits with em- 
phasis on equivalent circuit analysis of audio amplifiers, reactance tubes, 
feedback amplifiers, and oscillators. (Corcoran.) 

E. E. 102, 103. Alternating Current Machinery (4, 4) — First and second 
semesters. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, 
E. E. 65 and E. E. 100. Required of seniors in electrical engineering. 

The operating principles of alternating-current machinery considered 
from theoretical, design, and laboratory points of view. Synchronous 
generators and motors; single and polyphase transformers; three-phase 
induction generators and motors; single phase induction motors; rotary 
converters and mercury-arc rectifiers. (Hodgins.) 

E. E. 104. Communication Networks (3) — Second semester. Prere- 
quisite, E. E. 100. Required of juniors in electrical engineering. 

Calculation of transmission-line inductance and capacitance and high- 
frequency resistance of electrical conductors. Long-line theory applied to 
telephone circuits and to ultra-high-frequency systems. Elements of filter 
theory and wave guide theory. (Reed.) 



274 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 

E. E. 105, 106. Radio Engineering (4, 4) — First and second semesters. 
Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 101. 
Required of seniors in electrical engineering. 

Principles of radio communication from both theoretical and laboratory 
points of view. Amplification, oscillation, modulation, and detection, with 
particular emphasis on radio frequency amplication and broadcast-range 
reception. Elements of wave propagation and antenna systems. (Wagner.) 

E. E. 108. Electric Transients (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
E. E. 101. Senior elective. 

Current, voltage, and power transients in lumped-parameter networks. 
Transient phenomena in sweep circuits and inverters. Starting transients 
in transformers and short-circuit multi-vibrators transients in alternators 
with oscillographic demonstrations. Elements of square-wave testing. 

(Reed.) 

E. E. 109. Principles of Radar (3) — Second semester. Three lectures a 
week. Prerequisite, E. E. 105. 

Elements of wave propagation, wave-guide transmission, u-h-f transmis- 
sion lines, and high-frequency oscillators. (Wagner.) 

E. E. 113. Electric Railways (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, E. E. 
65, senior elective. 

Mechanics of train motion. Application of electrical equipment to trans- 
portation. Construction and operation of control apparatus used in different 
fields of electrical transportation such as urban railways, trunk line rail- 
ways, trolley busses and diesel-electrical equipment. Power requirements, 
distribution systems and signal systems. (Hodgins.) 

E. E. 114. Applied Electronics (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, E. E. 
101. 

Analysis of gas tubes and associated circuits. Controlled rectifiers, power 
switching, electronic inversion of electric power, and industrial control cir- 
cuits. Some time is devoted to problems in design of electronic apparatus 
with pertinent laboratory demonstrations. (Wagner.) 

E. E. 116. Alternating-Current Machinery Design (3) — Second semester. 
Two lectures and one calculation period a week. Concurrent registration 
in E. E. 103. 

Numerical design of transformers, synchronous machines, and induction 
machines. (Reed.) 

E. E. 117. Transmission and Distribution (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, concurrent registration in E. E. 102. 

Inductance and capacitance calculations of polyphase lines on a per-wire 
basis. Generalized parameters of four-terminal networks and long-line 
theory applied to power systems. Use of transmission line charts. 

(Reed.) 



ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 275 



For Graduates 



E. E. 200, 201. Symmetrical Components (3,3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, E. E. 103. 

Application of the method of symmetrical components to synchronous 
generators, transmission lines, transformers, static loads possessing mutual 
coupling, and induction motor loads. Methods of measuring positive, nega- 
tive, and zero sequence reactance of synchronous generators and methods of 
calculating those component reactances of transmission lines. Complete 
network solution in terms of symmetrical components and comparison of 
those solutions v^^ith those obtained by classical methods. (Reed.) 

E. E. 202, 203. Operational Circuit Analysis (3, 3)— First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, undergraduate major in either electrical engineer- 
ing or physics. 

Transient analysis of electrical and mechanical systems l?y the Laplace 
transform method. The correlation of Laplace transforms and Heaviside 
operators is made in a sufficiently large number of cases to acquaint the 
student with the Heaviside method of analysis. (Trent, Wagner.) 

E. E. 204, 205. Advanced Circuit Analysis (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisites, undergraduate major in either physics or elec- 
trical engineering. 

Advanced analysis and synthesis of networks covering such subjects as 
the characteristics of four-terminal networks, Foster's reactance theorem 
and its extension, Bartlett's theorem, energy functions, filter theory, and 
corrective networks. (Trent, Corcoran.) 

E. E. 206, 207. Ultra-High-Frequency Techniques (3, 3) — First and sec- 
ond semesters. Three lectures a week first semester and two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week second semester. Prerequisite, E. E. 106. 

Field theory and applications which are pertinent to radio engineering. 

Theoretical and experimental studies of ultra-high-frequency oscillators, 
detectors, wave guides, transmission lines, and antenna arrays. Most of 
the experimental work is performed at 200 megacycles and at 3000 mega- 
cycles. (Weber, Wagner.) 

E. E. 210, 211. Advanced Radio Engineering (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, E. E. 106, or equivalent. 

Theory of radio-frequency amplification, oscillation, modulation, and de- 
tection, including both amplitude-modulation systems and frequency modu- 
lation systems. Broadcast antenna systems and theory of radio frequency 
measurements. (Davies.) 

E. E. 212, 213. Automatic Regulation (3, 3) — Three lectures a week, 
first and second semesters. Prerequisite, undergraduate major in electrical 
engineering, mechanical engineering, or physics. 



276 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING; ENGINEERING 

The design and analysis of regulatory systems, emphasizing servomech- 
aiiisms. Regulatory systems are analyzed first by means of the governing 
differential equations to provide background for more practical studies of 
frequency spectrum analysis. Characteristics of actual systems and prac- 
tical considerations are studied. (Ahrendt.) 

E. E. 215, 216 — Radio Wave Propagation (3. 3)— Three lectures a week, 
first and second semesters. Prerequisites, undergraduate major in either 
physics or electrical engineering and an elementary knowledge of vector 
analysis. 

Maxwell's equations, propagation over plane earth, underwater reception, 
propagation over spherical earth, ionospheric propagation, radar propa- 
gation and properties of radar targets, refraction and meteorological effects. 

(Katzin.) 

E. E. 217, 218. Theory of Servomechanisms (3, 3) — Three lectures a week 
first and second semesters. Prerequisite, E. E. 203 or the equivalent. 

Analysis of electromechanical systems by reduction to equivalent electrical 
systems. Stability criteria. Mathematical analysis of automatic regula- 
tors and follow-up systems. (Wagner.) 

E. E. 220. Electrical Engineering Research. Prerequisite, a course of 
study leading to the degree of Master of Science in electrical engineering. 

A thesis covering an approved research problem and written in conformity 
with the regulations of the Graduate School is a partial requirement for the 
degree of Master of Science in electrical engineering. (Graduate Staff.) 

E. E. 232, 233. Feedback Amplifier Theory (3, 3)— Three lectures a week, 
first and second semesters. Prerequisite, a degree in electrical engineering 
or physics with sound background in network theory. 

Mesh and nodal equations for active systems employing vacuum tubes in 
generalized determinant form. Bode's feedback theory, Nyquists's criterion 
for stability, and feedback circuit arrangements. • (Trent, Corcoran.) 

ENGINEERING 

(General Engineering Subjects) 

Aeronautical Engineering, see page 213. 
Chemical Engineering, see page 244. 
Civil Engineering, see page 251. 
Electrical Engineering, see page 272. 
Engineering Drawing, see page 259. 
Mechanical Engineering, see page 33r». 
Mechanics, see page 340. 
Shop, see page 340. 
Surveying, see page 378. 



ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 277 

Engr. 1. Introduction to Engineering (1) — First semester. 

A course of lectures by the faculty and by practicing engineers covering 
the engineering professional fields. The purpose of this course is to assist 
the freshman in selecting the particular field of engineering for which ho 
is best adapted. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 
Engr. 100. Engineering Contracts and Specifications (2) — Second semes- 
ter. Prerequisite, senior standing in engineering. 

The fundamental principles of law relating- to business and to engineering; 
including contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, corporations, common 
carriers, and their application to engineering contracts and specifications. 

(Steinberg.) 

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 

Professors Cardwell, Aldridge, Bode, J. Bryan, Harman; Lecturers Emrich, 
Hottel, McManaway; Associate Professors Ball, Cooley, Mooney, Murphy, 
Weber, Zeeveld; Assistant Professors Andrews, M. Bryan, Coulter, R. Flem- 
ing, Gravely, Manning, Schaumann, Ward; Instructors F. Adams, Beall, 
Bezanson, Birnbaum, Bopes, Broadley, Brockman, Byers Cervantes, Crafts, 
Edwards, Ewald, Fischer, M. Fleming, Harrison, Hartman, Haun, Hyde, 
Kahn, Kossoff, LeBert, Mangold, Martin, Miller, Moriarty, Morris, Nethken, 
Newall, Portz, Robinson, Rose, Sinclair, Stamper Stevenson, Teeter, Tenney, 
Thedieck, Upson; Graduate Assistants R. Adams, Anthony, Barnes, Booth, 
Bradley, Carman, daPonte, Kearney, Kenny, Moxley, Sachs, Schafer, Thearle, 
Wagner. 

Eng. 1, 2. Composition and American Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Required of freshmen. Both courses offered each semester. 
Prerequisite, three units of high school English. 

Grammar, rhetoric, and the mechanics of writing; frequent themes. 
Readings will be in American literature. 

Eng. 3, 4. Composition and World Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. Eng. 3, 4, or Eng. 5, 6, or some com- 
bination of the two required of sophomores. 

Practice in composition. An introduction to world literature, foreign 
classics being read in translation. 

Eng, 5, 6. Composition and English Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. Eng. 5, 6, or Eng. 3, 4, or some com- 
bination of the two required of sophomores. 

Practice in composition. An introduction to major English writers; 
several foreign classics to be read in translation. 

Eng. 7. Technical Writing (2) — First and second semesters. Prerequi- 
site, Eng. 1, 2. 



278 EXGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 

For students desiring practice in writing reports, technical essays, or 
popular essays on technical subjects. 

Eng. 8, College Grammar (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, Eng. 1, 2. 

An analytical study of Modern English grammar, with lectures on the 
origin and history of inflectional and derivational forms. (Harman.) 

Eng. 9. Introduction to Narrative Literature (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. 

An intensive study of representative stories, with lectures on the history 
and technique of the short story and other narrative forms. (Harman.) 

Eng. 10. News Reporting, I (3) — First and second semesters. Two lec- 
tures and one laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2, and 
permission of instructor. 

Practice in writing and analyzing simple news stories; fundamentals of 
journalistic principles. (J. Bryan, Beall.) 

Eng, 11. News Reporting, II (3) — First and second semesters. Two lec- 
tures and one laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, Eng. 10 or per- 
mission of the instructor. 

Practice in wi'iting and analyzing the more specialized types of new- 
stories; principles of journalism. (J. Bryan, Beall.) 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 
Eng. 101. History of the English Language (3) — Second semester. 
An historical and critical survey of the English language; its nature, ori- 
gin, and development. (Harman.) 

Eng. 102. Old English (3)— First semester. 

Readings in Old English. The sounds, morphology, and syntax of Old 
English with particular reference to the development of Modern English. 

(Ball.) 
Eng. 103. Beowulf (3) — Second semester. 

A literary and linguistic study of the Old English epic. (Ball.) 
Eng. 104. Chaucer (3) — First semester. 

A literary and language study of the Canterbury Tales, Troilus and 

Criseyde, and the principal minor poems. (Harman.) 

Eng. 106. English and Scottish Ballads (3) — Second semester. 
An introduction to the ballads in Child's edition. Attention given to 
analogues, imitations, American collections, and collecting. (Cooley.) 

Eng. 110, 111. Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

The most important dramatists of the time, other than Shakespeare. 



ENCIJSII LANCVAGE AND LITERATURE 279 

Enj;. 112. Poetry of the Renaissance (3) — First semester. 
The chief poets from Skelton to Jonson, with particular attention to 
Spenser. Not offered in l;»48-li)4!). (Zeeveld.) 

Eng. 113. Prose of the Renaissance (3) — Second semester. 

The chief prose writers from More to Bacon. Not offered in 1948-1949. 

(Zeeveld.) 

Eng. 115, 116. Shakespeare (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Twenty-one important plays. (Zeeveld.) 

Eng. 120. English Drama from 1660 to 1800 (3)— Second semester. 
The important dramatists from Etherege to Sheridan, with emphasis upon 
the comedy of manners. . (Weber.) 

Eng. 121. Milton (3) — Second semester. 

The poetry and the chief prose works. • (Murphy.) 

Eng. 122. Literature of the Seventeenth Century, 1600-1660 (3)— First 
semester. 
The major non-dramatic writers (exclusive of Milton). (Murphy.) 

Eng. 123. Literature of the Seventeenth Century, 1660-1700 (3)— Second 
semester. 

The Age of Dryden, with the exception of the drama. (Aldridge.) 

Eng. 125, 126. Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3, 3)— First and 
second semesters. 

Special attention to major winters and to the historical and philosophical 
background. (Aldridge.) 

Eng. 129, 130. Literature of the Romantic Period (3, 3) — First and sec- 
ond semesters. 

In the first semester, the literature of revolt in England, with special 
attention to Wordsworth, Coleridge, Lamb, Hazlitt, and DeQuincey. In the 
second semester, special attention is given to Byron, Shelley, and Keats. 

(Weber.) 

Eng. 134, 135. Literature of the Victorian Period (3, 3) — First and sec- 
ond semesters. 

The chief writers of prose and poetry from the close of the romantic 
period to the end of the nineteenth century. (Cooley, Mooney.) 

Eng. 139, 140. The English Novel (3, 3)— First and second semesters. 

The development of the novel; readings in the major novelists of the 

eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. (Aldridge, Mooney.) 

Eng. 143. Modern Poetry (3) — First semester. 

The chief English, Irish, and American poets of the twentieth century. 

(Murphy.) 



280 ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 

Eng. 141. Modern Drama (3) — First semester. 

The drama from Ibsen to the present. (Weber.) 

Eng. 145. The Modern Novel (3) — Second semester. 

Major English and American novelists of the twentieth century. 

(Bode.) 

Eng. 148. The Literature of American Democracy (3) — First semester. 
Literature which relates closely to the democratic tradition. (Bode.) 

Eng. 150, 151. American Literature to 1900 (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

Representative American poetry and prose from colonial times to 1900, 
with special emphasis on the literature of the nineteenth century. 

(Manning.) 

Eng. 155, 156. Four Major American Writers (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

Two writers studied intensively each semester. (Gravely.) 

Eng. 157. Introduction to Folklore (3) — First semester. 

Historical background of folklore studies; growth of the field; types of 
folklore. Emphasis upon American folklore: ballads; folk songs; folk 
tales; regional customs and beliefs. (Cooley.) 

Eng. 160. News Editing, I (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period each week. (J, Bryan.) 

Eng. 161. News Editing, II (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period each week. (J. Bryan.) 

Eng. 164. Magazine Writing (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period each week. 

Study and practice in writing articles, short stories, and fillers for pub- 
lication. (J. Bryan.) 

Eng. 165. Feature Writing (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period each week. 

A continuation of English 164 with more stress on production of feature 
articles. (J. Bryan.) 

Eng. 170. Creative Writing (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, permis- 
sion of the instructor. 

Theory and practice. Intended for students who have more than ordinary 
ability. (R. Fleming.) 

Ehig. 171. Advanced Creative Writing (2) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, permission of the instructor. 

A high level of performance expected; some attention to forms not studied 
in English 170. (R. Fleming.) 



ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 281 

Eng. 172. Play writing (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, permission 
of the instructor. 

Analysis of plays, and practice in writing at least one short play. 

(R. Fleming.) 
For Graduates 

Eng. 200. Thesis (3-6) — (Arranged). Credit in proportioik to work done 
and results accomplished. (Staff.) 

Eng. 201. Bibliography and Methods (3) — First semester. 

An introduction to the principles and methods of research. (Mooney.) 

Eng. 202. Middle English (3)— Not offered in 1948-1949. 

A study of selected readings of the Middle English period with reference 
to etjmiology, morphology, and sjoitax. 

Eng. 203. Gothic (3)— Not offered in 1948-1949. 

Forms and syntax, with reading from the Ulfilas Bible; correlation of 
the Gothic speech sounds with those of Old English. 

Eng, 204. Medieval Romances (3) — Second semester. 
The Middle English metrical and prose romances and their sources, with 
emphasis on the Arthurian cycle. (Cooley.) 

Eng. 206, 207. Seminar in Renaissance Literature (3, 3) — First and sec- 
ond semesters. • (McManaway.) 

Eng. 210. Seminar in Seventeenth-Century Literature (3) — Second 
semester. (Murphy.) 

Eng. 212, 213. Seminar in Eighteenth-Century Literature (3, 3)— First 
and second semesters. (Aldridge.) 

Eng. 214, 215. Seminar in Nineteenth-Century Literature (3) — First 
semester. (Mooney, Weber.) 

Eng. 216, 217. Literary Criticism (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
The practice and theory of criticism from Plato to Croce. (Cardwell.) 

Eng. 225, 226. Seminar in American Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. (Bode.) 

Eng. 227, 228. Problems in American Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

Eng. 230. Studies in American Language (3) — Not offered in 1948-1949. 

Eng, 257. Problems in Folklore (3) — Second semester. 

Advanced study in folklore with special attention to scholarly problems 
of collection, research, and classification. Intensive collection and analysis 
of regional folklore; review of folklore study in Europe, South America, 
and the United States. 



282 ENTOMOLOGY 

ENTOMOLOGY 

Professor Cory; Lecturers Shepard, Snodgrass, Munson; Assistant Profes- 
sors Abrams, Haviland, Vogt. 

Ent. 1. Introductory Entomology (3) — First and second semester. Two 
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, one semester of 
college Zoology. 

The position of insects in the animal kingdom, their gross structure, 
classification into orders and principal families and the general economic 
status of insects. A collection of common insects is required. Fee, $3.00. 

Ent. 2. Insect Morphology (3) — First semester. One lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 1. 

Intensive study of the external structures and less intensive study of the 
internal anatomy of representative insects with special reference to those 
phases needed for work in insect taxonomy and biology. Fee, $3.00. 

Ent. 3. Insect Taxonomy (3) — Second semester. One lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 2. 

Intensive study of the classification of all orders and the important 
families based on individual collections supplemented by typical material 
from the department collection. Fee, $3.00. 

Ent. 4. Beekeeping (2) — First semester. 

A study of the life history, behavior and seasonal activities of the honey- 
bee, its place in pollination of flowers with emphasis on plants of econorfiic 
importance and bee lore in literature. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Ent. 100. Advanced Apiculture (3) — Second semester. One lecture and 
two three-hour laboi-atory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 4. 

The theory and practice of apiary management. Designed for the stu- 
dent who wishes to keep bees or requires a practical knowledge of bee 
management. Fee, $3.00. (Abrams.) 

Ent. 101. Economic Entomology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
consent of the department. 

An intensive study of the theory and problems of applied entomology, 
including life history, ecology, behavior, distribution, parasitism and control. 

(Cory.) 

Ent. 103, 104. Insect Pests (3, 3)— Not offered in 1948-1949. (Cory.) 

Ent. 105. Medical Entomology (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 1 or consent 
of the department. 

The relation of the Arthropoda to disease of man, both directly and as 
vectors of pathogenic organisms. The fundamentals of parasitology and 
sanitation as they are related to entomology. The control of pests of man. 
Fee. $3.00. (Vogt.) 



ENTOMOLOGY 283 

Ent. 106, Advanced Insect Taxonomy (3) — First semester. Two three- 
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 3. 

Principles of nomenclature and intensive study of limited groups of 
insects. Foe, ^.'i.OO. (Vogt.) 

Ent. 107. Insecticides (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Ent. 1 and 
Elementary Organic Chemistry. 

The development and use of contact and stomach poisons, fumigants and 
other important chemicals, with reference to their chemistry, toxic action, 
compatability, and host injury. Recent research emphasized. (Shepard.) 

Ent. 109. Insect Physiology (2) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
occasional demonstrations. Prerequisite, consent of the department. 

The functioning of the insect body with particular reference to blood, 
circulation, digestion, absorption, excretion, respiration, reflex action and 
the nervous system, and mctal)olism. (Munson.) 

Ent. 110, 111. Special Problems (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisites, to be determined by the department. 

An intensive investigation of some entomological problem, preferably 
of the student's choice. Required of majors in entomology. (Cory.) 

Ent. 112. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
senior standing. 

Presentation of original work, review and abstracts of literature. (Cory.) 

Ent. 114. Insect Pests of Greenhouses (3) — Second semester. Two lec- 
tures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 1 or 
consent of the department. 

The identification, life history and habits of insects affecting plants raised 
under glass; recognition of early injury and methods of control applicable 
under these specialized conditions will be considered. Fee, $3.00. 

(Haviland.) 
For Graduates 

Ent. 201. Advanced Entomology — Credit and prerequisites to be deter- 
mined by the department. First and second semesters. 

Studies of minor problems in morphology, taxonomy and applied ento- 
mology, with particular reference to the preparation of the student for 
individual research. (Cory.) 

Ent. 202. Research — First and second semesters. 

Required of graduate students majoring in Entomology. This course 
involves research on an approved project. A dissertation suitable for pub- 
lication must be submitted at the conclusion of the studies as a part of the 
requirements for an advanced degree. (Cory.) 

Ent. 203. Advanced Insect Morphology (2-4) — First semester. Two 
lectures, additional laboratory work and credit by special arrangement with 
the department. 



284 FRENCH; FOODS AND NUTRITION 

Insect anatomy with special reference to function. Given in preparation 
for advanced work in physiology or research in morphology. (Snodgrass.) 

Ent, 205, Insect Ecology (2) — Second semester. One lecture and one 
three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, consent of the depart- 
ment. 

A study of fundamental factors involved in the relationship of insects to 
their environment. Emphasis is placed on the insect as a dynamic organism 
adjusted to its surroundings. (Vogt.) 

FOREIGN LANGUAGES 

(See page 317) 
French, see page 317. 
German, see page 320. 
Hebrew, see page 32.5. 
Italian, .see page 32.o. 
Portuguese, see page 325. 
Russian, see page 325. 
Spanish, see page 322. 

FOREIGN LITERATURE 

(See page 317) 

FOODS AND NUTRITION* 

Assistant Professor Taylor; Instructors Cornell, Le Grand and Sesson; 

Assistant Tomberlin. 

A. Foods 

Foods 1. Introductory Foods (3) — First and second semesters. Three 
laboratory periods a week. 

For students in other colleges and for majors in Crafts, Practical Art, 
Textiles and Clothing. 

Foods 2, 3. Foods (3, 3) — First and second semesters. One lecture and 
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, General Chemistry, Chem. 
11, 13, to precede or parallel. 

Composition, selection and preparation of food with a study of the 
scientific principles involved. Analysis of recipes and study of standard 
products. 

Nut. 10. Elements of Nutrition (3) — First and second semesters. 
For students in other colleges and for majors in Crafts, Practical Art, 
Textiles and Clothing. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 
Foods 100. Food Economics (2) — First and second semesters. Prerequi- 
site, Foods 1, or 2, .3. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. 
Sources of our food supply; buying of food for the family. 



* Tailored white uniforms are required for laboratory work in Foods 1, 2, 
3, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 200, Nutrition 110, 111, 112. 



FOODS AND NUTRITION 285 

Foods 101. Meal Service (2) — First and second semesters. Two labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Foods 1, or 2, 3. 

Planning and serving meals for family groups considering nutritional 
needs, and cost; includes simple entertaining. 

Foods 102. Experimental Foods (3) — First semester. One lecture and 
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Foods 2, 3; Organic Chemis- 
try; Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34. 

A study of food preparation processes from the experimental viewpoint. 

Foods 103. Demonstrations (2) — First and second semesters. Two lab- 
oratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Clo. 20; Foods 1 or 2, 3; Pr. Art 20, 
Tex. 1. 

Practice in demonstrations. 

Foods 104. Advanced Foods (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, Foods 1 or 2, 3. 

Advanced study of manipulation of food materials. 

Foods 105. Foods of Other Countries (3) — Second semester. One 
lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Foods 1 or 2, 3 or 
equivalent. 

Food preparation and food customs of the peoples of other countries. 

B. Nutrition 
Nut. 110. Nutrition (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Foods 2, 3; Or- 
ganic Chemistry, Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 to precede or parallel. 
A scientific study of principles of human nutrition. 

Nut. 111. Child Nutrition (2) — First and Second semesters. One lecture 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Foods 1 or 2, 3, Nut. 10 or 
110. 

Principles of human nutrition applied to growth and development of 
children. Experience in a nursery school. 

Nut. 112. Dietetics (3) — Second semester. One lecture and two labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Nut. 110. 

A study of food selection for health; planning and calculating dietaries 
for children and adults; and methods of teaching food values. 

Nut. 113. Diet and Disease (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, Nut. 110. 
Modifications of the Principles of human nutrition to meet the dietary 
needs in treating certain diseases. 

For Graduates 

Foods 200. Advanced Experimental Foods (3-5) — Second semester. Two 
lectures, three laboratories. 

Includes experimental problems, special emphasis on use of Maryland 
products. 



28G FORESTRY; GEOGRAPHY 

Nut. 210. Readings in Nutrition (3) — First semester. 
Reports and discussion of outstanding nutritional research and 
investigation. 

Nut. 211. Problems in Nutrition (3-5) — Second semester. 

Experience in a phase of nutrition research which is of interest to the 
student by the use of experimental animals, human studies, or an extensive 
and critical survey of the literature. 

Nut. 212. Nutrition for Community Service (3) — First semester. 
Applications of the principles of nutrition to various community problems. 
Students may work on problems of their own choosing. 

Foods and Nut. 220. Seminar (1, 1) — One hour a week, first and second 
semesters. 

Reports and discussions of current research in the fields of foods and 
nutrition. 

Foods and Nut. 221, Research — Two lectures and 1 laboratory period a 
week. First and second semesters. 

Investigation in some phase of foods or nutrition which may form the 
basis of a thesis. 

FORESTRY 

Associate Professor Dengler 

For. 1. Introduction to Forestry (2) — Second Semester. Prerequisite, 
Bot. 1. 

A general survey of the field of forestry, including woodland values, con- 
servation, protection, reproduction, management, utilization, mensuration, 
engineering, recreation, lumbering, and foi-est wildlife management. 

GEOGRAPHY 

Professors Baker, Crist, Hu, Van Roycn, Joerg, Thornthwaite; Lecturer 
Hanson; Instructors Anderson, Battersby, Dillard, Hickman, and Watson. 

Geog. 1, 2. Economic Resources (2, 2) — First and second semesters. One 
lectui-e and one two-hour laboratory period a week for Geog. 1; two lecture 
periods for Geog. 2. Freshman requirement in the Business Administration 
Curriculunis. 

General comparative study of the geographic factors underlying produc- 
tion economics. Emphasis upon climate, soils, land forms, agricultural 
products, power resources, and major minerals, concluding with biief sur- 
vey of geography of commerce and manufacturing. (Staff.) 

Geog. 4. Regional Geography of the Continents I. The New World (2) 

— Fii'st semester. 



GEOGRAPHY 287 

Study of the Americas with emphasis upon human geography and the 
underlying physical factors. Discussion of some of the major problems 
arising therefrom. Of particular value to students in the field of education. 

(Watson.) 

Geog. 5. Regional Geography of the Continents II. The Old World (2) 

— Second semester. 

Study of Europe, Asia, Africa and Australia with emphasis on human 
geography and the underlying physical factors. Discussion of some of the 
major problems resulting therefrom. Intended especially for students and 
teachers in the field of education. (Watson.) 

Geog. 20. Elementary Cartography (2) — First or second semester. One 
lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week. 

Principles of cartography and study in laboratory and in the field of 
various types of maps and related means of presenting geographic mate- 
rials. (Watson.) 

Geog. 30. Principles of Physical Geography (3) — First semester. 

A systematic study of the physical features of the earth's surface, includ- 
ing subordinate land forms. The course is designed to give an understand- 
ing of major physiographic processes and of the genesis of various types 
of land forms. (Van Royen.) 

Geog. 31. Problems of Cartographic Representation (3) — First or sec- 
ond semester. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Pre- 
requisite Geog. 30. 

Introduction to theory of projections. Study of principles and problems 
of representation of natural features according to map scales, and of gen- 
eralization and symbolization; also of classification, representation, and 
generalization of cultural features, including place-name selection. 

(Davies, Army Map Service.) 

Geog. 41. Weather and Climate (3) — Second semester. 

A study of major meteorological phenomena and of methods of observa- 
tion as related to climatology. Systems of climate and characteristics of 
the major climatic regions of the world. 

Geog. 60, 61. Economic Geography (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Can be taken by students in the Division of World Economics and Public 
Affairs instead of Geog. 1 and 2; required for all major and minors in geog- 
raphy; recommended for students in the social sciences. 

A comparative study of the geographic factors which enter into the eco- 
nomics of regions or countries. (Staff.) 

Geog. 90. Problems of Cartographic Procedure (3) — First or second 
semester. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Prerequi- 
site Geog. 30. 



288 GEOGRAPHY 

Study of compilation methods and their relationship to drafting and 
reproduction methods, including basic concepts of compilation, criteria used 
in the selection of methods of transfer, relationships of reproduction meth- 
ods to the degree of accuracy, drafting methods in compilation and in color- 
separation work, and analysis of type styles and their uses. 

(Nichols, Army Map Service.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Geog. 100, 101. Regional Geography of the United States and Canada 
(3, 3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisites, Geog. 1, 2 or Geog. 60, 
61, or permission of instructor. 

The climate, land forms, soils and minerals, forests, agriculture, indus- 
tries, and commerce; the people and their occupations, by regions. Several 
all-day field trips are required. (Baker.) 

See. 120, 121. Population. See Sociology. (Baker.) 

Geog. 102. The Geography of Manufacturing in the United States and 
.Canada (3) — First semester. 

The geographic factors which are associated with the location of manu- 
facturing industries. One or more field trips. (Clemens.) 

Geog. 110, 111. Latin America (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Regional geography of the Latin American republics; an analysis of the 
natural and human resources and the economies. (Crist.) 

Geog. 115. The Peoples of Latin America (2) — Second semester. 

Population distribution, composition and growth, trends in fertility and 
mortality; migration, rural-urban and interregional, cultural, ethnic and 
political aspects. (Crist and Lecturer.) 

Geog. 120. Economic Geography of Europe (3) — First semester. 
Physical resources and the existing stages of economic development, eco- 
nomic potentialities. (Van Royen.) 

Geog. 122. Economic Resources and Development of Africa (3) — Second 
semester. 

Physical resources and the existing stages of economic development, 
economic potentialities. (Van Royen.) 

Geog. 123. Problems of Colonial Geography (3) — First or second 
semester. 

Problems of development of colonial areas, with special emphasis upon 
the development of tropical regions and the possibilities of white settle- 
ment in the tropics. (Van Royen.) 

Geog. 130, 131. Economic and Political Geography of Southern and East- 
ern Asia (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 



GEOGRAPHY 289 

A study of China, Japan, Asiatic Russia, India, Burma, Indo-China and 
the Dutch East Indies; natural resources, population and economic activi- 
ties. Comparisons of physical and human potentialities of major regions 
and of their economic, social, and political development. (Hu.) 

Geog:. 140, 141. The Natural Resources of the Union of Socialist Soviet 
Republics (3, 3) — First and second semesters (not offered in 1947-48). 

Geog. 150. Problems of Map Evaluation I. Topographic Maps (3) — 

First and second semesters. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory 
a week. Prerequisite Geog. 30. 

Review of status of topographic mapping with consideration of important 
schools of topographic concepts and practices. Theoretical and practical 
means of deterniinmg map reliability and utility, including studies of map 
coverage. Emphasis on methods of preparation of data for compilation 
purposes, including a study of types of source materials. Methods of map 
cataloging and bibliography are given brief consideration. 

Geog. 151. Problems of Map Evaluation II. Non-topographic Special- 
use Maps (3) — First and second semesters. Two-hour lecture and two 

hours laboratory a week. Prerequisite Geog. 150. 

» 

Deals exclusively with non-topographic special-use types of maps such 
as military-geographic, military-geologic, climatic, pedologic, isogonic, eco- 
nomic, water supply, terrain appreciation maps, etc. 

(Brierly, Army Map Service.) 

Geog. 160. Elementary Toponymy (3, 3) — First and second semester. 
Prerequisites Geog. 30 and one foreign language. 

Problems of place-name analysis as related to cartography, especially 
those involved in making and interpreting foreign maps, the language as- 
pects of gazetteers, and the problems of compilation of cartographic dic- 
tionaries. The course will close with a review of the linguistic aspects of 
air charts, hydrographic charts and the International Map of the World. 

(Aiken, Army Map Service.) 

Geog. 170. Field Studies in Geography (3) — First semester and approxi- 
mately three weeks in the field immediately preceding the academic year. 
Required for majors in geography and graduate students. 

Field studies of small areas for training in geographic methods of field 
observation and the writing of reports. (Staff.) 

Geog. 180, 181. Principles of Geography (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. 

A comprehensive and systematic study of the history, nature, and basic 
principles of geography, with special reference to the major schools of 
geographic thought and a critical evaluation of some of the important geo- 
graphical works and methods of geographic research. (Hu.) 



290 GEOGRAPHY 

For Graduates 

Geog. 220. Geomorphology (3) — Second semester. 

An advanced comparative study of selected geomorphic processes and 
land forms; theories of land forms evolution and geomorphological prob- 
lems. (Van Royen.) 

Geog. 230. Micro-Climatology (3) — First semester. 

The climates of the layer of air near the ground in which plants live. 

(Thornthwaite.) 

Geog. 231. Advanced General Climatology (3) — Second semester. 

A study of the climates of the United States. (Thornthwaite.) 

Geog. 250, 251. Recent Trends in Latin American Economics (3, 3) — 

First and second semesters. 

An analysis of recent changes and trends in industrial development, ex- 
ploitation of mineral resources and land utilization. (Crist.) 

Geog. 260, 261. Problems in the Geography of Europe and Africa (3, 3) 

— First and second semesters. 

Analysis of special problems fioncerning the resources and development 
of Europe and Africa. (Van Royen.) 

Geog, 270, 271. Special Studies in the Geography of China (3, 3)— First 

and second semesters. 

Analysis of problems concerning the geography of China, with emphasis 
on techniques peculiar to Chinese geographical research. (Hu.) 

Geog. 290, 291. Seminar in Geography (Credit to be arranged) — First 
and second semesters. 

Special directed studies in various aspects of geography. (Staff.) 

Geog. 292, 293. Research Work (Credit to be arranged) — First and sec- 
ond semesters and summer. 

A. E. 212. Land Utilization and Agricultural Production — See Agricul- 
tural Economics. (Baker.) 

In addition to individual research projects, the preparation of the "Atlas 
of the World's Resources," a joint project of the University of Maryland, 
the United States Department of Agriculture, and the Department of the 
Interior, as well as cooperative projects with other government depart- 
ments, provide facilities for graduate students to study under the guidance 
of experts in government service. The University of Maryland is cooperat- 
ing also with the National Central University, in Nanking, China, in the 
preparation of an "Atlas of China." These atlases and other projects in 
preparation, may provide a vehicle of publication for parts of students' 
research work. 



GEOLOGY; GERMAN; GOVERN MEST 291 

GEOLOGY 

Iiwin C. Brown, Lecturer 

Geol. 1. Geology (3) — Prerequisite, Chem. 1, 3. 

A study dealing primarily with the principles of dynamical and structural 
geology. Designed to give a general survey of the rocks and minerals com- 
posing the earth; the movement within it, and its surface features and the 
agents that form them. 

Geol. 2. Engineering Geology (2). 

The fundamentals of geology with engineering applications. 

GERMAN 
(See page 320) 

GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 

Professors Ray, Burdette, Mauck, and Steinmeyer; Assistant Professors 
Dixon and LaFuze; Instructors Brown, Misey, Richards, and Turano. 

G. and P. 1, American Government (3) — Each semester. 

This course is designed as the basic course in government for the Ameri- 
can Civilization program, and it or its equivalent is a prerequisite to all 
other courses in the Department. It is a comprehensive study of govern- 
ments in the United States and of their adjustment to changing social and 
economic conditions. 

G. and P. 4. State Government and Administration (3) — First semester. 
Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. 

A study of the organization and functions of state government in the 
United States, with special emphasis upon the government of Maryland. 

G. and P. 5. Local Government and Administration (3) — First semes- 
ter. Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

A study of the organization and functions of local government in the 
United States, with special emphasis upon the government of Maryland 
cities and counties. 

G. and P. 7. The Government of the British Empire (2) — First semester. 
Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

A study of the governments of the United Kingdom and the British 
Dominions. 

G. and P. 8. The Governments of Continental Europe (2) — Second semes- 
ter. Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

A comparative study of the governments of France, Switzerland, Italy, 
Germany, and the Scandinavian countries. 

G. and P. 9. The Governments of Latin America (2) — First semester. 
Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 



292 GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 

A comparative study of Latin American governments, with special em- 
phasis on Argentina, Brazil, Chile, and Mexico. 

G. and P. 10. The Governments of Russia and the Far East (2)— Second 
semester. Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 
A study of the governments of Russia, China, and Japan. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 
G. and P. 101. International Political Relations (3) — First semester. 

Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

A study of the major factors underlying international relations, the 

influence of geography, climate, nationalism, and imperialism, and the 

development of international organization, with emphasis on the United 

Nations. 

G. and P. 102. — International Law (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite 
G. & P. 1. 

A study of the principles governing international intercourse in times of 
peace and war, as illustrated in texts and cases. 

G. and P. 105. Recent Far Eastern Politics (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite G. & P. 1. 

The background and interpretation of recent political events in the Far 
East and their influence on world politics. 

G. and P. 110. Principles of Public Administration (3) — First semester. 
Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

A study of public administration in the United States, giving special 
attention to the principles of organization and management and to fiscal, 
personnel, planning, and public relations practices. 

G. and P. 111. Public Personnel Administration (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite G. & P. 110. 

A survey of public personnel administration, including the development 
of merit civil service, the personnel agency, classification, recruitment, 
examination techniques, promotion, service ratings, training, discipline, 
employee relations, and retirement. 

G. and P. 112. Public Financial Administration (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite G. & P. 110 or Econ. 142. 

A survey of governmental financial procedures, including processes of 
current and capital budgeting, the administration of public borrowing, the 
techniques of public purchasing, and the machinery of control through pre- 
audit and post-audit. 

G. and P. 124. Legislatures and Legislation (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite G. & P. 1. 

A comprehensive study of legislative organization, procedure, and prob- 
lems. The course includes opportunities for student contact with Congress 
and with the legislature of Maryland. 



GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 293 

G. and P. 131. 132. Constitutional Law (3, 3)— First and second semes- 
ters. Prorequisite G. & P. 1. 

A systematic inquiry into the general principles of the American con- 
stitutional system, with special reference to the role of the judiciary in 
the interpretation and enforcement of the federal constitution; the position 
of the states in the federal system; state and federal powers over commerce; 
due process of law and other civil rights. 

G. and P. 133. Administration of Justice (3) — First semester. Prerequi- 
site G. & P. 1. 

An examination of civil and criminal court structure and procedures in 
the United States at all levels of government, with special emphasis upon 
the federal judiciary. 

G. and P. 141. History of Political Theory (3) — First semester. Prerequi- 
site G. & P. 1. 

A survey of the principal political theories set forth in the works of 
writers from Plato to Bentham. 

G. and P. 142. Recent Political Theory (3) — Second semester. Prerequi- 
site G. & P. 1. 

A study of 19th and 20th century political thought, with special emphasis 
on recent theories of socialism, communism, fascism, and others. 

G. and P. 144. American Political Theory (3) — First semester. Prerequi- 
site G. & P. 1. 

A study of the development and growth of American political concepts 
from the colonial period to the present. 

G. and P. 154. Problems of World Politics (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite G. & P. 1. 

A study of governmental problems of international scope, such as causes 
of war, problems of neutrality, and propaganda. Students are required 
to report on readings from current literature. 

G. and P. 174. Political Parties (3) — First semester. Prerequisite G. & 
P. 1. 

A descriptive and analytical examination of American political parties, 
nominations, elections, and political leadership. 

G. and P. 178. Public Opinion (3) — First semester. Pi-erequisite G. & P. 1. 

An examination of public opinion and its effect on political action, with 
emphasis on opinion formation and measurement, propaganda, and pressure 
groups. 

G. and P. 181. Administrative Law (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite 
G. & P. 1. 

A study of the discretion exercised by administrative agencies, including 
analysis of their functions, their powers over persons and property, their 
procedures, and judicial sanctions and controls. 



204 GOVERXMEXT AXD POLITICS 

For Graduates 
G. and P. 201. Seminar in International Political Organization (3). 

A study of the forms and functions of various international organizations. 
G. and P. 211. Seminar in Federal-State Relations (3). 
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field 
of recent federal-state relations. 

G. and P. 213. Problems of Public Administration (3). 
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field 
of public administration. 

G. and P. 214. Problems of Public Personnel Administration (3). 
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field 
of public personnel administration. 

G. and P. 216. Seminar in Government Administrative Planning and 
Management (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in administra- 
tive planning and management in government. 

G. and P. 217. Government Corporations and Special Purpose Authori- 
ties (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the use of 
the corporate form for governmental administration. The topics for study 
will relate to the use of the corporate form as an administrative technique, 
as in the cases of the Tennessee Valley Authority, the Port of New York 
Authority, and local housing authorities. 

G. and P. 221. Seminar in Public Opinion (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field 
of public opinion. 

G. and P. 224. Seminar in Political Parties and Politics (3). 
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the fields 
of political organization and action. 

G. and P. 225. Man and the State (3). 

Individual reading and reports on such recurring concepts in political 
theory as liberty, equality, justice, natural law and natural rights, private 
property, sovereignty, nationalism, and the organic state. 

G. and P. 231. Seminar in Public Law (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the fields 
of constitutional and administrative law. 

G. and P. 251. Bibliography of Government and Politics (3). 
Survey of the literature of the various fields of government and politics 
and instruction in the use of government documents. 



HEALTH EDUCATION 295 

G. and P. 261. Research in Government and Politics (3). 

Credit according to work accomplished. 

G. and P. 281. Departmental Seminar (No Credit). 

Topics as selected by the graduate staff of the department. Registration 
for two semesters required of all doctoral candidates. Conducted by the 
entire departmental staff in full meeting. 

G. and P. 299. Thesis Course (Arranged). 

HEALTH EDUCATION 

For list of staff, see Physical Education, page 18G. 

Hea. 2. Hygiene (2)— First semester. Required of all Freshman women. 
A course designed to acquaint women with health principles as applied to 
the individual. 

Hea. 4. Hygiene (2)— Second semester. Required of all Freshman 
women. A course concerned with health of people as a group, and with 
the organizations both private and governmental which attempt to improve 
health conditions. 

For Advanced Major Undergraduates and Graduates 

Hea. 40. Personal and Community Hygiene (3)— First semester. Pre- 
requisite Zool. 16. A study of personal and community hygiene for major 
students. Emphasis on causitive factors of various diseases, means of 
transmission, and prevention. 

Hea. 50. First Aid and Safety (3)— First semester. Standard and Ad- 
vanced Red Cross courses in First Aid; safety in the home, school and 
community. 

Hea. 110. Health Service and Supervision (3) — First semester. The 
supervision on health inspection and physical examinations of students by 
school nurses and physicians, including the sanitary inspection of the school 
plant. 

Hea. 112. Home Nursing (2) — First semester. A study of the use of 
household remedies and the care of house patients, bed making, preparation 
of invalid's food, use of thermometer, and care before the physician arrives. 

Hea. 114. Health Education for Elementary Schools (2) — Elective. 
Materials and methods in health education for the classroom teacher. 

Hea. 120. Teaching Health (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Hea. 
40, or equivalent. A study of materials and methods in health education. 
Planning the health education curriculum. 

Hea. 130. Organization and Administration of Health Education (3) — 

Second semester. Elective. The planning of a graded school curriculum 
and the presentation of courses of study in hygiene to the classroom 
teachers. 



296 HISTORY 

For Graduates 
Hea. 240. Advancements in Modern Health (3) — First and second semes- 
ters and Summers — Burnett. 

Latest knowledge of the fundamental principles involved in Personal, 
Community, State and National Health; functions and relationships of the 
various health agencies cooperating with the educational faculties and their 
contributions to health; present status of Preventive Medicine and Sani- 
tation. 

HISTORY 

Professors Gewehr, Chatelain, Wellborn; Associate Professors Bauer, Mer- 
rill; Assistant Professors Crosman, Gordon, Jashemski; Instructors Bates, 
Ferguson, Klose, Sensenig, Sparks, Wyllie. 

H. 1, 2. History of Modern Europe (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
The basic course, prerequisite for all advanced courses in European History. 
A study of European History from the Renaissance to the present day. 

(Bauer.) 

H. 3, 4. History of England and Great Britain (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. For freshmen and sophomores; open to upper classmen by 
special arrangement. (Gordon.) 

H. 5, 6. History of American Civilization (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Required for graduation of all students who enter the University 
after 1944-45. Normally to be taken in the sophomore year. See page 26. 
for further explanation. (Staff.) 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 
A. American History 

H. 101. American Colonial History (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, 
H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

The settlement and development of colonial America to the middle of the 
eighteenth century. (Ferguson.) 

H. 102. The American Revolution (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites, 
H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

The background and course of the American Revolution through the for- 
mation of the Constitution. (Ferguson.) 

H. 105, 106. Social and Economic History of the United States to 1860 

(3, 3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

A synthesis of American Life from the colonial period to the Civil War. 

H. 107. Social and Economic History of the United States, 1860-1900 (3) 
—(Not offered in 1948-1949)— First semester. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the 
equivalent. 

The development of American life and institutions, with emphasis upon 
the period since 1876. (Chatelain.) 



HISTORY 297 

H. 108. Social and Economic History of the United States, since 1900 (3) 
— (Not offered 1948-1949) — Second semester. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the 
equivalent. 

A study of the outstanding social and economic problems and of the cul- 
tural changes of 20th Century America. (Chatelain.) 

H. 115. The Old South (3)— First semester. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or 
the equivalent. 

A study of the institutional and cultural life of the ante-bellum South 
with particular reference to the background of the Civil War. (Merrill.) 

H. 116. The Civil War and Reconstruction (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

Military aspects; problems of the Confederacy; political, social, and eco- 
nomic effects of the war upon American society. Post-bellum problems of 
reconstruction in North and South. (Merrill.) 

H. 118, 119. Recent American History (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

Party politics, domestic issues, foreign relations of the United States since 
.1890. First semester, through World War I. Second semester, since World 
War I. (Merrill.) 

H. 121, 122. History of the American Frontier (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

A study of the influence of the westward movement in shaping American 
institutional development. First semester, the trans-Alleghany West; sec- 
ond semester, the trans-Mississippi West. (Gewehr.) 

H. 127, 128. Diplomatic History of the United States (3, 3)— First and 
second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

An historical study of the diplomatic negotiations and foreign relations 
of the United States. First semester, from the Revolution to the Civil 
War; second semester, from the Civil War to the present. (Wellborn.) 

H. 129. The United States and World Affairs (3)— (Not offered in 1948- 

1949) — Second semester. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

A consideration of the changed position of the United States with ref- 
erence to the rest of the world since 1917. (Wellborn.) 

H. 133, 134. The History of American Ideas (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

An intellectual history of the American people, embracing such topics as 
religious liberty, democracy, and social ideas. (Wyllie.) 

H. 135, 136. Constitutional History of the United States (3, 3)— First 
and second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

A study of the historical forces resulting in the formation of the Con- 
stitution, and the development of American constitutionalism in theory and 
practice thereafter. (Gewehr.) 



298 HISTORY 

II. Ml, 112. History of Maryland (3, 3)— First and second semester. 
Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

First semester, a survey of the political, social and economic history of 
colonial Maryland. Second semester, Maryland's historical development 
and role as a state in the American Union. 

H. 145, 146. Latin-American History (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisites, 6 hours of fundamental courses. 

A survey of the history of Latin America from colonial origins to the 
present, covering political, cultural, economic, and social development, with 
special emphasis upon relations with the United States. (Crosman.) 

H. 147. History of Mexico (3) — First semester. 

The history of Mexico with special emphasis upon the independence 
period and upon relations between ourselves and the nearest of our Latin- 
American neighbors. (Crosman.) 

B. European History 
H. 151. History of the Ancient Orient and Greece (3) — First semester. 
A survey of the ancient empires of Egypt, the Near East, and Greece 
with particular attention to their institutions, life and culture. (Jashemski.) 

H. 153. History of Rome (3) — Second semester. 

A study of Roman civilization from the earliest beginnings through the 
Republic and down to the last centuries of the Empire. (Jashemski.) 

H. 155. Medieval Civilization (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, H. 1, 
2, or H. 3, 4, or the permission of the instructor. 

A survey of Medieval life, culture and institutions from the fall of the 
Roman Empire to the thirteenth century. (Jashemski.) 

H. 161. The Renaissance and Reformation (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4, or the permission of the instructor. 

The culture of the Renaissance, the Protestant revolt and Catholic reac- 
tion through the Thirty Years War. (Jashemski.) 

H. 166. Revolutionary and Napoleonic Europe (3) — (Not offered in 1948- 
1949) — Second semester. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4. 

The Old Regime in France and Europe; the changes effected by the 
French Revolution; the Napoleonic regime and the balance of power 
1789-1815. (Bauer.) 

H. 171, 172. Europe in the Nineteenth Century, 1815-1919 (3, 3)— First 
and second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4. 

A study of the political, economic, social and cultural development of 
Europe from the Congress of Vienna to the First World War. (Bauer.) 

H. 175, 176. Europe in the World Setting of the Twentieth Century (3. 

3) — Fiist and second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4. 



HISTORY 299 

A study of political, economic, and cultural developments in twentieth 
century Europe with special emphasis on the factors involved in the two 
World Wars and their global impacts and significance. (Bauer.) 

H. 179, 180. Diplomatic History of Europe Since 1871 (3, 3)— First and 
second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4. 

A study of European diplomacy, imperialism and power politics since the 
Franco-Prussian War. (Prange.) 

H. 181, 182. History of Central Europe (3, 3)— (Not offered in 1948- 
1949) — First and second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4. 

The history of Central Europe from 1600 to the present, with special 
emphasis on Germany and Austria. (Prange.) 

H. 185, 186. History of the British Empire (3, 3)— First and second 
semesters. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4. 

First semester, the development of England's Mercantilist Empire and 
its fall in the war for American Independence (1783); second semester, the 
rise of the Second British Empire and the solution of the problem of re- 
sponsible self-government, 1783-1867; the evolution of the British Empire 
into a Commonwealth of Nations, and the development and problems of the 
dependent Empire. (Goudon.) 

H. 187. History of Canada (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, 
or H. 3, 4. 

A history of Canada, with special emphasis on the nineteenth century 
and upon Canadian relations with Great Britain and the United States. 

H. 191. History of Russia (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, 
or the equivalent. 

A history of Russia from the earliest times to the present day. (Bauer.) 

H. 193. History of the Near East (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites, 
H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4. 

A study of the Balkans and of Turkey from earliest times to the present. 

(Gewehr.) 

H. 195. The Far East (3)— First semester. 

A survey of institutional, cultural and political aspects of the history 
of China and Japan, and a consideration of present-day problems of the 
Pacific area. (Gewehr.) 

H. 199. Proseminar in Historical Writing (3) — Second semester. 

Discussions and term papers designed to acquaint the student with the 
methods and problems of research and presentation. The students will be 
encouraged to examine those phases of history in which they are most 
interested. Required of history majors in senior year. (Sparks.) 



300 HISTORY 

For Graduates 

H. 200. Research (3-6)— Credit proportioned to amount of work. Ar- 
ranged. 

H. 201. Seminar in American History (3) — First and second semester. 

(Chatelain.) 

H. 205, 206. Topics in American Economic and Social History (3, 3) — 

First and second semesters. 

Readings and conferences on the critical and source materials explaining 
our social and economic evolution. (Chatelain.) 

H. 208. Topics in Recent American History (3) — First and second 
semesters. 

Selected readings, research and conferences on important topics in 
United States History from 1900 to the present. (Merrill.) 

H. 211. The Colonial Period in American History (3) — First semester. 

Readings and conferences designed to familiarize the student with some 
of the sources and the classical literature of American Colonial History. 

(Ferguson.) 

H. 212. Period of the American Revolution (3) — Second semester. 

Readings and conferences designed to familiarize the student with some 
of the critical literature and sources of the period of the American Revo- 
lution. (Ferguson.) 

. H. 215. The Old South (3) 

Readings and conferences designed to familiarize the student with some 
of the standard sources and the classical literature of the ante-bellum 
South. (Merrill.) 

H. 216. The American Civil War (3) 

Readings and conferences on the ' controversial literature of the Civil 
War. Attention is focused upon the conflicting interpretations and upon 
the social and economic impact of the war on American society. Oppor- 
tunity is also given to read in the rich source material of this period. 

(Merrill.) 

H. 217. Reconstruction and Its Aftermath (3) 

A seminar on problems resulting from the Civil War. Political, social, 
and economic reconstruction in South and North; projection of certain post- 
war attitudes and problems into the present. (Merrill.) 

H. 221, 222. History of the West (3, 3)— First and second semesters. 

Readings and conferences designed to give the student an acquaintance 
with some of the more important sources and some of the most significant 
literature of the advancing American frontier. (Gewehr.) 



HISTORY; HEBREW; HOME ECONOMICS 801 

H. 233, 234. Topics in American Intellectual History (3, 3) 

Readings and conferences on selected phases of American thought, with 
emphasis on religious traditions, social and political theory, and development 
of American ideas. (Wyllie.) 

H. 235. Problems in American Constitutional History (3) — First and 
second semesters. 

Research in selected problems of constitutional history with much atten- 
tion to bibliography. (Gewehr.) 

H. 250. Seminar in European History (3) — First and second semesters. 

(Staff.) 

H. 255. Medieval Culture and Society (3) 

Readings and conferences designed to acquaint the student with the im- 
portant literature and interpretations on such topics as feudalism, the 
medieval Church, schools and universities, Latin and vernacular literature, 
art and architecture. (Jashemski.) 

H. 281. Topics in the History of Central Europe (3) 

Readings and conferences in the history of Central Europe from Bis- 
marck to the present, to acquaint the student with the leading primary 
and secondary sources. Special emphasis will be placed on the Bismarckian 
and Hitlerian periods. (Prange.) 

H. 285, 286. Topics in the History of Modern England and Greater 
Britain (3, 3) 

Readings and conferences on the documentary and literary materials 
dealing with the transformation of England and the growth and evolution 
of the British Empire since 1763. (Gordon.) 

H. 287. Historiography (3) — Arranged. 

Readings and occasional lectures on the historical writing, the evolution 
of critical standards, the rise of auxiliary sciences, and the works of se- 
lected masters. (Sparks.) 

HEBREW 
(See page 325) 

HOME ECONOMICS 

Professors Mount, Curtiss; Associate Professor Mitchell; Assistant Profes- 
sors Akin, Crow, Cuneo, Eichelberger, Lawson, Taylor, Wilbur; Instructors 
Brown, Cassells, Cornell, Davis, Friemil, Le Grand, Palmer, Sesson, Young; 
Assistant Tomberlin. 

Art, see page 179. 

Foods and Nutrition, see page 176. 

Home Economics Education, see page 153. 

Home and Institution Management, see page 183. 



302 HOME ECONOMICS 

Hume' Economics Extension, see page 302. 
Practical Arts and Crafts, see page 356. 
Textiles and Clothinjr, see pages 11'y, 378. 

HOME ECONOMICS— GENERAL 

H. E. 1. Home Economics Lectures (1) — First semester. Required of 
Home Economics freshmen. 

Lectures, demonstrations, group and individual discussions on grooming 
and clothing budget for the college girl; personal adjustments; good study 
habits; social usage. 

H. E. 2. Home Economics for Men (3) — Second semester. 

Selection and care of clothing, considering design, durability and pro- 
priety to occasion. Selection of food for better nutrition, interesting 
menus and economy; analysis of accepted demeanor for host and guest. 
Selection and repair of household appliances; family budgeting and family 
relationships. 

HOME ECONOMICS EXTENSION 

Professors Mount and Kellar 

H. E. Ext. 100. Methods in Home Economics Extension (3) — Second 
semester. 

Three lectures. Given in cooperation with the staff in Home Economics 
Extension. Students must have senior standing in the College of Home 
Economics. 

HOME AND INSTITUTION MANAGEMENT 

Professor Mount; Assistant Professor Crow; Assistant Tomberlin 

A. Home Management 

Home Mgt. 150, 151. Management of the Home (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

The family and human relations; household organization and manage- 
ment; management of time, energy, and money; housing as a social prob- 
lem; housing to meet family needs; selection and care of household equip- 
ment and furnishings. 

Home Mgt, 152. Practice in Management of the Home (3) — First and 
second semesters. Prerequisite, Home Mgt. 150, 151. 

Residence for one-third of a semester in the Home Management House. 
Experience in planning, guiding, directing, coordinating and participation 
in the activities of a household, composed of a faculty member and a small 
group of students. 



HOME ECONOMICS 303 

B. Institution Management 

Inst. Mpt. 160. Institution Organization and Management (3) — First 
semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, 
Foods 2, 3; Home Mgt. 150, 151 to precede or parallel. 

The principles of scientific organization and management applied to 
institution administration, personnel management, and supervision of food 
services. 

Inst. Mgt. 161. Institution I'urchasing and Accounting (3) — Second 
semester. Two lecturers and one laboratory period a week. 

Purchasing of food, supplies, and equipment for institutional use, and 
the principles involved in accounting as applied to food services. 

Inst. Mgt. 162. Institution Foods (3) — Second semester. One lecture and 
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Foods 2, 3; Inst. Mgt. 160, 161. 

Practical experience in preparing and serving food for large groups, 
including the use of standard recipes, calculation of food costs, use of 
institution equipment, and menu planning. 

Inst. Mgt. 163. Practice in Institution Management (3) — Arranged. 
Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Inst. Mgt. 160, 161. 
Practice work in food service under supervision. 

Inst. Mgt. 164. Advanced Institution Management (2) — Second semes- 
ter. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Inst. 
Mgt. 160, 161, 162. 

Special problems in institution management. 

Inst. Mgt. 165. The School Lunch (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Foods 2, 3; Nut. 110, or 
equivalent. 

Problems relating to the planning, organization and serving of the noon 
meal in schools and in child care centers. 

HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION 
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 
H. E. Ed. 101. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3) — Second 

semester. Required of juniors in Home Economics Education. Prerequi- 
site, Psych. 110. 

The place and function of home economics education in the secondary 
school curriculum. Philosophy of education for home and family living; 
characteristics of adolescence, construction of source units, lesson plans, 
and evaluation devices; directed observations in junior and senior high 
school home economics departments. (Meshke.) 

H. E. Ed. 102. — Problems in Teaching Home Economics (3) — First semes- 
ter. Required of seniors in Home Economics Education. Prerequisite, 
H. E. Ed. 101. 



304 HOME ECONOMICS 

A study of the managerial aspects of teaching and administering a home- 
making program; the physical environment, organization and sequence of 
instructional units, resource materials, evaluation, home projects. (Meshke.) 

H. E. Ed. 103. Teaching Secondary School Vocational Ilomemaking (8) 
— First or second semester. Prerequisite, H. E. Ed. 101 and 102 or 102 
parallel. 

Observation and supervised teaching in approved secondary sthool home 
economics departments in ]\Iaryland and the District of Columbia. Ten 
weeks of practicum in two schools and with both junior and senior high 
school classes. Students must reserve a half day in their schedule for the 
student teaching assignment. (Meshke.) 

H. E. Ed. 110. Child Development (3)— First and second semesters. 

The study of the child in relation to the physical, motor, emotional and 
social aspects of development; adaptation to the teaching of child care in 
high school; field trips to well-baby clinic; obser\'ation in nursery schools; 
reviews of current books. Laboratory fee, $1.00. (McNaughton.) 

H. E. Ed. 111. Curriculum, Instruction, Obs«rvation-Nursery School (3) 

— First semester. Prerequisite, H. E. Ed. 110. 

Guidance of children in relation to developmental needs; observation of 
children, teachers, and parents; participation in a nursery school. 

(Whitney.) 

H. E. Ed. 112. Play and Play Materials (2) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, H. E. Ed. 110. 

Study of play materials and play equipment in relation to use by different 
age levels; observation in nursery ochool; participation vnth a play group 
in a home. (McNaughton.) 

H. E. Ed. 113. Education of the Young Child I. 

A study of the nature and needs of the child from two to six years of 
age, with emphasis upon learning tendencies; the child's relation to the 
materials, the experiences, and the people of his world at home and at 
school. (McNaughton.) 

H. E. Ed. 114. Education of the Young Child II— The Social and Emo- 
tional Needs of the Young Child (2-3 cr.). 

The main emphases of the course will be: trying to understand what 
lies beneath outward behavior rather than on conformity as such; accept- 
ance of the child's feelings; helping the child to live richly and fully on his 
own level; seeing the child as a whole; working with the parents and the 
home to bring about the most favorable adjustment of the child. 

(McNaughton.) 

H. E. Ed. 115. Curriculum, Instruction, Observation, Kindergarten (2) 
This will be a study of the interests, needs and activities of children 
living together in the kindergarten. Discussion and workshop. 

(McNaughton.) 



HORTICULTURE 305 

H. E. Ed. 116, 117. Creative Expression; Art, Music, Dance (3, 3)— 

First and second semester. Prerequisite, P. E. 56, 58. 

Correlation of arts as related to the abilities of the child in terms of 
his development. (Whitney.) 

H. E. Ed. 118. Teaching Nursery School (4-8) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, H. E. Ed. 111. 

Teaching in an approved nursery school; participation in teachers' work- 
shop; attendance at parents' meetings; observation in other nursery schools 
after teaching is completed. (McNaughton.) 

H. E. Ed. 119. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation: Cooperative 
Nursery Schools (3). (Whitney.) 

H. E. Ed. 120. Evaluation of Home Economics (2) — Prerequisite, H. E. 
Ed. 101. 

The meaning and function of evaluation in education; the development 
of a plan for evaluating a homemaking program with emphasis upon types 
of evaluation devices, their construction, and use. (Meshke.) 

H. E. Ed. 159. Child Development II: The Child From Five to Ten Years 

(2) (McNaughton.) 

Development, characteristics, and interests of the middle-age child; inter- 
personal relations as affected by home, school, and community. 

H. E. Ed. 200. Seminar in Home Economics Education (2) — First 
semester. (Meshke.) 

HORTICULTURE 

Professors Haut, Link, Schrader, Walls; Associate Professor Shoemaker; 
Assistant Professor Stark 

Hort. 1. General Horticulture (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

A general basic course planned to give the student a background of 
methods and practices used in production of horticultural crops. 

Hort. 5, 6. Fruit Production (3, 2) — First and second semesters. One or 
two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

A study of commercial varieties and the harvesting, grading, and storage 
of fruits. Principles and practices in fruit tree production. 

Hort. 10, 11. Greenhouse Management (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 
A detailed study of greenhouse construction and management. 

Hort. 16. Garden Flowers (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. 

The various species of annuals, herbaceous perennials, bulbs, bedding 
plants, and roses and their cultural requirements. 



306 HORTICULTURE 

Hort. 22. Landscape Gardening (2) — First semester. 
The theory and general principles of landscape gardening and their 
application to private and public areas. 

Hort. 54. Civic Art (2) — Second semester. 

Principles of city planning and their application to village and rural im- 
provements. 

Ilort. 56. Landscape Ornamentals and Floriculture (3) — Second semes- 
ter. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

A course dealing with the basic principles in the use of trees, shrubs, 
broad-leaved evergreens, annual and perennial flowering plants in orna- 
mental plantings. Designed for any students wishing a broad coverage 
in this field. 

Hort. 58. Vegetable Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, Bot. 1, and 
Soils 1. 

A study of the principles and practices of commercial vegetable 
production. 

Hort. 59. Small Fruits (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

A study of the principles and practices involved in the production of 
small fruits including grapes, strawberries, raspberries, blueberries, black- 
berries, and cranberries. 

Hort. 61. Processing Industries (2). 

Eai'ly history and development of the various types of presei-vation of 
horticultural crops, such as canning, freezing, dehydration, pickling or brin- 
ing. The relative importance of these methods on state, national and world- 
wide bases are emphasized. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Hort. 101, 102. Technology of Fruits (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Hort. 6 and Bot. 101. 

A critical analysis of research woi'k and application of the principles of 
plant physiology, chemistry, and botany to practical problems in commercial 
production. (Haut.) 

Hort. 103, 104. Technology of Vegetables (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Hort. 58 and Bot. 101. 

For a description of these courses see the general statement under Hort. 
101, 102. (Stark.) 

Hort. 105. Technology of Ornamentals (2) — First or second semester. 
Prerequisites, Bot. 101 and Hort. 107. 

A study of the physiological plant processes as related to the growth, 
flowering, and storage of floricultural and ornamental plants, (Haut.) 



HORTICULTURE 307 

Hort. 106. World Fruits and Nuts (2)— Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Bot. 1. 

A study of the tropical and subtropical fruits and nuts of economic 
importance. (Haut.) 

Hort. 107, 108. Plant Materials (2, 3)— First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, Bot. 1. 

A field and laboratory study of tx-ees, shrubs, and vines used in orna- 
mental plantings. ( •) 

Hort. 112. Canning Crops Technology (3) — First semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Hort. 155, Bot. 101. 

A course dealing with the technical physico-chemical methods used in 
the study of the fundamentals or factors influencing the quality of the raw 
and processed products; physiological processes prior to and after blanching; 
and grade of processed product. 

Hort. 114, Systematic Pomology (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 5, 6, 

A study of the origin, history, taxonomic relationships, and description 
of fruits. ^ (Haut.) 

Hort. 116. Systematic Olericulture (3) — First semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 58. 

A study of the classification and nomenclature of vegetable crops. 

(Walls.) 

Hort. 118, 119. Seminar (1,1) — First and second semesters. 

Oral presentation of the results of investigational work by reviewing 
recent scientific literature in the various phases of horticulture. (Staff.) 

Hort. 121. Plant Operations (2) — One lecture and one laboratory period 
a week. 

Course deals with arrangement of machinery and equipment in proper 
sequence to insure the most economical operation of commercial processing 
plants, providing for continuous flow through the factory. Field trips to 
commercial plants included. 

Hort. 122. Special Problems (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Credit 
arranged according to work done. For major students in horticulture or 
botany. (Staff.) 

Hort. 123. Grading and Judging of Canned and Frozen Products (2) — 

One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 58. 

Factors considered in grading. Actual grading of principal products and 
critical appraisal for quality improvement. 

Hort. 124. Quality Control (3) — Two lectures and one laboratory period 
a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 123. 



308 HORTICULTURE 

This course covers the control of quality in canned and frozen vegetables 
and fruits, dealing with proper harvesting, grading of raw products and 
various phases of preparation and handling, as well as the evaluation of 
varities. 

Hort. 126. Nutritional Analyses of Processed Crops (3) — One lecture and 
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Chem, 33 and 34, Bot. 101, 
Hort. 112. 

A study and laboratory practice of standard methods for determining 
mineral, vitamin, carbohydrate, protein and other food values of various 
fruit and vegetable products. 

Hort. 150, 151. Commercial Floriculture (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 1, 
Hort. 10, 11. 

Growing and handling bench crops and potted plants, and the marketing 
of cut flowers. (Link.) 

Hort. 152. Landscape Design (3) — First semester. One lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Hort. 22, Eng. Dr. 1, 2. 

A consideration of the principles of landscape design supplemented by 
direct app*lication in the drafting room. (Shoemaker.) 

Hort. 153. Landscape Design (3) — Second semester. Three laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 152. 

Advanced landscape design. (Shoemaker.) 

Hort. 155. Commercial Processsing I (3) — First semester. Two lectures 
and one -laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Chem. 3. 

The fundamentals of canning, freezing, and dehydration of horticultural 
crops. (Walls.) 

Hort. 156. Commercial Processing H (2) — One lecture and one laboratory 
period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 155 I. 

A continuation of Commercial Processing I, Also includes actual work 
in laboratory of manufacture of jams, jellies, conserves, preserves, mar- 
malades, and juices. (Walls.) 

For Graduates 

Hort. 201, 202. Experimental Pomology (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, Bot. 101. 

A systematic review of scientific knowledge and practical observations as 
applied to commercial practices in pomology. (Schrader.) 

Hort. 203, 204. Experimental Olericulture (2, 2)— First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Bot. 101. 

A systematic review of scientific knowledge and practical observations as 
applied to commercial practices in olericulture. ( .) 



HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 309 

Hort. 205. Experimental Pomology (3) — Second semester. 

This course is a continuation of Hort. 201, 202. (Schrader.) 

Hort. 206. Horticultural Cyto-genetics (3) — Second semester. Prere- 
quisites, Zool. 104, Bot. 101, Bot. 201, or equivalents. 
A course dealing with the field of' cyto-genetics in relation to horticulture. 

( .) 

Hort. 207. Methods of Horticultural Research (3) — Second semester. 
One lecture and one four-hour laboratory period a week. 

A critical study of research methods which are or may be used in 
horticulture. (Scott and Staff.) 

Hort. 208. Advanced Horticultural Research (2 to 12) — First and second 
semesters. Credit granted according to work done. (Staff.) 

Hort. 209. Advanced Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Five 
credit hours for five semesters can be obtained. 

Oral reports with illustrative material are required on special topics or 
recent research publications in horticulture. (Haut and Staff.) 

HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 

The staff of the Institute for Child Study will offer a series of courses on 
human development and on the techniques of child study for members of 
the educational profession. The core of the offering is a group of six courses 
which describe the major processes and forces that shape the growth and 
development of human beings from conception to middle age. The first four 
of these courses may be taken in any combination or sequence but all of 
them should be completed before the last two are undertaken because the 
courses dealing with the emergence, development and adjustment of the Self 
require a basic synthesis of factual and conceptual knowledge from these 
other courses. These courses are open only to graduate students. Prerequi- 
sites are six semester hours of woi'k in either biology or psychology or three 
semester hours in each. Each course carries two semester hours credit 
and should be accompanied or followed by the sequence of three courses 
called Laboratory in Human Development which involve the direct year-long 
study of children as individuals and in groups. (College of Education.) 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101. Principles of Human Development I & II (2, 2) 

These courses give a general overview of the scientific principles that 
describe human development and behavior. Open to graduates or under- 
gi'aduates. 

H. D. Ed. 102, 103, 104. Child Development Laboratory I, II & III (2)— 
Prerequisite, General or Educational Psychology or any course in Human 
development. 

This course involves the direct study of children throughout the school 
year. Each participant gathers a wide body of information about an indi- 



310 HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 

vidual; presents the accumulating data from time to time to the study 
group for criticism and group analysis, and writes an interpretation of the 
dynamics underlying the child's learning, behavior and development. 

H. I). Ed. 200. Organic Processes and Factors in Human Development (2) 

This course describes the major orgajiic processes of: conception; biol- 
ogical inheritance; differentiation and growth of the body; capture, trans- 
mutation and use of energy; perception of the environment; coordination 
and integration of functions; adaptation to unusual demands and to frustra- 
tion; normal individual variation in each of the above processes. 

H. D. Ed. 201. Affcctional Relationships and Processes in Human Devel- 
opment (2) 

This course describes the normal development, expression and influence 
of love in infancy, childhood, adolescence and adulthood. It deals with the 
influence of parent-child relationships involving normal acceptance, neglect, 
rejection, inconsistency, and over-protection upon health, learning, emotional 
behavior and personality development. It analyzes the affectional develop- 
mental tasks and adjustment problems of adolescence, youth and early 
maturity. 

H. D. Ed. 202. Socialization Processes in Human Development (2) 

This course analyzes the processes by which human beings internalize the 
culture of the society in which they live. The major sub-cultures in the 
United States, their training procedures, and their characteristic human 
expressions in folk-knowledge, habits, attitudes, values, life-goals, and ad- 
justment patterns are analyzed. Contrasts with other world cultures are 
examined to high-light the American way of life and to reveal its strengrths 
and weaknesses. 

H. D. Ed. 203. Peer-culture and Group Processes in Human Develop- 
ment (2) 

This course analyzes the processes of group formation, role-taking and 
status-winning. It describes the emergence of the "peer-culture" during 
childhood and the evolution of the child society at different maturity levels 
to adulthood. It analyzes the developmental tasks and adjustment problems 
associated with winning, belonging and playing roles in the peer group. 

H. D, Ed. 210. "Self-developmental Processes in Human Develop- 
ment (2) 

This course analyzes the nature of intelligence and of the learning pro- 
cesses, including the development of skills, concepts, generalizations, sym- 
bolizations, reasoning and imagination, attitudes, values, goals and purposes. 
It describes the nature and effects of individual variations in capacities and 
in experiences. The effects of various physical and growth processes, affec- 
tional relationships, socialization processes and peer group roles and status 
on the integration, devolpment and realization of the individual self are 
analyzed. 



INDUSTRIAL EDI 'CATION 311 

H. D. Ed. 211. "Self-adjustment Processes in Human Development (2) 

This cour.se analyzes the conditions, relationships, experiences and oppor- 
tunities to function that are essential to full human development and the 
physical, emotional, mental and personality effects of the realization of 
these factors. It describes the more common adjustment problems experi- 
enced in our society at various maturity levels and analyzes the processes 
by which individuals adjust to them. It discusses the social and personal 
effects of the use of various adjustment mechanisms. 

H. D. Ed. 220, 221. Educational Implications of Human Development 
Research (2, 2) 

Each student analyzes recent research in some aspect of human develop- 
ment, presents papers summarizing the research findings and discusses with 
the seminar the educational implications of the research he has analyzed. 
For advanced masters and doctors degree candidates. Prerequisite: consent 
of the instructor. 

H. D. Ed. 230, 231. Field Program in Child Study I & II (2, 2) 
This course offers apprenticeship training preparing properly qualified 
persons to become staff members in human development workshops, con- 
sultants to child study field programs and coordinators of municipal or 
regional child study programs for teachers or parents. Extensive field experi- 
ence is provided. In general this training is open only to persons who have 
passed their preliminary examinations for the doctorate with a major in 
human development or psychology. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 

INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 

For each semester hour of credit for shop and drawing courses two or 
three periods of lecture and practice are scheduled depending upon the 
specific needs of the course. 

Ind. Ed. 1. Mechanical Drawing (2) — First semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. 

This course constitutes an introduction to orthographic multi-view and 
isometric projection. Emphasis is placed upon the visualization of an object 
when it is represented by a multi-view drawing and upon the making of 
multi-view drawings. 

This course carries through auxiliary views, sectional views, dimension- 
ing, conventional representation and single stroke letters. Laboratory fee, 
$3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 21. Mechanical Drawing (2) — Second semester. Two labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1. 

A course dealing with working drawings, machine design, pattern lay- 
outs, tracing and reproduction. Detail drawings followed by assemblies 
are presented. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 



312 INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 

Ind, Ed. 31. Mechanical Drawing (2) — First semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisites, Ind. Ed. 1 and 21. 

A course dealing with the topics enumerated in Ind. Ed. 21 but on a more 
advanced basis. The reading of prints representative of a variety of indus- 
tries is a part of this course. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 41. Architectural Drawing (2) — Second semester. Two labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1, or equivalent. 

Practical experience is given in the design and planning of houses and 
other buildings. Working drawings, specifications and blue-prints are 
featured. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 101. Operational Drawing (2) — Two laboratory periods a day. 
Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1, or equivalent. 

A comprehensive course designed to give students practice in the modem 
drafting methods of industry. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 160. Essentials of Design (2) — First semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisites, Ind. Ed. 1 and basic shop work. 

A study of the basic principles of design and practice in their application 
to the construction of shop projects. It treats the art elements of line, mass, 
color, and design. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 2. Elementary Woodworking (2) — First semester. Two labora- 
tory periods a week. 

This is a woodworking course which involves the use of hand tools almost 
exclusively. The course is developed so that the student uses practically 
every common woodworking hand tool in one or more situations. There 
is also included elementary wood finishing, the specifying and storing of 
lumber, and the care and conditioning of tools used. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 22. Machine Woodworking I (2) — Second semester. Two labo- 
ratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 2. 

Machine Woodworking I offers initial instruction in the proper operation 
of the jointer, band saw, variety saw, jig saw, mortiser, shaper, and lathe. 
The types of jobs which may be performed on each machine and their safe 
operation are of primary concern. The medium of instruction is school-shop 
equipment, hobby items, and useful home projects. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 42. Machine Woodworking II (2) — First semester. Two labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 22, or equivalent. 

Advanced production methods with emphasis on cabinetmaking and 
design. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 102. Advanced Woodfinishing and Design (2) — Summer. Two 
laboratory periods a day. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 22, or equivalent. 

Advanced finishing room methods applied. The application of color and 
its use in the improvement of design. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 



INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 313 

Ind. Ed. 23. Arc and Gas Welding (1) — Second semester. One labora- 
tory period a week. 

A course designed to give the student a functional knowledge of the 
principles and use of electric and acetylene welding. Practical work is 
carried on in the construction of various projects using welded joints. 
Instruction is given in the use and care of equipment, types of welded joints, 
methods of welding, importance of welding processes in industry, safety 
considerations, etc. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 24. Sheet Metal Work (2) — First semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. 

Articles are made from metal in its sheet form and involve the opera- 
tions of cutting, shaping, soldering, riveting, wiring, folding, seaming, 
beading, burring, etc. The student is required to develop his own patterns 
inclusive of parallel line development, radial line development, and tri- 
angulation. Common sheet metal tools and machines are used in this course. 
Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed, 104. Advanced Practices in Sheet Metal Work (2) — Summer. 
Two laboratory periods a day. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 24, or equivalent. 

Study of the more complicated processes involved in commercial items. 
Calculations and pattern making are emphasized. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 105. General Shop (2) — Second semester. 

Designed to meet needs in organizing and administering a secondary 
school general shop. Students are rotated through skill and knowledge 
developing activities in mechanical drawing, electricity, woodworking, and 
general metal working. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 26. Art Metal Work I (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. 

An introductory course in designing and constructing art products in 
aluminum, copper and brass. The processes covered include surface deco- 
ration (hammering, piercing, etching, enameling), heat treatment and finish- 
ing. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 66. Art Metal Work (2) — Summer. Two laboratory periods 
a day. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 26, or equivalent. 

Advanced practicum. It includes methods of bowl raising and bowl 
ornamenting. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 106. Art Metal Work (2) — Summer. Two laboratory periods 
a day. 

Simple operations in the art of making jewelry including ring making, 
stone setting, etc. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 67. Cold Metal Work (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. 



314 INDUSTRIAL EDUCATIOS 

Metal in the form of bars, rods and tubes are shaped cold to produce 
"ornamental iron" and bench metal products. The use of the hacksaw, file, 
drill press, taps and dies, the desigfning and forming of scrolls and the 
finishes appropriate for cold metal work are representative of the course 
content. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 28. Electricity I (2) — First semester. Two laboratory periods 
a week. 

An introductory course to electricity in general. It deals with the elec- 
trical circuit, elementary wiring problems, the measurement of electrical 
energy, and a brief treatment of radio such as may be offered at the 
junior high school level. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 48. Electricity II (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory periods 
a week. 

Principles involved in A-C and D-C electrical equipment, including heat- 
ing, measurements, motors and control, electro-chemistry, the electric arc, 
inductance and reactance, condensers, radio, and electronics. Laboratory 
fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 108. Electricity III (2) — Two laboratory periods a day. Pre- 
requisite, Ind. Ed. 28, or equivalent. 

Experimental development of apparatus and equipment for teaching the 
principles of electricity. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 69. Machine Shop Practice I (2) — Second semester. Two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1, or equivalent. 

Bench work, turning, planing, milling, and drilling. Related technical 
information. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 89. Machine Shop Practice II (2) — Second semester. Two labora- 
tory periods a week Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 69, or equivalent. 

Advanced shop practicum in thread cutting, grinding, boring, reaming, 
and gear cutting. Work-production methods employed. Related technical 
information. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 110. Foundry (1) — First semester. One laboratory period a 
week. 

Bench and floor molding and elementary core making. Theory and 
principles covering foundry materials, tools and appliances. Laboratory 
fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 94. Shop Maintenance (2) — Summer. Prerequisite, 8 semester 
hours of shop credit, or equivalent. 

Skill developing practice in the up-keep and care of school shop tools and 
equipment. 

Ind. Ed. 140 (Ed. 140). Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3)— 
Second semester. Prerequisite, Educational Psychology. 



INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 315 

Major functions and specific contributions of Industrial Education; their 
relation to the general objectives of the junior and senior high schools; 
selection and organization of subject matter in terms of modern practices 
and needs; methods of instructions; expected outcomes; measuring results; 
professional standards. Twenty periods of observation. (Hombake.) 

Ind. Ed. 164. Shop Organization and Management (2) — First semester. 

This course covers the basic elements of organizing and managing an 
Industrial Education program including the selection of equipment and the 
arrangement of the shop. (Wall.) 

Ind. Ed. 165. Modern Industry (2) — Summer session. 

This course provides an overview of factory organization and manage- 
ment. Representative basic industries are studied from the viewpoints of 
personnel and management organization, industrial relations, production 
procedures, distribution of products, and the like. 

Ind. Ed. 166. Educational Foundations of Industrial Arts (2) — First 
semester. 

A study of the factors which definitely place Industrial Arts education in 
any well-rounded program of general education. Lectures, class discussions, 
readings and reports. (Hoi'nbake.) 

Ind. Ed. 167. Problems in Occupational Education (2) 

The purpose of this course is to secure, assemble, organize, and interpret 
data relative to the scope, character and effectiveness of occupational 
education. 

Ind. Ed. 168. Trade or Occupational Analysis (2) — Second semester. 

Provides a working knowledge of occupational and job analysis which 
is basic in organizing Industrial Education courses of study. This course 
should precede Ind. Ed. 169. 

Ind. Ed. 169. Construction of Vocational and Occupational Courses of 
Study (2) — Summer session. 

Sur\-eys and applies techniques of building and reorganizing courses of 
study for effective use in vocational and occupational schools. 

Ind. Ed. 170. Principles and Practices of Vocational Education (2) 
The course develops the Vocational Education movement as an integral 
phase of the American program of public education. 

Ind. Ed. 171. History of Vocational Education (2) — First semester. 
An overview of the development of Vocational Education from primitive 
times to the present. The evolution of Industrial Arts is also considered. 

Ind. Ed. 207. Philosophy of Industrial Arts Education (2)— First 
semester. 



31G INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 

This course is intended to assist the student in his development of a 
point of view as regards Industrial Arts and its relationship with the total 
educational program. He should, thereby, have a "yardstick" for apprais- 
ing current procedures and proposals and an articulateness for his own 
professional area. (Hornbake.) 

Ind. Ed. 216. Supervision of Industrial Arts (2). (Hornbake.) 

Ind. Ed. 220. Organization, Administration and Supervision of Voca- 
tional Education (2) 

This course surveys objectively the organization, administration, super- 
vision, curricular spread and viewpoint, and the present status of vocational 
Education, 

Ind. Ed. 240. Research in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (2) — 

Arranged. 

This is a course offered by arrangement for persons who are conducting 
research in the areas of Industrial Arts and Vocational Education. 

(Hornbake.) 

Ind. Ed. 241. Content and Method of Industrial Arts (2) — Second 

semester. 

Various methods and procedures used in developing courses of study 
are examined and those suited to the field of Industrial Arts education are 
applied. Methods of and devices for Industrial Arts instruction are studied 
and practiced. (Hornbake.) 

Ind. Ed. 248. Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (2) — 

Second semester. 

This seminar deals with the issues and functions of Industrial Arts and 
Vocational Education, particularly in respect to the emerging changes in 
educational planning- on the secondary school level. Opportunity is given to 
students majority in Industrial Education to write one of the seminar re- 
ports required for the degree of Master of Education. (Brown.) 

Industrial Education, Arts Crafts Sequence 

Industrial Education 9, 10, and 11 constitute an art crafts sequence 
(Art Crafts I, II, and III). The courses are intended to assist persons who 
are preparing to teach art crafts in grade 7 of the public schools of Mary- 
land or for teachers who have already undertaken this type of work in the 
schools. The work is appropriate also for persons who teach art crafts 
at any grade level and for those who teach art crafts in camps, clubs, 
adult evening classes, and the like, 

Ind. Ed. 9. Art Crafts I (2) — Summer session. Two laboratory periods 
a day. 

The materials used in Art Crafts I are woods, metals, leathers and plas- 
tics. Each student is provided the opportunity of doing a variety of types 
of work in the four media. Laboratory fee $3.00. 



INSTITUTION MANAGEMENT; LANGUAGES 317 

Ind. Ed. 10. Art Crafts II (2) — Summer session. Two laboratory 
periods a day. 

Art Crafts II offers work experiences in model building, ceramics, graphic 
arts, and paper construction. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 11. Art Crafts III (2) — Summer session. Two laboratory 
periods a day. 

Art Crafts III provides instruction in the principles of design which 
are pertinent to craft work and takes up reed and raffia, threads (weaving, 
hooking, knitting), and seasonal activities. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

INSTITUTION MANAGEMENT 

(See page 303) 

ITALIAN 

(See page 325) 

LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES, FOREIGN 

Professors Zucker, Falls', PrahP; Associate Professors Kramer, Cunz", 
Quynn, Bingham; Assistant Professors Parsons, Schweizer^, Rand, Rosen- 
field, Hammerschlag; Lecturer Juan Ramon Jimenez; Instructors Zenobia 
Jimenez, Dobert, Smith, Frank, Gilbert, Nemes, Wildstosser, de Marne, 
Brown, Hinrichs, Howe, Noi-ton, Sedwick, Stevens, Tuck; Part-time Instruc- 
tors Greenberg, Boborykine, Bulatkin, Margaretten, Velasco. 

At the beginning of each semester a placement examination is given for 
all students who have had some foreign language in high school and wish 
to do further work in that language. By this means the Department assigns 
each student to the suitable level of instruction. 

French 

French 1, 2. Elementary French (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Students who offer two units in French for entrance, but whose preparation 
is not adequate for second-year French, receive half credit for this course. 

Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation; exercises in com- 
position and translation. 

French 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, the grade of A or B in French 1. Qualified students who are 
interested in French should take this course in conjunction with French 2. 

A practice course in simple, spoken French, 



1. With the Graduate Year Abroad in Paris 

2. With the Graduate Year Abroad in Zurich 

3. On leave of Absence 



318 LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE 

French 4, 5. Intermediate Literary French (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, French 1 and 2 or equivalent. Second-year French 
for students interested in literature or in fields related to literature. 
Students who expect to do major or minor work in French are required, 
however, to take French 17 in place of the second semester of this course. 

Translation; conversation; exercises in pronunciation. Reading of texts 
designed to give some knowledge of French life, thought, and culture. 

French 6, 7. Intermediate Scientific French (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, French 1 and 2 or equivalent. Second-year French 
for students specializing in the sciences. Students who expect to do major 
or minor work in French are required, however, to take French 17 in place 
of the second semester of this course. 

Translation; conversation; exercises in pronunciation. Reading of scien- 
tific texts. 

French 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

Practical exercises in conversation, based on material dealing with French 
life and customs. 

French 17. Grammar Review (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, French 4, French 6, or permission of instructor. This course gives 
the same credit as do French 5 and French 7, and may be taken in place of 
these courses. Required of second-year French students who expect to 
major or minor in French. 

An intensive review of the elements of French grammar; verb drills; 
composition; conversation. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

French 51, 52. The Development of the French Novel (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. 

Introductory study of the history and growth of the novel in French 
literature; of the lives, works, and influence of important novelists. Reports. 
French 51 covers the 17th and 18th centuries, French 52 the 19th century. 

French 53, 54. The Development of the French Drama (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. 

Introductory study of the French drama. Translation, collateral reading, 
reports. French 53 covers the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, French 
54 the 19th century. 

French 55, 56. The Development of the Short Story in French (3,3)— 

First and second semesters. 

A study of the short story in French literature; reading and translation 
of representative examples. 

French 61, 62. French Phonetics (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, French 1 and 2. 



LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE 319 

A practical course in the pronunciation of French: study of phonetics, 
oral exercises and ear training. 

French 71, 72. Intermediate Grammar and Composition (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. Prerequisite, French 17 or equivalent. 

This course, more advanced than the Grammar Review (French 17), is 
designed for students who, having a good general knowledge of French, 
wish to become more proficient in the written and spoken language. 

French 75, 76. Introduction to French Literature (3, 3) — First and 

second semesters. Prerequisite, second-year French or equivalent. 

An elementary survey of the chief authors and movements in French 
literature. 

French 80, 81. Advanced Conversation (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. 

This course is intended for students who have a good general knowledge 
of French, and who wish to develop fluency and confidence in speaking the 
language. 

French 99. Rapid Review of the History of French Literature (1) — 

Second semester. 

Weekly lectures stressing the high points in the history of French litera- 
ture. This course provides a rapid review for majors by means of a brief 
survey of the entire field. 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

French 100. French Literature of the Sixteenth Century (3) — First 
semester. 

The beginning and development of the Renaissance in France. 

French 101, 102. French Literature of the Seventeenth Century (3, 3) — 

First semester and second semester. 

First semester, a survey of the great classical writers including Corneille 
and Racine. Second semester, devoted chiefly to Moliere. 

French 103, 104. French Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3, 3) — 

First and second semesters. 

First semester, a study of the drama, poetry, and novels of the period. 
Second semester, the philosophical and scientific movement from Saint- 
Evremond and Bayle to the French Revolution. 

French 105, 106. French Literature of the Nineteenth Century (3, 3) — 

First semester, drama and poetry from Romanticism to Symbolism to the 
present time. Second semester, the major prose writers of the same period. 

French 107, 108. French Literature of the Twentieth Century (3, 3)— 

First and second semesters. 

First semester, drama and poetry from symbolism to the present time. 
Second semester, the contemporary novel. 



320 LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE 

French 121, 122. Advanced Composition (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Translation from English to French, free composition, and letter 

writing. 

French 161, 162. French Life and Culture (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

An introductory study of the French people: their life and customs, their 
great men and women, their educational, literary and artistic tradition. 

For Graduates 

The requirements of students will determine which courses will be offered. 
French 201. Research — Credits determined by work accomplished. 

French 203, 204. Georges Duhamel, Poet, Dramatist, Novelist (2,2)— 

First and second semesters. (Falls.) 

French 205, 206. French Literature of the Middle Ages (2, 2)— First and 

second semesters. 

French 207, 208. The French Novel in the First Half of the Nineteenth 
Century (2, 2) — First and second semesters. (Falls.) 

French 209, 210. The French Novel in the Second Half of the Nineteenth 
Century (2, 2) — First and second semesters. (Falls.) 

French 211. Introduction to Old French (3) — Second semester. 
French 213, 214. Seminar (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Required of all graduate students in French. 

French 221, 222. Reading Course (2, 2) — One conference a week, first 
and second semester. 

German 

German 1, 2. Elementary German (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Students who offer two units in German for entrance, but whose preparation 
is not adequate for second-year German, receive half credit for this course. 

German 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, the grade of A or B in German 1. 

German 4, 5. Intermediate Literary German (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, German 1, 2, or equivalent. 

Reading of narrative prose, grammar review, and oral and written 
practice. 

German 6, 7. Intermediate Scientific German (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

Reading of technical prose, with some grammar review. 

German 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semes- 
ters. Admission by consent of instructor. 



LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE 321 

The object of this course is to help the student acquire the ability to 
speak and understand simple colloquial German. 

German 17. Grammar Review (3) — First and second semester. Pre- 
requisite, German 4 of G or permission of instructor. May be taken in place 
of German 5 or 7. 

For students who wish to major or minor in German. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

German 61, 62. German Phonetics (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, German 1, 2, or equivalent. 

German 71, 72. German Grammar and Composition (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. Prerequisite, German 4, 5, or equivalent. 

A thorough study of the more detailed points of German grammar with 
ample practice in composition work. This course is required of students 
preparing to teach German. 

German 75, 76. Introduction to German Literature (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. Prerequisite, German 4, 5, or equivalent. 
An elementary survey of the history of German literature. 

German 80, 81. Advanced Conversation (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 
Intensive drill in the spoken language. 

German 99. Rapid Review of the History of German Literature (1) — 

First and second semesters. 

Weekly lectures stressing the high points in the history of German litera- 
ture, art, and music. Rapid review for majors. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

German 101, 102. German Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3, 3) — 

First and second semesters. 

The earlier and the later classical periods. (Prahl.) 

German 103, 104. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century (3, 3) — 

First and second semesters. 

Romanticism and young Germany. (Prahl.) 

German 105, 106. Contemporary German Literature (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. 

The literature of the Empire and of the Twentieth Century. (Prahl.) 

German 107, 108. Goethe's Faust (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
First and second parts of the drama. (Zucker.) 

Attention is called to Comparative Literature 106, Romanticism in Ger- 
many, and Comparative Literature 107, The Faust Legend in English and 
German Literature. 



322 LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE 

German 121, 122. Advanced Composition (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, German 71, 80 or consent of instructor. 

Translation from English and German, free composition, and letter 
writing. 

German 161, 162. German Life and Culture (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. (Cunz.) 

Introductory study of the literary, educational, artistic tradition, great 
men, customs and general culture. 

For Graduates 

(The requirements of students will determine which courses will be 
offered.) 

German 201. Research — Credits determined by work accomplished. 

German 202, 203. The Modern German Drama (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. (Zucker.) 

German 204. Schiller (3) — First semester. 

German 205. Goethe's Works outside of Faust (2) — Second semester. 

German 206. The Romantic Movement (3) — Second semester. 

German 208. The Philosophy of Goethe's Faust (3) — First semester. 

German 210. Seminar (3, 3) — First and second semester. 

Required of all graduate students in German. (Zucker.) 

German 220, 221. Reading Course (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 

Designed to give the graduate student the background of a survey of 
German literature. Extensive outside readings with reports and connecting 
lectures. 

German 230. Introduction to European Linguistics (3) — First semester. 

German 231. Middle High German (3) — Second semester. 

Spanish 

Spanish 1, 2. Elementary Spanish (3, 3) — First and second semester. 

Students who offer two units in Spanish for entrance, but whose prepara- 
tion is not adequate for second-year Spanish, receive half credit for this 
course. 

Spanish 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, the grade of A or B in Spanish 1. 
A practice course in simple, spoken Spanish. 

Spanish 4, 5. Intermediate Spanish (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Spanish 1, 2, or equivalent. Students who do major or minor 
work in Spanish are advised to take Spanish 17 in place of the second 
semester of this course. 



LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE 323 

Translation, conversation, exercise in pronunciation. Reading of texts 
designed to give some knowledge of Spanish and Latin-American life, 
thought, and culture. 

Spanish 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semes- 
ters. Admission by consent of instructor. 

The object of this course is to help the student acquire the ability to 
speak and understand everyday and colloquial Spanish. 

Spanish 17. Grammar Review (3) — First and second semesters. Prere- 
quisite Spanish 4 or consent of instructor. Designed particularly for 
students who enter with three or more units in Spanish, who expect to do 
advanced work in the Spanish language and literature, but who are not 
prepared to take Spanish 71. May be taken in place of Spanish 5 or 7. 

An intensive' review of the elements of the Spanish grammar, verb drills, 
composition. 

Spanish 61, 62. Spanish Phonetics (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Spanish 1, 2, or equivalent, or consent of instructor. 

A practical course in the pronunciation of Spanish; study of phonetics, 
oral exercises and ear training. 

Spanish 71, 72. Review Grammar and Composition (3, 3) — First and 
second semester. Prerequisite, Spanish 4, 5, or equivalent. 

This course is more advance'd than Spanish 17 and is designed to give 
the students a thorough training in the structure of the language. It is 
also intended to give an intensive and practical drill in Spanish composition. 

Spanish 75, 76. Introduction to Spanish Literature (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. Prerequisite, Spanish 4, 5, or equivalent. 

An elementary survey of the history of Spanish literature. 

Spanish 80, 81. Advanced Conversation (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, Spanish 8, 9, or consent of instructor. This course is 
more advanced than Spanish 8 and 9 and is intended to give the students 
the ability to speak fluently about subjects of general interest. 

Spanish 99. Rapid Review of the History of Spanish Literature (1) — 

Second semester. 

Weekly lectures stressing the leading concepts in the history of Spanish 
Literature. Especially designed for majors. 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Spanish 101. Epic and Ballad (3) — First semester. 

The legends and heroic matter of Medieval Spain. 

Spanish 104. The Drama of the Golden Age (3) — First semester. 

Spanish 105. The Spanish Novel of the Golden Age (3) — Second 
semester. 



324 LANGUAGES AM) LITERATURE 

Spanish 106. The Poetry of the Golden Age (3) — First semester. 

Spanish 107. The Spanish Mystics (3) — Second semester, 

Spanish 108. Lope de Vega (3) — First semester. 

Spanish 109. Cervantes (3) — Second semester. 

Spanish 110. The Poetry of the XlXth Century (3) — First semester. 

Spanish 111. The Novel of the XlXth Century (3) — Second semester. 

Spanish 112. The Drama of the XlXth Century (3) — Second semester. 

Spanish 113. The Novel of the XXth Century (3) — First semester. 

Spanish 114. The Poetry of the XXth Century (3) — First semester. 

Spanish 115. Spanish Thought in the XXth Century (3) — First semester. 

Essays and critical writings of the XXth Century. The Generation of 1898. 

Spanish 116. The Drama of the XXth Century (3) — Second semester. 

Spanish 121, 122. Advanced Composition (3,3) — First and second semester. 

Translation from English to Spanish, free composition, letter writing. 

Spanish 151. Latin-American Novel (3) — First semester. 

Spanish 152. Latin-American Poetry (3) — Second semester. 

Spanish 153. Latin-American Essay (3) — First semester. 

Spanish 161, 162. Spanish Life and Culture (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

Introductory study of the literary, educational, artistic traditions, great 
men, customs and general culture. 

Spanish 163, 164. Latin-American Civilization (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

Introductory study of the literary, educational, artistic traditions, gresit 
men, customs and general culture. 

For Graduate Students 
Spanish 201. Research — Credits determined by work accomplished. 
Spanish 202. The Golden Age in Spanish Literature (3) — First semester. 
Spanish 203, 204. Spanish Poetry (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Spanish 210. Seminar — (Arranged.) 

Spanish 213. Introduction to Old Spanish (3) — Second semester. 
Spanish 221, 222. Reading Course — (Arranged.) 

French (see page 317). 



LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE 325 

Hebrew 

Hebrew 1, 2. Elementary Hebrew (3, 3)— First and second semesters. 

Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation; exercises in com- 
position and translation. 

Hebrew 4, 5. Intermediate Hebrew (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Hebrew 1 and 2, or equivalent. 

Translation; conversation; exercises in pronounciation. Reading of texts 
designed to give some knowledge of Hebrew life, thought, and culture. 

Italian 

Italian 1, 2. Elementary Italian (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Open to freshmen. Also recommended for advanced students in French 
and Spanish. 

Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation; exercises in com- 
position and translation, 

Italian 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, the grade of A or B in Italian 1. 
A practice course in simple, spoken Italian. 

Portuguese 

Portuguese 1, 2, Elementary Portuguese (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

Drill in pronunciation and in the elements of grammar; composition and 
translation, 

Portuguese 3, Elementary Conversation (1) — Prerequisite, the grade of 
A or B in Portuguese 1, Qualified students who are interested in Portu- 
guese should take this course in conjunction with Portuguese 2, 

A practice course in simple, spoken Portuguese, 

Russian 

Russian 1, 2. Elementary Russian (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Elements of grammar; composition; pronunciation and translation, 

Russian 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — Prerequisite, the grade of A 
or B in Russian 1, Qualified students who are interested in Russian should 
take this course in conjunction with Russian 2, 

Russian 4, 5. Intermediate Russian (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Russian 1 and 2, or equivalent. 

Translation; conversation; exercises in pronunciation, Reading of texts 
designed to give some knowledge of Russian life, thought, and culture. 



326 LIBRARY SCIENCE; MATHEMATICS 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 

Associate Professor Rovelstad; Instructors Baehr, Holladay, Jacob, Phillips 

and Urban 

L. S. 1, 2. Library Methods (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 

This course is intended to help students to use libraries with greater 
facility and effectiveness. Instruction, given in the form of lectures and 
practical work, is designed to interpret the library and its resources to the 
students. The course considers the classification of books in libraries, the 
card catalog, periodical literature and indexes, and certain essential refer- 
ence books which will be found helpful throughout the college course and 
in later years. 

L. S. 101. School Library Administration (2) — First semester. 

The organization and maintenance of effective library service in the 
modem school. Planning and equipping library quarters, purpose of the 
library in the school, standards, instruction in the use of books and libraries, 
training student assistants, acquisition of materials, repair of books, pub- 
licity, exhibits and other practical problems. 

L. S. 102. Cataloging and Classification (2) — Second semester. One lec- 
ture; one two-hour laboratory. 

Study and practice in classifying books and making dictionary catalog 
for school libraries. Simplified forms as used in the Children's Catalog, 
Standard Catalog for High School Libraries, and Wilson printed cards are 
studied. 

MATHEMATICS 

Professors Martin, Hall, Lewis, Weinstein*; Associate Professors Jackson, 
Mitchell; Assistant Professors Good, Massey, Truedell*, Polachek*, Vander- 
slice; Lecturers Barker, Kales, Lancaster, Marston, Wehausen, Weller; 
Instructors Boyer, Brandt, Brewster, Callegary*, Cheston, Dantzig, Dare*, 
Hilsenrath*, Holland, Huck, Jamieson*, Jennison, Loomis, McLean, Meade, 
Meals, Menneken, Shepherd, Snyder and Waters. 

The Mathematics Club meets once a month under the direction of Pro- 
fessor Jackson for the discussion of mathematical topics of interest to the 
undergraduate. 

The following courses are open to students who offer one unit of algebra 
for entrance: Math. 1, 5, or 10. 

The following courses are open to students who offer two or more units 
of algebra for entrance: Math. 14, 15. 

Students are enrolled in Math. 5, 10, or 15 provided they pass the Mathe- 
matics section of the general classification test given to incoming students 
during registration. Students who fail this test should enroll in Math. if 

• Part time. 



MATHEMATICS 327 

their curriculum calls for Math. 5 or 10, and in Math. 1 if their curriculum 
calls for Math. 15. Students taking Math. 1 are not eligible to take Math. 
14 concurrently. 

In general students should enroll in only one course in the groups below. 
In case this rule is not followed credit will be assigned as indicated. 

Math. 5, 10, 15. Credit for only one course. 

Math. 11, 14. Math. 11—1% credits; Math. 14—2 credits. 

Math. 11, 17. Math. 11—1 hii credits; Math. 17—4 credits. 

The department strongly recommends that a student who receives a 
grade of D in a course in mathematics repeat the course to raise his grade 
before going on to a more advanced course. 

Math. 0. Basic Mathematics (0) — First and second semester. Required 
of students who fail the qualifying examination for Math. 5 or 10, 
The fundamental principles of algebra. 

Math. 1. Introductory Algebra (0) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, one unit of algebra. Open to students of engineering and 
required of students who fail in the qualifying examination for Math. 15. 

A review of the topics covered in a second course in algebra. 

Math. 2. Solid Geometry (0) — P^rst and second semesters. Prerequi- 
site, plane geometry. Open to students who enter deficient in solid 
geometry. 

Lines, planes, cylinders, cones, the sphere and polyhedra, primary em- 
phasis on mensuration. Intended for engineers and science students. 

Math. 5. General Mathematics (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
reqviisite, one unit of algebra. Open only to students in the College of 
Business and Public Administration, the College of Agriculture, and the 
Department of Industrial Education. 

Fundamental operations, ratio and proportion, percentage, simple interest, 
linear and quadratic equations, exponents and radicals, logarithms, the slide 
rule, functions and graphs, progressions, binomial theorem. 

Math. 6. Mathematics of Finance (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, Math. 5, or equivalent. Open to students in the College of Busi- 
ness and Public Administration. 

Simple and compound interest, discount, amortization, sinking funds, 
valuation of bonds, depreciation, annuities, and insurance. 

Math. 10. Algebra (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, one 
unit each of algebra and plane geometry. Open to biological, premedical, 
predental, and general Arts and Science students. 

Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, linear equations, exponents 
and radicals, logarithms, quadratic equations, variation, binomial theorem, 
theory of equations. 



328 MATHEMATICS 

Math. 11. Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry (3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Math. 10 or equivalent. Open to biological, pre- 
medical, predental, and general Arts and Science students. This course is 
not recommended for students planning to enroll in Math. 20. 

Trigonometric functions, identities, addition formulas, solution of tri- 
angles, coordinates, locus problems, the straight line and circle, conic sec- 
tions, graphs. 

Math. 13. Elements of Mathematical Statistics (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, one of Math. 5, 10, 15. 

Frequency distributions, averages, moments, measures of dispersion, 
the normal curve, curve fitting, regression and correlation. 

Math. 14. Plane Trigonometry (2) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, Math. 15 or concurrent enrollment in Math. 15. Open to students 
in engineering, education, and the physical sciences. 

Trigonometric functions, identities, the radian, graphs, addition formulas, 
solution of triangles, trigonometric equations. 

Math. 15. College Algebra (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequi- 
site, high school algebra completed, and Plane Geometry. Open to students 
in engineering, education, and the physical sciences. 

Fundamental operations, variation, functions and graphs, quadratic equa- 
tions, theory of equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, logarithms 
determinants, progressions. 

Math. 16. Spherical Trigonometry (2) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites, solid geometry and plane trigonometry. 

The solution of spherical triangles, with applications to the terrestrial 
and astronomical triangles. 

Math. 17. Analytic Geometry (4) — Three lectures and two one-hour lab- 
oratory periods a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisite, Math. 14 
and 15, or equivalent. Open to students in engineering, education, and the 
physical sciences. 

Coordinates, locus problems, the straight line and circle, graphs, trans- 
formation of coordinates, conic sections, parametric equations, transcen- 
dental equations, solid analytic geometry. 

Math. 20, 21. Calculus (4, 4) — Three lectures and two one-hour labora- 
tory periods a week, first and second semesters, second and first semesters. 
Prerequisite, Math. 17, or equivalent. Open to students in engineering, 
education and the physical sciences. 

Limits, derivatives, differentials, maxima and minima, curve sketching, 
rates, cur\'ature, kinematics, integration with geometric and physical appli- 
cations, partial derivatives, space geometry, multiple integrals, infinite 
series. 



MATHEMATICS ' 32i» 

Math. 64. Differential Equations for Engineers (3)— First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Required of students 
in mechanical and electrical engineering. 

Ordinary and partial differential equations of the first and second order 
with emphasis on their engineering applications. 

Math. 66. Applied Calculus (3)— First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 21 
or equivalent. 

The fundamental mathematical principles underlying problems of flow, 
thermodynamics and physical chemistry. 

A. Algebra 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 100, 101. Higher Algebra (3, 3)— First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Math. 20, 21 or equivalent. 

Selected topics in algebra will be taken up from a point of view designed 
to strengthen and deepen the grasp of the subject. (Good.) 

Math. 102. Theory of Equations (3)— (Not offered 1948-49)— Prerequi- 
site, Math. 20, 21, or equivalent. 

Solution of equations of third and fourth degree, construction of regular 
polygons, trisection of an angle, symmetric functions. (Good.) 

Math. 103. Introduction to Modern Algebra (3)— (Not offered 1948-49). 
— Prerequisite, Math. 20, 21, or equivalent. 

Linear dependence, matrices, groups, vector spaces. (Good.) 

For Graduates 
Math. 200, 201. Modern Algebra (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Math. 103 or consent of instructor. 
Matrices, groups, rin^s, fields, algebraic numbers, Galois theory. (Good.) 

Math. 202. Matrix Theory (3)— (Not offered 1948-49). Prerequisite, 
Math. 10;3 or consent of instructor. 

The theory of vectors and matrices with applications. (Good.) 

Math. 271. Selected Topics in Algebra (3) — (Arranged). 

B. Analysis 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 
Math. 110, 111. Advanced Calculus (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Math. 20, 21, or equivalent. 

Limits, continuous functions, differentiation and integration with appli- 
cation to mechanics, infinite series, Fourier series, functions of several 
variables, differential equations with applications to mechanics and physics, 
multiple integrals, the theorems of Gauss and Stokes, the calculus of 
variations. 



330 MATHEMATICS 

Math. 114, 115. Differential Equations (3, 3)— (Not offered 1948-49). 
Prerequisite, Math. 20, 21, or equivalent. 

Ordinary differential equations, siTiibolic methods, successive approxi- 
mations, solutions in series, orthogonal functions, Bessel functions, Stur- 
mian theory. Partial differential equations of first and second order, 
characteristics, boundary value problems, Pfaffians, systems of equations, 
applications, (Lewis.) 

Math. 116. Introduction to Complex Variable Theory (3) — First semes- 
ter. Prerequisite, Math. 20, 21, or equivalent. Open to students of engineer- 
ing and the physical sciences. Graduate students of mathematics should 
enroll in Math. 210, 211. 

Fundamental operations in complex numbers, differentiation and inte- 
gration, analytic functions, conformal mapping, residue theory, power 
series. (Vanderslice.) 

Math. 117. Fourier Series (3)— First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 114 
or equivalent. 

Representation of functions by series of orthogonal functions. Applica- 
tions to the solution of boundary value problems of some partial differential 
equations of physics and engineering. (Mitchell.) 

For Graduates 

Math. 210, 211. Functions of a Complex Variable (3, 3)— (Not offered 
1948-49 ^ Prerequisite, advanced calculus. 

Complex numbers, infinite series, Cauchy-Riemann equations, conformal 
mapping, complex integral, the Cauchy theory, the Weierstrass theory, 
Riemann surfaces, algebraic functions, periodic and elliptic functions, the 
theorems of Weierstrass and Mittag-Leffler. 

Math. 213, 214. Functions of a Real Variable (3, 3; — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, advanced calculus. 

The real number system, point sets, the Heine-Borel theorem, continuous 
functions, derivatives, infinite series, uniform convergence, the Riemann 
integral, Jordan content, the Lebesgue integral, Fourier series. 

(Lewis.) 

Math. 215, 216. Analysis (3, 3)— (Not offered 1948-49). Prerequisite, 
advanced calculus and a course in complex variable theory. 

Theory of residues, infinite series, asymptotic expansions, trigonomet- 
rical series, differential and integral equations, transcendental functions. 

Math. 272. Selected Topics in Analysis (3) — (Arranged). 

C. Geometry and Topology 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 
Math. 124, 125. Introduction to Projective Geometry (3, 3) — (Not offered 
1948-49). Prerequisite, Math. 20, 21, or equivalent. 



MATHEMATICS 331 

Elementary projective geometry largely from the analytic approach, pro- 
jective transformations, cross ratio, harmonic division, projective coordi- 
nates, projective theory of conies, Laguerre's definition of angle. (Jackson.) 

Math. 126. Introduction to Dififerential Geometry (3)— (Not offered 
1948-49). Prerequisite, Math. 20, 21, or equivalent. 

The differential geometry of curves and surfaces witli the use of vector 
and tensor methods, curvature and torsion, moWng frames, cur\-ilinear co- 
ordinates, the fundamental differential forms, covariant derivatives, intrinsic 
geometry, curves on a surface, djTiamical applications. (Vanderslice.) 

Math. 128, 129. Higher Geometry (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, two years of college mathematics. Open to students in the 
College of Education. 

This course is desig^ned for students preparing to teach geometry in 
high school. The first semester is devoted to tlie modern geometry of the 
triangle, circle and sphere. In the second semester emphasis is placed on 
the axiomatic development of Euclidean and Non-Euclidean geometn,'. 

(Jackson.) 
For Graduates 

Math 220. 221. Differential Geometry (3. 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Math. 126 or equivalent. 

Cur\-es and surfaces, geometry in the large, tlie Gauss-Bonnet formula, 
ovaloids, surfaces of constant cur\-ature, projective differential geometry. 

(Jackson.) 

Math. 222. Foundations of Geometry (3)— (Not offered 1948-49). Pre- 
requisite, Math. 124 or consent of instructor. 

The course will develop the elements of projective geometry from the 
postulational point of view, laying emphasis on the logical basis of the 
results obtained. Desargues configuration, and Pappus configuration, per- 
spectivities, conies, and construction of coordinate systems will be among 
the topics studied. (Jackson.) 

Math. 223, 224. Combinatorial Topology (^3. 3^ — First and second semes- 
ters. Pi-erequisite, Advanced Calculus. 

Homology and Homotopy theory of complexes developed from a group 
theoretic basis. (Hall.) 

Math. 225. 226. Set-theoretic Topology c3. 3)— (Not offered 1948-49). 
Prerequisite, Advanced Calculus. 

Foundations of mathematics based on a set of axioms, metric spaces, 
convergence and connectivity properties of point sets, continua and con- 
tinuous curves, the topology of the plane. (Hall.) 

Math. 227. Tensor Analysis (3) — (Not offered 1948-49). Prerequisites, 
Advanced Calculus and differential equations. 



332 MATHEMATICS 

Algebra and calculus of tensors, Riemannian Geometry and its extensions, 
differential invariants, applications to physics and engineering, the theory 
of relativity. (Vanderslice.) 

Math. 273. Selected Topics in Geometry and Topology (3) — (Arranged). 

D. Applied Mathematics 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 130, 131. Analytic Mechanics (3, 3) — (Not offered 1948-49). Pre- 
requisite, Math. 20, 21, or equivalent. 

Statics, kinematics, dynamics of a particle, elementary celestial mechan- 
ics, Lagrangian equations for dynamical systems of one, two, and three 
degrees of freedom, Hamilton's principle, the Hamilton-Jacobi partial 
differential equation. 

Math. 132, 133. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and Physicists 

(3, 3)— (Not offered 1948-49). Prerequisite, Math. 64, or equivalent. 

Designed to introduce the student to advanced mathematical methods and 
their applications to problems arising in the fields of aeronautical, elec- 
trical and mechanical engineering, and in the physical sciences. (Mitchell.) 

Math. 134. Vector Analysis (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 
20, 21, or equivalent. 

Vector algebra with applications to geometry and mechanics. 

(Vanderslice.) 

Math. 135. Numerical Analysis. (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, Math. 
114 or equivalent. 

Survey of high-speed calculators; applicability of numerical techniques. 
Evaluation of errors in extended calculations; round-off and truncation 
errors. Finite differences; smoothing; divided differences; central differ- 
ences; uniform intervals. Newton's interpolation formula; inverse inter- 
polation. Numerical differentiation and intergration. Systems of simultane- 
ous equations. Solution of typical problems. (Polachek.) 

Math. 139. Operational Calculus (3) — Second semester. Pierequisite, 
Math. 64, or equivalent. Intended for students of engineering and physics. 

Operational solutions of ordinary and partial differential equations. 
Fourier and Laplace transforms. (Mitchell.) 

For Graduates 

Math. 230, 231. Applied Mathematics (3, 3)— (Not offered 1948-49). 
Prerequisite, advanced calculus and differential equations. 

The subject material for this course will be chosen from the fields of 
dynamics, elasticity, hydro-dynamics, or the partial differential equations 
of mathematical physics. 



MATHEMATICS 883 

Math. 232. Partial Differential Equations of Mathematical Physics (3)— 

(Not ofTorod 1948-49). Prerequisites, Advanced Calculus and Difrerential 
Equations. 

The characteristic properties of elliptic, parabolic, and hyperbolic partial 
differential equations with special reference to problems in potential theory, 
the flow of heat, hydrodynamics and elasticity. (Lewis.) 

Math. 233. Non-Linear Mechanics (3)— (Not offered 1948-49). Prerequi- 
sites, advanced calculus and consent of instructor. 

The subject matter will be chosen from the following topics: The exist- 
ence and stability of periodic motions in non-linear conservative and non- 
conservative dynamical systems. Perturbation theory, integral invariants, 
non-holonomic systems. The ergodic theorem, central motions, applications 
to problems in engineering and physics. (Lewis.) 

Math. 234. Potential Theory (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites, Math. 
110, 111, or equivalent. 

The equations of Laplace and Poisson, flux, the theorems of Gauss and 
Green, potential of volume and surface distributions, harmonic functions. 
Green's function, the problems of Dirichlet and Neumann, introduction to 
the linear integral equations of potential theory. (Weinstein.) 

Math. 23.5. Advanced Numerical Analysis (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisites, Math. 115, and Math. 135, or equivalent. 

Review of numerical differentiation and integration, solution of ordinary 
differential equations. Construction of multivariate tables. Properties of 
elliptic, hyperbolic and parabolic partial differential equations. Conversion 
of partial differential equations to system of difference equations; determina- 
tion of mesh sizes and convergence. The relaxation method of R. V. South- 
well. Integral equations. Solution of typical problems. (Polachek.) 

Math. 236. Mathematical Theory of Hydrodynamics (3) — First semes- 
ter. Prerequisite, a course in complex variable theory. 

Equation of continuity, rotational and irrotational flows, Bernouilli's 
theorem, Helmholtz's theory of vorticity, flux of momentum; the plane 
motion of an incompressible perfect fluid, including stream function, com- 
plex potential, Joukowski's theory, the formula of Blasius, Karman's vortex 
street. Prandtl's theory of a finite wing, and an introduction to the theory 
of viscous fluids. (Weinstein.) 

Math. 237. Mathematical Theory of Elasticity (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisites, Math. 110, 111, or equivalent. 

Stress and strain, deformation of columns, bending torsion, and flexture of 
beams, Euler-Bernouilli formulas. Saint- Venant's Principle, Airy's function, 
strain and potential energy, buckling problems, minimum principles, Betti's 
reciprocity law. (Weinstein.) 

Math. 238. Mathematical Theory of Continuous Media (3) — Second 
, semester. Prerequisites, vector or tensor analysis and consent of instructor. 



334 MATHEMATICS 

Kinematics of continuous media, conservation of mass, momentum and 
energy, theromodynamics, heat conduction, elastic bodies, plates and shells, 
fluid mechanics (non-linear theory), rarefied gases, viscous fluids, plasticity. 

(Truesdell.) 

Math. 239. Mathematical Theory of Electricity and Magnetism (3) — 

First semester. Prerequisites, vector analysis and consent of instructor. 
Maxwell's equations electrostatics, condensers, dielectrics, conductors and 
potential distributions, electric current, linear conductors, flow in two and 
three dimensions, magnetostatics, electromagnetic inductance, transients, 
alternating currents, stress and energy, electromagnetic forces and energy; 
plane, cylindrical and spherical electromagnetic waves, radiation. 

(Truesdell.) 

Math. 274. Selected Topics in Applied Mathematics (3)— (Arranged). 

E. Statistics 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 150, 151. Probability (3, 3)— First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites, differential and integral calculus. 

Combinatory analysis, total, compound and inverse probability, continuous 
distributions, theorems of Bernoulli and Laplace, applications to statistics 
and the theory of errors. (Massey.) 

Math. 152, 153. Mathematical Statistics (2, 2)— (Not offered 1948-49). 
Prerequisites, differential and integral calculus. 

Frequency distributions and their parameters, multivariate analysis and 
correlation, theory of sampling, analysis of variance, statistical inference. 

(Massey.) 

Math. 154, 155. Applications of Statistics (3, 3)— (Not offered 1948-49). 
Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisites, 
Math. 20, 21, or equivalent. 

This course is intended for those who desire a working knowledge of 
statistical methods without going into the finer points of the mathematical 
theory. Tools of probability theory, testing hypotheses, power of tests, 
tests of goodness of fit, estimation, design of experiments, moments, curve 
fitting, regression, and correlation. (Massey.) 

Math. 156. Biological Statistics (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 

consent of instructor. 

This course is intended for students of agriculture and the biological 
sciences. Topics will be selected from the following: Multiple correlation, 
multiple regression, analysis of variance and covariance, statistical design, 
in accordance with the needs and interests of the class. Illustrations will 
be drawn mainly from agriculture and the biological sciences. (Massey.) 



MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 835 

F. Colloquium and Research 

For Graduates 

Math. 290. Colloquium — First and second semesters. 

The colloquium meets weekly for reports on the research of the faculty 
and graduate students, and for expository lectures on papers published in 
current mathematical journals. 

Math. 300. Research — (Arranged). 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 

Professor Sherwood; Associate Professors Shreeve, Jackson, Martin, 
Flodin, Hoshall; Assistant Professors Read, Slingluff; Instructors Allen, 
Arborgast, Clark, Conklin, Guard, Hayleck, Hennick, Rivello, Young, Vial, 
Crichton. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

M. E. 50. Principles of Mechanical Engineering (3) — First semester. 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 21 
and Math. 21. Required of juniors in Civil Engineering. 

Elementary thermodjmamics and the study of heat, fuel and combustion 
in the production and use of steam for generation of power. Supplemented 
by laboratory tests and trips to industrial plants. (Martin.) 

M. E. 51. Thermodynamics (4) — First semester. Three lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Math. 21, Phys. 21. Required 
of seniors in Electrical Engineering. 

The theory and application of thermodynamics to the steam engine, steam 
turbine, etc. (Martin.) 

M. E. 52. Power Plants (4) — Second semester. Three lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Required of seniors in Electrical Engineering. 

The theory and operation of steam engines, boilers, condensers, steam 
turbines, and their accessories. (Martin.) 

M. E. 53. Metallography (3) — First and second semesters. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, to be taken concurrently 
with Mech. 52. 

A study of the structure of metals and alloys as related to their proper- 
ties. Study of crystallization, plastic deformation, constitution diagrams, 
manufacturing processes, heat treatment and effect of alloying elements 
on ferrous and non-ferrous materials. Laboratory work in thermal analysis, 
microscopy, heat treatment and testing of metals. (Jackson.) 

M. E. 54. Fluid Mechanics (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. 

A study of fluids under all possible conditions of rest and motion. The 
approach is analytical, rational, and mathematical rather than empirical. 
Applications to turbine and centrifugal pump design and flow of gases. 



336 MECHASICAL ESGISEERISG 

M. E. 55. Fluid Mechanics and Aerodynamics (3) — Second semester. 
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Math. 21 and Phys. 21. Required of 
juniors in Mechanical Engineering, Aeronautical Option. 

A study of the fundamental principles of the flow of air and of water. 
Applications with special reference to the airplane; airfoil and propeller 
theory; theory of model testing in wind tunnels; design performance, calcu- 
lation of airplanes. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

M. E. 100. Thermodynamics (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 21, Math. 21. Required of 
juniors in Mechanical and Aeronautical Engineering. 

The properties, characteristics, and fundamental equations of gases and 
vapors. An analysis of basic heat engine, air compression, refrigeration, 
and vapor cycles. Flow and non-flow processes for gases and vapors. Theory 
supplemented by laboratory tests. 

.M. E. 101. Heat Transfer (2) — First semester. Two lectures a week. 
Prerequisites, M. E. 54 and M. E. 100. Required of seniors in Mechanical 
Engineering. 

Basic principles of heat transfer including a study of conduction by steady 
state and variable heat flow, free and forced convection, radiation, evapora- 
tion and condensation of vapors, and the application of the principles of 
heat transfer to design problems. (Martin.) 

M. E. 102. Heating and Air Conditioning (3) — First semester. Two lec- 
tures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, M. E. 101. 

Required of seniors in Mechanical Engineering. The fundamentals of 
heating and cooling load computations. Basic information on heating and 
air conditioning systems for residential and industrial use. (Martin.) 

M. E. 103. Refrigeration (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, M. E. 100, taken concurrently with 
M. E. 101. Required of seniors in Mechanical Engineering. 

Problems involving the different methods and processes of refrigeration. 
Air conditioning for offices, buildings, factories, and homes. (Read.) 

M. E. 104, 105. Prime Movers (4, 4) — First and second semesters. Three 
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Mech. 52, M. E. 
101. Required of seniors in Mechanical Engineering. 

The study of internal combustion cycles such as Otto, Diesel, and Brayton. 
Analysis of the effects of fuels, combustion, detonation, carburetion, injec- 
tion and supercharging on engine operation. General features of the gas 
turbine and the effect of its various components. Analysis and design of 
the various components of steam power stations, including: condensers, 
boilers, heaters, and turbines. (Shreeve.) 



MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 337 

M. E. 106, 107. Mechanical EnRinecrinK; DesiRii (4, 4) — First and second 
semesters. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 
Mech. 52, M. E. 53, M. E. 101. 

A study of velocity, acceleration and displacement of linkapres; cam mo- 
tions and design; statics, inertia and friction forces in machines; gears and 
miscellaneous motions. Study of stresses and vibrations in machine parts; 
design of machine members including fastenings, hoisting and power trans- 
mission devices, cylinders, springs, shafts, bearings, etc. Design of a com- 
plete machine. (Jackson.) 

M. E. 108, 109. Mechanical Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second semes- 
ters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, senior 
standing. Required of seniors in Mechanical Engineering. 

Experiments on fuels and lubricants, steam engines and turbines, air 
compressors, gasoline and diesel engines and various other mechanical equip- 
ment. Written reports are required on all tests. (Shreeve.) 

For Graduates 
M. E. 200, 201. Advanced Dynamics (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Prerequisites, Mech. 52, Math. 64, M. E. 107; M. E. 109. 

Mechanics of machinery. Dynamic forces. Balancing of rotating parts. 
Vibrations and vibration damping. Critical speeds. 

M. E. 202, 203. Applied Elasticity (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisites, Mech. 52, Math. 64, M. E. 107. 

Advanced methods in structural and experimental stress analysis. Ad- 
vanced strength of materials involving beam problems, curved bars, thin 
plates and shells, buckling of bars, plates and shells, etc. Advanced work 
in stress concentrations, plastic deformations, etc. and problems involving 
instability of structures. (Jackson.) 

M. E. 204, 205. Advanced Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer (3, 3) — 

First and second semesters. Three lectui-es a week. Prerequisites, M. E. 101, 
M. E. 108, Math. 64. 

Advanced problems in thermodynamics on compression of gases and 
liquids, combustion and equilibrium, humidification and refrigeration and 
availability. Problems in advanced heat transfer covering the effect of 
radiation, conduction, and convection, steady and unsteady flow, evapora- 
tion and condensation. (Shreeve.) 

M, E. 206, 207. Advanced Machine Design (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 
Math. 64, M. E. 107. 

Application of advanced methods of stress analysis to design of special 
stationary and moving machine parts, including rotating disks, bearings, 
thick wall cylinders, screw fastenings, crankshafts, etc. Application of 
linear and torsional vibration and balancing in the design of machine mem- 
bers. Complete design of a machine. (Jackson.) 



338 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 

M. E. 208, 209. Steam Power Plant Design (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, 
M. E. 105. 

The design and specifications of steam power plants for specific purposes. 
Each student will carry out complete design including detail drawings. 

(Shreeve.) 

M. E. 210, 211. Advanced Fluid Mechanics (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisites, M. E. 54, Math. 64. 

Advanced theory of the flow of fluids and gases. Hydrodynamic theory. 
Engineering applications. 

M. E. 212, 213. Advanced Steam Power Laboratory (2, 2) — First and 
second semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisite, registration in M. E. 204, 205. 

Research on advanced steam power problems to illustrate and advance 
steam power theory. Power plant heat balances. 

M. E. 214, 215. Advanced Applied Mechanics Laboratory (2, 2) — First 
and second semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. 
Prerequisites, registration in M. E. 200, 201 and M. E. 202, 203. 

Illustrative experiments and research on difficult problems in stress 
analysis. Photoelasticity. Mechanical vibrations. Critical speeds. Dynamic 
stresses. Fatigue of materials. (Jackson.) 

M. E. 216, 217. Advanced Internal Combustion Engine Design (3, 3) — 

First and second semesters. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. 
Prerequisites, M. E. 106, 107; M. E. 108, 109; and registration in M. E. 200, 
201 and M. E. 204, 205. 

Each student will carry out complete designs of internal combustion 
engines. (Shreeve.) 

M. E. 218, 219. Advanced Internal Combustion Engine Laboratory 

(2, 2) — First and second semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period 
a week. Prerequisite, registration in M. E. 216, 217. 

Advanced laboratory tests and problems in the design of internal com- 
bustion engines. (Shreeve.) 

M. E. 220. Seminar — Credit in accordance with work outlined by me- 
chanical engineering staff. Prerequisite, graduate standing in mechanical 
engineering. 

M. E. 221. Research — Credit in accordance with work outlined by me- 
chanical engineering staff. Prerequisite, graduate standing in mechanical 
engineering. 

Research in any field of mechanical engineering as applied mechanics, 
heat transfer, thermodynamics, heat, power, etc. 



MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 339 

M. E. 222. Advanced Metallography (3)— First and second semesters. 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, M. E. 53, 
Mech. 52. 

Advanced study of the structure and properties of metals and alloys. 
Study of the latest developments in ferrous and non-ferrous alloys includ- 
ing stainless steels, high temperature steels, tool steels, aluminum, mag- 
nesium and copper alloys. Study of the physical properties of metals and 
inspection methods including X-rays, spectograph, metallograph and magni- 
flux. Review of current literature. (Jackson.) 

M. E. 223, 224. Steam and Gas Turbine Design (3, 3)— First and Second 
semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, M. E. 101, M. E. 104, M. E. 
105, Math. 64. 

Study of nozzles and blades, with application to all types of turbines and 
compressors. Design of steam and gas turbines and compressors based on 
detailed heat calculations. Design of regenerators and combustors for gas 
turbines. Applications to jet propulsion. Fundamentals of rocket, pulse 
jet and ram jet design. (Shreeve.) 

M. E, 225, 226. Advanced Properties of Metals and Alloys (2, 2)— First 
and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Mech. 52, M. E. 
53, M. E. 106, M. E. 107. 

Mechanical properties of alloys and the equilibrium diagram. Effects 
of mechanical deformation and methods of fabrication on mechanical prop- 
erties. Effect of extreme temperature. Theory of plastic deformation. 
Fatigue, creep and damping capacity. Speed effects and stress concen- 
tration. (Loring.) 

M. E. 227, 228. Theory of Elasticity (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Mech. 52, M. E. 53, M. E. 106, M. E. 
107, Math. 64. 

Stress and strain at a point. Relation between stresses and sti'ains, 
general equations of elasticity, plane strain and plane stress, torsion, bend- 
ing, axially symmetric distribution of stress, plates, thei-mal stresses, strain 
energy and approximate methods. (Osgood.) 

M. E. 229, 230, 231. Jet Propulsion (2, 2, 2)— Prerequisites, M. E. 101, 
M. E. 104, M. E. 105. 

Types of thermal jet units Fluid reaction and propulsive efficiency. 
Performance of rockets, aerothermodynamics, combustion chemical kinetics, 
aerodynamics of high speed air flow. Principles and design of solid and 
liquid propellant rockets. Design of turbojets and aerojets, ramjets and 
hydroduct units, including combustion chambers, turbines and compressors. 

(Russell.) 



.;4(t M EC BASICS 

Mechanical Engineering Shop 

Shop 1. Machine Shop Practice (2) — First semester. One lecture and 
one laboratory period a week. Required of sophomores in Aeronautical and 
-Mechanical Engineering. 

Study and practice of fundamental principles of machine tools. 

Shop 2. Machine Shop Practice (1) — Second semester. One laboratory 
period a week. Prerequisite, Shop 1. Required of sophomores in Aero- 
nautical and in Mechanical Engineering. 

Advanced practice with standard machine tools. Exercises in thread 
cutting, fluting, cutting spur and helical gears, jig work, and cutter and 
surface grinding. 

Shop 3. Foundry Practice (1) — Second semester. One combination lec- 
ture and laboratory period a week. Required of sophomores in Mechanical 
Engineering. 

Lectures and recitations on foundry products and layouts, materials and 
equipment, molding, casting, etc. 

MECHANICS 

Mech. 1. Statics and Dynamics (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Math. 21, Phys. 21. 

Solutions of force systems; graphic statics; friction, centroids and 
moments of inertia; kinematics and kinetics; work, power, energy, impulse 
and momentum. 

Mech. 2. Statics and Dynamics (5) — First semester. Prerequisite, Dr. 3, 
Math. 21, Phys. 21. Required of juniors in Mechanical and Aeronautical 
Engineering. 

Solution of force systems in stationary and moving bodies; study of the 
free body, graphical statics, three dimensional force systems, distributed 
forces, friction, centroids and moments of inertia; study of the dynamics 
of bodies including velocity, acceleration, translation, rotation, work and 
energy, impulse and momentum. 

Mech. 3, 4. Statics and Dynamics (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisites, Math. 21, Phys. 21. Required of seniors in Chemical Engi- 
neering. 

Solutions of force systems; graphic statics; friction, centroids and 
moments of inertia; kinematics and kinetics; work, power, energy, impulse 
and momentum. Thin-wall cylinders, joints, torsion; stresses and deflec- 
tions in beams and columns; combined loading. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

Mech. 50. Strength of Materials (4) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Mech. 1 or 2, or equivalent. Required of juniors in civil engineering. 



MILITARY SCIENCE AND TACTICS ;M1 

Thin-walled cylinders; riveted and welded joints, torsion; stresses in 
beams; design of columns; use of structural steel handbook. Beam deflec- 
tions; statically indeterminate beams; combined loadings; composite beams; 
impact and energy loadings. 

Mech. 51. Strength of Materials (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Mech. 1 or 2, or equivalent. Required of juniors in electrical engineering. 
A shorter course than Mech. 50. 

Mech. 52. Strength of Materials (5) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Mech. 2. Required of juniors in Mechanical and Aeronautical Engineering. 

Study of the stresses and strains in members under various types of load- 
ings including tension, compression, shear, torsion, bending and combined 
loads. Study of cylinders, joints, beams, statically indeterminate members, 
columns, curved bars and shafts. Work in strain energy methods, photo- 
elastic theory, fatigue and strain hardening. (Flodin.) 

Mech. 53. Materials of Engineering (2) — Second semester. One lecture 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Mech. 50 or taken con- 
currently with Mech. 50. 

The composition, manufacture, and properties of the principal materials 
used in engineering; performance of standard tests; interpretation of test 
results and of specifications. 

MILITARY SCIENCE AND TACTICS 

Professor Johnson; Assistant Professors Minion, Maull, Davis, Hollings- 
woi'th, Clark, Miller, Harper, Chase, Brown, Markham, Peterson; Instructors 
Dodson, Buckley, Felber, McFarland, Norris, Foelker, Doran, Riggle. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

(See page 346) 

HEALTH EDUCATION 

(See page 295) 

RECREATION EDUCATION 

(See page 366) 

M. S. 1, 2. Basic R. O. T. C. (3)— Each semester. 

One two-hour period of Leadership, Drill and Exercise of Command, 
Three one-hour classroom periods. Subjects: National Defense Act, Indi- 
vidual Weapons, Rifle Maiksmanship, Hygiene and First Aid, Maps and 
Aerial Photographs, Military Organization. 

M. S. 3, 4. Basic R. O. T. C. (3)— Each semester. 

One two-hour period of Leadership, Drill and Exercise of Command, 
and three one-hour classroom periods. Subjects: Browning Automatic 
Rifle, Evolution of Warfare, Military Administration, Physical Development 
Methods, Machine Guns, Maps, Aerial Photographs and Sketching, Military 
Law and Boards. 



342 MILITARY SCIENCE AND TACTICS 

M. S. 1011, 1021, First Year Advanced (Infantry) (3)— Each semester. 

One two-hour period of Leadership, Drill and Exercise of Command, 
and five one-hour classroom periods. Subjects: Tactics and Technique 
of Infantry to include, Communications, Gunnery, Technique of Fire and 
Fire Control, Motors, and Transportation, Geographical Foundation of 
National Povi'er, Military Leadership, Psychology and Personnel Manage- 
ment, Military Law and Boards, Organization, the Military Team and Troop 
Movement. 

M. S. lOlA, 102A. First Year Advanced (Air Force) (3)— Each semester. 

One two-hour period of Leadership, Drill and Exercise of Command, 
and five one-hour classroom periods, Subjects: Tactics and Technique 
of Air Corps to include. History of Army Air Force, Navigation, Aero- 
nautics, Guided Missiles, Military Problems of the United States, Military 
Leadership, Psychology and Personnel Management, Geographical Founda- 
tion of National Power, Military Law and Boards. 

M. S. lOlS, 102S. First Year Advanced (Signal) (3)— Each semester. 

One two-hour period of Leadership, Drill and Exercise of Command, 
land five one-hour classroom periods. Subjects: Tactics and Technique 
of Signal Corps to include. Organization of the Signal Corps, Signal Com- 
munications for all Arms and Services, Field Wire Communications, Field 
Radio Communications, Message Center and Signal Center Procedure, Com- 
munication Security, Signal Corps Photography, Military Law and Boards, 
Geographical Foundation of National Power. 

M. S. lOlT, 102T. First Year Advanced (Transportation Corps) (3)— 

Each Semester. 

Five one-hour periods. Subjects: Geographical Foundations of National 
Power, Leadership, Drill, and Exercise of Command, Military Law and 
Boards, Military Leadership and Psychology and Personnel Management. 
Tactics and Techniques of the Transportation Corps to include; Organiza- 
tion and Functions of the Transportation Corps, Ti-ansportation Services, 
Transportation Control Agencies, Zone of the Interior, Military Freight 
Movements, and Military Passenger Movements in the Zone of the Interior, 
Military Motor Transport, Ports, Zone of the Interior, Amphibian Trucks 
(DUWKS) and Harbor Craft, Stevedore Operations, the Place of the Trans- 
portation Corps in the Military Team, and Transportation Services, Theater 
of Operations. 

M. S. 1031, 1041. Second Year Advanced (Infantry) (3) — Each semester. 

One two-hour period of Leadership, Drill and Exercise of Command, 
and five one-hour classroom periods. Subjects: Command and Staff, 
Military Teaching Methods, Psychological Warfare, Military Problems of 
the United States Military Mobilization and Demobilization, Tactics and 
Technique of Infantry, to include, Supply and Maintenance, Technique of 
Fire, Fire Control, New Developments, Troop Movements, and Communica- 
tions. 



MILITARY SCIENCE AND TACTICS 343 

M. S. 103A, 104A. Second Year Advanced (Air Corps) (3)— Each 
semester. 

One two-hour period of Leadership, Drill and Exercise of Command, 
and three one-hour classroom periods. Subjects: Command and Staff, 
Military Teaching Methods, Psychological Warfare, Geographical Founda- 
tion of National Power, Military Mobilization and Demobilization, Tactics 
and Technique of Air Force (this will be a major subject in Aircraft Main- 
tenance Engineering or Air Force Supply, whichever field is more closely 
related to the student's college). 

M. S. 1038, 104S. Second Year Advanced (Signal) (3)— Each semester. 

One two-hour period of Leadership, Drill and Exercise of Command, 
and five one-hour classroom periods. Subjects: Command and Staff, 
Military Teaching Methods, Psychological Warfare, U. S. Military Problems, 
Combined and Joint Operations, Military Mobilization and Demobilization, 
Tactics and Technique of Signal Corps, Wire Communication, Signal Supply 
and Repair, Higher Echelon Communications including; Fixed Station Radio, 
Radar, VHF, Direction Finding Equipment and Television. 

M. S. 103T, 104T. Second Year Advanced (Transportation Corps) (3)— 
Each semester. 

Five one-hour periods. Subjects: Command and Staff, Military Teaching 
Methods, Psychological Warfare, Military Problems of the United States, 
Leadership, Drill, and Exercise of Command, Military Mobilization and De- 
mobilization, Combat Intelligence, and Tactics and Techniques of the Trans- 
portation Corps to include; Ports, Zone of the Interior, Ports, Theater of 
Operations, Highway Transport Service, Theater of Operations, Military 
Railway Service, Theater of Operations, Inland Waterways, Theater of 
Operations, Transportation Logistics, Transportation Corps Supply, and 
Movement Control, Theater of Operations. 

M. S. 151. Military Logistics (3) — First semester. 

Three one-hour classroom periods. A study of organization, troop move- 
ments by Motor, Rail, Air, Water. Evacuation replacements and prisoner 
of war, characteristics of materiel, supply. Staff, procedure to include 
organization, duties and actions. 

M. S. 153. Military Policy of the United States (3) — First semester. 

Three one-hour classroom periods. A study of our military history and 
our military policy and the effects of the latter on the former. 

M. S. 152. Military Leadership (3) — Second semester. 

Three one-hour classroom periods. The study of the great leaders of 
history and an analysis of qualities which attributed to their success. 



;J44 MUSIC; NUTRITION; PHILOSOPHY 

MUSIC 

Professor Randall; Instructors Sykora, Haslup, Burton, and Power 
Music 1. Music Appreciation (3) — First semester. 

A study of all types of classical music (not including opera) from the time 
of Hadyn, with a view to developing the ability to listen and enjoy. 

Music 2, 3. History of Music (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 
A couise in the history of music covering the development of all forms 
of music (not including opera) from the Greeks to the present. 

Music 4. Men's Glee Club (1) — First and second semesters. 

A total of six credits may be earned. 

Music 5. Women's Chorus (1) — First and second semesters. 

A total of six credits may be earned. 

Music 6. Orchestra (1) — First and second semesters. 

Music 7. Fundamentals of Music (2) — First and second semesters. 

This course is a prerequisite to Harmony and includes a study of major 
and minor scales, intervals, basic piano technique, sight singing, simple 
musical form and theory. A student must have the permission of the in- 
structor to register for this course and must achieve a grade of B in order 
to continue with the study of Harmony. 

Music 9. Survey of Opera (3) — Second semester. 

The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the librettos, 
music and the composers of the standard operas. 

Music 10. Band (1) — First and second semesters. 
(For discussion of Student and R. 0. T. C. Bands, see pages 59 and 190.) 
A total of six credits may be earned. 

Music 100, 101. Harmony (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
This course includes a study of harmonic progressions, triads in root posi- 
tion and inversions and continues through altered and mixed chords to 
modulation. 

NUTRITION 
(See page 284) 

PHILOSOPHY 
Phil. 1. Fundamentals of Philosophy (3). 

Problems pertaining to the study of man, presented with a constant 
regard for the needs of prospective students of medicine. 

Phil. 2. Ethics (3) — Open to freshmen only by special permission. 
An introductory course in philosophy, stressing its function in daily life, 
in education, in society, and in statecraft. 



I'lULOSOl'HY ; I'HYSICAL EDUCATION 345 

Phil. 11, 12. The Occidental Tradition (6) — Open to sophomores and 
upperclassmen who attained a 2.5 average in the previous semester. Open 
to others only by special permission of their Dean and of the Department 
of Philosophy. By special permission, a student who has had one course 
in philosophy may register and get credit for either of the two semesters 
separately. 

An introductory survey of the history of ideas in the Occident. First 
semester: Ancient and medieval thought. Second semester: Modern thought. 
The purpose of the course is to give students the conceptual means by which 
to integrate their collegiate growth, and to train them in the method of 
such integration. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

Phil. 51. Metaphysics (3) — Prerequisite, one course in philosophy. May 
be taken simultaneously with the second semester of Phil. 11, 12. 

A course in philosophical thinking, designed for students desiring a 
clearer conception of basic reality, and for the needs of prospective teachers 
and theologians. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 
Phil. 181, 182, 183, 184. Proseminar in Philosophy (3)— Two-hour seminar 
session, one hour tutorial. Or three lectures. Open to undergraduates only 
by special permission of the Department of Philosophy, and to graduates 
only after consultation with the Head of the Department of Philosophy. 

The philosophical proseminar is designed for specially qualified under- 
graduates who have had the necessary preliminary work, and for graduate 
students desiring the help of philosophy m the study of their respective 
fields. The content of the course will be chosen so as to serve the needs 
of the group of students enrolled. 

Phil. 191, 192. Readings in Philosophy (2, 2) — Individual library work 
and tutorials. Prerequisite, three courses in philosophy, and the permission 
of the Department of Philosophy. 

Individual work for especially qualified advanced students under super- 
vision and with tutorial advice. Regular written reports and essays. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH, AND RECREATION 

Professors Burnett, Benton, Gloss; Associate Professors Miller, Tompkins, 
Woods; Assistant Professors Cronin, Emmett, Field, Kehoe, Meade, Shipley, 
Snell, Snow, Wyre; Instructors Davis, Flinchbaugh, Krouse, Richards, 
Tingey; Assistants Arbes, Beauman, Cudmore, Lombardy. 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 

All freshmen and sophomore students, except those having had military 
service, those who are listed as Special or Graduate, or those over thirty 
years of age, must successfully complete four semesters of required physical 
activity classes as a prerequisite for graduation. 



346 PHYSICAL EDUCATION; HEALTH; RECREATION 

The freshmen men's activities consist of vigorous calisthenics, wrestling, 
boxing, judo, guerilla exercises, tumbling, grass drills, and relay races. The 
sophomore activities consist mainly of calisthenic drill and practice in the 
skills of games and some experience in combatives and tumbling. The 
purposes are to develop and raise physical capacity and to teach game 
skills. 

Every man student is tested at least five times at extended periods using 
the five standard Army tests for agility, coordination, skill, speed, stamina, 
and strength. A profile graph is made to show improvement. 

HEALTH EDUCATION 

(See page 295) 

RECREATION EDUCATION 

(See page 366) 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Courses open only to Men are given odd numbers. 
Courses open only to Women have even numbers. 
Courses for Men and Women have numbers ending with zero. 

Required Physical Activities for Men 

P. E. 1. Physical Activities (1) — Three hours weekly. (First term.) 
Basic work in physical conditioning activities including calisthenics, run- 
ning, guerilla exercises, grass drills, mass combatives, and tumbling. (Open 
to physically qualified men only.) 

P. E. 3, 7, 11, 21. Adaptive Activities (1, 1, 1, 1) — Three hours weekly. 
(Four terms.) To be taken successively by men not physically qualified to 
take full course of activities. Each man will be given individually assigned 
activities as prescribed by the University Health Service. (Open only to 
men not physically qualified to take full course of activities.) 

P. E. 5. Physical Activities (1) — Three hours weekly. (Second term.) 
Prerequisite P. E. 1. Continuation of basic conditioning work of P. E. 1 
with the addition of work in boxing, wrestling, and judo. (Open to physi- 
cally qualified men only.) 

P. E. 9. Physical Activities (1) — Three hours weekly. (Third term.) 
Prerequisite P. E. 5. Continuation of basic conditioning work of P. E. 1 
and P. E. 5. (Open to physically qualified men only.) 

P. E. 13. Touch Football, Wrestling (1)— Three hours weekly. (Third 
term.) Prerequisite P. E. 5. Instruction and practice in the skills of touch 
football and wrestling. (Open only to physically qualified men with PFR 
of 300 or higher.) 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 347 

P. E. 15. Soccer, Boxinjj (1) — Three hours weekly. (Third term.) Pre- 
requisite P. E. 5. Instruction and practice in the skills of soccer and box- 
ing. (Open only to physically qualified men with PFR of 300 or higher.) 

P. E. 17. Gymnastics (1) — Three hours weekly. (Third term.) Pre- 
requisite P. E. 5. Instruction and practice in the skills of tumbling and 
apparatus work. (Open only to physically qualified men with PFR of 300 
or higher.) 

P. E. 19. Physical Activities (1) — Three hours weekly. (Fourth term.) 
Prerequisite P. E. 9. Continuation of basic conditioning work of P. E. 1, 
P. E. 5, and P. E. 9. (Open to physically qualified men only.) 

P. E. 23. Basketball, Track and Field (1) — Three hours weekly. (Fourth 
term.) Prerequisite P. E. 9. Instruction and practice in the skills of bas- 
ketball and track and field. (Open only to physically qualified men with 
PFR of 300 or higher.) 

P. E. 25. Volleyball, Tennis (1) — Three hours weekly. (Fourth term.) 
Prerequisite P. E. 9. Instruction and practice in the skills of volleyball and 
tennis. Each student will be required to furnish his owm tennis racket and 
balls. (Open only to physically qualified men with PFR of 300 or higher.) 

P. E. 27. Tumbling, Trampoline, Softball (1)— Three hours weekly. 
(Fourth term.) Prerequisite P. E. 9. Instruction and practice in tumbling, 
use of the trampoline, and softball. (Open only to physically qualified men 
with PFR of 300 or higher.) 

Required Physical Activities for Women 

P. E. 2, 4. Physical Activities (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Three 
periods a week. Required of all freshmen. 

This course provides instruction and practice in the fundamentals of 
sports and rhythms, training in basic skills of movement, and physical 
conditioning. 

P. E. 6, 8. Physical Activities (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 

Sophomores may elect activities from the following: Soccer, speedball, 
hockey, field ball, volleyball, touch football, softball, basketball, bowling, 
tennis, fencing, golf, dance, body mechanics, and recreational games. 

P. E. 12, 14, 16, 18. Adaptive Activities (1, 1, 1, 1)— Three hours weekly. 
(Four terms.) To be taken successively by those not physically qualified 
to take full courses 2, 4, 6, 8. 

Majors 
Courses Primarily for Majors in Physical Education 

P. E. 30. History and Introduction to Physical Education (3) — First 
semester. 

Designed to give an overview of physical education from primitive to 
modern times. 



;US PHYSICAL EDVCATIOS 

P. E. 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38. Sports Skills (2 points each course)— 

First and second semesters, Freshman and Sophomore years. Progressive 
techniques and practice of individual and team contests, recreational games, 
stunts and gymnasium activities. 

P. E. 40. Elementary Gymnasium Activities (1) — First semester. 
Teaching of free hand exercises, marching, elementary gymnastics, and 
tumbling, and the organization of gymnasium classes. 

P. E. 41, 43, 45, 47. Varsity Sports. 

A study and practice of the fundamental skills; organization and the 
theory and strategy of team play. P. E. 41 Football (2)— Fall; P. E. 43 
Basketball (1)— Fall; P. E. 45 Track (1)— Spring; P. E. 47 Baseball CD- 
Spring. 

P. E. 50. Intermediate Gymnasium Activities (1) — Second semester. 
Teaching of games, contests, relays, achievement tests, and intermediate 
gymnastics. 

P. E. 51. Recreational Sport Skills (1) — First semester. Minor games 
of skill and strength played indoors and outdoors suitable for elementary 
grades, camps and picnics. 

P. E. 52, 54. Dance Techniques (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Three 
laboratory and one lecture period a week. A basic course which includes 
movement techniques of modern dance and analysis of form and compo- 
sition. 

P. E. 55. Tennis (1) — Second semester. The technique, strokes, strategy 
and practice of tennis. 

P. E. 56, 58. Dance Techniques (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Three 
laboratory and one lecture period a week. A continuation of P. E. 52, 54. 
More advanced movements of the modern dance techniques are studied. 
Students are given the opportunity to create and participate in simple 
group dances. Theory in teaching methods. 

P. E. 57, Combative Sports Skills (1) — Second semester. Two hours 
weekly. A block of courses which cover the fundamental skills, rules, and 
strategies of boxing, wrestling, and judo. 

P. E. 60. Advanced Gymnastics — Elective (not required) (3) — First and 
second semesters. Practice and theory in g^^mnastics, pyramids, trampo- 
line, springboard and exhibition activities appropriate for secondary school 
students. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

P. E. 100. Kinesiology (3) — First semester. 

The study and analysis of human motion and posture conforming to the 
laws of mechanics and principles of physiology and anatomy. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 349 

P. E. 101, 103. Organization and Officiating in Intramurals (2, 2)— First 
and second semesters. Organization, administration, and promotion of 
intramurals at various school levels. Types of tournaments, units of com- 
petition, handling of student leader personnel, etc. 

P. E. 102, 104. Sport Skills (2, 2) — First and second semesters. -Three 
laboratory and one lecture period a week. A continuation of P. E. 66, 68. 
Tennis, stunts, tumbling, apparatus, marching, recreational games. 

P. E. 106, IDS. Sport Skills (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Three 
laboratory and one lecture period a week. A continuation of P. E. 102, 104. 
Track, badminton, swimming. For recreation majors golf is substituted for 
track. 

P. E. 112. History of Dance (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, P. E. 
52, 54, 56, 58. Elective (not required). Designed to give an overview of 
the development of dance from primitive to modern times. Students have 
experience in planning dances for specific historic periods. 

P. E. 122. Individual Sports (2) — Elective. Theory and practice in the 
techniques and teaching of badminton, golf, and tennis. 

P. E, 124, 126. Coaching and Officiating (2, 2) — First and second semes- 
ters. Three laboratory and one lecture period a week. Prerequisites, P. E. 
32, 34, 36, 38. Theory in coaching and officiating sports for women. Oppor- 
tunity for National Officials Rating. 

P. E. 138. Advanced Modern Dance (2) — Second semester. Three labora- 
tory and one lecture a week. Prerequisites, P. E. 52, 54, 56, 58. Elective. 
Advanced techniques and practice in teaching dance. 

P. E. 140. Therapeutics (3) (adaptives) — Second semester. Prerequi- 
site P. E. 100. A study of common structural abnormalities, corrective 
exercises, and massage. Causes, prevention and correction of postural de- 
fects. Testing methods. Theory and practice. 

P. E. 160. Golf (1) — First semester. Selection of equipment; rules of 
golf. Techniques of drive, approach and putt. Instruction in golf as a 
competitive game; intramural and interscholastic. 

P. E. 170. Principles and Practice of Physical Education (3) — Second 
semester. Principles of physical conditioning and development studied in 
the classroom; put into practice in the gymnasium and sports areas. 

P. E. 180. Tests and Measurements in Physical Education (3) — First 
semester. The theory and use of achievement standards and tests of physi- 
cal fitness, motor ability, sport skills, etc., with emphasis on the analysis 
and interpretation of results and their application to school programs of 
physical education. 

P. E. 181. Training and Conditioning (1) — First semester. The train- 
ing and physical conditioning of athletes. Treatment of athletic injuries by 
taping, massage, hydrotherapy, and electro-therapy. 



350 PHYSICAL EDUCATION; PHYSICS 

P. E. 190. Organization and Administration of Health and Physical 
Education (3) — Second semester. The problems of coordinating health, 
physical education, and athletics in a school program. Professional respon- 
sibilities of the Director and Coach are emphasized. Scheduling, public 
relations, care and purchase of equipment, etc., are discussed. 

For Graduates 

P. E. 200. Departmental Seminar (1) — Second semester and summer, 
Gloss and Benton. 

In this Seminar each candidate for the Master's Degree will present to 
the group, including departmental and invited authorities, (1) a mimeo- 
graphed outline of his (or her) thesis topic; (2) a verbally delivered digest; 
the main thesis problem, sub-problems and the tentative solutions. This 
must be presented and defended as to criticism in a manner satisfactory 
to the faculty and, or authorities present or again repeated in another term. 

P. E. 210. Comparative Problems in Physical Education (2) — First 
semester only — Gloss. 

A comparative international survey of the present-day and possible 
future programs of Physical Education and Recreation. 

P. E. 230. Contemporary Physical Education (3) — Second semester and 

alternate Summers — Burnett. 

The present-day status and possible future developments of Community, 
State, Federal (including Military), Physical Fitness and Physical Educa- 
tion Programs. 

P. E. 250. Survey in the Area of Health, Physical Education and Recre- 
ation (6) — First and second semesters and Summers — Gloss. 

A Library Survey course, covering the total area of Health, Physical 
Education and Recreation, plus intensive research on one specific limited 
problem of which a digest, including a bibliography, is to be submitted. 

P. E. 260. Research (1-6) — Either semester or summer — Burnett, Gloss. 

This course is for advanced students who are capable of doing individual 
research on some topic other than the Thesis or the one chosen in P. E. 250. 
Approval of the instructor is required. 

PHYSICS 

Professors Morgan, Myers; Part-time Professors Brickwedde, Johnson, Ken- 
nard, McMillen; Visiting Professor Durkee; Associate Professors Cooper, 
Iskraut. 

Phys. 1. Elements of Physics: Mechanics. Heat, and Sound (3) — First 
semester. Two lectures, and one recitation a week. The first half of a 



PHYSICS 351 

survey course in general physics. This course is for the general student 
and docs not satisfy the requirements of the professional schools. Pre- 
requisite, successful passing of the qualifying examination in elementary 
mathematics. Lecture demonstration fee $3.00. 

Phys. 2. Elements of Physics: Magnetism, Electricity, and Optics (3)— 

Second semester. Two lectures and one recitation a week. The second half 
of a survey course in general physics. This course is for the general student 
and does not satisfy the requirements of the professional schools. Pre- 
requisite, Phys. 1. Lecture demonstration fee $3.00. 

Phys. 10. Fundamentals of Physics: Mechanics and Heat (4) — First 
semester. Two lectures, one recitation, and one three hour laboratory 
period a week. The first half of a course in general physics. This course 
together ivith Phys. 11, satisfies the minimum requirements of medical and 
dental schools. Prerequisite, entrance credit in trigonometry or Math. 11 
or concurrent enrollment in Math. 14 and 15. Lecture demonstration and 
laboratory fee, $6.00. 

Phys. 11. Fundamentals of Physics: Sound, Optics, Magnetism, and 
Electricity (4) — Second semester. Two lectures, one recitation, and one 
three hour laboratory period a week. The second half of a course in general 
physics. Prerequisites, Phys. 10, or 20. Lecture demonstration and lab- 
oratory fee, $6.00. 

Phys. 20. General Physics: Mechanics and Heat (5) — First semester. 
Two lectures, two recitations and one three hour laboratory period a week. 
The first half of a course in general physics. Required of all students in the 
engineering curricula. Math. 20 is to be taken concurrently. Lecture 
demonstration and laboratory fee, $6.00. 

Phys. 21. General Physics: Sound, Optics, Magnetism, and Electricity 

(5) — Second semester. Two lectures, two recitations, and one three hour 
laboratory period a week. The second half of a course in general physics. 
Required of all students in the engineering curricula. Prerequisite, Phys. 
20. Math. 21 is to be taken concurrently. Lecture demonstration and lab- 
oratory fee, $6.00. , 

Phys. 50, 51. Applied Mechanics (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 11, or Phys. 21. 

Phys. 52. Heat (3) — First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequi- 
site, Phys. 11 or 21. Math. 20 is to be taken concurrently. 

Phys. 54. Sound (3) — Second semester. Three lectures a week. Pre- 
requisite, Phys. 11 or 21. Math 21 is to be taken concurrently. 

Phys. 60. Intermediate Physics Experiments. 3 hours laboratory work 
for each credit hour. One or more credits may be taken concurrently. Pre- 
requisites, Phys. 11 or 21. Laboratory fee, $6.00 per credit hour. 



352 I'lnSICS 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Phys. 100. Advanced Kxperiments. 3 hours laboratory woik for each 
credit hour. One or more credits may be taken concurrently. Prerequisites, 
Phys. 52 or 54 and four credits in Phys. 60. Laboratory fee, $6.00 per 
credit hour. 

Phys. 101. Laboratory Arts (1) — Second semester. Four hours labora- 
tory a week. Prerequisite, 2 ciedit hours, Phys. 100. Laboratory fee $6.00. 

(Nydegger.) 

Phys. 102. Optics (3) — First semester. Three lectures a week. Pre- 
requisites, Phys. 11 or 21 and Math. 21. (Cooper.) 

Phys. 104, 105. Electricity and Magnetism (3, 3) — Second and first 
semesteis. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 11 or 21 and 
Math 21. (Cooper.) 

Phys. 106, 107. Theoretical Mechanics (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Three lectures a week. Pierequisites, Phys. 11 or 21 and Math. 21. 

(Morgan.) 

Phys. 112, 113. Modern Physics (2, 2) — First and second semester. Two 
lectures a week. Pierequisites, Phys. 102 or 104. (Cooper.) 

Phys. 116, 117. Fundamental Hydrodynamics (3, 3) — Three lectures a 
week. Prerequisite, Physics 107 and Math. 21. 

For Graduates 

Phys. 200, 201. Introduction to Theoretical Physics primarily for stu- 
dents planning to do graduate work (5, 5) — Five lectures a week, first and 
second semesters. Prerequisite, advanced standing in physics and mathe- 
matics. (Myers.) 

Phys. 202, 203. Advanced Dynamics (2, 2) — Two lectures a week. Pre- 
requisite, Phys. 200. (Not offered in 1948-49.) 

Phys. 204. Electrodynamics (4) — Four lectures a week, second semester. 

Prerequisite, Phys. 201. (Not offered in 1948-49.) (Iskraut.) 

Phys. 206. Physical Optics (3)— Prere'quisite, Phys. 201. (Myers.) 

Phys. 208, 209. Thermodynamics (2. 2) — Prerequisite, Phys. 201 or 

equivalent. (Cooper.) 

Phys. 210, 211. Statistical Mechanics and the Kinetic Theory of Gases 

(2, 2) — Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 112 and 201. 

Phys. 212, 213. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (2, 2) — Two lec- 
tures a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisite, Phys. 201. 

(Brickwedde.) 

Phys. 214, 215. Theory of Atomic Structure and Spectral Lines (2, 2) — 

Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 21.S. (McMillen.) 



PHYSICS; POULTRY HUSBANDRY 353 

Phys. 216. 217. Molecular Structure (2, 2)— Two lectures a week. Pre- 
requisite, I'liys. 2i;?. (Not ullered in 11)48-49.) (IJrickwedde.) 

Phys. 218, 219. X-rays and Crystal Structure (3, 3)— Three lectures a 
week. (Not offered in 1948-49.) (Morgan.) 

Phys. 220. Application of X-ray and Electron Diffraction Methods (2) — 

Two laboratory periods a week. (Not ofYered in 1948-49.) (Morgan.) 

Phys. 222, 223. Boundary-Value Problems of Theoretical Physics (2, 2) 

—Prerequisite, Phys. 201. (Not offered in 1948-49.) 

Phys. 224, 225. Supersonic Aerodynamics and Compressible Flow (2, 2) 

—Prerequisite, Phys, 201. (Not offered in 1948-49.) 

Phys. 226, 227. Theoretical Hydrodynamics (3, 3) — Prerequisite, ele- 
mentary hydrodynamics. (Kennard.) 

Phys. 230. Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. 

Phys. 232, 233. Hydromechanics Seminar (1, 1)— (Not offered in 1948- 
1949.) (Kennard.) 

Phys. 250. Research — Credit according to work done. 

Phys. 228, 229. The Electron (2, 2)— Prerequisites, Phys. 204 and Phys. 

213. (Not offered in 1948-49.) (Johnson.) 

Phys. 234, 235. Nuclear Physics (2, 2)— Prerequisite, Phys. 213. 

(Johnson.) 

Phys. 236. Theory of Relativity (3)— Prerequisite, Phys. 200. (Iskraut.) 

Phys. 238. Quantum Theory — selected topics (3) — Prerequisite, Phys. 
236. (Iskraut.) 

Phys. 240, 241. Theory of Sound and Vibrations (2, 2)— Prerequisite, 
Phys. 201. (McMillen.) 

Phys. 242, 243. Theory of Solids (2, 2)— Two lectures a week. Prerequi- 
site, Phys. 213. (Myers.) 

POULTRY HUSBANDRY 

Professors Jull, Gwin; Associate Professors Quigley, Shaffner. 

P. H. 1. Poultry Production (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. 

This is a general comprehensive course covering all phases of modern 
poultry husbandry practices, including breeds, incubation, brooding, housing, 
feeding, culling, marketing, caponizing, and the economics of production and 
distribution of poultry products. 

P. H. 2. Poultry Biology (3) — Second semester. 

This course is designed to provide basic information as a foundation for 
other courses in poultry. The biology of the fowl is considered with respect 



354 POULTRY HV SB AN DRY 

to fundamentals of cell development, the development and structure of the 
digestive, circulatory, respiratory, reproductive and endocrine systems, 
feathers, growth, and related problems. 

V. H. 59. Advanced Poultry .ludgins (1) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
P. H. 1. One lecture or laboratory period per week. 

Theory and practice of judging and culling by physical means. Correla- 
tion studies of characteristics associated with productivity. 

Contestant for regional, collegiate judging competitions will be selected 
from this class. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

P. H. 100. Poultry Breeding (2) — Second semester. Prerequisites, 
P. H. 1 or 2. 

The inheritance of morphological and physiological characters of poultry 
are presented. Inheritance of factors related to egg and meat production 
and quality are stressed. Breeding plans are discussed. (Jull.) 

P. H. 101. Poultry Nutrition (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. 

Nuti-itive requirements of poultry and the nutrients which meet those 
requirements are presented. Studies are made of various nutritional dis- 
eases commonly encountered under practical conditions. 

P. H. 102, Physiology of Hatchability (3) — Second semester. Two lec- 
tures and one laboratory period a week. 

The physiology of embryonic development as i-elated to principles of 
hatchability, and problems of incubation encountered in the hatchery in- 
dustry are discussed. Laboratory exercises stressing fundamentals of 
hatchability are assigned. (Shaflfner. ) 

P. H. 103. Commercial Poultry Management (2) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, ten hours of poultry husbandry, including P. H. 1. 

A symposium on finance, investment, plant layout, specialization, purchase 
of supplies, and management problems in baby chick, egg, broiler, and 
turkey pi'oduction; foremanship, advertising, selling, by-products, produc- 
tion and financial records. Field trips required. (Quigley.) 

P. H, 104. Poultry Marketing Problems (3) — First semester. Two lec- 
tures and one laboratory period a week. 

Live and dressed poultry grades, poultry marketing channels, relation of 
transportation and distribution to quality, methods and costs of marketing 
live and dressed poultry, dressing, drawing, eviscerating and preparing 
poultry for the table. (Gwin.) 

I*. H. 105. Egg Marketing Problems (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratoiy period a week. 



POULTRY HVSnASniiY :{5ri 

Exterior and interior egg quality factors, wholesale and retail grades of 
eggs, Qgg marketing channels, relation of transportation and distribution 
to quality, methods and costs of marketing eggs, candling and preparing 
eggs for the table. (Gwin.) 

Poultry Hygiene, see Veterinary Science, V. S. 107. 

Avian Anatomy, see Veterinary Science, V. S. 108. 

Preservation of Poultry Products, see F. Tech. 108. 

P. H. 107. Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems (2) — First 
semester. 

Relation of poultry to agriculture as a whole and its economic importance. 
Consumer prejudices and preferences, production, transportation, storage, 
and distribution problems are discussed. Trends in the industry, surpluses 
and their utilization, poultry by-products, and disease problems, are pre- 
sented. Federal, state, and private agencies servicing the poultry industry 
and function performed by each agency are discussed. (Staff.) 

P. H. 108. Special Poultry Problems (1-2) — First and second semesters. 
For senior poultry students. The student will be assigned special prob- 
lems in the field of poultry for individual study and report. (Staff.) 

For Graduates 

P. H. 201. Advanced Poultry Genetics (3) — First semester. Prerequi- 
site, P. H. 100 or equivalent. 

This course serves as a foundation for research in poultry genetics. Link- 
age, crossing-over, inheritance of sex, the expression of genes in develop- 
ment, inheritance of resistance to disease, and the influence of the environ- 
ment on the expression of genetic capacities are considered. (Jull.) 

P. H. 202. Advanced Poultry Nutrition (3) — Second semester. Two 
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, P. H. 101 or 
equivalent. 

A fundamental study of the dietary role of proteins, minerals, vitamins, 
and carbohydrates is given as well as a study of the digestion and meta- 
bolism of these substances. Deficiency diseases as produced by the use of 
synthetic diets are considered. (Briggs.) 

P. H. 203. Physiology of Reproduction of Poultry (3) — First semester. 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, P. H. 102 or 
its equivalent. 

The role of the endocrines in reproduction, especially with respect to egg 
production, is considered. Fertility, sexual maturity, broodiness, molting, 
Qgg formation, ovulation, deposition of egg envelopes, and the physiology of 
oviposition aie studied. (Shaffner.) 



356 PORTUGUESE: PRACTICAL ARTS 

P. H. 204. Poultry Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. 
Oral reports of current researches by staff members, graduate students, 
and guest speakers are presented. (Staff.) 

P. H. 205. Poultry Literature (1-4) — First and second semesters. 
Readings on individual topics are assigned. Written reports required. 
Methods of analysis and presentation of scientific material are discussed. 

(Staff.) 

P. H. 206. Poultry Research — First and second semesters. Credit in 
accordance with work done. 

Practical and fundamental research with poultry may be conducted under 
the supervision of staff members toward the requirements for the degrees 
of M.S. and Ph.D. (Staff.) 

P. H. 207. Poultry Research Techniques (3) — First semester. Two lec- 
tures and one laboratory period a week. 

To acquaint graduate students with common basic research techniques 
useful in conducting experiments with poultry or poultry products. Meth- 
ods of arranging and conducting an experiment, of interpreting results 
(including the use of statistics), of writing and publishing experimental 
results, of using laboratory equipment (pH meter, colorimeter, microscope, 
etc.), of purchasing equipment, and of using scientific periodicals are con- 
sidered. Actual laboratory experiments with poultry are included. (Staff.) 

PORTUGUESE 
(See page 325) 

PRACTICAL ART AND CRAFTS 

Professor Curtiss; Assistant Professors Cuneo, Eichelberger, Lawson; 
Instructors Cassels, Brown, Davis, Palmer, and Young. 

The Department of Practical Art reserves the right to retain one art 
problem, from each student, from each class, for illustrative purposes; 
however, it will retain only such problems as are needed by the department. 

Pr. Art. 0. Professional Lectures (0) — Second semester. 
Lectures by current merchandisers and designers. 

A. Practical Art 

Pr, Art 1. Design (3) — First and second semesters. 

Art expression through the use of materials, such as opaque water color, 
wet clay, colored chalk, and lithograph crayon, which are conducive to free 
techniques. Elementary lettering, action figures, abstract design and 
general composition study. Consideration of art as applied to daily living. 
Teaching methods are emphasized in the section for art education students. 



PRACTICAL ARTS 357 

Pr. Art 2. Survey of Art History (2)— First and second semesters, 
A rapid survey of art, from prehistoric times to the twentieth century, 
showing the great human movements and art ideals, which each period has 
reflected. Emphasis is given to the philosophy and significance of art in 
today's living. Illustrated lectures; assigned readings, examinations. 

Pr. Art 3. Creative Art Inspired by Primitive Art (2)— First semester. 
Two laboratory periods a week. 

Modern design produced after the study of vigorous primitive art as found 
in the prehistoric art of Spain, France, and the Southwestern part of the 
United States; archaic Mesopotamia, Egypt, and Greece; Mayan, Aztec, and 
Peruvian cultures; past and present primitive tribes; provincial and 
peasant groups. 

Pr. Art 4. Three-dimensional Design (2) — Second semester. Two labora- 
tory periods a week. 

Abstract and symbolic design emphasizing mass, volume, and depth in 
construction problems, which utilize paper, cork, screen, wire, thin sheet 
metal, fabric, wood, plastics, etc. This course stimulates resourcefulness 
and imagination in design; it is especially valuable to persons interested 
in display. 

Pr. Art 20. Costume Design (3) — First and second semesters. Three 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Pr. Art 1, or equivalent. 

Clothing selection with relation to personality. Adaptation of changing 
fashions to the individual. Designing of costumes in mediums, such as 
Conte and lithograph crayon, transparent and opaque water color, soft 
pencil, India ink, and three-dimensional materials. A minimum of fashion 
figure drawiftg. Survey of historic costume and of the fashion industry. 

Pr. Art. 21, 22. Action Drawing (2, 2)— Second semester. Two labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Pr. Art 1, or equivalent. 

Quick sketching of live model, from poses and action. This course is 
basic for costume illustration and mural painting. Pr. Art 21 prerequisite 
to Pr. Art 22. 

Pr. Art 30. Typography and Lettering (3)— First and Second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Pr. Art 1, or equivalent. 

A study of typography, hand lettering, and their application. Brief 
survey of processes of reproduction. 

Pr. Art 38, 39. Photography (2, 2)— First and second semesters. Three 
laboratory periods a week. Consent of the instructor. 

Experimental effects in photography with special emphasis upon pictures 
for advertisements, store display, periodicals, murals and salon exhibits. 
Each student must have his own camera. 



358 PRACTICAL ARTS 

B. Crafts 

Cr. 2. 3. Simple Crafts (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Two labora- 
tory periods a week. 

Creative art expressed in clay modeling, plaster carving, wood burning, 
thin metal working, paper mache modeling, etc. Emphasis is laid upon 
inexpensive materials and tools and simple techniques, which can be pursued 
in the home. Excellent for teachers and directors of recreation centers. 

Cr. 5, 6. Puppetry (2, 2) — Second semester. Two laboratory periods 
a week. 

Making of marionettes and production of simple puppet shows. Valuable 
to teachers and directors of recreation centers. 

Cr, 20, 21. Ceramics (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Three laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, Pr. Art 1 or Cr. 2, if possible. 

Elementary pottery-making, modeling in relief, intaglio and in the round, 
simple glaze eflFects. Good design is stressed. 

Cr. 30, 31. Metalry (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Three laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, Pr. Art 1, or Cr. 2, if possible. 

Etching, repousse, and sawed filigree in metals, such as copper, aluminum, 
brass, pewter and German silver. Good design is stressed. 

Cr. 40, 41. Weaving (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Three laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, Pr. Art 1, if possible. 

Hand weaving on simple looms. Good color, texture, and general design 
are stressed. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Pr. Art 100, 101. Mural Design (2, 2)— First semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 2, 3, 21, or consent of the instructor. 

Consideration of mural design with relation to propriety of setting. Study 
of traditional and contemporary techniques. Experiment in colored chalk, 
gouash, oil paint, and fresco; stone, glass, and tile mosaic. 

Pr. Art 102, 103. Advanced Mural Design (2, 2) — First semester. Two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 2, 3, 21, 100, 101, 
Advanced techniques in mural design. 

Pr. Art 120, 121 — Costume Illustration (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr, Art 1, 20, and 21, 22, if 
possible. 

Advanced techniques in rendering of fashion illustration. Experience in 
use of Ben Day and Craftint. Organization of fashion shows. 

Pr, Art 124, 125, Individual Problems in Costume (2, 2)— First and 
second semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 
1, 20, 120, 121, and permission of the instructor. 



PRACTICAL ARTS 359 

Advanced problems in costume design or costume illustration for students 
who are capable of independent work. 

Vr. Art 132. Advertising Layout (2) — First and second semesters. Two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 20, 30, and 21, 21 if 
possible. 

Rough layouts and finished advertisements utilizing lettering, type speci- 
fications, and illustration. Air brush used in large work. 

Pr. Art 134, 135. Individual Problems in Advertising (2, 2) — Second 
semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr, Art 1, 20, 30, 
120, 132, or equivalent, and permission of the instructor. 

Advanced problems in advertising for students who are capable of 
independent work. 

Pr. Art 136. Merchandise Display (2) — First and second semesters. 
Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 20, 30; 120, 132 
to precede or parallel. 

Practice in effective display of merchandise. Cooperation with retail 
establishments. 

Pr. Art 137. Advanced Merchandise Display (2) — First and second 
semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 20, 30, 
120, 132, 136 and permission of the instructor. 

Advanced problems in the display of merchandise. Emphasis upon 
original atmospheric effects, which are within the bounds of good taste. 

Pr. Art 138, 139. Advanced Photography (2,2) — First and second 
semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 38, 39. 

Advanced problems in photography. Each student must have his own 
camera. 

Pr. Art 140, 141. Interior Design (1, 3) — First semester, one laboratory 
per week; second semester, three laboratory periods per week. Prerequi- 
sites, Pr. Art 1, 2, to precede or parallel Pr. Art 140. 

Analysis of interiors as backgrounds for various personalities. Study of 
good and poor interiors. Trips to historic homes, a furniture factory, and 
retail house furnishing establishments. Original floor plans and wall eleva- 
tions drawn to scale and rendered in color. 

Pr. Art 142, 143. Advanced Interior Design (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 140, 
141, or equivalent. 

Designing of rooms and furnishings; scale drawing and color rendering 
in plan, elevation and perspective, or making of maquettes. Study of 
furniture manufacture and merchandising. Planning of exhibition rooms 
or houses when possible. 



360 PRACTICAL ARTS AND CRAFTS 

Pr. Art 144, 145. Individual Problems in Interior (2, 2) — First and 
second semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 
1, 140, 141, 142, 143, and permission of the instructor. 

Advanced problems in interior design or construction for students who 
are capable of independent work. 

Pr. Art 198. Store Experience (3) — 160 clock hours, or 20 continuous 
eight-hour days, summer following the Junior Year, Practical Art 
curriculum. 

Selling, buying, advertising, or executive work, done under supervision in 
a specified department store or studio. Arrangements to be made with the 
Head of the Department of Practical Art early in the spring semester, 
Junior year. 

Cr. 120, 121. Advanced Ceramics (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 

Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Cr. 20, 21. 

Advanced techniques in ceramics; preparation of glazes and handling of 
the kiln. 

Cr. 124, 125. Individual Problems in Ceramics (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Cr. 20, 21, 120, 
121, and permission of the instructor. 

Advanced problems in ceramics. For students who are capable of inde- 
pendent work. 

Cr. 130, 131. Advanced Metalry (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Cr. 30, 31. 

Advanced techniques in metalry, including soldering, stone-setting, and 
fine etching. 

Cr. 134, 135. Individual Problems in Metalry (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prei'equisites, Cr. 30, 31, 130, 
131, and permission of the instructor. 

Advanced problems in Metalry for students who are capable of inde- 
pendent work. 

Cr. 140, 141. Advanced Weaving (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Cr. 40, 41. 
Advanced techniques in weaving. 

Cr. 144, 145. Individual Problems in Weaving (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Cr. 40, 41, 140, 
141, and permission of the instructor. 

Advanced problems in weaving for students who are capable of inde- 
pendent work. 

Cr. 198. Crafts in Therapy (2) — Second semester. Prerequisites, three 
courses in various crafts or art construction, consent of the instructor and 
junior standing. 



PSYCHOLOGY 361 

Demonstration and discussion of the teaching of crafts to persons, who 
need physical and mental rehabilitation. Readings, field trips, a minimum 
of art activity. Excellent for persons who plan to work with disabled 
persons. 

PSYCHOLOGY 

Professor Sprowls; Associate Professors Cofer, Smith; Assistant Professors 
Hackman, Sanford, Schaefer and Walker; Instructor Kershner. 

University Counseling Bureau. The Department of Psychology main- 
tains a Counseling Bureau, provided with a well-trained technical staff 
and equipped with an excellent stock of standardized tests of aptitude, 
ability, and interest. By virtue of payment of the annual "Advisory 
and Testing Fee," students are entitled to the services of the Counsel- 
ing Bureau without further charge. 

Psych. 1 'Introduction to Psychology (3) — First and second semesters. 

Not open to Freshmen. 

A basic introductory course, intended to bring the student into contact 
with the major problems confronting psychology and the more important 
attempts at their solution. 

Psych. 2. Applied Psychology (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, Psych. 1. 

Application of research methods to basic human problems in business 
and industry, in the professions, and in other practical concerns of every- 
day life. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Graduate credit will be assigned only for students certified by the 
Department of Psychology as qualified for graduate standing. 

Psych. 106. Statistical Methods in Psychology (3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. (Hackman, Schaefer.) 

A basic introduction to quantitative methods used in psychological re- 
search; measures of central tendency, of spread, and of correlation. Majors 
in Psychology must take this course in the junior year. 

Psych. 110. Educational Psychology (3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Psych. 1. (Sanford.) 

Researches on fundamental psychological problems encountered in edu- 
cation; measurement and significance of individual differences, learning, 
motivation, transfer of training. 

Psych. 121. Social Psychology (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, Psych. 1. (Sanford.) 

Psychological study of human behavior in social situations; influence of 
others on individual behavior, social conflict and individual adjustment, 
communication and its influences on normal social activity. 



362 PSYCHOLOGY 

Psych. 122, Advanced Social Psychology (3)— Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Psych. 121 and consent of instructor. (Sanford.) 

A systematic review of researches and points of view in regard to major 
problems in the field of social psychology. 

Psych. 125. Child Psychology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 1. (Schaefer.) 

Behavioral analysis of normal development and normal socialization of 
the growing child. 

Psych. 126. Developmental Psychology (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Psych. 1. (Schaefer.) 

Genetic approach to human motivation and accomplishment. Research 
on simpler animal forms, the child, the adolescent and the adult in terms 
of the development of normal adult behavior. 

Psych. 127. Psychology of Early Man (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Psych. 121. (Sprowls.) 

A study of cultural and anthropological origins and continuities in man 
from Pithecanthropus to the historical period; interpretations of the arti- 
facts and customs in the light of the mental processes involved in their 
evolution. Periodic observation trips to the Museum of Natural History in 
Washington. 

Psych. 128. Human Motivation (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 

Psych. 121. (Cofer.) 

Review of research literature dealing with determinants of human per- 
formance, together with consideration of the major theoretical contribu- 
tions in this area. 

Psych. 130. Mental Hygiene (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, Psych 1. Two lectures, one clinic. (Sprowls.) 

The more common deviations of personality; typical methods of adjust- 
ment. A weekly clinic will be held at St. Elizabeth's Hospital. 

Psych. 131. Abnormal Psychology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 130. Two lectures, one clinic. (Sprowls.) 

The nature, occurrence, and causes of marked psychological abnormali- 
ties, with emphasis on clinical rather than theoretical aspects. 

Psych. 132. Psychological Aspects of Clinical Practice (3) — Second 
semester. Open only to seniors majoring in psychology. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 131. (Cofer.) 

A survey course, intended for those who are considering work in state 
hospitals, veterans' hospitals, and other institutions which provide clinical 
facilities. 

Psych. 140. Psychological Problems in Advertising (3) — First semester. 
Prerequisite, Psych. 1. (Hackman.) 



PSYCHOLOGY 363 

Psychological problems that arise in connection with the produrtion and 
field-testing of advertising; techniques employed in attacking these prob- 
lems through research. 

Psych. 142. Techniques of Interrogation (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Psych. 128. (Hackman.) 

The interview, the questionnaire, and other methods of obtaining evidence 
on human attitudes and reactions, as viewed in the light of modern research 
evidence. 

Psych. 150. Tests and Measurements (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 106. Laboratory fee, $4.00. (Smith.) 

Critical survey of predictors used in vocational and educational orienta- 
tion and in industrial practice, with emphasis on development and standardi- 
zation. Laboratory* practice in the use and interpretation of test and non- 
test predictors. 

Psych. 155. Psychological Techniques in Vocational Counseling (3) — 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 150. (Smith.) 

A survey course, intended for those who wish to qualify for junior posi- 
tions involving a knowledge of counseling, but who are unable to undertake 
graduate study. 

Psych. 161. Psychological Techniques in Personnel Administration (3) — 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 128. (Schaefer.) 

A survey course, intended for those who plan to enter some phase of 
personnel work, but who do not plan to undertake graduate study. 

Psych. 167. Psychological Problems in Aviation (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, Psych. 1. (Walker.) 

Techniques in selection and training of aircraft pilots; researches on 
special conditions encountered in flight. 

Psych. 191, 192. General Experimental Psychology (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. Prerequisites, 15 hours of Psychology and consent of 
instructor. (Hackman.) 

A systematic review of the more fundamental investigations upon which 
modern psychology is based. Intended primarily for exceptional senior 
majors and for graduate students. 

Psych. 194. Independent Study in Psychology (3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisites, senior standing and consent of instructor. (Staff.) 

Integrated reading under direction, leading to the preparation of an ade- 
quately documented report on a special topic. 

Psych. 195. Minor Problems in Psychotechnology (3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisites, senior standing and consent of instructor. (Staff.) 

Prosecution of original reseai'ch project under direction of staff. In- 
tended primarily for exceptional senior majors. 



864 PSYCHOLOGY 

Psych. 197, 198. Proseminar: Current Research in Psychotechnology 

(3, 3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisites, senior standing and 
consent of instructor. 

A survey of recent and current researches of systematic importance. In- 
tended primarily for exceptional senior majors and new graduate students. 

For Graduate Students 

Psych. 200. Sources of Information; Preparation of Reports (3)— First 
semester. 

Psych, 203, 204. Seminar: Review of Current Technological Researches 

(3, 3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, consest of instructor. 

Psych. 205, 206. Historical Viewpoints and Current Theories in Psychol- 
ogy (3, 3) — First and second semesters. (Gofer.) 

Psych. 210. Occupational Information (3) — Second semester. Prerequi- 
site, Psych. 150. (Kershner.) 

Psych. 211. Job Analysis and Description (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, Psych. 210. (Kershner.) 

Psych. 220, 221. Counseling Techniques (3, 3)— First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, Psych. 210. (Smith.) 

Psych. 222. Rehabilitation Techniques (3) — Second semester. Prerequi- 
site, Psych. 220. (Sanford.) 

Psych. 223. Diagnosis and Correction of Reading Difficulties (3)— First 
semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 221. ( .) 

Psych. 224. Counseling for Marital Problems (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, Psych. 221. (Sanford.) 

Psych. 225. Participation in Counseling Clinic (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, Psych. 221. (Smith.) 

Psych. 230. Determinants of Human EflSciency (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, Psych. 128, 

Psych. 231. Training Procedures in Industry (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, Psych, 230. (Sanford.) 

Psych. 233. Social Organization in Industry (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, Psych. 230. (Sanford.) 

Psych. 234. Motivation in Industry (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 233. (Sanford,) 

Psych. 240. Interview and Questionnaire Techniques (3) — Second semes- 
ter. Prerequisite, Psych, 150. (Sanford,) 



PSYCHOLOGY 865 

Psych. 241. Controlled Publicity (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, con- 
sent of instructor. (Hackman.) 

Psych. 242. Measurement of Group Reaction (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Hackman.) 

Psych. 250, 251. Development and Validation of Predictors (3, 3) — First 
and second semesters. Prerequisites, Psych. 150. (Schaefer.) 

Psych. 252, 253. Advanced Statistics (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Psych. lOG. (Hackman.) 

Psych. 254. Criteria: Standards for Appraisal of Performance (3)— 

First semester. Px'erequisite, Psych. 150. 

Psych. 260, 261. Individual Tests (3, 3)— First and second semesters. 
Laboratory fee, $4.00. Prerequisite, Psych. 150. (Gofer.) 

Psych. 262. Appraisal of Personality (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 150. (Sanford.) 

Psych. 263. Appraisal of Interests (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 262. (Schaefer.) 

Psych. 264, 265. Projective Tests (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Laboratory fee, $4.00. Prerequisite, Psych. 261. (Cofer.) 

Psych. 266, 267. Theories of Personality and Motivation (3, 3)— First 
and second semesters. (Gofer.) 

Psych. 270. Advanced Abnormal Psychology (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, Psych. 131. (Gofer.) 

Psych. 271. Special Testing of Disabilities (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Psych. 270. ( •) 

Psych. 272, 273. Individual Clinical Diagnosis (3, 3)— First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 261. (Gofer.) 

Psych. 274. Individual Therapy (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 261. (Schaefer.) 

Psych. 275. Group Therapy (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 
274. . (Sanford.) 

Psych. 276, 277. Field Work in Clinical Psychology (3, 3)— First and 
second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 270. (Sprowls and Cofer.) 

Psych. 278. Seminar in Clinical Psychology for Teachers (3) — First 
semester. (Sprowls.) 

Psych. 280. Physiological Psychology (3) — Second semester. Prerequi- 
site, Psych. 192. ( .) 

Psych. 290, 291. Research for Thesis (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 



;ir,«i RECREATIOS EDrCATIOS 

RECREATION EDUCATION 

For list of staff, see Physical Education, page 18(5. 

Rec. 30. History and Introduction to Recreation (.2) — Second semester. 
The beginnings and expansion of community recreation as fostered by indi- 
viduals and organizations. Emphasis is placed on history, aims, leadership, 
areas, facilities and programs. 

Rec. 48. Recreational Dance (2) — Second semester. Elementary instruc- 
tion in folk and social dancing for women who plan to be instructors. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Rec. 100. Co-Recreational Games and Programs (2) — Second semester. 
Activities for social recreation in playgrounds, industries, camps, churches, 
and gymnasiums. 

Rec. 102. Recreational Games for the Elementary School (2) — Elective. 
Materials and Methods. Theory and practice in teaching games. 

Rec. 110. Nature Lore (1) (3) — Second semester. (An evening course 
during April and May given in Washington.) The conduct of nature trips 
for study and appreciation of plant, insect, and animal life, and astronomy. 

Rec. 120. Camp Administration and Leadership (3) — Second semester. 
The observation and practice in the conduct of summer camps for children 
and adults. A study of woodcraft, boating, and overnight trips, including 
outdoor cookery. 

Rec. 130. Principles and Practice of Recreation (3) — First semester. 
Theories of recreation and methods of conducting individual and group 
recreation put into practice with college students. 

Rec. 140. Observation and Service in Recreation (5) — First semester. 
Observation of recreation centers, city playgrounds, community and night 
centers. Leadership practice in these areas and written reports. 

Rec. 150. Recreational Dance (2) — First semester. Three laboratory 
periods and one lecture a week. 

This course includes American square and country dances, folk and social 
dancing. Valuable to men and women interested in the social life of the 
school and community. Research in pertinent books and methods of 
teaching. 

Rec. 160. Recreational Golf (1) — Second semester. 

The game treated as a social pastime with practice in the etiquette and 
psychology of team play. 

Rec. 170. Organization and Administration of Recreation (3) — Second 

semester. 

A consideration of the management and the personnel required to conduct 
recreation activity programs by municipal, industrial, school, club, and 
social agencies. 



RIRAL IJFK: h'lSSIAX; SKCIiETA/ilAL 367 

For Graduates 

Kec. 220. (.'onteniporary Recreation (3) — First semester and alternate 
Summers — Burnett. 

The present-day status and the possible future developments of Private, 
Public and Industrial Recieational. 

RURAL LIFE 

(See page 219) 

RUSSIAN 

(See page 325) 

SECRETARIAL TRAINING 

Associate Professor Patrick; Instructoi's Brooks, Warner, and O'Toole. 

S. T. 1. Principles of Typewriting (2) — First and second semesters. 
Five laboratory periods per week. Laboratory fee, $7.50. 

The goal of this course is the attainment of the ability to operate the 
typewriter continuously with reasonable speed and accuracy by the use of 
the "touch" system. This course should be completed prior to enrollment in 
S. T. 12, Principles of Shorthand. (Patrick and Staff.) 

S. T. 2. Intermediate Typewriting (2) — First and second semestei*s. Five 
periods per week. Laboratory fee, $7.50. Prerequisite, minimum grade of 
"C" in S, T. 1 or consent of instructor. 

The aim of this course is to teach the fundamentals of letter writing and 
to continue the development of speed typing. Problems in business letter 
styles and forms, arrangement of letters, tabulation, and exercises for 
improving stroking skill will be used. (Patrick and Staff.) 

S. T. 10. Office Typewriting Problems (2) — First and second semesters. 
Five periods per week. Laboratory fee, $7.50. Prerequisite, minimum grade 
of "C" in S. T. 2 or consent of instructor. 

In this course the aims are to develop the highest degree of accuracy and 
speed possible for each student and to teach the advanced techniques of 
typewriting with special emphasis on production. (Patrick and Staff.) 

S. T. 12, 13. Principles of Shorthand (4, 4) — First and second semesters. 
Five periods per week. Prerequisite, S. T. 1, and consent of instructor. 

This course aims to develop the mastery of the principles of Gregg Short- 
hand. The reading approach is used, stressing reading and writing from 
copy and dictation. (Patrick and Staff.) 

*S. T. 16. Advanced Shorthand (3) — First semester. Five periods per 
week. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in S. T. 13 and S. T. 2 or 
consent of instructor. 



* S. T. 10 should be completed prior to enrollment in Advanced Shorthand (S. T. 16 1 : 
S. T. 16. Advanced Shorthan<l. and S. T. 17, Grejr.tr Transcription, must he taken concurrently. 



368 SECRETARIAL TRAINING 

Advanced principles and phrases of shorthand; dictation covering vocabu- 
laries of representative businesses; development of dictation skill to maxi- 
mum for each individual. (Brooks.) 

S. T. 17. Gregg Transcription (2) — First semester. Four periods per 
week. Laboratory fee $7.50. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in S. T. 
13 and S. T. 2 or consent of instructoi-. This course is to be taken concur- 
rently with S. T. 16. 

A course in intensive transcriptional speed building, and in the related 
skills and knowledges. (Brooks.) 

S. T. 18. Gregg Shorthand Dictation (3) — Second semester. Five 
periods per week. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in S. T. 16 and 
S. T. 17, or consent of instructor. 

A special course in shorthand speed building with emphasis placed on 
the development of a special shorthand vocabulary. (Wagner.) 

S. T. 110. Secretarial Work (3) — First semester. Six periods per week. 
Prerequisite, S. T. Ill and S. T. 112 or consent of instructor. 

This course is designed to cover specific and general information in addi- 
tion to the stenographic skills, needed by a secretary. Units will be assigned 
on communication procedures and cost, installation and revision of files, 
selection of office equipment and supplies, editorial duties, compilation of 
statistical data, and use of reference books. It is assumed that stenographic 
skills are obtained from other sources. (Patrick.) 

S. T. 111. Office Machines (3) — First and second semesters. Six periods 
per week. Prerequisite, junior standing. Laboratory fee, $7.50. (Wagner.) 

A course designed to give the students training in the use of modern 
office devices — duplicators, calculators, voice writing machines, and other 
common office appliances. Some attention is given to supervision of small 
groups of office workers. 

S. T. 112. Filing (2) — Second semester. Four periods per week. Pre- 
requisite, junior standing. Laboratory fee, $7,50. (Brooks.) 

The development of the pi-inciples, procedures, and systems of filing with 
the use of laboratory sets. Particular emphasis will be placed on how 
each system may be used. 

S. T. 114. Secretarial Office Practice (3) — Second semester. Four times 
per week. Prerequisite, senior standing and completion of S. T. 110. 

The purpose of this course is to give laboratory and office experience to 
senior secretarial students. A minimum of 90 hours of office experience 
under supervision is required. In addition each student will prepare a 
written report on an original problem previously approved. (Patrick.) 



SOCIOLOGY 369 

SOCIOLOGY 

Professors Hotfsommcr and Lcjins; Associate Professor Shankwciler; Assis- 
tant Professors Cussler, Fleming, Houser and Hutchinson; Instructors Eber- 
sole, L. Fleming, L. Houser, Imse, and Willner. 

Sociology 1 or its equivalent is prerequisite to all other courses in 
sociology. 

Sociology 1, 2, 183, 186 and 196 or their equivalents are required for an 
undergraduate major in sociology. 

Soc. 1. Sociology of American Life (3) — First and second semester. 

Sociological analysis of the American social structure; metropolitan, 
small town, and rural communities; population distribution, composition 
and change; social organization. 

Soc. 2. Principles of Sociology (3) — First and second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Soc. 1 or sophomore standing. 

The basic forms of human association and interaction; social processes; 
institutions; culture; human nature and personality. 

Soc. 5. Anthropology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1. 
Introduction to anthropology; origins of man; development and trans- 
mission of culture; backgrounds of human institutions. 

Soc. 13. Rural Sociology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1. 
Rural life in America; its people, social organization, culture patterns, 
and problems. 

Soc. 14. Urban Sociology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1. 
Urban growth and expansion; characteristics of city populations; urban 
institutional and personality patterns; relations of city and country. 

Soc. 51. Social Pathology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1 
and sophomore standing. 

Personal-social disorganization and maladjustment; physical and mental 
handicaps; economic inadequacies; programs of treatment and control. 

Soc. 52. Criminology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1 and 
sophomore standing. 

Criminal behavior and the methods of its study; causation; typologies 
of criminal acts and offenders; punishment, correction, and incapacitation; 
prevention of crime. 

Soc. 62. Social Institutions (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1 
and sophomore standing. 

Nature and function of social institutions; the perpetuation of behavior 
through customs and societal norms; typical contemporary American 
institutions. 



;?70 SOCIOLOGY 

Soc. 64. Marriage and the Family (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 

Soc. 1 and sophomore standing:. 

Functions of the family; marriage and family adjustments; factors affect- 
ing mate selection, marital relations, and family stability in contemporary 
social life. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Sociology 1 or its equivalent and junior standing are prerequisite to 
courses numbered 100 to 199. 

Soc. 113. The Rural Community (3) — Second semester. 
Comparative study of the structure and functions of rural communities; 
rural standards of living; rural social trends; rural planning. 

(Hoffsommer.) 

Soc. 114. The City (3)— First semester. 

The rise of urban civilization and metropolitan regions; ecological process 
and structure; the city as a center of dominance; social problems, control, 
and planning. (Houser.) 

Soc. 115. Industrial Sociology (3) — Second semester. Social organiza- 
tion of American industry; functions of members of industrial organiza- 
tion, status, social structure, patterns of interaction and relations of indus- 
try and society. (Imse.) 

Soc. 118. Community Organization (3) — Second semester. 

Community organization and its relation to social welfare; analysis of 
community needs and resources; health, housing, recreation; community 
centers; neighborhood projects. (Shankweiler.) 

Soc. 121, 122. Population (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Population distribution, composition and growth in North America and 
Eurasia; trends in fertility and mortality; migrations; population prospects 
and policies. (Baker.) 

Soc. 123. Ethnic Minorities (3) — First semester. 

Basic social processes in the relations of ethnic gi'oups within the state; 
immigration groups and the Negro in the United States; ethnic minorities 
in Europe. (Ebersole.) 

Soc. 124. The Culture of the American Indian (3) — Second semester. 
A study of type cultures; cultural processes; and the effects of accultura- 
tion on selected tribes of Indians in the Americas. (Hutchinson.) 

Soc, 131. Introduction to Social Service (3) — First semester. 

General survey of the field of social-welfare activities; historical develop- 
ments; growth, functions, and specialization of agencies and services, pri- 
vate and public. (L. Houser.) 

Soc. 141. Sociology of Personality (3) — First semester. 

Development of human nature and personality in contemporary social 



socioLnny 371 

life; processes of socialization; attitudes, individual differences, and social 
behavior. (Eborsolc.) 

Soc. 144. Collective Behavior (3) — Second semester. 

Social interaction in mass behavior; communication processes; structure 
and functioning of crowds, strikes, audiences, mass movements, and the 
public. (Ebersole.) 

Soc. 145. Social Control (3) — First semester. 

Forms, mechanisms, and techniques of group influence on human be- 
havior; problems of social control in contemporary society. (Ebersole.) 

Soc. 147. Sociology of Law (3) — First semester. 

Law as a form of social control; interrelation between legal and other 
conduct norms as to their content, sanctions and methods of securing con- 
formity; law as an integral part of the culture of the group; factors and 
processes operative in the formation of legal norms; legal norms as de- 
terminants of human behavior. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 153. Juvenile Delinquency (3) — First semester. 
Juvenile delinquency in relation to the general problem of crime; analysis 
of factors underlying juvenile delinquency; treatment and prevention. 

(Lejins.) 

Soc. 154. Crime and Delinquency Prevention (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Soc. 52 or Soc. 153 or consent of instructor. (Offered in alternate 
years with Soc. 156.) (Lejins.) 

Mobilization of community resources for the prevention of crime and 
delinquency; area programs and projects. 

Soc. 156. Institutional Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents (3) — 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 52 or Soc. 153 or consent of instructor. 
(Offered in alternate years with Soc. 154.) 

Organization and functions of penal and correctional institutions for 
adults and juveniles. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 171. Family and Child Welfare (3) — First semester. 

Programs uf family and child welfare agencies; social services to families 
and children; child placement; foster families. (Shankweiler.) 

Soc. 173. Social Security (3) — First semester. 

The social security program in the United States; public assistance; 
social insurance. (Hutchinson.) 

Soc. 174. Public Welfare (3) — Second semester. 

Development and organization of the public welfare movement in the 
United States; social legislation; interrelations of federal, state, and local 
agencies and institutions. (L. Houser.) 

Soc. 183. Social Statistics (3) — First semester. 

Collection, statistical analysis, and interpretation of social data; problems 
of quantitative measurement of social phenomena. (Imse.) 



372 SOCIOLOGY 

Soc 186. Sociological Theory (3) — Second semester. 

Development of the science of sociology; historical backgrounds; recent 

theories of society. (Fleming.) 

Soc. 196. Senior Seminar (3) — Second semester. Required of and open 
only to senior majors in sociology. 

Scope, fields and methods of sociology; practical applications of sociolog- 
ical knowledge. Individual study and reports. (Hoffsommer.) 

For Graduates 

Prerequisites for entrance upon graduate study leading to an advanced 
degree with a major in sociology: either (1) an undergraduate major 
(totalling at least 24 semester hours) in sociology or (2) 12 semester hours 
of sociology (including 6 semester hours of advanced courses) and 12 addi- 
tional hours of comparable work in economics, political science, or psy- 
chology. Reasonable substitutes for these prerequisites may be accepted 
in the case of students majoring in other departments who desire a graduate 
minor or several courses in sociology. 

With the exception of Soc. 201, 291-292, individual courses numbered 200 
to 299 will ordinarily be offered in alternate years. 

Soc. 201. Methods of Social Research (3) — First semester. 

Selection and formulation of research projects; methods and techniques 
of sociological investigation and analysis. Required of graduate majors 
in sociology. (Hoffsommer.) 

Soc. 215. Community Studies (3) — First semester. 

Intensive study of the factors affecting community development and 
growth, social structure, social stratification, and social institutions; analy- 
sis of particular communities. (Hoffsommer.) 

Soc. 221. Population and Society (3) — Second semester. 
Selected problems in the field of population; quantitative and qualitative 
aspects; American and world problems. (Staff.) 

Soc. 224. Race and Culture (3) — Second semester. 

Race and culture in contemporary society; mobility and the social effects 
of race and culture contacts and intermixture. (Staff.) 

Soc. 241. Personality and Social Structure (3) — Second semester. 
Comparative analysis of the development of human nature, personality, 
and social traits in select social structures. (Staff.) 

Soc. 246. Public Opinion and Propaganda (3) — Second semester. 
Processes involved in the formation of mass attitudes; agencies and 
techniques of communication; quantitative measurement of public opinion. 

(Staff.) 



SOILS: SPANISH; SPEECH 373 

Soc. 253. Advanced Criminology (3) — First semester. 
Critical survey of the principal issues in contemporary criminological 
theory and research. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 255. Seminar: Juvenile Delinquency (3) — First semester. 
Selected research problems in the field of juvenile delinquency. (Lejins.) 
Soc. 257. Social Change and Social Policy (3) — First semester. 
Emergence and development of social policy as related to social change; 
policy-making factors in social welfare and social legislation. (Staff.) 

Soc. 262. Family Studies (3) — Second semester. 

Case studies of family situations; statistical studies of family trends; 
methods of investigation and analysis. (Shankweiler.) 

Soc. 282. Sociological Methodology (3) — Second semester. 
Logic and method of sociology in relation to the general theory of scien- 
tific method; principal issues and points of view^. (Staff.) 

Soc. 285. Seminar: Sociological Theory (3) — First semester. 
Critical and comparative study of contemporary European and American 
theories of society. (Fleming.) 

Soc. 290. Research in Sociology (Credit to be determined) — First and 
second semesters. (Staff.) 

Soc 291. Special Social Problems (Credit to be determined) — First and 
second semesters. 

Individual research on selected problems, (Staff.) 

SOILS 
(See page 222) 

SPANISH 
(See page 322) 

SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART 

Professor Ehrensberger; Assistant Professors Provensen*, Wiksell, Nie- 
meyer, M. White, Strausbaugh; Instructors Wood, Mayer, Hendricks, Larson, 
Smith, O'Sullivan, Bettenbender; Assistants McDonald, Hannon, Mitchell, 
Bairaclough, V. White, Mason, Rogers, Pugliese, O'Connell, Winterfield. 

The courses in this department have two main functions: (1) to pro- 
vide work in public speaking and allied fields which will meet the needs 
of all students in the university; (2) to provide an integrated unit of work 
which will allow a student to major in Speech. A major shall consist 
of a minimum of 30 hours of which 15 hours must be in courses numbered 
100 and above. A minor shall consist of 12-18 credits of which 6 must be 
in courses numbered 100 and above. All majors and minors must complete 



*0n leave 1947-48. 



374 SPEECH 

Speech 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. In meeting the Arts and Sciences Natural Science 
requirement it is recommended that Speech majors elect Zoology 16. A 
student majoring in Speech may concentrate in: (a) public speaking; 
(b) drama; (c) speech sciences; (d) radio. 

Speech 1, 2. Public Speaking (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite for advanced speech courses. Speech I prerequisite for Speech II. 

The preparation and delivery of short original speeches; outside readings; 
reports; etc. It is recommended that this course be taken during the 
freshman year. Laboratory fee $1.00 for Speech 1. 

Speech Clinic — No credit. 

Remedial work in minor speech defects. The work of the clinic is con- 
ducted in individual conferences and in small group meetings. Hours ar- 
ranged by consultation with the respective speech instructor. 

Speech 3. Fundamentals of Speech (3) — First semester. 
Study in the bases and mechanics of speech. This course is designed for 
students who expect to do extensive work in speech. May be taken 
concurrently with Speech 1, 2. (Hendricks.) 

Speech 4. Voice and Diction (3) — Second semester. 
Emphasis upon the improvement of voice, articulation, and phonation. 
May be taken concurrently with Speech 1, 2. (Mayer.) 

Speech 5, 6. Advanced Public Speaking (2, 2) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, Speech 1, 2, or consent of the instructor. 

Advanced work on basis of Speech 1, 2. Special emphasis is placed 
upon speaking situations the students will face in their respective vocations. 

(Strausbaugh.) 

Speech 7. Public Speaking (2) — Second semester. Limited to freshman 
engineering students. The preparation and delivery of speeches, reports, 
etc., on technical and general subjects. Laboratory fee $1,00. 

Speech 8, 9. Acting (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Admission by 
consent of instructor, 

Basic principles of histrionic practice. (Niemeyer.) 

Speech 10. Group Discussion (2) — First and second semesters. 

A study of the principles, methods, and types of discussion, and their 
application in the discussion of contemporary problems. (Hendricks.) 

Speech 11, 12. Debate (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 

A study of the principles of argument, analysis, evidence, reasoning, 
fallacies, briefing, and delivery, together with their application in public 
speakinjc. 

Speech 13. Oral Interpretation (3) — First semester. 
The oral interpretation of literature and the practical training of students 
in the art of reading. (Provensen.) 



SPEECH 375 

Speech 14. Stagecraft (3) — First semester. 

Fundamentals of technical production. Emphasis on construction of 
scenery. Lahoiatorj^ ft-o, $2.00. (Larson.) 

Speech 15. Stagecraft (3) — Second semester. 

Technical production. Emphasi.s on stage lighting. Prerequisite, Speech 14. 
Laboratory foe, .$2.00. (Larson.) 

Speech 16. Introduction to the Theatre (3) — First semester. 

A general survey of the fields of the theatre. (Mayer.) 

Speech 17. Make-up (2) — Second semester. One lecture and one lab- 
oratory a week. (Mayer.) 

A lecture-laboratory course in the theory and practice of stage make-up, 
covering basic requirements as to age, type, character, race, and period. 
Laboratory fee $2.00. 

Speech 18, 19. Introductory Speech (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 

This course is designed to give those students practice in public speak- 
ing who cannot schedule Speech 1, 2. Speech 18 prerequisite for Speech 19. 
Laboratory fee $1.00 for Speech 18. 

Speech 20. History of the Theatre (3) — First semester. 

A survey of dramatic production from early origins to 1800. (Niemeyer.) 

Speech 21. History of the Theatre (3) — Second semester. 

A survey of dramatic production from 1800 to the present. (Niemeyer.) 

Speech 22. Introduction to Radio (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite for all courses in Radio. 

The development, scope, and influence of American broadcasting. 

(Ehrensberger.) 

Speech 23. Parliamentary Law (1) — First and second semesters. 

A study of the principles and application of parliamentary law as applied 
to all types of meetings. Thorough training in the use of Robert's Rules 
of Order. (Strausbaugh.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Speech 101. Radio Speech (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 4. 

The theory and application of microphone techniques. Practice in all 
types of radio speaking. Laboratory fee $2.00. (Wood.) 

Speech 102. Radio Production (3) — Second semester. 

A study of the multiple problems facing the producer. Special emphasis 
is given to acoustic setup, casting, "miking", timing, cutting, and the co- 
ordination of personnel factors involved in the production of radio pro- 
grams. Admission by consent of instructor. Laboratory fee $2.00. 

(White.) 



376 SPEECH 

Speech 103, 104. Speech Composition and Rhetoric (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. 

A study of rhetorical principles and models of speech composition in 
conjunction with the preparation and presentation of specific forms of 
public address. (Wiksell.) 

Speech 105. Pathology (3) — First semester. 

The causes, nature, symptoms, and treatment of common speech disorders. 

Speech 106. Clinic (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 105. 
A laboratory course dealing with the various methods of correction plus 
actual work in the clinic both on and off the campus. 

Speech 107. Advanced Oral Interpretation (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Speech 13. 
Emphasis upon the longer reading. Program planning. (Provensen.) 

Speech 108. Public Speaking (2) — Second semester. Limited to Junior 
Engineers. Prerequisite, Speech 7. 

Continuation of Speech 7 with emphasis upon engineering projects that 
fall within student's own experience. 

Speech 109. Speech Seminar for Senior Engineers (2) — Prerequisite, 

Speech 7, 108. 

Speech 110. Teacher Problems in Speech (3) — Second semester. For 
students who intend to teach. 

Every-day speech problems that confront the teacher. 

Speech 111. Seminar (3) — Second semester. Required of speech majors. 

Present-day speech research. (Ehrensberger.) 

Speech 112. Phonetics (3) — Second semester. 

Training in the recognition and production of the sounds of spoken 
English, with an analysis of their formation. Practice in transcription. 
Mastery of the international phonetic alphabet. (White.) 

Speech 113. Play Production (3) — Second semester. 
Development of procedure followed by the director in preparing plays 
for public performance. (Larson.) 

Speech 114. Costuming (3) — First semester. One lecture and two lab- 
oratories a week. 

Consideration of the use of color, line, and texture in designing, con- 
structing, and adapting costumes for the stage. 

Speech 115. Radio in Retailing (3) — First semester. Limited to stu- 
dents in the College of Home Economics. Prerequisites, Speech 1, 2. 
English 1, 2. Junior standing. Laboratory fee $2.00. 

Writing and production of promotional programs for the merchandising 
of wearing apparel and housefumishings. Collaboration with Washington 
and Baltimore radio stations and retail stores. (Wood.) 



SPEECH 377 

Speech 116. Radio Announcing (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Speech 101. (Wood.) 

The theory and application of all types of announcing. Laboratory fee 
$2.00. 

Speech 117. Radio Continuity Writing (3) — First semester. 

A study of the principles and methods of writing for broadcasting. 
Application will be made in the writing of the general t>T)es of continuity. 
Admission by consent of instructor. (White.) 

Speech 118. Advanced Radio Writing (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Speech 117. 

Advanced work with emphasis upon the dramatic form. Admission by 
consent of instructor. (White.) 

Speech 119. Radio Acting (3) — Second semester. 

A workshop course designed to give the student practice in radio acting. 
Admission by consent of the instructor. (Wood.) 

Speech 120. Advanced Speech Pathology (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Speech 105. 

A continuation of Speech 105, with emphasis on the causes and treatment 
of organic speech disorders. 

Speech 121. Stage Design (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 
14, 15. 

The planning of stage settings and the application of the principles of 
design to the dramatic production. Admission by consent of the instructor. 

(Larson.) 

Speech 122, 123. Radio Workshop (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
A laboratory course dealing with all phases of producing a radio pro- 
gram. Admission by consent of instructor. Laboratory fee $2.00. 

(White.) 

Speech 124, 125. American Public Address (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

The first semester covers the period from Colonial times to the Civil War 
period. The second semester covers from the Civil War period through 
the contemporary period. (Wiksell.) 

Speech 126. Semantic Aspects of Speech Behavior (3) — First semester. 
An analysis of speech and language habits from the standpoint of Gen- 
eral Semantics. (Hendricks.) 

Speech 127, 128. Military Speech and Commands (4) — First and second 
semesters. Limited to students in the College of Military Science and 
Tactics. 

The preparation and delivery of lectures dealing with military subjects. 
Effective execution of field orders, commands, etc. Extensive use of voice 
recordings. (Hendricks.) 



378 SURVEYING; TEXTILES AND CLOTHING 

SURVEYING 

Surv. 1, 2. Plane Surveying (2, 2) — First and second semesters. One 
lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Math. 14. Surv. 1 
required of sophomores in Aeronautical, Chemical, Electrical, and Mechani- 
cal Engineering. Surv. 1, 2 required of sophomores in Civil Engineering. 

Theory and practice in the use of the tape, compass, transit, and level. 
General survey methods, traversing, area, coordinates, profiles, cross- 
sections, volume, stadia. 

Surv. 100. Advanced Surveying (4) — First semester. Two lectures and 
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Surv. 1, 2. 

Adjustment of instruments, latitude, longitude, azimuth, time, triangula- 
tion, precise leveling, geodetic surveying, together with the necessary 
adjustments and computations. Topographic surveys. Plane table, land 
surveys, and boundaries. Mine, tunnel, and hydrographic surveys. Aerial 
photogrammetry. (Gohr.) 

TEXTILES AND CLOTHING 

Professor McFarland; Associate Professor Mitchell; Assistant Professors 
Akin, Wilbur; Instructor Friemel. 

A. Textiles 

Tex. 1. Textiles (3) — First and second semesters. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. 

Study of textile fibers; standardization and labeling of textiles; collection 
and analysis of fabrics. 

B. Clothing 

Clo. 20a. Clothing Construction (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, Tex. 1. Three laboratory periods a week. 

Interpretation and use of commercial patterns; construction of garments 
adapted to students with sewing experience. 

Clo. 20b. Clothing Construction (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, Tex. 1. Three laboratory periods a week. 

Interpretation and use of commercial patterns; construction of garments 
adapted to students without sewing experience. 

Clo. 21. Personal Problems in Clothing (2) — First semester. 

Care of clothing; wardrobe planning; selection and purchase of accessories 
and ready-to-wear. 

Clo. 22. Clothing Construction (2) — First and second semesters. Two 
laboratory periods a week. 

Continuation of Clo. 20a. or 20b. Construction of garments, including a 
renovation problem. 



TEXTILES AS I) CLOTHING 379 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Tex, 100. Advanced Textiles (3) — Second semester. One lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Tex. 1. 

Study of physical and chemical properties of fibers, standard testing meth- 
ods for serviceability of fabrics, textile finishes, color application, launder- 
ing and dry cleaning methods. 

Tex. 101 Problems in Textiles (3) — First semester. One lecture and 
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites: Tex. 100, Organic Chem- 
istry. Individual experimental problems in textiles. 

Tex. 105. Consumer Problems in Textiles (3) — Second semester. Two 
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite: Tex. 1 or 
equivalent. 

Economic and trade conditions that aflfect consumer-trade relationships; 
buying guides for purchase of household linens and clothing; performance 
tests of fabrics. 

Tex. 108. Decorative Fabrics (2) — First semester. One lecture and one 
laboratory period a week. 
Study of historic and contemporary fabrics and laces. 

Clo. 120. Draping (3) — First and second semesters. Three laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisites, Tex. 1, Clo. 22. 

Demonstrations and practice in creating costumes in fabrics on individual 
dress forms; modeling of garments for class criticism. 

Clo. 121. Pattern Design (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory periods 
a week. Prerequisites, Clo. 20a or b, Pr. Art 20. 

Development and use of a basic pattern in dress making. 

Clo. 122, 125. Tailoring (2, 2)— First and second semesters. Two lab- 
oratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Clo. 20a. 

Construction of tailored garments requiring professional skill. 

Clo. 123. Children's Clothing (2) — First semester. One lecture and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Clo. 20a or b, or equivalent. 

Children's clothing from the standpoint of age, health, beauty, economy 
and personality; development of original designs. 

Clo. 124. Projects and Reading in Textiles and Clothing (2) — Second 
semester. 

Special projects; survey of current literature in the field or related fields. 

Clo. 126. Fundamentals of Fashion (2, 3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
senior standing. 

Fashion history; cun-ent fashions, how to interpret and evaluate them; 
fashion show techniques; fashion promotion. The course includes oral and 
written reports, group projects, panel discussions and field trips. 



S80 VETERINARY SCIENCE 

Clo. 127. Apparel Design (3) — Second semester. One lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Clo. 120 and senior standing. 

The art of costuming; trade and custom methods of clothing design and 
construction; original designing on a dress form. 

For Graduates 
Tex. 200. Special Studies in Textiles (2-4) 
Clo. 220. Special Studies in Clothing (2-4) 
Tex. and Clo. 230. Seminar (1, 1> 
Tex. and Clo. 231. Research 
Tex. and Clo. 232. Economics of Clothing and Textiles (3) 

VETERINARY SCIENCE 

Professors Brueckner and DeVolt; Associate Professor Coffin 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

V. S. 101. Comparative Anatomy (3) — First semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period. 

Normal structure of the domesticated animals; normal physiological 
activities; interrelationship of structure and function. (Coffin.) 

V. S. 102. Animal Hygiene (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period. 

Nature of disease; immunity; prevention, and control; common diseases 
of farm animals. (Coffin.) 

V. S. 103. Regional Comparative Anatomy (2) — First and second semes- 
ters. One lecture and one laboratory period. 

Structure and function of the foot of domestic species. Common diseases 
and abnormalities of the foot; their correction and prevention. (Coffin.) 

V. S. 108. Avian Anatomy (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory. Prerequisite, Zool. 1 s. 

Gross and microscopic structure; physiological processes; dissection and 
demonstration. (DeVolt.) 

V. S. 107. Poultry Hygiene (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory. Prerequisite, Bact. 1; P. H. 1. . (DeVolt.) 

For Graduates 

V. S. 201. Animal Disease Problems (2-6) — First and second semesters. 
Credit depending upon work done. Prerequisite, Veterinary degree or con- 
sent of Staff. 

Laboratory and field work by assignment. (Staff.) 



ZOOLOGY 381 

V. S. 202, Animal Disease Research (2-6) — First and second semesters. 
Credit depends on woric done. Prerequisite, Veterinary degree or consent 
of Staff. 

Studies of practical disease phases. (Staff.) 

ZOOLOGY 

Professors Phillips and Burhoe; Assistant Professors Littleford, Negherbon, 
and Quimby; Instructors Werner and Tiller; Lecturer Reynolds 

Zool. 1. General Zoology (4) — First and second semesters. Two lectures 
and two laboratory periods a week. 

This course, which is cultural and practical in its aim, deals with the 
basic principles of animal life. Typical invertebrates and a mammalian 
form are studied. Laboratory fee $6.00. 

Zool. 2, 3. Fundamentals of Zoology (4, 4) — First and second semesters. 
Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. This course satisfies 
the freshman premedical requirements in general biology. Freshmen who 
intend to choose zoology as a major should register for this course. Zoology 
2 is a prerequisite for Zoology 3. 

A thorough study of the anatomy, classifications, and life histories of rep- 
resentative animals. During the first semester emphasis is placed on in- 
vertebrate forms and during the second semester upon vertebrate forms 
including the frog. Laboratory fee $6.00 each semester. 

ZooL 4. Advanced General Zoology (4) — Second semester. Three lec- 
tures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 1. 

A continuation course for students who desire more advanced work after 
completing General Zoology. Emphasis is placed on the vertebrates and 
upon practical application of zoology. Laboratory fee $6.00. 

Zool. 5. Comparative Vertebrate Morphologr (4)— First semester. Two 
lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one course in 
Zoology. 

A comparative study of selected organ systems in certain vertebrate 
groups. Laboratory fee $6.00. 

Zool. 14, 15. Human Anatomy and Physiology (4, 4) — First and second 
semesters. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 
one course in zoology. Zoology 14 is a prerequisite for Zoology 15. 

For students who desire a general knowledge of human anatomy and 
physiology. Laboratory fee $6.00 each semester. 

Zool. 16. Human Physiology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and 
two laboratory periods a week. Not open to freshmen. 

An elementary course in physiology. Laboratory fee $6.00. 



382 ZOOLOGY 

Zool. 20. Vertebrate Embryology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, one course in Zoology. 

The development of the chick to the end of the fourth day and early 
mammalian embryology. Laboratory fee $6.00. 

Zool. 53. Physiology of Exercise (2) — Second semester. One lecture 

and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite. Zoology 15. 

A detailed consideration of the mechanism of muscular contraction; the 
metabolic, circulatory, and the respiratory responses in exercise; and the 
integration by means of the nervous system. Laboratory fee $6.00. 

Zool. 55. Development of the Human Body (2) — First semester. Two 
lecture periods a week. 

A study of the main factors affecting the growth and development of 
the child with especial emphasis on normal development. Open only to 
students for whom this is a required course. 

Zool. 75, 76. Journal Club (1, 1) — First and second semesters. One lec- 
ture period a week. Prerequisite, a major in Zoology. 
Reviews, reports, and discussions of current literature. 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Zool. 101. Mammalian Anatomy (3) — Second semester. Three labora- 
tory periods a week. Reg^istration limited. Permission of the instructor 
must be obtained before registration. Recommended for premedical stu- 
dents, and those whose major is zoology. 

A course in the dissection of the cat or other mammal. By special per- 
mission of the instructor a vertebrate other than the cat may be used 
for study. Laboratory fee $6.00. (Werner.) 

Zool. 102. General Animal Physiology (4) — Second semester. Two lec- 
tures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, one year of 
Zoology and one year of chemistry. 

The general principles of physiological functions as shown in mammals 
and lower animals. Laboratory fee $6.00. (Phillips.) 

Zool. 104. Genetics (3) — First semester. Three lecture periods a week. 
Prerequisite, one course in zoology or botany. Recommended for pre- 
medical students. 

A consideration of the basic principles of heredity. (Burhoe.) 

Zool. 106. Histological Technique (3) — Second semester. One lecture 
and two laboratory jieriods a week. Prerequisite, one semester of Zoology. 
Permission of the instructor must be obtained before registration. 

The preparation of animal tissues for microscopical examination. Lab- 
oratory fee $6.00. (Werner.) 

Zool. 108. Animal Histology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of Zoology. 



zoo LOO .">«■". 

A microscopic study of tissues and organs selected from representative 
vertebrates, but with particular reference to the mammal. Laboratory 
fee $6.00. (Werner.) 

Zool. 110. Parasitology (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one lab- 
oratory period a week. Prerequisite, one yeai- of Zoology. 

A study of the morphology, physiology and life cycles of animal parasites 
with special emphasis on practical problems in parasite control and disease 
prevention. Laboratory fee, $6.00. (Negherbon.) 

Zool. 114. Field Zoology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of Zoology. 

This course consists in collecting and studying both land and aquatic 
forms of nearby woods, fields, and streams, with emphasis on the higher 
invertebrates and certain vertebrates, their breeding habits, environment, 
and modes of living. Laboratory fee $6.00. (Tiller.) 

Zool. 116. Protozoology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Histology; Bacteriology desiiable. 

The taxonomy, morphology, eytology, physiology, and distribution of the 
unicellular animal organisms. Emphasis will be on the importance of the 
protozoa in present-day biological research. Therefore, considerable read- 
ing of current and recent literature will be expected. The course will en- 
deavor to teach the student the techniques required to prepare protozoa for 
permanent study and their cultivation. Stress will be given to the forms 
responsible for human and animal disease. Laboratory fee, $6.00. 

(Negherbon.) 

Zool. 118. Invertebrate Zoology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and 
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, General Zoology and Verte- 
brate Embryology. 

An advanced course dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and embry- 
ology of the invertebrates, exclusive of insects. Laboratory fee $6.00. 

(Tiller.) 

Zool. 121. Principles of Animal Ecology (3) — Second semester. Two 
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, one course in 
Zoology and one course in Chemistry. 

Animals are studied in relation to their natural surroundings. Biological, 
physical and chemical factors of the environment which affect the growth, 
behavior, habits and distribution of animals are stressed. Laboratory fee 
$6.00. (Littleford.) 

Zool. 125. Fisheries Biology (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Comparative Vertebrate Morphol- 
ogy and Physiology. 

Problems concerning fresh and salt water life in relation to their prac- 
tical application in fisheries work. Laboratory fee, $6.00. (Littleford.) 



384 ZOOLOGY 

Zool. 130. Aviation Physiology (3) — Second Semester. Two lectures and 
one demonstration a week. Prerequisite, one course in Physiology and per- 
mission of the instructor. 

A general course in applied physiology with special reference to physio- 
logical problems arising in aviation, including consideration of: respiration 
at high altitude, the design and use of 0^ equipment, the effects of mechani- 
cal forces such as radial and linear acceleration, protective devices, and 
various influences of pressure change on mammalian organisms. 

(Reynolds.) 
For Graduates 

Zool. 200. Ichthyology and Marine Zoology (4) — First semester. Two 
lectures and two laboratory periods per week. 

A study of the anatomy, physiology, and habits of fishes and other 
marine animals of commercial importance. Laboratory fee $6.00. 

(Littleford.) 

Zool. 201. Microscopical Anatomy (4) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and two laboratory periods a week. 

A detailed study of the morphology and activity of cells composing 
animal tissues with specific reference to the vertebrates. Laboratory work 
includes the preparation of tissues for microscopic examination. Labora- 
tory fee $6.00. (Werner.) 

Zool. 202. Animal Cytology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two 
laboratory periods a week. 

A study of cellular structure with particular reference to the morphology 
and physiology of cell organoids and inclusions. Laboratory is concerned 
with methods of studying and demonstrating the above materials. Labora- 
tory fee $6.00. (Littleford.) 

Zool. 203. Advanced Embryology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and two laboratory periods a week. 

Mechanics of fertilization and growth. A review of the important con- 
tributions in the field of experimental embryology. Laboratory fee $6.00. 

(Burhoe.) 

Zool. 204. Advanced Animal Physiology (4) — First semester. Two lec- 
tures and two laboratory periods a week. 

The principles of general and cellular physiology as found in animal life. 
Laboratory fee $6.00. (Phillips.) 

Zool. 205. Hydrobiology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two 
laboratory periods a week. 

A study of the biological, chemical, and physical factors which determine 
the growth, distribution, and productivity of microscopic and near micro- 
scopic organisms in marine and freshwater environments with special refer- 
ence to the Chesapeake Bay region. Laboratory fee $6.00. (Littleford.) 



ZOOLOCY ."JHr, 

Zool. 206. Research (credit to be arranged) — First and second semesters. 
Laboratory feo $(;.00 each scnu'ster (Staff.) 

Zool. 207. Zoological Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. One 
locturc a week. (Staff.) 

Zool. 208. Special Problems in General Physiology (3)— Second semester. 
Hours and credits arranged. Laboratory fee $6.00. (Phillips.) 

Zool. 220. Advanced Genetics (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 104. 

A consideration of salivary chromosomes, the nature of the gene, chromo- 
some irregularities, polyploidy, and mutations. Breeding experiments with 
Drosophila and small mammals will be conducted. Laboratory fee $6.00. 

(Burhoe.) 



SECTION V 
Resident Instruction at Baltimore 



SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 

J. Ben Robinson, Dean 

History 

The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery represents the first effort in 
history to offer institutional dental education to those anticipating the 
practice of dentistry. 

The first lectures on dentistry in America were delivered by Dr. Horace 
H. Hayden in the University of Maryland, School of Medicine, between the 
years 1823-25. These lectures were interrupted in 1825 by internal dissen- 
sions in the School of Medicine and were discontinued. It was Dr. Hayden's 
idea that dental education merited greater attention than had been given it 
by medicine or could be given it by the preceptorial plan of dental teaching 
then in vogue. 

Dr. Horace H. Hayden began the practice of dentistry in Baltimore in 
1800. From that time he made a zealous attempt to lay the foundation for 
a scientific, serviceable dental profession. In 1831 Dr. Chapin A. Harris 
came to Baltimore to study under Hayden. Since Dr. Hayden's lectures 
had been interrupted at the University of Maryland and there was an 
apparent unsurmountable difficulty confronting the creation of dental de- 
partments in medical schools, an independent college was decided upon. A 
charter was applied for and granted by the Maryland Legislature February 
1, 1840. The first Faculty meeting was held February 3, 1840, at which 
time Dr. Horace H. Hayden was elected President and Dr. Chapin A. 
Harris, Dean. The introductory lecture was delivered by Dr. Hayden on 
November 3, 1840, to the five students matriculating in the first class. 
Thus was created as the foundation of the present dental profession the 
Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, the first dental school in the world. 

In 1839 the Atnerican Journal of Dental Science was founded, with 
Chapin A. Harris as its editor. Dr. Harris continued fully responsible for 
dentistry's initial venture into periodic dental literature to the time of his 
death. The files of the old American Journal of Dental Science testify to 
the fine contributions made by Dr. Harris. In 1840 the American Society 
of Dental Surgeons was founded, with Dr. Horace H. Hayden as its Presi- 
dent. He continued as its President until his death in 1844. This Society 
was the beginning of dental organization in America, and was the fore- 
runner of the American Dental Association, which now numbers approxi- 
mately sixty-one thousand in its present membership. The foregoing 
description of important incidents in Baltimore suggests the unusual in- 
fluence Baltimore dentists and the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery 
have exercised on the professional ideals and policies of American dentistry. 

386 



SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 387 

The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery became the Dental School of 
the University of Maryland in 1923. 

Building 

The School of Dentistry is located at the northwest corner of Lombard 
and Greene Streets, adjoining the University Hospital. The building occu- 
pied by the Dental School provides approximately fifty thousand square 
feet of floor space, is fireproof, splendidly lighted and ventilated, and is 
ideally arranged for efficient use. It contains a sufficient number of large 
lecture rooms, classrooms, a library and reading room, science laboratories, 
technic laboratories, clinic rooms, and locker rooms. It is furnished with 
new equipment throughout. 

Library 

The Dental School is fortunate in having one of the better equipped and 
organized dental libraries among the dental schools of the country. The 
Library is located in the main building and consists of a stack room, offices 
and a reading room accommodating ninety-six students. Over 13,000 books 
and bound journals on dentistry and the collateral sciences, together with 
numerous pamphlets, reprints and unbound journals, are available for the 
student's use. More than 200 journals are regularly received by the Library. 
An adequate staff promotes the growth of the Library and assists the 
student body in the use of the Library's resources. The Library is financed 
by direct appropriations from the State, by the income from an endowment 
established by the Maryland State Dental Association and by the proceeds 
of the sale of books to students. One of the most important factors of the 
dental student's education is to teach him the value and the use of dental 
literature in his formal education and in promoting his usefulness and value 
to the profession during practice. The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery 
is ideally equipped to achieve this aim of dental instruction. 

Course of Instruction 

The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of 
Maryland, offers a four-year course in dentistry devoted to instruction in 
the medical sciences, the dental sciences, and clinical practice. 

Requirements for Admission to the School of Dentistry 

Applicants for admission must present evidence of having successfully 
completed two full years of work in an accredited college of arts and sciences 
based upon the completion of a four-year high-school course. No applicant 
will be considered who has not completed all requirements for advancement 
to the Junior year in the arts and sciences college from which he applies. 
His scholastic attainments shall be of such quality as to insure a high 
standard of achievement in the dental course. 

The college course must include at least a year's credit in English, in 
biology, in physics, and in inorganic chemistry, and a half year's credit in 
organic chemistry. All courses in science should include both class and 
laboratory instruction. Formal credit in biology and physics, but not in 



388 SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 

Enjjiish and chemistry, may be waived in part or in whole in the case of 
exceptional students with three years or more of college credit earned in 
an accredited college or university. 

The credentials of all students admitted to the Dental School, University 
of Maryland under the foregoing permissive regulation will be submitted for 
approval to the Council on Education of the American Dental Association. 

Requirements for Matriculation and Enrollment 

In the selection of students to begin the study of dentistry the School 
considers particularly a candidate's proved ability in secondary education 
and his successful completion of prescribed courses in predental collegiate 
training. The requirements for admission and the academic regulations 
of the College of Arts and Sciences, University of Maryland, are strictly 
adhered to by the School of Dentistry. 

Fees and Expenses 

A complete schedule of all fees and other expenses will be found in the 
separate Catalogue of the School of Dentistry, a copy of which may be 
obtained from the Dean, School of Dentistry, University of Maryland, 
Lombard and Greene Streets, Baltimore-1, Maryland. 

Advice to Predental Students 

Students registered in the Predental Curriculum should secure a copy of 
the latest catalogue of the School of Dentistry early in their first year in 
college, in order to acquaint themselves with the requirements for admission. 

The Faculty Council 

Myron S. Aisenberg, D.D.S. 
George M. Anderson, D.D.S. 
Brice M. Dorsey, D.D.S. 
Grayson W. Gayer, D.D.S. 
William E. Hahn, D.D.S., A.B., M.S. 
Harry B. McCarthy, D.D.S., B.S. 
Ernest B. Nuttall, D.D.S. 
Kenneth V. Randolph, D.D.S. 
J. Ben Robinson, D.D.S., D.Sc 

Emeritus 

Burt B. Ide, D.D.S., Professor of Operative Dentistry 

Professors 

Myron S. Aisenberg, D.D.S., Professor of Pathology 
George M. Anderson. D.D.S., Professor of Orthodontics 
Joseph C. Biddix, Jr., D.D.S., Professor of Oral Diagnosis 
Edward C. Dobbs, D.D.S., Professor of Pharmacology 



SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 389 

Brice M. Dorsey, D.D.S., Professor of Oral Surgery 

Grayson W. Gaver, D.D.S., Professor of Dental Prosthesis 

William E. Hahn, D.D.S., A.B., M.S., Professor of Anatomy 

Harry B. McCarthy, D.D.S., B.S., Director of Clinics 

Marion W. McCrea, D.D.S., M.S., Professor of Embryology and 

Histology 
Ernest B. Nuttall, D.D.S., Professor of Crown and Bridge 
Robert H. Oster, Ph.D., Professor of Physiology 
Kenneth V. Randolph, D.D.S., Professor of Operative Dentistry 
J. Ben Robinson, D.D.S., D.Sc, Dean, Pi-ofessor of Dental History 

and Dental Ethics 
E. G. Vanden Bosche, Ph.D., Professor of Biochemistry 

Associate Professors 

Paul A. Deems, D.D.S., Associate Professor of Dental Anatomy and 

• Instructor in Clinical Orthodontics 

Harold Golton, D.D.S., Associate Professor of Oral Diagnosis 

Karl F. Grempler, D.D.S., Associate Professor of Operative Dentistry 

Hugh T. Hicks, D.D.S., Associate Professor of Periodontology 

George C. Karn, D.D.S., Associate Professor of Oral Roentgenology 

Nathan B. Scherr, D.D.S., Associate Professor of Dentistry for 

Children 
Donald E. Shay, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Bacteriology 
Guy p. Thompson, A.M., Associate Professor of Anatomy 
L. Edward Warner, D.D.S., Associate Professor of Dental Prosthesis 
J. Herbert Wilkerson, M.D., Associate Professor of Oral Surgery 

Assistant Professors 

Rupert S. Anderson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physiology 
Benjamin A. Dabrowski, A.B., D.D.S., Assistant Professor of Clinical 

Oral Roentgenology 
Meyer Eggnatz, D.D.S., Assistant Professor of Clinical Orthodontics 
Josephine V. Ezekiel, Director of Visual Aid 
Gardner P. H. Foley, M.A., Assistant Professor of Dental History and 

Dental Literature 
Leon M. Mazzotta, D.D.S., Assistant Professor of Operative Dentistry 
George McLean, M.D., Assistant Professor of Physical Diagnosis and 

Principles of Medicine 
Wilbur O. Ramsey, D.D.S., Assistant Professor of Clinical Dental 

Prosthesis 
Lewis C. Toomey, Jr., D.D.S., Assistant Professor of Oral Surgery 
B. Sargent Wells, D.D.S., Assistant Professor of Dental Technics 
Riley S. Williamson, Jr., D.D.S., Assistant Professor of Dental 

Materials 



390 SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 

Special Lecturers 

Frederick C. Dye, M.D., Associate Professor of Anesthesiolog^y 

(School of Medicine) 
Harry M. Robinson, M.D., Professor of Dermatology (School of 

Medicine) 
F. Noel Smith, D.D.S., Special Lecturer in Dental Prosthesis 
John S. Strahorn, Jr., A.B., LL.B., S.J.D., J.S.D., Professor of Law 

(School of Law) 
Grant E. Ward, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery and Oral 

Surgery (School of Medicine) 

Instructors 

Carl E. Bailey, D.D.S., Instructor in Dental Materials and Prosthetic 

Technics 
Joseph R. Beard, D.D.S., Instructor in Clinical Crown and Bridge 
Sterrett p. Beaven, D.D.S., Instructor in Clinical Operative Dentistry 
Douglas A. Browning, D.D.S., Instructor in Crown and Bridge 
Samuel H. Bryant, A.B., D.D.S., Instructor in Clinical Oral Diagnosis 
Morris E. Coberth, D.D.S., Instructor in Clinical Dentistry for 

Children 
Harry W. F. Dressel, Jr., D.D.S., Instructor in Clinical Operative 

Dentistry 
A. Bernard Eskow, D.D.S., Instructor in Clinical Periodontology 
Russell Gigliotti, D.D.S., Instructor in Clinical Oral Diagnosis 
Conrad L. Inman, D.D.S., Instructor in Anesthetics 
Stanley M. Kotula, D.D.S., Instructor in Clinical Dental Prosthesis 
Algert p. Lazauskas, D.D.S. , Instructor in Clinical Operative Den- 
tistry 
Richard C. Leonard, D.D.S., M.S.P.H., Instructor in Public Health 

Dentistry 
Robert G. Miller, D.D.S., Instructor in Dental Anatomy and Clinical 

Oral Roentgenology 
Eugene L. Pessagno, A.B., D.D.S., Instructor in Clinical Operative 

Dentistry 
Burton R. Pollack, D.D.S., Instructor in Anatomy 
Leonard Rapoport, B.S., D.D.S., Instructor in Pharmacology 
D. Robert Swinehart, B.A., D.D.S., Instructor in Clinical Orthodontics 
Earle H. Watson, D.D.S., Instructor in Dental Materials and Pros- 
thetic Technics 
Millicent L. Yamin, B.S., Instructor in Embryology and Histology 

Physician in Charge of Student Health 
W. Kennedy Waller, A.B., M.D. 



SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 391 

Graduate Assistants 

Joseph P, Cappuccio, B.S., D.D.S., Graduate Assistant in Oral Sui-gery 
Lawrence J. Edberg, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Biochemistry 
Howard M. Johnson, D.D.S., Graduate Assistant in Oral Surgery 
George W. Schmersahl, B.B., Graduate Assistant in Bacteriology 
Charles I. Smith, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Biochemistry 

Fellow 

Nancy W. Kiehne, A.B., School of Dentistry Fellow in Visual Aids 

Administrative Assistant 

Katharine Toomey 



392 THE UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

SCHOOL OF LAW 

Roger Howell, Dean 

The School of Law is a member of the Association of American Law 
Schools, an association composed of the leading law schools in the United 
States, whose member schools are required to maintain high standards 
of entrance requirements, faculty, library and curriculum. It, also, has 
been officially recognized by the Council of Legal Education of the Ameri- 
can Bar Association as meeting the standards of that association, and has 
been placed upon its approved list. It is registered as an approved law 
school on the New York Regents' list. It is the only school in Maryland 
so recognized or which offers what is regarded by those agencies as proper 
preparation for the practice of law and whose standards of admission and 
instruction meet with their approval. 

History 

While the faculty of law of the University of Maryland was chosen 
in 1813, and published in 1817 "A Course of Legal Study Addressed to 
Students and the Profession Generally," which the North American Review 
pronounced to be "by far the most perfect system for the study of law 
which has ever been offered to the public," and which recommended a course 
of study so comprehensive as to require for its completion six or seven 
years, no regular school of instruction in law was opened until 1823. The 
institution thus established was suspended in 1836 for lack of financial 
support. In 1869 the School of Law was reorganized, and in 1870 regular 
instruction therein was resumed. From time to time the course of study 
has been made more comprehensive and the staff of instructors strength- 
ened. Graduates of the School now number more than thirty-five hundred, 
and include a large proportion of the leaders of the Bench and Bar of the 
State of Maryland and many who have attained prominence in the profes- 
sion elsewhere. 

Building 

The Law School Building is located at the southeast corner of Redwood 
and Greene Streets, Baltimore. In addition to providing classrooms, and 
offices for the Law Faculty, it contains a large auditorium, practice-court 
room, students' lounge and locker rooms, and the law library, the latter 
containing a collection of some twenty thousand carefully selected text- 
books, English and American reports, leading legal periodicals, digests, and 
standard encyclopedias. The library is open from 9.00 a. m. to 10.30 p. m. 
on weekdays. 



SCHOOL OF LAW 3<J3 

Organization 

The School of Law has two divisions: the Day School for students de- 
voting their full time to the study of law, and the Evening School for 
part-time students. The same curriculum is offered in each school, and 
the standards of work and graduation requirements are the same. 

The Day School course covers a period of three years of thirty-two weeks 
each, exclusive of holidays. The class sessions are held during the day, 
chiefly in the morning hours. The Practice Court sessions are held on 
Monday evenings from 8.00 to 10.00 p. m. 

The Evening School course covers a period of four years of thirty-six 
weeks each, exclusive of holidays. The class sessions are held on Monday, 
Wednesday, and Friday evenings of each week from 6.30 to 9.40 p. m. This 
plan leaves the alternate evenings for study and preparation by the student. 

Course of Instruction 

The course of instruction in the School of Law is intended to equip the 
student for the practice of his profession. Instruction is offered in the 
various branches of the common law, of equity, of the statute law of 
Maryland, and of the statute and public law of the United States. The 
course of study is designed to give the student a broad view of the origin, 
development, and function of law, together with a thorough practical knowl- 
edge of its principles and their application. Analytical study is made of 
the principles of substantive and procedural law, and a carefully directed 
practice court enables the student to get an intimate working knowledge of 
procedure. 

Special attention is given to the statutes in force in Maryland, and to 
any peculiarities of the law in that State, where there are such. All of 
the subjects upon which the applicant for the Bar in Maryland is examined 
are included in the curriculum. But the curriculum includes all of the 
more important branches of public and private law, and will prepare the 
student adequately for admission to the Bar of other States. 

Admission 

The requirements for admission are those of the Association of American 
Law Schools. Applicants for admission as candidates for a degree are 
required to produce evidence of the completion of at least one-half the work 
acceptable for a Bachelor's degree granted on the basis of a four-year 
period of study by the State University of the State in which the pre-law 
work is taken, or other standard college or university in such State. Not 
more than 10 per cent of the credit presented for admission may include 
credit earned in non-theory courses in military science, hygiene, domestic 
arts, physical education, vocal or instrumental music, or other courses with- 
out intellectual content of substantial value. All pre-legal work must 
have been done in residence and must have been passed with a scholastic 
average at least equal to the average required for graduation in the insti- 
tution attended 



894 SCHOOL OF LAW 

In compliance with the rules of the Association of American Law Schools, 
a limited number of special students, not exceeding 10 per cent of the 
average number of students admitted as beginning regular law students 
during the two preceding years, applying for admission with less than 
the academic credit required of candidates for the law degree, may be 
admitted as candidates for the certificate of the school, but not for the 
degree, where, in the opinion of the Faculty Council, special circumstances, 
such as the maturity and apparent ability of the student, seem to justify 
a deviation from the rule requiring at least two years of college work. Such 
applicants must be at least twenty-three years of age and specially equipped 
by training and experience for the study of law. 

Requirements for Graduation 

The degree of Bachelor of Laws (or in the case of a Special Student, the 
certificate of proficiency in law) will be conferred upon a candidate who 
has successfully completed courses totalling at least 80 semester hours, 
in at least three-fourths of which he must have received a grade of C or 
higher; a candidate who has failed in not more than one subject will be 
be recommended for graduation if his general weighted average including 
such failure is at least 2.0 (C). A candidate with a general weighted 
average in all his work of not less than 3.15 will be recommended for gradu- 
ation with honor. A candidate standing in the first tenth of the graduating 
class and with a general weighted average in all his work of not less than 
3.25 is eligible for election to the Order of the Coif, the national law-school 
honor society. 

Combined Program of Study Leading to the Degree of 
Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Laws 

The University off'ers a combined program in liberal arts and law, lead- 
ing to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Laws. 

Students enrolled in this combined program spend the first three years 
of their course in the College of Arts and Sciences at College Park. For 
the fourth year they register in the School of Law, and upon the success- 
ful completion of the work of the first year in the Day School, or the 
equivalent work in the Evening School, are awarded the degree of Bachelor 
of Arts. The degree of Bachelor of Laws is awarded upon the successful 
completion of the work prescribed for graduation in the School of Law. 
For detailed information as to this combined course, see Section U, College 
of Arts and Sciences. 

Combined Program of Study Leading to the Degrees of 
Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Laws 

The University also offers a combined program in business and public 
administration and law leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Science and 
Bachelor of Laws. 



SCHOOL OF LAW 395 

Students pursuing this combined program are required to spend the first 
three years in the College of Business and Public Administration at Col- 
lege Park. For the fourth year they will register in the School of Law, 
and upon the successful completion of the work of the first year in the 
Day School, or the equivalent thereof in the Evening School, are awarded 
the degree of Bachelor of Science. The degree of Bachelor of Laws is 
awarded upon the completion of the work prescribed for graduation in the 
School of Law. 

For detailed information as to this combined course, see Section II, Col- 
lege of Business and Public Administration. 

Admission to Advanced Standing 

Students complying with the requirements for admission to the school 
who have, in addition, successfully pursued the study of law elsewhere in 
a law school which is either a member of the Association of American 
Law Schools or approved by the American Bar Association, may, in the 
discretion of the Faculty Council, upon presentation of a certificate from 
such law school showing an honorable dismissal therefrom, and the suc- 
cessful completion of equivalent courses therein, covering at least as many 
hours as are required for such subjects in this school, receive credit for 
such courses and be admitted to advanced standing. No student trans- 
ferring from another law school will be admitted unless eligible to return 
to the school from which he transfers. No degree will be conferred until 
after one year of residence and study at the University of Maryland School 
of Law. 

Fees and Expenses 

Maryland Non- 
Tuition Fee, per semester: Residents Residents 

Day School $100.00 $125.00 

Evening School 75.00 100.00 

Other Fees: (Payable only once) 

Application fee, to accompany application 5.00 5.00 

Matriculation fee, payable on first registration 10.00 10.00 

Diploma fee, payable just before graduation.. 15.00 15.00 

NOTE: The tuition fee is payable in full at the time of registration for 
each semester. 

The Faculty Council 

Randolph Barton, Jr., Esq., A.B., LL.B. 
Hon. W. Calvin Chesnut, A.B., LL.B. 
Edwin T. Dickerson, Esq., A.M., LL.B. 
Roger Howell, Esq., A.B., Ph.D., LL.B. 



31)6 SCHOOL OF LA W 

Edwin G. W. Ruge, Esq., A.B., LL.B. 

G. RiDGELY Sappington, ESQ., LL.B. 

Hon. Morris A. Soper, A.B., LL.B. 

John S. Strahorn, Jr., A.B., LL.B., S.J.D., J.S.D. 

Faculty 

Bridgewater M. Arnold, A.B., LL.B., Professor of Law 

George 0. Blome, LL.B., Director of Practice Court 

J. Wallace Bryan, A.B., Ph.D., LL.B., Lecturer on Pleading 

James T. Carter, A.B., LL.B., Ph.D., Lecturer on Contracts 

Richard W. Case, A.B., LL.B., Lecturer on Taxation 

L. Whiting Farinholt, Jr., A.B., LL.B., Associate Professor of Law 

Hon. Eli Frank, A.B., LL.B., Professor Emeritus of Law 

George Gump, A.B., LL.B., Lecturer on Taxation 

Roger Howell, A.B., Ph.D., LL.B., Dean and Professor of Law 

Frederick W. Invernizzi, A.B., LL.B., Associate Professor of Law 

Laurence M. Jones, A.B., J.D., LL.M., S.J.D., Professor of Law 

John H. Lewin, A.B., LL.B., Lecturer on Administrative Law 

Gerald Monsman, A.B., LL.B., J.D., Supervisor Legal Aid Clinic 

Hon. Emory H. Niles, A.B., B.A., B.C.L., M.A., LL.B., Lecturer on 

Admiralty and Evidence 
Reuben Oppenheimer, A.B., LL.B., Lecturer on Administrative Law 
Russell R. Reno, A.B., LL.B., LL.M., Professor of Law 
Edwin G. W. Ruge, A.B., LL.B., Professor of Law 
G. Ridgely Sappington, LL.B., Lecturer on Practice 
John S. Strahorn, Jr., A.B., LL.B., S.J.D., J.S.D. , Professor of Law 
R. Dorsey Watkins, A.B., Ph.D., LL.B., Lecturer on Torts 



The School of Law publishes a special catalogue, and a copy of this, or 
any further information desired, may be secured from: Dean, School of 
Law, University of Maryland, Redwood and Greene Streets, Baltimore 1. 
Maryland. 



THE UXIVERSITY OF MARYf.AM) :VM 

THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 

H. Boyd Wylie, M.D., Acting Dean 

History of the School of Medicine 

The present School of Medicine, with the title University of Maryland 
School of Medicine and College of Physicians and Surgeons, is the result 
of a consolidation and merger of the University of Maryland School of 
Medicine with the Baltimore Medical College (1913) and the College of 
Physicians and Surgeons of Baltimore (1915). 

Through the merger with the Baltimore Medical College, an institution 
of thirty-two years' growth, the facilities of the School of Medicine were 
enlarged in faculty, equipment and hospital connection. 

The College of Physicians and Surgeons was incorporated in 1872, and 
established on Hanover Street in a building afterward known as the 
Matemite, the first obstetrical hospital in Maryland. In 1878 union was 
effected with the Washington University School of Medicine, in existence 
since 1827, and the college was removed to Calvert and Saratoga Streets. 
Through the consolidation with the College of Physicians and Surgeons, 
medical control of the teaching beds in the Mercy Hospital was obtained. 

The School of Medicine of the University of Maryland is one of the old- 
est foundations for medical education in America, ranking fifth in point of 
age among the medical colleges of the United States. It was organized in 
1807 and chartered in 1808 under the name of the College of Medicine of 
Maryland, and its first class was graduated in 1810. In 1812 the College 
was empowered by the Legislature to annex three other colleges or facul- 
ties: Divinity, Law, and Arts and Sciences; and the four colleges thus 
united were "constituted an University by the name and under the title 
of the University of Maryland." 

The original building of the Medical School at the N. E. corner of Lom- 
bard and Greene Streets was erected in 1812. It is the oldest structure in 
this country from which the degree of doctor of medicine has been granted 
annually since its erection. In this building were founded one of the first 
medical libraries and one of the first medical school libraries in the 
United States. 

At this Medical School dissection was made a compulsory part of the 
curriculum, and independent chairs for the teaching of gynecology and 
pediatrics (1867), and of ophthalmology and otology (1873), were installed 
for the first time in America. 

This School of Medicine was one of the first to provide for adequate 
clinical instruction by the erection of its own hospital in 1823. In this 
hospital intramural residency for senior students was established for the 
first time. 



398 SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 

Fiuildings and Facilities 

The original medical building at the N. E. corner of Lombard and Greene 
Streets houses the Office of the Dean, Office of the Assistant Dean and two 
lecture halls. 

The Administration Building, to the east of the original building, con- 
tains the Baltimore offices of the Registrar and the Director of Admissions 
and two lecture halls. 

The laboratory building, at 31 South Greene Street is occupied by the 
departments of Pathology, Bacteriology and Biochemistry. 

The Frank C. Bressler Research Laboratory provides the departments of 
Anatomy, Histology and Embryology, Pharmacology, Physiology and Clini- 
cal Pathology with facilities for teaching and research. It also houses the 
research laboratories of the clinical departments, animal quarters, a lab- 
oratory for teaching Operative Surgery, a lecture hall and the Bressler 
Memorial Room. 

This building was erected in 1939-1940 at 29 South Greene Street oppo- 
site the University Hospital. It was built with funds left to the School of 
Medicine by the late Frank C. Bressler, an alumnus, supplemented by a 
grant from the Federal government. The structure, in the shape of an I, 
extends east from Greene Street, just north of the original building. 

Medical Library 

Howard Rovelstad, A.B., M.A., B.S.L.S Acting Director of Libraries 

Ida Marian Robinson, A.B., B.S.L.S Librarian 

Mary Elizabeth Hicks, A.B., B.S.L.S Assistant Librarian 

Florence R. Kirk Assistant Librarian 

Edith R. McIntosh, A.M., A.B.L.S Cataloguer 

Charlotte Jubb Assistant to the Cataloguer 

The Medical Library of the University of Maryland, founded in 1813 
by the purchase of the collection of Dr. John Crawford, now numbers 27,854 
volumes and several thousand pamphlets and reprints. Over three hundred 
of the leading medical journals, both foreign and domestic, are received 
regularly. The library is housed in Davidge Hall, a comfortable and com- 
modious building in close proximity to classrooms and laboratories, and 
is open daily for the use of members of the faculty, the student body and 
the profession generally. Libraries pertaining to pai'ticular phases of 
medicine are maintained by several departments of the medical school. 

The library of the Medical and Chirurgical Faculty of Maryland and 
the Welch Medical Library are open to students of the medical school with- 
out charge. Other libraries of Baltimore are the Peabody Library and 
the Enoch Pratt Free Library. 



SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 399 

Dispensary Ruilding 

The old hospital building has been remodeled and is occupied by the 
Out-patient Department. Thus the students have been provided with a 
splendidly appointed group of clinics for their training in out-patient work. 
All departments of clinical training are represented in this remodeled 
building and all changes have been predicated on the teaching function 
for which this department is intended. 

The office of the Medical School Physician is located in this building. 

The Department of Art also occupies quarters here. 

University Hospital 

The University Hospital, which is the property of the University of 
Maryland, is the oldest institution for the care of the sick in the state of 
Maryland. It was opened in September 1823, under the name of the Balti- 
more Infirmary, and at that time consisted of but four wards, one of which 
was reserved for patients with diseases of the eye. 

In 1933-1934 the new University Hospital was erected and patients were 
admitted to this building in November 1934. The new hospital is situated 
at the southwest corner of Redwood and Greene Streets, and is consequently 
opposite the medical school buildings. The students, therefore, are in close 
proximity and little time is lost in passing from the lecture halls and 
laboratories to the clinical facilities of the new building. 

This new building, with its modern planning, makes a particularly 
attractive teaching hospital and is a very valuable addition to the clinical 
facilities of the medical school. 

The new hospital has a capacity of 435 beds and 70 bassinets devoted to 
general medicine, surgery, obstetrics, pediatrics, and the various medical 
and surgical specialties. 

The teaching zone extends from the second to the eighth floor and com- 
prises wards for surgery, medicine, obstetrics, pediatrics, and a large clini- 
cal lecture hall. There are approximately 270 beds available for teaching. 

The space of the whole north wing of the second floor is occupied by the 
department of roentgenology. The east wing houses clinical pathology and 
special laboratories for clinical microscopy, biochemistry, bacteriology, and 
an especially well appointed laboratory for students' training. The south 
wing provides space for electro-cardiographic and basal metabolism depart- 
ments, with new and very attractive air-conditioned or oxygen therapy 
cubicles. The west wing contains the departments of rhinolaryngology and 
bronchoscopy, industrial surgery, ophthalmology, and male and female 
cystoscopy. 

The third and fourth floors each provide two medical and two surgical 
wards. The fifth floor contains two wards for pediatrics, and on the sixth 
floor there are two wards for obstetrics. Each ward occupies the space 
of one wing of the hospital. 



400 SCHOOL OF MEDICISE 

On the seventh floor is the general operating suite, the delivery suite, 
and the central supply station. The eighth floor is essentially a students' 
floor and affords a mezzanine over the operating and delivery suites, and a 
students' entrance to the clinical lecture hall. 

In the basement there is a very well appointed pathological department 
with a large teaching autopsy room and its adjunct service of instruction 
of students in pathological anatomy. 

The hospital receives a large number of accident patients because of its 
proximity to the largest manufacturing and shipping districts of the city. 

The obstetrical service is particularly well arranged and provides accom- 
modation for forty ward patients. This service, combined with an extensive 
home service, assures the student abundant obstetrical training. 

During the year ending December 31, 1946, 2,092 cases were delivered in 
the hospital and 675 cases in the outdoor department. Students in the 
graduating class observed at least thirty-five cases, each student being re- 
quired to deliver at least ten patients in their homes. 

The dispensaries associated with the University Hospital and the Mercy 
Hospital are organized upon a uniform plan in order that the teaching may 
be the same in each. Each dispensary has the following departments: 
medicine, surgery, pediatrics, ophthalmology, otology, genito-urinary, gyne- 
cology, gastroenterology, neurology, orthopaedics, proctology, dermatology, 
laryngology, rhinology, cardiology, tuberculosis, psychiatry, oral surgery 
and oncology. 

All students in their junior year work each day during one-third of the 
year in the departments of medicine and surgery of the dispensaries. In 
their senior year, all students work one hour each day in the special depart- 
ments. 

Mercy Hospital 

The Sisters of Mercy first assumed charge of the Hospital at the corner 
of Calvert and Saratoga Streets, then owned by the Washington University, 
in 1874. By the merger of 1878 the Hospital came under the control of the 
College of Physicians and Surgeons, but the Sisters continued their work 
of ministering to the patients. 

In a very few years it became apparent that the City Hospital, as it was 
then called, was much too small to accommodate the rapidly growing de- 
mands upon it. However, it was not until 1888 that the Sisters of Mercy, 
with the assistance of the Faculty of the College of Physicians and Sur- 
geons, were able to lay the cornerstone of the present hospital. This build- 
ing was completed and occupied late in 1889. Since then the growing 
demands for more space have compelled the erection of additions, until now 
there are accommodations for 348 patients. 

In 1909 the name was changed from The Baltimore City Hospital to 
Mercy Hospital. 



SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 401 

The clinical material in the free wards is under the exclusive control 
of the Faculty of the University of Maryland School of Medicine and 
College of Physicians and Surgeons. 

The Baltimore City Hospitals 

The clinical facilities of the School of Medicine have been largely in- 
creased by the liberal decision of the Department of Public Welfare to 
allow the use of the wards of these hospitals for medical education. The 
autopsy material also is available for student instruction. 

Members of the junior class make daily visits to these hospitals for 
clinical instruction in medicine, surgery, and the specialties. 

The Baltimore City Hospitals consist of the following separate divisions: 
The General Hospital, 400 beds, 90 bassinets. 
The Hospital for Chronic Cases, 575 beds. 
The Hospital for Tuberculosis, 280 beds. 
Infirmary (Home for Aged) 700 beds. 

The James Lawrence Kernan Hospital and Industrial School of Maryland 
for Crippled Children 

This institution is situated on an estate of 75 acres at Dickeyville. The 
site is within the northwestern city limits and of easy access to the city 
proper. 

The location is ideal for the treatment of children, in that it affords all 
the advantages of sunshine and country air. 

A hospital unit, complete in every respect, offers all modern facilities 
for the care of any orthopaedic condition in children. 

The hospital is equipped with 100 beds — endowed, and city and state 
supported. 

The orthopaedic dispensary at the University Hospital is maintained in 
closest affiliation and cares for the cases discharged from the Kernan Hos- 
pital. The physical therapy department is very well equipped with modern 
apparatus and trained personnel. Occupational therapy has been fully 
established and developed under trained technicians. 

The Baltimore Eye, Ear, and Throat Hospital 

This institution was first organized and operated in 1882 as an outgrowth 
of the Baltimore Eye and Ear Dispensary, which closed on June 14, 1882. 
The name then given to the new hospital was The Baltimore Eye and Ear 
Charity Hospital. It was located at the address now known as 625 W. 
Franklin St. The out-patient department was opened on September 18, 
1882 and the hospital proper on November 1 of the same year. In 1898 
a new building afforded 24 free beds and 8 private rooms; by 1907 the beds 
numbered 47; at present there are 60 beds, 29 of which are free. In 1922 
the present hospital building at 1214 Eutaw Place was secured and in 1926 



402 SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 

the dispensary was opened. In 1928 a clinical laboratory was installed. 
During 1943 the out-patient visits numbered 18,989. 

Through the kindness of the Hospital Board and Staff, our junior stu- 
dents have access to the dispensary which they visit in small groups for 
instruction in ophthalmology. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION 

Method of Making Application 

Application forms may be filed one calendar year before the next incom- 
ing class. These forms may be secured from the Committee on Admissions, 
School of Medicine, University of Maryland, Baltimore-1, Maryland. 

Application for Admission to the First Year 

Application for admission is made by filing the required form and by 
having all pertinent data sent directly to the Committee on Admissions, in 
accordance with the instructions accompanying the application. 

Application for Admission to Advanced Standing 

Students who have attended approved medical schools are eligible to file 
applications for admission to the second- and third-year classes. These 
applicants must be prepared to meet the current first-year entrance require- 
ments in addition to presenting acceptable medical school credentials, and 
a medical school record based on courses which are quantitatively and quali- 
tatively equivalent to similar courses in this school. 

Application to advanced standing is made in accordance with the instruc- 
tions accompanying the application form. 

Minimum Requirements for Admission 

The minimum requirements for admission to the School of Medicine are: 

(a) Graduation from an approved secondary school, or the equivalent in 

entrance examinations, and 

(b) Three academic years of acceptable college credit, exclusive of physi- 

cal education and military sciences, earned in an approved college 
of arts and sciences. The quantity and quality of this course of 
study shall be not less than that required for senior standing by 
the institution where the college courses are being, or have been, 
studied. 
The premedical curriculum shall include basic courses in 

English 

Biology 

Inorganic Chemistry 

Organic Chemistry 

Physics 

French or German 



SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 



403 



and such elective courses as will complete a balanced three-year schedule of 
study. The elective courses should be selected from the following three 
groups : 



Natural Sciences 
Vertebrate Embryology 
Comparative Verte- 
brate Anatomy 
Quantitative Analysis 
Physical Chemistry 
Mathematics 



Social Sciences 
Economics 
History 

Political Science 
Psychology (a basic 
course is desirable) 
Sociology, etc. 



Humanities 
English (an advanced 

course in English 

composition should 

be taken, if possible) 
Scientific German or 

French (A reading 

knowledge of either 

language is desirable, 

although German is 

preferred) 
Philosophy 

Careful attention should be given to the selection of elective courses in 
the natural sciences. Accordingly, it is suggested that the elective list 
given above be a guide in this connection and that the remainder of the 
college credits be accumulated from courses designed to promote a broad 
cultural development. Students should avoid the inclusion of college 
courses in subjects that occur in the medical curriculum, for example, his- 
tology, histological technique, human anatomy, bacteriology, physiology, 
neurology, physiological chemistry. 

It is not intended that these suggestions be interpreted to restrict the 
education of students who exhibit an aptitude for the natural sciences or 
to limit the development of students who plan to follow research work in 
the field of medicine. 

In accepting candidates for admission, preference will be given to those 
applicants who have acceptable scholastic records in secondary school and 
college, satisfactory scores in the Professional Aptitude Test, favorable 
letters of recommendation from their premedical committees, or from one 
instructor in each of the departments of biology, chemistry, and physics, 
and who in all other respects give every promise of becoming successful 
students and physicians of high standing. 

Those candidates for admissions who are unconditionally accepted will 
receive a certificate of matriculation from the Office of the Dean. 

Combined Course in Arts and Sciences and Medicine 

A combined seven years' curriculum leading to the degrees of Bachelor 
of Science and Doctor of Medicine is offered by the University of Mary- 
land. The first three years are taken in residence in the College of Arts 
and Sciences at College Park, and the last four years in the School of 
Medicine in Baltimore. (See University of Maryland general catalogue 
for details of quantitative and qualitative premedical course requirements.) 



404 SCHOni, OF MKDICISK 

If a candidate for the combined degree completes the work of the first 
year in the School of Medicine with an average of "C" or better, and if he 
has absolved the quantitative and qualitative premedical requirements set 
up by the University, he is eligible to recommendation by the Dean of the 
School of Medicine that the degree of Bachelor of Science be conferred. 

Because the general commencement at College Park usually takes place 
before the School of Medicine is prepared to release grades of the first- 
year class, this combined degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred at the 
commencement following the candidate's second year of residence in the 
School of Medicine. 

State Medical Student Qualifying Certificates 

Candidates for admission who live in or expect to practice medicine in 
Pennsylvania, New Jersey or New York, should apply to their respective 
state boards of education for medical student qualifying certificates (Penn- 
sylvania and New Jersey) or approval of applications for medical student 
qualifying certificates (New York). 

Those students who are accepted must file satisfactory State certificates 
in the office of the Committee on Admissions, School of Medicine, before 
registration. No exceptions will be made to this requirement. 
Addresses of the State Certifying Offices 

Director of Credentials Section, Pennsylvania Department of Public 

Instruction, Harrisburg, Pa. 
Chief of the Bureau of Credentials, New Jersey Department of Public 

Instruction, Trenton, N. J. 
Supervisor of Qualifying Certificates, The State Education Depart- 
ment, Examinations and Inspections Division, Albany, N. Y. 

Definition of Residence Status of Students* 

Students who are minors are considered to be resident students if, at the 
time of their registration, the parents* have been residents of this State 
for at least one year. 

Adult students are considered to be resident students if, at the time of 
their registration, they have been residents of this State for at least one 
year, provided such residence has not been acquired while attending any 
school or college in Maryland. 

The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of his 
first registration in the university and may not thereafter be changed by 
him unless, in the case of a minor, his parents* move to and become legal 
residents of this state by maintaining such residence for at least one full 
calendar year. However, the right of the student (minor) to change from 



• The term "parents" includes persons who, by reason of death or other unusual cir- 
cumstances, have been lesally constituted the (niardians of or stand in loco parentis to such 
minor students. 



SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 405 

a non-resident to a resident status must be established by him prior to 
registration for a semester in any academic year. 

CURRENT FEES 

Matriculation fee (paid once) $10.00 

Tuition fee (each year) — Residents of Maryland 450.00 

Tuition fee (each year) — Non-Residents 600.00 

Laboratory fee (each year) 25.00 

Student health service fee (each year) 20.00 

Maintenance and service fee (each year) 5.00 

Student Activities fee (each year) 10.00 

Graduation fee 15.00 

Re-examination fee (each subject) 5.00 

Transcript fee to graduates. First copy gratis, each copy 

thereafter 1.00 

Rules for Payment of Fees 

No fees are returnable. 

Make all checks or money orders payable to the University of Maryland. 

When offering checks or money orders in payment of tuition and other 
fees, students are requested to have them drawn in the exact amount of 
such fees. Personal checks whose face value is in excess of the fees due 
will be accepted for collection only. 

Acceptance. — Payment of the matriculation fee of $10.00 and a deposit 
on tuition of $50.00 is required of accepted applicants before the expira- 
tion date specified in the offer of acceptance. This $60.00 deposit is not 
returnable and will be forfeited if the applicant fails to register, or it will 
be applied to the applicant's first semester's charges on registration. 

Registration. — All students, after proper certification, are required to 
register at the Office of the Comptroller, Gray Laboratory. (See current 
Medical School bulletin for dates for the payments of fees, and the note 
regarding late registration fee.) 

One-half of the tuition fee, the laboratory fee, the student health fee, 
the student activities fee, and the maintenance and service fee are payable 
on the date specified for registration for the first semester. 

The remainder of the tuition fee shall be paid on the date designated for 
the payment of fees for the second semester. Fourth year students shall 
pay the graduation fee, in addition, at this time. 

Penalty for Non-Payment of Fees 

If semester fees are not paid in full on the specified registration dates, 
a penalty of $5.00 will be added. 

If a satisfactory settlement, or an agreement for settlement, is not made 
with the Business Office within ten days after a payment is due, the student 



406 



SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 



automatically is debarred from attendance on classes and will forfeit the 
other priviliges of the School of Medicine. 

Reexamination Fee 

A student who is eligible to reexaminations must pay the comptroller 
$5.00 for each subject in which he is to be e.xamined, and he must present 
the receipt to the faculty member giving the examination before he will be 
permitted to take the examination. 

Faculty of Medicine 

EMERITI 

J. Frank Crouch, M.D. 

Professor of Clinical Ophthalmology and Otology, Emeritus 

Harry Friedenwald, A.B., M.D., D.H.L., D.Sc. 

Professor of Ophthalmology, Emeritus 

J. M. H. Rowland, M.D., D.Sc, LL.D. 

Professor of Obstetrics, Emeritus; Dean, Emeritus 

J. Dawson Reeder, M.D Professor of Proctology, Emeritus 

Henry J. Walton, M.D Professor of Roentgenology, Emeritus 

Page Edmunds, M.D Professor of Traumatic Surgery, Emeritus 

Ruth Lee Briscoe Librarian, Emeritus 

Albertus Cotto-v, M.A., M.D. 

Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery, and Roentgenology, Emeritus 

Joseph E. Gichner, M.D. 

Professor of Clinical Medicine and Physical Therapeutics, Emeritus 

Harvey G. Beck, M.D., D.Sc. Professor of Clinical Medicine, Emeritus 

Irving J. Spear, M.D., Professor of Neurology, Emeritus 



Faculty Board 



H. Boyd Wylie, Acting Dean 



WiLLIA.M R. AMBERSO.N 

Franklin B. Anderson 
James G. Arnold, Jr. 
Walter A. B.aetjer 
Charles Bagley, Jr. 
J. McFarland Bergland 
Charles F. Blake 
Otto C. Brantigan 
Howard M. Bubert 
T. Nelson Carey 



C. Jelleff Carr 
Thomas R. Chambers 
Carl Dame Clarke 
Ross McC. Chapman 
Clyde A. Clapp 
Paul W. Clough 
Richard G. Coble.vtz 
Bevxrly C. Compton 
Charles N. Davidson 
Ross Davies 



Carl L. Davis 
Louis H. Douglass 
Frederick C. Dye 
J. S. Eastland 
C. Reid Edwards 
Mo.vte Edwards 
Frank H. J. Figge 
Leon Freedom 
Edgar B. Friedenwald 
Thomas K. Galvin 



SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 



407 



Moses Gellman 
Andrew C. Gillis 
Henry F. Graff 
Lewis P. Gundry 
Frank W. Haciitel 
0. G. Harne 
Harold E. Harrison 
Horace Hodes 
Cyrus F. Horine 
Harry C. Hull 
J. Mason Hundley, Jr. 
Elliott H. Hutchins 
Edward S. Johnson 

F. L. Jennings 
C. LORING Joslin 
Hugh W. Josephs 
Walter L. Kilby 
Edward A. Kitlowski 
John C. Krantz, Jr. 
Vernon E. Krahl 
Louis A. M, Krause 
Kenneth D. Legge 

r. w. locher 

G. Carroll Lockard 
Edward A. Looper 



William S. Love, Jr. 
John F. Lutz 
Stanley H. Macht 
Howard J. Maldeis 
N. Clyde Marvel 
Charles W. Maxson 
James C. McAlpine 
Walter C. Merkel 
Zachariah Morgan 
Theodore H. Morrison 
Alfred T. Nelson 
H. W. Newell 
E mil Novak 
Thomas R. O'Rourk 
Robert H. Oster 

C. W. Peake 

D. J. Pessagno 
H. R, Peters 
Maurice C. Pincoffs 
J. G. M. Reese 
Charles A. 

Reifschneider 
Dexter L. Reimann 
Benjamin S. Rich 

COMPTON RIELY 



Harry M. 

Robinson, Sr. 
Harry L. Rogers 
Milton S. Sacks 
Emil G. Schmidt 
Arthur M. Shipley 
Dietrich C. Smith 
R. Dale Smith 
William H. Smith 
Hugh R. Spencer 
Thomas P. Sprunt 
W. Houston Toulson 
Ralph P. Truitt 
Eduard Uhlenhuth 
Henry F. Ullrich 
Allen F. Voshell 
John A. Wagner 
Grant E. Ward 
C. Gardner Warner 
Huntington Williams 
Walter D. Wise 
Thomas C. Wolff 
Robert B. Wright 
George H. Yeager 
Waitman F. Zinn 



Executive Committee of the Faculty 

H. Boyd Wylie, Acting Dean 



Louis H. Douglass 
Charles Reid Edwards 
Frank W. Hachtel 



J. Mason Hundley, Jr. 
Maurice C. Pincoffs 
Arthur M. Shipley 
Hugh R. Spencer 



FACULTY OF MEDICINE 



Professors 



William R. Amberson, Ph.D., Professor of Physiology. 

Charles Bagley, Jr., M.A., M.D., Professor of Neurological Surgery. 

Charles F. Blake, M.A., M.D., Professor of Proctology. 

Otto C. Brantigan, B.S., M.D., Professor of Surgical Anatomy, Asso- 
ciate Professor of Surgery. 

T. Nelson Carey, M.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine and Physician in 
Charge of Medical Care of Students. 

Ross McC. Chapman, M.D., Professor of Psychiatry. 

Clyde A. Clapp, M.D., Professor of Ophthalmology. 



408 SCHOOL OF MEDICI \E 

Richard G. Coblentz, M.A., M.D., Clinical Professor of Neurological 
Surgery. 

Carl L. Davis, M.D., Professor of Anatomy. 

Edward C. Dobbs, D.D.S., Professor of Pharmacology, School of Den- 
tistry. 

Brice M. Dorsey, D.D.S., Professor of Oral Surgery, School of Den- 
tistry. 

Louis H. Douglass, M.D., Professor of Obstetrics. 

FREa)ERiCK C. Dye, M.D., Professor of Anaesthesiology 

Charles Reid Edwards, M.D., Professor of Surgery. 

Monte Edwards, M.D., Clinical Professor of Surgery and Proctology. 

Frank H. J. Figge, Ph.D., Professor of Experimental Anatomy. 

H. K. Fleck, M.D., Clinical Professor of Ophthalmology. 

Edgar B. Friedenwald, M.D., Professor of Clinical Pediatrics. 

Thomas K. Galvin, M.D., Clinical Professor of Gynecology. 

Andrew C. Gillis, M.A., M.D., LL.D., Professor of Neurology. 

Frank W. Hachtel, M.D., Professor of Bacteriology. 

J. Mason Hundley, Jr., M.A., M.D., Professor of Gynecology. 

Elliott H. Hutchins, M.A., M.D., Professor of Surgery. 

F. L. Jennings, M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery. 

C. LORING JOSLIN, M.D., Professor of Pediatrics. 
Walter L. Kilby, M.D., Professor of Roentgenology. 

Edward A. Kitlowski, A.B., M.D., Clinical Professor of Plastic 
Surgery. 

John C. Krantz, Jr., Ph.D., D.Sc, Professor of Pharmacology. 

Louis A. M. Krause, M.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine. 

Kenneth D. Legge, M.D., Professor of Clinical Genito-Urinary Sur- 
gery. 

G. Carroll Lockard, M.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine. 

Edward A. Looper, M.D., D.Oph., Professor of Rhinology and Laryn- 
gology. 

Theodore H. Morrison, M.D., Clinical Professor of Gastro-Enterology. 

Thomas R. O'Rourk, M.D., Clinical Professor of Otology, Associate 
Professor of Rhinology and Laryngology. 

Robert H. Oster, Ph.D., Professor of Physiology, School of Dentistry. 

D. J. Pessagno, A.B., M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery. 

H. Raymond Peters, A.B., M.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine. 

Maurice C. Pincoffs, B.S., M.D., Professor of Medicine. 

Charles A. Reifschneider, M.D., Clinical Professor of Traumatic 

Surgery. 
Compton Riely, M.D., Clinical Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery. 
Harry L. Rogers, M.D., Clinical Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery. 
Harry M. Robinson, Sr., M.D., Professor of Dermatology. 
Emil G. Schmidt, Ph.D., LL.B., Professor of Biological Chemistry. 
Arthur M. Shipley, M.D., D.Sc, Professor of Surgery. 
Hugh R. Spencer, M.D., Professor of Pathology. 



SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 409 

Thomas P. Sprunt, A.B., M.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine. 

W. Houston Toulson, M.Sc, M.D., Professor of Genito-Urinary Sur- 
gery. 

Ralph P. Truit, M.D., Professor of Clinical Psychiatry. 

Eduard Uhlenhuth, Ph.D., Professor of Anatomy. 

Allen Fiske Voshell, A.B., M.D., Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery. 

Huntington Williams, M.D., Dr. P.H., Professor of Hygiene and 
Public Health. 

Walter D. Wise, M.D., Professor of Surgery. 

H. Boyd Wylie, M.D., Professor of Biological Chemistry and Acting 
Dean. 

Waitman F. Zinn, M.D., Clinical Professor of Rhinology and Laryn- 
gology. 

Associate Professors 

Franklin B. Anderson, M.D., Associate Professor of Rhinology and 
Laryngology, and Otology. 

James G. Arnold, Jr., M.D., Associate Professor of Neurological Sur- 
gery. 

Walter A. Baetjer, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine. 

J. McFarland Bergland, B.S., M.D., Associate Professor of Obstetrics. 

J. Edmund Bradley, M.D., Associate Clinical Professor of Pediatrics. 

H. M. Bubert, M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine. 

C. Jelleff Carr, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Pharmacology. 

Thomas R. Chambers, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery. 

Carl Dame Clarke, M.A., Associate Professor of Art as Applied to 
Medicine. 

Paul W. Clough, B.S., M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine. 

Charles N. Davidson, M.D., Associate Professor of Roentgenology. 

Ross Davies, M.D., Associate Professor of Hygiene and Public Health. 

J. S. Eastland, M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine. 

A. H. Finkelstein, M.D., Associate Clinical Professor of Pediatrics. 

Leon Freedom, M.D., Associate Professor of Neurology. 

Moses Gellman, B.S., M.D., Associate Pi'ofessor of Orthopaedic Sur- 
gery. 

T. Campbell Goodwin, M.S., M.D., Associate Professor of Pediatrics. 

Lewis P. Gundry, M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine. 

0. G. Harne, Associate Professor of Histology. 

Harold E. Harrison, B.S., M.D., Associate Professor of Pediatrics. 

Horace Hodes, M.D., Associate Professor of Hygiene and Public Health. 

Cyrus F. Horine, M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery. 

Harry C. Hull, M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery. 

Albert Jaffe, M.D., Associate Clinical Professor of Pediatrics. 

Edward S. Johnson, M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery. 

Hugh W. Joseph, M.D., Associate Professor of Pediatrics. 



410 SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 

Vernon D. Kaufman, D.D.S., Associate Professor or Oral Surgery, 

School of Dentistry. 
Vernon E. Krahl, B.S., M.S., Associate Professor of Gross Anatomy. 
R. W. Lochner, M.D., Associate Professor of Clinical Surgery. 
William S. Love, Jr., A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine. 
Howard J. Maldeis, M.D., Associate Professor of Legal Medicine and 

Associate in Pathology. 
N. Clyde Marvel, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery. 
Charles W. Maxson, M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery. 
James G. McAlpine, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Bacteriology. 
Walter C. Merkel, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Pathology. 
H. W. Newell, M.D., Associate Professor of Psychiatry. 
Emil Novak, A.B., M.D., D.Sc, Associate Professor of Obstetrics. 
C. W. Peake, M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery. 
J. G. M. Reese, M.D., Associate Professor of Obstetrics. 
Benjamin S. Rich, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Rhinology and 

Larnygology, Associate in Otology. 
Milton S. Sacks, M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine and Head of 

Clinical Pathology, Associate in Pathology. 
Dietrich Conrad Smith, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physiology. 
Frederick B. Smith, M.D., Associate Clinical Professor of Pediatrics. 
William H. Smith, M.D., Associate Professor of Clinical Medicine. 
Henry F. Ullrich, M.D., D.Sc, Associate Professor of Orthopaedic 

Surgery. 
Grant E. Ward, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery and Oral 

Surgery. 
C. Gardner Warner, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Pathology. 
William H. F. Warthen, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Hygiene 

& Public Health 
J. Herbert Wilkerson, M.D., Associate Professor of Oral Surgery, 

School of Dentistry. 
Thomas C. Wolff, M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine. 
Robert B. Wright, B.S., M.D., Associate Professor of Pathology. 
George H. Yeager, B.S., M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery. 

Assistant Professors 

Thurston R. Adams, M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery and Proc- 
tology. 

H. F. Bongardt, M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery. 

Leo Brady, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Gynecology. 

Simon H. Brager, M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery and Associate 
in Proctology. 

Edward F. Cotter, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine, Instructor 
in Neurology. 

Francis A. Ellis, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Dermatology. 

Maurice Feldman, M.D., Assistant Professor of Gastro-Enterology. 



SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 411 

Wetherbee Fort, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine. 

Frank J. Geraghty, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine. 

Francis W. Gillis, M.D., Assistant Professor of Genito-Urinary Sur- 
gery. 

Samuel S. Glick, M.D., Assistant Professor of Pediatrics. 

Harry Goldsmith, M.D., Assistant Professor of Psychiatry. 

Albert E. Goldstein, M.D., Assistant Professor of Pathology. 

Harry K. Iwamoto, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Pharmacology. 

H. Vernon Langeluttig, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine. 

John E. Legge, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine. 

Philip L. Lerner, Assistant Professor of Neurology. 

Hans W. Loewald, Assistant Professor of Psychiatry. 

John F. Lutz, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Histology. 

Stanley H. Macht, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Roentgenology. 

Howard B. Mays, M.D., Assistant Professor of Genito-Urinary Sur- 
gery and Instructor in Pathology. 

Zachariah Morgan, M.D., Assistant Professor of Gastro-Enterology. 

Samuel Morrison, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Gastro-Enter- 
ology. 

Harry M. Murdock, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Psychiatry. 

George McLean, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine. 

Alfred T. Nelson, M.D., Assistant Professor of Anaesthesiology. 

James W. Nelson, M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery. 

M. Alexander Novey, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Obstetrics. 

Dexter L. Reimann, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Pathology, 
Assistant in Medicine. 

I. 0. RiDGELY, M.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery. 

Harry M. Robinson, Jr., B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Derma- 
tology, Associate in Medicine. 

John E. Savage, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Obstetrics. 

Richard T. Shackelford, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery. 

Isadore a. Siegel, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Obstetrics. 

Edward P. Smith, M.D., Ph.G., Assistant Professor of Gynecology. 

R. Dale Smith, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Gross Anatomy. 

Sol Smith, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine. 

John H. Traband, M.D., Assistant Professor of Pediatrics. 

J. Ridgeway Trimble, M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery. 

John A. Wagner, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Pathology and 
Neuropathology. Assistant in Medicine. 

Philip S. Wagner, M.D., Assistant Professor of Psychiatry. 

W. Wallace Walker, M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery and Surgi- 
cal Anatomy. 

Glenn S. Weiland, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Biological Chemistry. 

Theodore E. Woodward, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine. 

Asa D. Young, M.D., Assistant Professor of Roentgenology. 



412 SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 

Associates 

Conrad B. Acton, M.D., Associate in Medicine. 

Marie A. Andersch, Ph.D., Associate in Medicine. 

Margaret B. Ballard, M.D., Associate in Obstetrics. 

Donald J. Barnett, M.D., Associate in Roentgenology. 

Eugene S. Bereston, A.B., M.D., Associate in Dermatology. 

Dudley P, Bowe, A.B., M.D., Associate in Obstetrics. 

Kenneth B. Boyd, A.B., M.D., Associate in Gynecology and Assistant 
in Obstetrics. 

M. Paul Byerly, M.D., Associate in Medicine. 

Beverley C. Compton, A.B., M.D., Associate in Gynecology. 

W. A. H. Council, M.D., Associate in Genito-Urinary Surgery. 

E. Eugene Covington, M.D., Associate in Surgical Anatomy and Sur- 
gery. 

Francis G. Dickey, M.D., Associate in Medicine. 

D. McClelland Dixon, M.D., Associate in Obstetrics and Instructor in 
Pathology. 

.John C. Dumler, B.S., M.D., Associate in Gynecology. 

William W. Elgin, M.D., Associate in Psychiatry. 

J. J. Erwin, M.D., Associate in Gynecology. 

Houston Everett, M.D., Associate in Gynecology. 

L. K. Fargo, M.D., Associate in Genito-Urinary Surgery. 

William L. Fearing, M.D., Associate in Neurology. 

Jerome Fineman, M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics. 

Samuel L. Fox, M.D., Associate in Rhinology, Laryngology and 
Otology. 

Irving Freeman, M.D., Associate in Medicine. 

George Govatos, A.B., M.D., Associate in Surgery. 

Raymond F. Helfrich, A.B., M.D., Associate in Surgery. 

W. Grafton Herpsberger, M.D., Associate in Medicine. 

John T. Hibbitts, M.D., Associate in Gynecology. 

John F. Hogan, M.D., Associate in Genito-Urinary Surgery. 

Z. Vance Hooper, M.D., Associate in Gastro-Enterology. 

Clewell Howell, B.S., M.D., Associate in Pediatrics. 

Meyer W. Jacobson, M.D., Associate in Medicine. 

Joseph V. Jerardi, B.S., M.D., Associate in Surgery. 

D. Frank Kaltreider, A.B., M.D., Associate in. Obstetrics. 

Arthur Karfgin, B.S., M.D., Associate in Medicine. 

Fayne a. Kayser, M.D., Associate in Rhinology and Laryngology. 

Joseph I. Kemler, M.D., Associate in Ophthalmology. 

F. Edwin Knowles, Jr., M.D., Associate in Orphthalmology. 

Frederick R. Kyper, M.D., D.Sc, Associate in Rhinology, Laryngology, 
and Bronchoscopy, Instructor in Otology. 

C. Edward Leach, M.D., Associate in Medicine. 

Samuel Legum, M.D., Associate in Medicine. 
Luther E. Little, M.D., Associate in Surgery. 



SCHOOL OF MEDICL\E 413 

Ephraim T. Lisansky, M.D., Associate in Medicine. 

H. Edmund Levin, B.S., M.D., Associate in Bacteriology, Instructor in 
Medicine. 

G. Bowers Mansdorfer, B.S., M.D., Associate in Pediatrics. 

I. H. Maseritz, M.D., Associate in Orthopaedic Surgery. 

Lyle J. MiLLAN, M.D., Associate in Genito-Urinary Surgery. 

Frank K. Morris, A.B.. M.D., Associate in Gynecology, Instructor in 
Obstetrics. 

W. Raymond McKenzie, M.D., Associate in Rhinology and Laryn- 
gology. 

Hugh M. McNally, B.S., M.D., Associate in Obstetrics. 

Robert A. Reiter, M.D., Associate in Medicine. 

Samuel T. R. Revell, M.D., Associate in Medicine. 

William F. Rienhoff, Jr., M.D., Associate in Surgery. 

Henry L. Rigdon, M.D., Associate in Surgery, Assistant in Surgical 
Anatomy. 

Kathyrn L. Schultz, M.D., Associate in Psychiatry. 

Theodore A. Schwartz, M.D., Associate in Rhinology and Laryngology. 

William M. Seabold, A.B., M.D., Associate in Pediatrics. 

Lawrence M. Serra, M.D., Associate in Medicine. 

William B. Settle, M.D., Associate in Surgery, Instructor in Surgical 
Anatomy. 

A. Albert Shapiro, B.S., M.D., Associate in Dermatology. 

Arthur G. Siwinski, A.B., M.D., Associate in Surgery. 

Benedict Skit.a.relic, A.B., M.D., Associate in Pathology, Assistant in 
Medicine. 

E. H. Tonolla, M.D., Associate in Medicine. 

William K. Waller, M.D., Associate in Medicine. 

Gibson J. Wells, M.D., Associate in Pediatrics. 

Austin H. Woods, M.D., Associate in Genito-Urinary Surgery. 

Israel Zeligman, A.B., M.D., Associate in Dermatology. 

Lecturers 

Jonas Friedenwald, M.A., M.D., Lecturer in Ophthalmic Pathology. 
Charles R. Goldsborough, M.A., M.D., Lecturer in Medicine. 
Leonard Karel, Ph.D., Lecturer in Pharmacology. 
Stephen Krop, Ph.D., Lecturer in Pharmacology. 
Leslie B. Hohman, M.D.. Lecturer in Psychiatry. 
Joseph M. Miller. M.D.. Lecturer in Surgery. 

Myron G. Tull, A.B.. M.D., M.P.H., Lecturer in Hygiene and Public 
Health. 

Instructors 

A. Russell Anderson, M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry. 
Leon Ashman, M.D., Instructor in Medicine. 



414 SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 

Carl E. Bailey, D.D.S., Instructor in Prosthetic Dentistry, School of 

Dentistry. 
John Z. Bowers, B.S„ M.D., Instructor in Medicine. 
Harry C. Bowie, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Surgery and Surgical 

Anatomy. 
Thomas S. Bowyer, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology and Assistant 

in Obstetrics. 
George H. Brouillet, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Surgery. 
Ann Virginia Brown, A.B., Instructor in Biological Chemistry. 
Samuel H. Bryant, A.B., D.D.S., Instructor in Oral Diagnosis, School 

of Dentistry. 
Harold H. Burns, M.D., Instructor in Surgery. 
LuciLE J. Caldwell, M.D., Instructor in Dermatology. 
Timothy A. Callahan, M.D., Instructor in Medicine. 
Mary E. Chinn, A.B., Instructor in Physiology. 
Ernest I. Cornbrooks, Jr., A.B., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology. 
Stuart G. Coughlan, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Surgery. 
J. G. N. Gushing, M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry. 
John R. Davis, M.D., Instructor in Medicine. 
B. Matthew Debuskey, M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics. 
W. Allen Deckert, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology and Assistant 

in Surgery. 
William K. Diehl, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology. 
Everett S. Diggs, B.S.. M.D., Instructor in Gynecology. 
Ernest S. Edlow, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology. 
Philip D. Flynn, M.D., Instructor in Medicine. 
William L. Garlick, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Surgery. 
Jason H. Gaskel, M.D., Insti-uctor in Orthopaedic Surgery. 
Samuel J. Hankin, M.D., Instructor in Medicine. 

E. M. Hanrahan, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Surgery. 
Alvin J. Hartz, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Medicine. 
Mary L. Hayleck, M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics. 
Robert F. Healy, M.D., Instructor in Surgery. 
William G. Helfrich, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Medicine. 
Benjamin Highstein, M.D., Instructor in Dermatology. 

F. A. HoLDEN, M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology. 
Mark B. Hollander, M.D., Instructor in Dermatology. 
Helen A. Horn, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Pathology. 
Calvin Hyman, M.D., Instructor in Surgery. 

Conrad L. Inman, D.D.S., Consulting Dentist, School of Dentistry. 
Benjamin H. Isaacs, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Rhinology and Laryn- 
gology. 
William R. Johnson, M.D., Instructor in Surgery. 
Edward S. Kallins, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Medicine. 
William H. Kammer, Jr., A.B., M.D., Instructor in Medicine. 



SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 416 

Clyde F. Karns, B.S., Instructor in Surgery. 

Lester N. Kolman, M.D., Instructor in Dermatology. 

A. Kremen, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology. 

Louis J. Kroll, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Medicine. 

Milton C. Lang, M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology. 

Arnold F. Lavenstein, Instructor in Pediatrics. 

Kurt Levy, M.D., Instructor in Medicine. 

Joseph H. Marshall, M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry. 

Karl F. Mech. B.S., M.D., Instructor in Gross Anatomy, and Pathology. 

Israel P. Meranski, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics. 

R. B. Mitchell, Jr., B.S., M.D., Instructor in Medicine. 

J. DUER MoORES, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Surgery. 

J. Huff Morrison, M.D., Instructor in Obstetrics. 

S. Edwin Muller, M.D., Instructor in Medicine. 

Joseph E. Muse, Jr., B.S., M.D., Instructor in Medicine. 

Ruth Musser, M.S., Instructor in Pharmacology. 

John A. Myers, M.E.E., M.D., Instructor in Medicine, Assistant in 
Gastro-Enterology. 

Francis J. McLaughlin, M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry. 

Samuel Novey, M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry. 

M. Paul Padget, M.D., Instructor in Medicine. 

William A. Parr, M.D., Instructor in Otology. 

Richard H. Pembroke, Jr., A.B., M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry. 

Eugene L. Pessagno, A.B., D.D.S., Instructor in Operative Surgery, 
School of Dentistry. 

Leslie H. Pierce, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Medicine, 

Samuel E. Proctor, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Surgery. 

Herbert E. Reifschneider, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Surgery and 
Surgical Anatomy. 

Daniel R. Robinson, M.D., Instructor in Surgery. 

Seymour W. Rubin, M.D., Instructor in Pathology. 

John F. Schaefer, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Surgery. 

Robert C. Sheppard, M.D., Instructor in Surgery. 

M. S. Shiling, A.B., M.D., D.Sc, Instructor in Medicine. 

Albert J. Shochat, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Gastro-Enterology. 

Harry A. Teitelbaum, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Neurology. 

David Tenner, M.D., Instructor in Medicine. 

Lewis C. Toomey, D.D.S., Intructor in Oral Surgery, School of Den- 
tistry. 

Wilfred H. Townshend, Jr., A.B., M.D., Instructor in Medicine. 

William D. VandeGrift, M.D., Instructor in Pathology. 

Harold L. Vyner, M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry. 

Frederick J. Vollmer, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Medicine. 

Hugh G. Whitehead, M.D., Instructor in Medicine. 



416 SCHOOL OF MEDICISE 

Milton J. Wilder, M.D., Instructor in Orthopaedic Surgery. 
Daniel Wilfson, Jr., A.B., M.D., Instructor in Medicine. 

Assistants 

J. Warren Albrittain, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics. 

Harry McB. Beck, M.D., Assistant in Gynecology. 

Robert Z. Berry, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Rhinology and Laryngology, 

Assistant in Surgery. 
Henry A. Briele, M.D., Assistant in Surgery. 
Joseph G. Bird, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Pharmacology. 
William J. Bryson, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Pathology. 
A. V. Buchness, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Surgery. 
Paul E. Carliner, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Medicine. 
John W. Chambers, M.D., Assistant in Surgery, and Neurological 

Surgery. 
L. T. Chance, M.D., Assistant in Surgery. 
Robert F. Chenowith, M.D., Assistant in Surgery. 
Joseph M. Cordi, M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics. 
Samuel H. Culver, M.D., Assistant in Surgery. 
Raymond M. Cunningham, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Surgery, and 

Proctology. 
Preston R. Cutler, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Surgery. 
Edwin 0. Daue, Jr., B.S., M.D., Assistant in Surgery. 
Nachman Davidson, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Medicine. 
E. Hollister Davis, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Anaesthesia. 
George H. Davis, M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics. 
John B. DeHoff, M.D., Assistant in Medicine. 
William A. Dodd, M.D., Assistant in Gynecology. 
Charles H. Doeller, Jr., A.B., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics and 

Gynecology. 
William C. Duffy, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Gynecology. 
William C. Dunnigan, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Surgery. 
Morris A. Fine, M.D., Assistant in Medicine and Genito-Urinary Sui-- 

gery. 
Herbert M. Foster, M.D., Assistant in Surgery. 
Audrey M. Funk, A.B., Assistant in Medicine. 
L. Calvin Gareis, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics. 
William R. Geraghty, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Surgery. 
Robert L. Gibbs, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Medicine. 
H. L. Granoff, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Gynecology 
William H. Grenzer, M.D., Assistant in Medicine. 
Joseph B. Gross, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Medicine. 
John S. Haines, M.D., Assistant in Genito-Urinary Surgery. 
Donald B. Hebb, M.D., Assistant in Surgery and Proctology. 
Oscar Hartman, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics. 



SCHOOL OF MEDICINE All 

John S. Haught, M.D., Assistant in Gynecology. 

Thomas A. Hedrick, M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics. 

L. Ann Hellen, B.S., Assistant in Medicine. 

James W. Hendrick, M.D., Assistant in Surgery, and Plastic Surgery. 

John H. Hirschfeld, M.D., Assistant in Rhinology and Laryngology. 

John V. Hopkins, M.D., Assistant in Orthopaedic Surgery. 

RoLLiN C. Hudson, M.D., Assistant in Medicine. 

Jaroslav Hulla, M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics. 

William C. Humphries, M.D., Assistant in Rhinology and Laryngology. 

Jacob R. Jensen, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics. 

Hugh Jewett, M.D., Assistant in Genito-Urinary Surgery. 

Harry F. Kane, M.D., Assistant in Gynecology. 

Melvin D. Kappelman, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics. 

James R. Karns, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Medicine. 

Lawrence Katzenstein, M.D., Assistant in Medicine. 

Lauriston L. Keown, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics, ' 

Irvin p. Klemkowski, M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics. 

Charles W. Knerler, M.D., Assistant in Medicine. 

Schuyler G. Kohn, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics. 

Alfred S. Lederman, Assistant in Gastro-Enterology. 

Frank E. Leslie, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Medicine. 

Etta C. Link, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics. 

V. Harwood Link, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Dermatology. 

J. Douglas Lockard, M.D., Assistant in Medicine. 

F. Ford Loker, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Surgery. 

H. Pearce Maccubbin, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Medicine. 

John W. Machen, M.D., Assistant in Neurology. 

Helen L Maginnis, M.D., Assistant in Gynecology. 

W. Kenneth Mansfield, Jr., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics. 

Charles B. Marek, M.D., Assistant in Gynecology. 

A. Robert Marks, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics. 

Maxwell L. Mazer, M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics. 

Robert B. Mearns, M.D., Assistant in Medicine. 

George C. Medairy, M.D., Assistant in Neurology. 

William A. Mitchell, M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics. 

John H. Morrison, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics. 

Howard B. McElwain, M.D., Assistant in Surgery. 

John W. Osborne, M.D., Assistant in Medicine. 

Frank J. Otanasek, M.D., Assistant in Neurological Surgery. 

Margaret Virginia Palmer, A.M., M.D., Assistant in Medicine. 

Patrick C. Phelan, Jr., A.B., M.D., Assistant in Surgery. 

Ross Z. Pierpont, M.D., Assistant in Surgery, and Surgical Anatomy. 

Samuel E. Proctor, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Surgery. 

J. Emmett Queen A.B., M.D., Assistant in Medicine. 

William T. Raby, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Pathology. 

Frederick M. Reese, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Ophthalmology. 



418 SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 

John 0. Robbens, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Plastic Surgery. 
T. Edgie Russell, Jr., B.S., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics. 
William J. Rysanek, Jr., M.D., Assistant in Gynecology. 
Clarence P. Scarborough, M.D., Assistant in Plastic Surgery. 
W. J. SCHMITZ, M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics. 
Earle S. Scott, M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics. 
J. King B. E. Seegar, Jr., A.B., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics. 
Kenneth C. Sharrets, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Surgery. 
Joseph C. Sheehan, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Gynecology. 
E. Roderick Shipley, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Surgery. 
George Silverton A.B., M.D., Assistant in Medicine. 
Jerome Snyder, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Ophthalmology. 
June Linda Snyder, A.B., Assistant in Physiology. 
Samuel Snyder, M.D., Assistant in Medicine. 
Walter Spurrier, M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics. 

Edwin H. Stewart, Jr., M.D., Assistant in Surgery and Plastic Sur- 
gery. 
William J. Supik, M.D., Assistant in Proctology. 
Adam Swiss, M.D., Assistant in Medicine. 

Raymond K. Thompson, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Neurological Surgery. 
T. J. Touhey, M.D., Assistant in Surgery. 
W, H. Triplett, M.D., Assistant in Medicine. 
Robert B. Tunney, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Gynecology. 
Stephen J. Van Lill, III, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Medicine. 
Frederick J. Vollmer, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Medicine. 
Sholom 0. Waife, M.D., Assistant in Medicine. 
William Earl Weeks, M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics. 
J. Carlton Wich, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics. 
Thomas L. Worsley, M.D., Assistant in Medicine. 
Isaac C. Wright, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Pathology. 
Howard L. Zupnik, M.D., Assistant in Surgery. 



THE UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 411) 

SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 

A. G. DuMez, Dean 

History 

The School of Pharmacy of the University of Maryland, formerly the 
Maryland College of Pharmacy, was organized on July 20, 1840, by a 
forward-looking group of apothecaries and physicians then practicing in 
the State of Maryland, who recognized the necessity for more thoroughly 
educated and better-trained pharmacists if this rapidly growing phase of 
medical service was to be properly developed. It was incorporated on 
January 27, 1841, and the first course of lectures was begun in November 
of the same year. The College continued to operate as an independent 
institution until 1904, when it was amalgamated vdth the group of profes- 
sional schools in Baltimore then known as the University of Maryland. It 
became a department of the State University when the old University of 
Maryland was merged with the Maryland State College in 1920. With but 
one short intermission just prior to 1856 it has continuously exercised its 
functions as a teaching institution. 

Location 

The School of Pharmacy is located at 32 South Greene Street, in close 
proximity to the Schools of Medicine, Law and Dentistry. 

Aims 

The School of Pharmacy provides systematic instruction in pharmacy, the 
collateral sciences, and such other subjects as are deemed to be essential in 
the education of a pharmacist. Its chief aim is to prepare its matriculants 
for the intelligent practice of dispensing pharmacy, but it also offers the 
facilities and instruction necessary for the attainment of proficiency in the 
practice of the other branches of the profession and in pharmaceutical 
research. 

Recognition 

The school is accredited by the American Council on Pharmaceutical 
Education, and holds membership in the American Association of College? 
of Pharmacy. The primary objective of these agencies is to promote the 
interests of pharmaceutical education; and all institutions accredited by 
the Council or holding membership in the Association must maintain cer- 
tain minimum requirements with respect to number and qualification of 
faculty members, physical plant, laboratory and library facilities, curricu- 
lum, admission, graduation, etc. 

The school is registered in the New York Department of Education, and 
its diploma is recognized by all the states. 



420 SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 

Requirements for Admission* 

The requirements for admission meet fully those prescribed by the 
American Council on Pharmaceutical Education, and the American Associa- 
tion of Colleges of Pharmacy. 

Admission to Freshman Class from Secondary Schools 

An applicant from a secondary school may be admitted either by certifi- 
cate, or by" examination, or by a combination of the two methods. 

Admission by Certificate: An applicant must be a graduate of a secondary 
school which is approved by the State Board of Education of Maryland or 
by an accrediting agency of at least equal rank, and which requires for 
graduation not less than 16 units, grouped as follows: 

Distribution of Units between Required and Elective Subjects: Required 
subjects 8 units, elective 8 units, total, 16 units. 

Required Subjects: English (I, II, III, IV), 4 units; algebra to quadratics, 
1 unit; plane geometry, 1 unit; history, 1 unit; science, 1 unit. Total, 8 units. 

Elective Subjects: Astronomy, biology, botany, chemistry, civics, eco- 
nomics, general science, geology, history, vocational subjects (agriculture, 
commercial drawing, home economics, shops, etc.), foreign languages, 
mathematics, physical geography, physics, zoology, or any subject offered in 
a standard high or preparatory school for which graduation credit is granted 
toward college or university entrance. Total, 8 units, of which not more 
than four shall be vocational units. 

A unit represents a year's study in any subject in a secondary school, and 
constitutes approximately one-fourth of a full year's work. It presupposes 
a school year of 36 to 40 weeks, recitation periods of from 40 to 60 minutes, 
and for each study four or five class exercises a week. Double laboratory 
periods in any science or vocational study are considered as equivalent to 
one class exercise. Normally, not more than three units are allowed for 
four years of English. If, however, a fifth course has been taken, an extra 
unit will be granted. 

A graduate of an approved secondary school in Maryland who meets the 
certification requirements of the State Department of Education, or the 
Department of Education of Baltimore City, will be admitted upon presenta- 
tion of the proper certificate from the principal. A graduate who does not 
fully meet these requirements may be required to present further evidence 
of ability to undertake college work. At the discretion of the Director of 
Admissions, this may include an appropriate examination. Such examina- 
tion will be given during the first week of each of the months of June, July, 
August and September at College Park, Md. Applicants concerned will be 
notified when and where to report. 



• The right is reserved to refuse admission to applicants with sufficient scholastic credit, 
whose presence in the School would in the judirmcnt of the Faculty Council be detrimental to 
the best interests of the School. 



SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 421 

An applicant for admission by certificate from a secondary school not 
located in Maryland must be recommended by the principal, and should 
have attained the certification-to-college grade of the school. If the school 
does not have such quality grade, then the applicant's school grades must 
be at least ten points or one letter higher than the lowest passing grade 
of the school. 

Admission by Examination: An applicant from a secondary school who 
is not eligible for admission by certificate may seek entrance through either 
of two types of examination: (1) he may appeal to the Director of Admis- 
sions for permission to report at the University for an examination, the 
result of which will be used in conjunction with the secondary school record 
to determine whether the applicant should be admitted, or (2) he may be 
admitted on presenting evidence of having passed satisfactorily other 
approved examinations in the subjects required for graduation from an 
accredited secondary school. Such examinations are offered by the College 
Entrance Examination Board, 431 West 117th Street, New York City, the 
Regents of the University of the State of New York, Albany, and the 
Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, Harrisburg. 

Applications for admission must be approved, not only by the Director of 
Admissions, but also by the Committee on Admissions of the Faculty 
Council of the School of Pharmacy. 

Admission With Advanced Standing 

An applicant for admission with advanced standing must have made 
an average grade of "C", one letter or at least ten points higher than the 
lowest passing average, in the college from which he is transferring and 
must present official transcripts of his high school and college records and a 
certificate of honorable dismissal from the latter. Upon the satisfactory ful- 
fillment of these requirements, the applicant may be admitted and given 
advanced standing as follows: 

A student transferring from a college of pharmacy accredited by the 
American Council on Pharmaceutical Education may be admitted to ad- 
vanced standing without examination and be given credit for that portion 
of the work of the first three years of the pharmacy curriculum which he 
may have completed. 

A student transferring from a recognized non-pharmacy college may be 
admitted to advanced standing without examination and be given credit for 
the work completed in the general cultural or foundational subjects of the 
pharmacy curriculum. 

No more than one year of credit in time will be given to any student 
applying for advanced standing from any institution other than a college of 
pharmacy, unless such credit shall be for graduate work in applied subjects 
done in a recognized graduate school or other educational institution. 

In order that the training of the applicant for advanced standing may be 
equal to that of the members of the class which he seeks to enter, he will be 



422 SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 

required to take those courses, which the class has completed but which he 
has not completed and such courses will be given precedence over the more 
advanced courses in preparing his schedule of studies. 

An applicant for advanced standing will not be given more favorable 
classification than he would have received in the college from which he 
transfers. 

Special Students 

An applicant who cannot furnish sufficient entrance credit and who does 
not desire to make up units in which he is deficient may enter as a special 
student and pursue all the branches of the curriculum, but will not be 
eligible for graduation and will not receive a diploma. The Faculty Council 
reserves the right to decide whether or not the preliminary training of the 
applicant is sufficient to permit admission under these conditions. 

Requirements for Graduation 

The degree of Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy (B.S. in Pharm.) will be 
conferred upon a candidate who has met the following requirements: 

1. Completion of the full prescribed curriculum. The work of the last 
year must have been in courses off"ered by the school and must have 
been done in residence at the school. 

2. A total semester credit of not less than 140, with a grade point count 
for each of the last two academic years of not less than twice the total 
semester hours of credit scheduled for the respective years. 

Matriculation and Registration 

All students are required to report in person for enrollment at the office 
of the School of Pharmacy, 32 S. Greene Street, Baltimore, Maryland, 
during the registration period at the beginning of each semester. A student 
entering for the first time must matriculate before he will be permitted to 
enroll. 

Fees and Expenses 

Application fee (With application) $ 5.00 

Matriculation fee (First-year only) 10.00 

Tuition fee (per semester) : 

Residents of Maryland 115.00 

Non-Residents 140.00 

Laboratory fee (per semester) 35.00 

Graduation fee (Senior year) 15.00 

In addition to the regular fees, there are other expenses. Each student 
is required to pay $6.00 each semester (Freshman students $5.00) to the 



SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 42;i 

"Students' Activity Fund" which is used to defray the cost of extra- 
curricular activities. The expenditure of approximately $75.00 per aca- 
demic year is necessary for the purchase of books, weights, dissecting 
instruments, and incidentals. 

The School of Pharmacy publishes annually a separate catalogue, and a 
copy of this, or any further information desired, may be obtained from 
Dean, School of Pharmacy, University of Maryland, Baltimore 1, Maryland. 

The Faculty Council 

A. G. DuMez, Dean A. W. Richeson 

B. Olive Cole, Secretary Donald E. Shay 
Clifford W. Chapman Frank .J. SIjAma 
Walter H. Hartung J. Carlton Wolf 

Faculty 

Clifford W. Chapman, B.A., M.Sc, Ph.D., Emerson Professor of Phar- 
macology. 

B. Olive Cole, Phar.D., LL.B., Professor of Economics and Pharma- 
ceutical Law. 

Andrew G. DuMez, Ph.G., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Pharmacy. 

Walter H. Hartung, B.A., Ph.D., Professor of Pharmaceutical Chem- 
istry. 

J. Carlton Wolf, Phar.D., Sc.D., Professor of Dispensing Pharmacy. 

Norman E. Phillips, B.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Zoology. 

A. W. Richeson, B.S., A.M., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics. 

Donald E. Shay, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Bacteriology. 

Frank J. Slama, Ph.G., Ph.C, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor 
of Botany and Pharmacognosy. 

Adelb B. Ballman, A.B., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English. 

Gaylord B. Estabrook, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics 
and Physical Chemistry. 

George Philip Hager, Jr., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of 
Inorganic and Organic Chemistry. 

Benjamin Frank Allen, B.S., Instructor in Pharmacy. 

John H. Applegarth, B.S., M.A., Instructor in Zoology. 

Georgiana S. Gittinger, A.B., M.A., Instructor in Physiological 
Chemistry. 

Augusta Soladar Neistadt, B.S., Instructor in Pharmacy (Hospital). 

Harriet R. Noel, Ph.G., B.S., Instructor in Pharmacy (Hospital). 

Claire Strube Schradieck, A.B., Ph.D., Instructor in Modern Lan- 
guages. 

Kenneth E. Stahl, B.A., B.S., M.S., Instructor in Chemistry. 

James F. Battey, B.S., Assistant in Physics. 

Ursula Biermacher, B.S., Assistant in Botany and Pharmacognosy. 

.Joseph Paul Boggio, B.S., Assistant in Pharmacology. 

Jen-yah Hsie, B.S., M.S., Assistant in Bacteriology. 



424 SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 

Elsa F. Jahn, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry, 
Morton Kahn, B.S., Assistant in Economics. 
Herman M. Mupsik, B.S., Assistant in Pharmacy. 
Bernard H. Reincke, B.S., Assistant in Zoology. 
William Charles Rossberg, B.S., Assistant in Pharmacy. 
Alex Weiner, B.S., Assistant in Pharmacy (Hospital). 
Paul R. Young, B.S., Assistant in Pharmacology. 



THE UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 425 

UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL 

Harold A. Saylbs, Acting Superintendent 

Location and History 

The University Hospital, located at Redwood and Greene Streets in 
Baltimore, adjacent to the medical school buildings, was originally opened 
as the hospital of the University of Maryland School of Medicine in 1823. 
At that time it contained four wards, and was gradually increased by ad- 
ditions from time to time until by 1875 it had reached a capacity of 
approximately 250 beds. It was continued at that capacity until 1934, 
when the present modern hospital building was opened for the reception 
of patients, and provides 435 beds and 70 bassinettes. In addition to fur- 
nishing the clinical facilities for the students of the University of Mary- 
land School of Medicine, the hospital offers the services of a modern general 
hospital to residents of the State of Maryland 

Present Facilities 

During the fiscal year which ended June 30, 1947, there were admitted 
to the University Hospital, 13,104 patients (including 2,486 newborn babies) 
who were furnished with 167,051 days of hospital care. 91,214 patients 
were treated in the outpatient department of the hospital. The Accident 
Room of the hospital rendered emergency care to 17,915 patients for the 
same period. 12,358 visits were made by doctors, nurses, and senior medical 
students in connection with the home delivery service outside of the hospital. 

SCHOOL OF NURSING 

Florence M. Gipe, M.S., R.N., Director of the Division of Nursing 
Education and Nursing Service, University Hospital 

The University of Maryland School of Nursing was established in the 
year 1889. Since that time it has been an integral part of the University 
of Maryland. The school is non-sectarian, the only religious service being 
morning prayers. 

Progrrams Offered 

The School of Nursing offers a program of study to two groups: (a) those 
who desire to complete their work in approximately thirty-six months; (b) 
those desiring to take a five-year combined academic study and special 
course in nursing education. Those who complete the latter course suc- 
cessfully will receive the degree of Bachelor of Science as well as a diploma 
in nursing. 

Students who take the five-year program will be given an accelerated 
program of thirty months for the basic program. If they meet the re- 
quirements of the Pi'of essors in the Medical School who teach the biological 
sciences, they may be excused from certain classes if a pre-test is passed. 
The last six months of the three years may be used for electives. Special 
affiliations in Public Health and Contagious Diseases are given. 



SECTION VI 
AgTicultural Extension, Research and Regulatory Agencies 



EXTENSION SERVICE 
Administratiye Staflf 

College Park 

Thomas Baddeley Symons, M.S., D.Agr., Dean, College of Agriculture, 
Director. 

Roger B. Corbett, Ph.D., Associate Dean and Associate Director, Adminis- 
tration. 

Edward Ingram Oswald, B.S., Professor, Assistant Director. 

Venia Merei Kellar, B.S., Professor, Assistant Director. 

Ernest Neal Cory, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Entomology, State Ento- 
mologist, Assistant Director. 

Paul Edwin Nystrom, M.S., Professor, Deputy Director in Charge Farm 
Labor. 

Addison Hogan Snyder, B.S., Professor, Editor. 

DOROtHY Emerson, Professor, Girls' Club Leader. 

Mylo Snavely Downey, M.A., Professor, Boys' Club Leader. 

Florei^ce Harriett Mason, B.S., Professor, Home Furnishing, District 
Agent. 

Elliott M. Elliott, Administrative Assistant. 

Subject Matter Specialists 

George Jenvey Abrams, M.S., Assistant Professor, Apiculture. 

Ronald Bamford, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Botany and Plant 
Pathology. 

George Max Beal, Ph.D.. Professor Agricultural Economics. 

Walter Crothers Beaven, Ph.B., Professor, Marketing Inspection. 

Ural Guy Bee, M.S., Associate Professor, Animal Husbandry. 

Edward Krug Bender, B.S., Assistant Professor Vegetable Crops. 

Theodore L. Bissell, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Extension Entomology. 

Rowland C. Brandenburg, B.S., Assistant in Entomology. 

George McSpadden Briggs, Ph.D., Professor, Poultry. 

Russell Guy Brown, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Botany, 

George John Burkhardt, M.S., Associate Professor, Agricultural Engi- 
neering. 

Gordon Mann Cairns, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Dairy Husbandry. 

Robert Peary Calloway, M.S., Professor, Marketing. 

Ray Wilford Carpenter, A.B., LL.B., Professor, Agricultural Engineer- 
ing, State Drainage Engineer. 

John Julian Chisolm II, B.S., Instructor, Entomology. 

Carroll Eastburn Cox, Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Plant Pathology. 

426 



SUBJECT MATTER SPECIALISTS 427 

Harry William Dengler, B.S., Associate Professor, Forestry. 

Samuel Henry DeVault, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Agricultural Eco- 
nomics and Marketing. 

Randolph Henry Duff, Instructor and Assistant in Visual Instruction. 

Charles Oliver Dunbar, B.S., Associate Professor, Horticulture. 

Arthur Edson Durfee, B.S., Associate Professor and Assistant Exten- 
sion Editor. 

Rudolph Sampson Forrester, Assistant in Marketing. 

John Erwin Foster, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Animal Husbandry. 

Guy Watson Gienger, M.S., Associate Professor, Agricultural Engi- 
neering. 

Engel Lee Russell Gilbert, B.S., Assistant Professor, Entomology. 

Castillo Graham, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Field Entomologist. 

James Martin Gwin, M.S., Professor, Poultry Husbandry. 

Arthur Bryan Hamilton, M.S., Associate Professor, Agricultural Eco- 
nomics and Farm Management. 

Irvin Charles Haut, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Horticulture. 

Russell Cheney Hawes, M.S., Professor, Marketing. 

Raymond William Hoecker, Ph.D., Professor, Agricultural Economics. 

Louis Caspar Holland, Marketing Inspector. 

Walter Fulton Jeffers, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Plant Pathology. 

Robert Andrew Jehle, Ph.D., Professor, Plant Pathology, State Pa- 
thologist. 

Eben C. Jenkins, M.S., Assistant Professor and Extension Specialist in 
Distribution. 

Morley Allan Jull, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Poultry Husbandry. 

Albert Victor Krewatch, M.S., E.E., Associate Professor, Agricultural 
Engineering, Rural Electrification. 

Albin Owings Kuhn, M.S., Associate Professor, Agronomy. 

George Shealy Langford, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Entomology. 

Margaret Thompson Loar, B.S., Associate Professor and District Agent 
County Home Demonstration Work. 

John Winfield Magruder, M.S., Associate Professor, Agronomy. 

John Edward Mahoney, B.S., Assistant Professor, Marketing. 

Arthur Fehl Martin, B.S., Assistant Professor, Marketing. 

Charles E. McCain, Assistant Professor, Marketing. 

Harold Sloan McConnell, M.S., Associate Professor, Entomology. 

William Russell McKnight, B.S., Associate Professor, Egg Inspection 
and Marketing. County Agent at Large. 

Margaret McPheeters, M.S., Associate Professor, Nutrition. 

Charles Percival Merrick, B.S., Assistant Professor, Drainage Engi- 
neering. 

John E. Moore, B.S., Instructor, Plant Pathology and Botany. 

James Burton Outhouse, M.S., Associate Professor, Animal Husbandry. 

Ralph Alfred Porterfield, B.S., Instructor, Dairy Husbandry, Arti- - 
ficial Insemination. 



428 SPECIALISTS; COUNTY AGENTS 

Walter Benjamin Posey, M.S., Associate Professor, Agronomy, Tobacco. 

John W. Pou, M.S., Assistant Professor, Dairy. 

George DeWitte Quigley, B.S., Associate Professor, Poultry Husbandry. 

Wade Hampton Rice, B.S., Associate Professor, Poultry. 

Edward McGee Rider, B.A., Assistant Professor, Information Specialist. 

Marvin Eugene Senger, B.S., Instructor, Dairy Husbandry, Artificial 
Insemination. 

Clyne S. Shaftner, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Poultry. 

Helen Shelby, M.S., Associate Professor, Clothing. 

Mark Mercer Shoemaker, A.B., M.L.D., Associate Professor, Land- 
scape Gardening. 

Helen Irene Smith, B.A., Associate Professor, Home Management. 

Delbert W. Squires, B.S., Assistant, Entomology. 

Francis C. Stark, Jr., M.S., Assistant Professor, Vegetable Gardening. 

Howard Livingston Stier, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Marketing. 

Howard John Twilley, B.S., Assistant Professor, Marketing. 
■ Joseph McNaughton Vial, B.S., Professor, Animal Husbandry. 

Albert Frank Vierheller, M.S., Associate Professor, Horticulture. 

RUFUS Henry Vincent, B.S., Assistant Professor, Entomology, Japanese 
Beetle. 

Edgar Perkins Walls, Ph.D., Professor, Canning Crops. 

Edwin Joseph Weatherby, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Artificial Insemi- 
nation. 

Devoe H. Willard, B.S., Assistant Professor, Marketing. 

Walter Sherard Wilson, B.S., Associate Professor, Assistant Boys' 
Club Leader. 

Paul N. Winn, Jr., B.S., Assistant Professor, Agricultural Eingineering. 

County Agents (Field) 

County Name Headquarters 

Allegany Ralph Frank McHenry, B. S., 

Associate Professor Cumberland 

Anne Arundel. . . Stanley Everett Day, B. S., 

Associate Professor Annapolis 

Baltimore Horace Bennett Derrick, B.S., 

Associate Professor ' Towson 

Calvert Robert M. Hall, A.B. 

Associate Professor Prince Frederick 

Caroline Francis Marion Rogers, B.S., 

Associate Professor Denton 

Carroll Landon Crawford Burns, B.S., 

Associated Professor Westminster 



COUNTY AGENTS 429 

Cecil Richard Spencer Sutton, B.A., 

Associate Professor Elkton 

Charles Paul Dennis Brown, B.S., 

Associate Professor La Plata 

Dorchester Harry Wesley Bbggs, B.S., 

Associate Professor Cambridge 

Frederick Henry Reese Shoemaker, B.S., M.A., 

Associate Professor Frederick 

Garrett John Hurley Carter, B.S., 

Associate Professor Oakland 

Harford Henry Morrison Carroll, B.S., 

Associate Professor Bel Air 

Howard Warren Graham Myers, B.S., 

Associate Professor Ellicott City 

Kent James Dunham McVean, B.S., 

Associate Professor Chestertown 

Montgomery .... Otto Watson Anderson, M.S., 

Associate Professor Rockville 

Prince George's. . Percy Ellsworth Clark, B.S., 

Associate Professor Upper Marlboro 

Queen Anne's . . . James Walter Eby, B.S., 

Associate Professor Centreville 

St. Mary's Joseph Julius Johnson, 

Associate Professor Leonardtown 

Somerset Clarence Zeigler Keller, B.S., 

Associate Professor Princess Anne 

Talbot Rudolph Stockdalb Brown, B.S., 

Associate Professor Easton 

Washington .... Mark Kermit Miller, B.S., 

Associate Professor Hagerstown 

Wicomico James Paul Brown, B.S., 

Associate Professor Salisbury 

Worcester Robert Thornton Grant, B.S., 

Associate Professor Snow Hill 

Assistant County Agents 

Allegany and 

Garrett Joseph Matthew Steger, B.S., Instructor. .Cumberland 



430 COUNTY: LOCAL AGE ST S 

Anne Arundel 

and Calvert.. W. B. Vanderford, B.S., Instructor Annapolis 

Baltimore Frank R. McFarland, Jr., B.S., Instructor Towson 

Carroll Robert Harold Benson, B.S., Instructor. . .Westminster 

Cecil M. Gist Welling, B.S., Instructor 

Charles and 
St. Mary's Samuel Bernard Burch, B.S., Instructor La Plata 

Frederick Hugh Bradley Jones, B.S., Instructor Frederick 

Harford Francis Alexander Gray, Jr., B.S., Instructor. .Bel Air 

Howard Beatrice Streaker Cissel, B.S., Instructor. Ellicott City 

Kent Stanley Bltir Sutton, Instructor Chestertown 

Montgomery .... RoscOE Newton Whipp, B.S., Instructor Rockville 

Washington .... Raymond George Mueller, B.S., Instructor. Hagerstown 

Wicomico James Audrey Duncan, B.S.. Instructor Salisbury 

Local Agents — Negro Work 

Southern Mary- 
land and East- 
ern Shore Martin Green Bailey, B.S., 

Instructor, District Agent Seat Pleasant 

Eastern Shore... Louis Henderson Martin, Instructor. .. .Princess Anne 

Charles Milbourne Hull, B.S., Instructor Bryan's Road 

Prince George's . James Rufus Taylor, B.S., 

Instructor Upper Marlboro 

Assistant Local Agents — Negro Work 

Montgomery .... William Roger Brogden, Instructor Spencerville 

Anne Arundel 
and Calvert. . . John Robert Jennings, B.S., Instructor Owings 

County Home Demonstration Agents (Field) 

Allegany Maude Alberta Bean, 

Associate Professor Cumberland 

Anne Arundel... Miriam Frances Parmenter, B.S., 

Associate Professor Annapolis 
Baltimore Anna Trentham, B.S., Associate Professor Towson 

Calvert Mrs. Florence Elizabeth Buchanan, B.S., 

.\ssociate Professor Prince Frederick 

Caroline Bessie Marguerite Spafford, B.S., 

Associate Professor Denton 



LOCAL; HOME DEMONSTRATIOX AdESTS VM 

Carroll Evelyn Davis Scott, B.S., 

Associate Professor Westminster 

Cecil 

Associate Professor Elkton 

Charles 

Associate Professor La Plata 

Dorchester Hattie E. Brooks, 

Associate Professor Cambridge 

Frederick Loa Elizabeth Davis, B.S., M.A.. 

Associate Professor Frederick 

Garrett 

Associate Professor Oakland 

Harford Alga Dorothy Weaver, B.S., M.S., 

Associate Professor Bel Air 

Hovirard Mildred Jane Flanagan, B.S., 

Associate Professor Ellicott City 

Kent Clara P. Lausterer, B.S., 

Associate Professor Chestertov^^n 

Montgomery Edythe Margaret Tuhner, B.S., 

Associate Professor Rockville 

Prince George's . Ethel Mary Regan, B.S., 

Associate Professor Hyattsville 

Queen Anne's... Ella Nadean Damon, B.S., 

Associate Professor Centreville 

St. Mary's Ethel Mary Joy, A.B., 

Associate Professor Leonardtown 

Somerset Hilda Topper, B.S., 

Associate Professor Princess Anne 

Talbot Margaret Smith, B.S., 

Associate Professor Easton 

Washington Ardath Ellen Martin, B.S., 

Associate Professor Hagerstown 

Wicomico Nell Gray Grim, M. S., 

Associate Professor Salisbury 

Worcester 

Associate Professor Snow Hill 

Assistant County Home Demonstration Agents 

Allegany Gloria Elizabeth Bohn, B.S., Instructor. .Cumberland 



432 HOME DEMONSTRATION AGENTS 

Baltimore Laura J. Wood, Instructor Towson 

Carroll Rachel K. Garber, B.S., Instructor Westminster 

Frederick Miriam Louise Leiter, B.S., Instructor Frederick 

Hartford Doris P. Keplinger, B.S., Instructor Bel Air 

Kent 

Montgomery Virginia Lee McLuckie, B.S., Instructor Rockville 

Washington .... Margaret Ann Webb, B.S., Instructor Hagerstown 

Local Home Demonstration Agents — Negro Work 

Charles and 

St. Mary's.... Octavia Haney Staves, B.S., Instructor. . .Bryan's Road 

Charles, St. 
Mary's, Prince 

George's, and Ethel Lawrence Bianchi, B.S., 
Montgomery . . Instructor Seat Pleasant 

Somerset and 

Wicomico Mrs. Omega Moore Jones, A.B., 

Instructor Princess Annp 



THE UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 433 

EXTENSION SERVICE 

T. B. Symons, Director 
Roger B. Corbett, Associate Director 
Elliott M. Elliott, Administrative Assistant 
Elsie G. Linkous, Secretary to Director 

Cooperative Extension work in agriculture and home economics, estab- 
lished by State and Federal Laws in 1914, is designed to assist farmers and 
their families in the problems of agriculture and rural homes. Most of 
the work is carried on in the local communities, on the farms and in the 
homes throughout the State. It is conducted under a Memorandum of 
Understanding between the Extension Service of the University of Maryland 
and the U. S. Department of Agriculture. 

The Federal Government, the State, and the Counties contribute to the 
support of the Extension Service in Maryland. There is a County Exten- 
sion Service in each county, with a County Agricultural Agent and Home 
Demonstration Agent in charge, and assistants where funds permit and the 
work requires. Backed by a staff of Specialists at the University, these 
Agents are in close contact with rural people and their problems. 

Practically every phase of agriculture and rural home life comes within 
the scope of Extension work. The Extension Service teaches largely by 
demonstrations and carries the scientific and economic results of the Experi- 
ment Station and Department of Agriculture to rural people in ways that 
they understand and use. 

In Maryland, the Extension Service works in close association \vith all rural 
groups and organizations. It assists especially in promoting better marketing 
of farm products and encourages the marketing of home supplies by rural 
women. Work with rural women is one of the most extensive phases of 
extension education, including both the practical problems of the home and 
the cultural, economic, and community activities in which present-day 
women are engaging. 

In addition to work with adults, thousands of boys and girls are developed 
as leaders and given practical education in 4-H Clubs. Through their 
diversified activities, the boys and girls are given a valuable type of in- 
struction and training, and are afforded an opportunity to develop self- 
confidence, perseverence and citizenship. 

Extension Short Courses 

The Extension Service arranges and conducts short courses in various 
lines, most of which are held at the University. Some of these courses 
have been held regularly over a period of years and others are added as 
the need and demand develop. 

Canners* Short Course 

For many years a short course has been held each year to aid canners 
in keeping abreast of the latest developments in their industry. It is 
usually held in February. 



434 KXTEXSIO,\' SERVICE 

Rural Women's Short Course 

In response to requests of rural women for special training in a variety 
of subjects, the Rural Women's Short Course was inaugurated in 1922. 
Attendance at the course, extending for one week, has grown steadily, 
reaching more than one thousand women at recent sessions. The program 
offered has been broadened through the years and attracts women from all 
counties in the State. The third week in June is the date usually selected. 

Other Short Courses 

Courses for nurserymen, florists, poultry flock selection agents, and cow 
testers are among those held in recent years. Announcement of such 
courses is made to those who may be interested. 

Boys' and Girls' Club Week 

Members and leaders of boys' and girls' 4-H Clubs come to the University 
for a week each year, usually in August. Class work and demonstrations 
are given by specialists, and a broad program of education, inspiration and 
recreation is provided. 

STATE HORTICULTURAL DEPARTMENT 
College Park, Maryland 

T. B. Symons, Director of Extension Service. 

E. N. Cory, Assistant Director of Extension Service, State Entomologixi 

R. A. Jehle, State Plant Pathologist. 

The State Horticultural Law was enacted in 1898. It provides for in- 
spection of all nurseries and suppression of injurious insects and diseases 
affecting plants of all kinds. The work of the department is conducted in 
close association with the departments of Entomology and Plant Pathology 
of the University. The regulatory work is conducted under authority of 
the law creating the department as well as the State Board of Agriculture. 
For administrative purposes, the department is placed under the Extension 
Service of the University because of the close association of the work. 

Work in this field is designed to control insects and plant diseases and 
to protect the public in the purchase of products of nurserymen and 
florists. A considerable part of the time of the staff is occupied by inspec- 
tion of orchards, crops, nurseries, greenhouses, and floral establishments. 
Cooperation with the Federal Government in the inspection and certification 
of materials that come under quarantine regulations is another major 
function of the department. The department enforces the provision? 
of the Apiary Law, including inspection of apiaries. All activities pertain- 
ing to control of insects is conducted under the direction of Dr. E. N. Cory, 
State Entomologist and Assistant Director of Extension. Activities of the 
department in the field of plant disease concrol are under direction of 
Dr. R. A. Jehle, State Plant Pathologist. This service includes control and 
eradication of diseases of strawberries and other small fruits, diseases of 
apples, peaches, etc., inspection and certification of potatoes and sweet 
potatoes for seed, control of white pine blister rust, Dutch elm disease, etc. 



THE UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 485 

THE AGRICULTURAL EXPERLMENT STATION 

W. B. Kemp, Director 

The Agricultural Experiment Station is for Maryland agriculture what 
the research laboratories are for large corporations. Maryland agriculture 
is made up of forty thousand small individual businesses, and there is not 
sufficient capital, or sufficient income so that any one of these businesses 
can conduct research. Yet the problems which face a biological business 
such as farming, are as numerous and perplexing as the problems of any 
business. Certainly our production of food would be much more costly if 
it were not for the research results that have been obtained by the Agri- 
cultural Experiment Station. 

The station is a joint Federal and State undertaking. Passage of the 
Hatch Act in 1887, which made available a grant in aid to each state for 
the purpose of establishing an agricultural experiment station, gave a great 
impetus to the development of research work in agriculture. This work was 
further encouraged by the passage of the Adams Act in 1906, the Purnell 
Act in 1925, and the Bankhead-Jones Act in 1935. 

The work of the Maryland Agricultural Experiment Station which is 
supported by these Acts and by State appropriations centers at College 
Park. On the University campus are to be found laboratories for studying 
insects and diseases, soil fertility problems, botanical problems, and others. 
This is also the location of the livestock and dairy barns with their experi- 
mental herds. About eight miles from the campus at College Park, near 
Beltsville, is located the Plant Research Farm of about 500 acres, devoted 
to work connected with soil fertility, plant breeding and general horti- 
cultural problems. There is also an experimental fai-m near Upper Marl- 
boro, which is operated cooperatively by the Federal Government and the 
Maryland Agricultural Experiment Station, and which is given over ex- 
clusively to the problems of tobacco growing and curing. There is also 
a numbers of acres rented near Pocomoke on the Eastern Shore, used for 
testing new varieties of potatoes. This work is checked and other varieties 
used, on farms in Garrett County, Maryland. Near Ellicott City there 
is a farm of 234 acres which is devoted to livestock problems. These 
different locations give a chance to conduct experiments in various parts of 
the state under conditions which exist where the results will be put into 
practice. 

The Station, in general, exists as the "trouble-shooter" for Maryland 
farmers. When Maryland farmers have a problem, the first agency to 
attempt to meet this problem is the Agricultural Experiment Station. The 
solution of many difficult problems in the past has given the Maryland 
station an excellent standing with farmers of the State. 



436 AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION 

AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION STAFF 

William Beck Kemp, Eh.D Director 

Agricultural Economics 

Samuel Henry DeVault, Ph.D., 

Professor and Head, Agricultural Economics 
Raymond William Hoecker, Ph.D. Professor, Agricultural Economics 

Arthur Montraville Ahalt, M.S., 

Professor, Agricultural Economics 

William Paul Walker, M.S., 

Associate Professor, Agricultural Economics 
Arthur Bryan Hamilton, M.S., 

Associate Professor, Agricultural Economics 
Paul Routzahn Poffenberger, M.S., 

Associate Professor, Agricultural Economics 
Stanley Cabell Shull, M.S., 

Associate Professor, Agricultural Economics 

Luther Beecher Bohanan, M.S., 

Assistant Professor, Agricultural Economics 
Harold David Smith, M.S. Assistant, Agricultural Economics 

John Hershey Hall, B.S Assistant, Agricultural Economics 

Agricultural Engineering 

Ray Wilford Carpenter, A.B., LL.B., 

Professor and Head, Agricultural Engineering, State Drainage Engineer 

George John Burkhardt, M.S., 

Associate Professor, Agricultural Engineering 

Albert Victor Krewatcii, M.S., 

Associate Professor, Agricultural Engineering 

Harry John Hoffmeister, B. S., 

Associate Professor, Agricultural Engineering 

Agronomy 

William Beck Kemp, Ph.D Professor and Head, Agronomy 

RoYLE Price Thomas, Ph.D Professor, Soils 

Russell Grove Rothgeb, Ph.D Associate Professor, Agronomy 

Albin Owings Kuhn, M.S Associate Professor, Agronomy 

Walter Benjamin Posey, M.S Associate Prof essor. Tobacco 

Howard Barr Winant, M.S Assistant Professor, Soils 

John Harold Axley, Ph.D. Assistant Professor, Soils 
Stanley Phillips Stabler, B.S Associate Agronomist 



AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION 437 

Robert Davis Boyce, B.S. Instructor, Agronomy 

Franklin Berton Stewart, M.S. Assistant, ?oils 

Howard Milton Gross, B.S. Assistant, Soils 

Thomas Edward Beatty, B.S. Assistant, Soils 

Agronomy — Seed Inspection 

Forrest Shepperson Holmes, M.S Chief Seed Inspector 

Animal Husbandry 

John Erwin Foster, Ph.D. Professor and Head, Animal Husbandry 
James Burton Outhouse, M.S.. .Associate Professor, Animal Husbandry 
Malcolm Henderson Kerr, M.S., 

Associate Professor, Animal Husbandry 

William Evans Crow, B.S Instructor, Animal Husbandry 

Julian Bradley Anderson, B.S. Assistant, Animal Husbandry 

Animal Pathology 

Arthur Louis Brueckner, B.S., D.V.M Director, LSSS 

Harold Moon DeVolt, M.S., D.V.M Professor, Pathology 

Leo Joseph Poelma, M.S., D.V.M Professor, Pathology 

Robert Evers Swope, V.M.D Associate Professor 

Cornelia M. Cotton, Ph.D Cooperative Agent 

Botany, Plant Physiology, and Pathology 

Ronald Bamford, Ph.D Professor and Head, Botany 

Robert Andrew Jehle, Ph.D., 

Professor, Plant Pathology, State Pathologist 

Walter Fulton Jeffers, Ph.D Associate Professor, Plant Pathology 

Russell Guy Brown, Ph.D Associate Professor, Botany 

Hugh Gilbert Gauch, Ph.D Associate Professor, Plant Pathology 

Carroll Eastburn Cox, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Plant Pathology 

Delbert Thomas Morgan, M.S. Assistant Professor, Botany 

John Edwin Moore, B.S. Instructor, Plant Pathology 

Robert DuBuois Rappleye, B.S Assistant in Botany 

John Jones Smoot, B.S Assistant in Botany 

Norman Louis Horn, B.S Assistant in Botany 

Dairy Husbandry 

Gordon Mann Cairns, Ph.D Professor and Head, Dairy Husbandry 

Ira A. Gould, Ph.D Professor, Dairy Manufacturing 

Joseph Clement Shaw, Ph.D Professor, Dairy Husbandry 



438 AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION 

Paul Bybee Larsen, M.S Assistant Professor, Dairy Manufacturing 

Matthew Franklin Ellmore, B.S Instructor, Dairy Husbandry 

Bruce Carley Johnson, B.S. Instructor, Dairy Manufacturing 

Emory Childress Leffel, M.S. Assistant, Dairy Husbandry 

Robert Eugene Stout, B.S Assistant Inspector, Dairy Husbandry 

Editorial 

Addison Hogan Snyder, B.S. Professor and Editor 

Entomology 

Ernest Neal Cory, Ph.D., 

Professor and Head, Entomology, State Entomologist 

Lewis Polster Ditman, Ph.D Associate Professor, Entomology 

Harold Sloan McConnell, M.S Associate Professor, Entomology 

George Jenvey Abrams, M.S. Assistant Professor, Apriculture 

Horticulture 

Irvin Charles Haut, Ph.D Professor and Head, Horticulturist 

Albert Lee Schrader, Ph.D Professor, Pomology 

Edgar Perkins Walls, Ph.D Professor, Canning Crops 

Leland Edwards Scott, Ph.D. Professor, Pomology 

Francis C. Stark, M.S. Associate Professor, Vegetable Crops- 

Herman Todd, B.S Assistant in Horticulture 

Amihud Kramer, Ph.D Research Assistant, in Horticulture 

James Edwin Hawes, B.S. Research Assistant, Horticulture 
Jewel Doran Lerby, A.B. Research Assistant, Horticulture 
Robert George Hill, B.S Assistant in Horticulture 

Poultry 

Morley Allan Jull, Ph.D Professor and Head, Poultry Husbandry 

James Martin Gwin, M.S Professor, Poultry Husbandry 

George McSpadden Briggs, Ph.D Professor, Poultry Nutrition 

Mary Juhn, Ph.D Professor in Poultry Husbandry 

George DeWitte Quigley, B.S. . . Associate Professor, Poultry Husbandry 
Clyne Samuel Shaffner, Ph.D. Associate Professor, Poultry Husbandry 

George Watts Newell, M.S Assistant, Poultry Husbandry 

Morley Gordon McCartney, B.S. A Assistant, Poultry Husbandry 

Frank Davis, M.S. Assistant, Poultry Husbandry 

Jay Oscar Anderson, B.S. Assistant, Poultry Husbandry 

Robert Edward Moreng, B.S. Assistant, Poultry Husbandry 



THE UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND WJ 

MARYLAND STATE DEPARTMENT OF MARKETS 
Agriculture Building, College Park, Maryland 

Howard L. Stier, Head of Department. 

W. C. Beaven, Marketing Specialist in Charge of Federal-State Grad- 
ing and Inspection Service. 

R. S. Forrester, Assistant in Marketing; Federal-State Inspector, 
Dairy and Poultry Products. 

Russell C. Hawes, Marketing Specialist; Supervisor Maryland Fresh 
Egg and Egg Grading Law^. 

William E. Heiffner, State Egg Inspector. 

L. C. Holland, Assistant in Marketing; Supervising Inspector of 
Fruits and Vegetables. 

Charles E. McCain, State Egg Inspector. 

W. R. McKnight, Regional County Agent for Marketing. 

John E. Mahoney, Assistant Marketing Specialist. 

Arthur F. Martin, Assistant Marketing Specialist, Supervising 
Federal-State Inspector of Dairy and Poultry Products. 

David Smith, Market News Reporter, Baltimore (U.S.D.A. Coopera- 
tive Agent) . 

H. J. Tw^illey, Assistant Marketing Specialist, Supervising Federal- 
State Inspector of Fruits and Vegetables. 

DeVoe H. Willard, Assistant Marketing Specialist. 

Helen Griffin, Secretary to Head of Department. 

Lillian Guenther, Senior Stenographer. 

Mattye B. Mills, Junior Stenographer. 

Ruby Mowitt, Junior Stenographer. 

Shirley M. Wieland, Senior Stenographer. 

General 

All of the activities of the State Department of Markets are geared to the 
importance in modern agriculture of the problems of marketing farm 
products. The Department endeavors to serve the every-day needs of the 
farmer in marketing his products and to insure a fair and equitable treat- 
ment of the farmer in all dealings which he may have concerning the 
marketing of his products. In the performance of these responsibilities, 
the Department carries out programs in extension marketing, conducts 
market surveys and certain types of market research, compiles and dis- 
seminates marketing information and market data, operates a market news 
service, provides an agricultural inspection and grading service, main- 
tains a consumer information service and enforces and interprets the 
agricultural marketing laws of the state. The regulatory aspects of the 
Department's functions are carried out as the agent of the State Board 



440 STATE DEPARTMENT OF MARKETS 

of Agriculture under the authority of various State laws relating to the 
marketing of farm products. A close working relationship is maintained 
with specialists in the Extension Service, all departments of the Agricul- 
tural Experiment Station, the Maryland Crop Reporting Service, and the 
Production and Marketing Administration of the U. S. Department of 
Agriculture. The voluntary and dynamic cooperation of the personnel 
in these various activities brings to bear on agricultural marketing prob- 
lems